User Manual

E300 Electronic Overload Relay

Bul. 193/592

Important User Information

Read this document and the documents listed in the additional resources section about installation, configuration, and
operation of this equipment before you install, configure, operate, or maintain this product. Users are required to
familiarize themselves with installation and wiring instructions in addition to requirements of all applicable codes, laws,
and standards.
Activities including installation, adjustments, putting into service, use, assembly, disassembly, and maintenance are required
to be carried out by suitably trained personnel in accordance with applicable code of practice.
If this equipment is used in a manner not specified by the manufacturer, the protection provided by the equipment may be
impaired.
In no event will Rockwell Automation, Inc. be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from the
use or application of this equipment.
The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes. Because of the many variables and
requirements associated with any particular installation, Rockwell Automation, Inc. cannot assume responsibility or
liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams.
No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation, Inc. with respect to use of information, circuits, equipment, or
software described in this manual.
Reproduction of the contents of this manual, in whole or in part, without written permission of Rockwell Automation,
Inc., is prohibited.
Throughout this manual, when necessary, we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations.

WARNING: Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment,
which may lead to personal injury or death, property damage, or economic loss.
ATTENTION: Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death, property
damage, or economic loss. Attentions help you identify a hazard, avoid a hazard, and recognize the consequence.
IMPORTANT

Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product.

Labels may also be on or inside the equipment to provide specific precautions.

SHOCK HAZARD: Labels may be on or inside the equipment, for example, a drive or motor, to alert people that dangerous
voltage may be present.
BURN HAZARD: Labels may be on or inside the equipment, for example, a drive or motor, to alert people that surfaces may
reach dangerous temperatures.
ARC FLASH HAZARD: Labels may be on or inside the equipment, for example, a motor control center, to alert people to
potential Arc Flash. Arc Flash will cause severe injury or death. Wear proper Personal Protective Equipment (PPE). Follow ALL
Regulatory requirements for safe work practices and for Personal Protective Equipment (PPE).
Allen-Bradley, Rockwell Software, and Rockwell Automation are trademarks of Rockwell Automation, Inc.
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies.

Table of Contents
Important User Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Table of Contents
Product Overview

Chapter 1
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modular Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Communication Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostic Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Simplified Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Explanation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sensing Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Communication Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digital Expansion Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analog Expansion Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operator Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sensing Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Communication Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optional Add-On Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optional Expansion I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optional Operator Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optional Expansion Bus Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standard Current-Based Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Current-based Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage- and Power-based Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Applications: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

13
13
13
14
14
15
15
15
15
16
16
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
21
21
22

Chapter 2
Installation and Wiring

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Receiving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unpacking/Inspecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Base Relay Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control Module to Sensing Module Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Communication Module to Control Module Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expansion Bus Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expansion Bus Digital and Analog I/O Modules and Power Supply
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expansion Bus Operator Station Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expansion Bus Network Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starter Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100-C09-C55 Starter Assembly Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

23
23
23
23
24
24
25
26
27
28
28
28
30
30
3

Table of Contents

Starter Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DIN Rail / Panel Mount Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expansion Bus Peripherals Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terminals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sensing Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expansion Digital Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expansion Analog Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expansion Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grounding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Short-Circuit Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuse Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Typical Motor Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
External Line Current Transformer Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current Transformer Ratio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Full-Voltage Non-Reversing Starter (with Network Control). . . . .
Full-Voltage Reversing Starter (with Network Control). . . . . . . . . .

31
34
35
37
37
38
40
41
43
44
44
46
47
48
48
52
52
53

Chapter 3
Diagnostic Station

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Navigation Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Displaying a Parameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parameter Group Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Linear List Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Editing Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Editing a Configuration Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Editing a Numeric Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Editing a Bit Enumerated Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Programmable Display Sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Display Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stopping the Display Sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Trip and Warning Screens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

55
55
55
56
57
58
59
59
59
60
60
60
61
62

Chapter 4
System Operation and Configuration Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Device Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Administration Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Run Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Invalid Configuration Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Option Match . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enable Option Match Protection Trip (Parameter 186). . . . . . . . . .
Enable Option Match Protection Warning (Parameter 192) . . . . .
4

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

63
63
64
64
65
65
66
67
68

Table of Contents

Control Module Type (Parameter 221) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Sensing Module Type (Parameter 222) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Communication Module Type (Parameter 223) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Operator Station Type (Parameter 224) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Digital I/O Expansion Module 1 Type (Parameter 225) . . . . . . . . . 70
Digital I/O Expansion Module 2 Type (Parameter 226) . . . . . . . . . 71
Digital I/O Expansion Module 3 Type (Parameter 227) . . . . . . . . . 71
Digital I/O Expansion Module 4 Type (Parameter 228) . . . . . . . . . 71
Analog I/O Expansion Module 1 Type (Parameter 229) . . . . . . . . . 72
Analog I/O Expansion Module 2 Type (Parameter 230) . . . . . . . . . 73
Analog I/O Expansion Module 3 Type (Parameter 231) . . . . . . . . . 73
Analog I/O Expansion Module 4 Type (Parameter 232) . . . . . . . . . 74
Option Match Action (Parameter 233) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Security Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Device Configuration Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Device Reset Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Firmware Update Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Security Configuration Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
I/O Assignments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Input Pt00 Assignment (Parameter 196) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Input Pt01 Assignment (Parameter 197) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Input Pt02 Assignment (Parameter 198) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Input Pt03 Assignment (Parameter 199) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Input Pt04 Assignment (Parameter 200) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Input Pt05 Assignment (Parameter 201) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Output Pt00 Assignment (Parameter 202) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Output Pt01 Assignment (Parameter 203) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Output Pt02 Assignment (Parameter 204) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Expansion Bus Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Expansion Bus Trip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Expansion Bus Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Emergency Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Diagnostic Station User-defined Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
User-defined Screen 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
User-defined Screen 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
User-defined Screen 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
User-defined Screen 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Display Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Analog I/O Expansion Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Analog Input Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Analog Output Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Update Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Analog Module 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Analog Module 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Analog Module 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Analog Module 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Introduction to Operating Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Table of Contents

Chapter 5
Operating Modes

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Overload (Network). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Monitor (Custom) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning
Functions

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current-based Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overload Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Loss Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Current Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stall Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jam Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Underload Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current Imbalance Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line Under Current Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line Over Current Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line Loss Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage-based Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Under Voltage Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Over Voltage Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Imbalance Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Rotation Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frequency Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power-based Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Real Power (kW) Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reactive Power (kVAR) Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Apparent Power (kVA) Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Factor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control-Based Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operator Station Trip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Start Inhibit Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preventive Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hardware Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuration Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Option Match. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expansion Bus Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nonvolatile Storage Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Mode Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analog-based Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analog Module 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analog Module 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analog Module 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analog Module 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

129
129
132
139
141
148
150
153
156
160
169
177
184
187
190
193
196
198
204
206
213
226
232
245
247
248
249
250
253
255
256
256
256
256
257
259
261
268
276
283

Table of Contents

Chapter 7
Commands

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trip Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuration Preset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Factory Defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clear Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clear Operating Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clear History Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clear %TCU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clear kWh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clear kVARh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clear kVAh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clear Max kW Demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clear Max kVAR Demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clear Max kVA Demand. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clear All. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

293
293
293
294
299
300
300
300
300
301
301
301
302
302
302

Chapter 8
Metering and Diagnostics

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Device Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Percent Thermal Capacity Utilized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time to Trip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time To Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current Trip Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Trip Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Trip Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control Trip Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current Warning Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Warning Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Warning Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control Warning Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input Status 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input Status 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operator Station Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Device Status 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Device Status 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Firmware Revision Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control Module ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sensing Module ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operator Station ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expansion Digital Module ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starts Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starts Available. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time to Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

305
305
305
306
306
307
308
309
309
310
310
311
311
312
312
313
314
315
316
316
316
317
317
318
318
319
319
319

Table of Contents

Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Month . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Day. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Invalid Configuration Parameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Invalid Configuration Cause. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mismatch Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L1 Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L2 Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L3 Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Average Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L1 Percent FLA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L2 Percent FLA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L3 Percent FLA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Average Percent FLA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current Imbalance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L1-L2 Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L2-L3 Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Average L-L Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L1-N Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L2-N Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L3-N Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Average L-N Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Imbalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L1 Real Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L2 Real Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L3 Real Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total Real Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L1 Reactive Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L2 Reactive Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L3 Reactive Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total Reactive Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L1 Apparent Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L2 Apparent Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L3 Apparent Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total Apparent Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L1 Power Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L2 Power Factor Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

320
320
320
321
321
322
322
322
323
323
323
324
324
324
325
325
326
326
326
327
327
327
328
328
329
329
329
330
330
331
331
331
331
332
332
332
333
333
334
334
334
335
335
336
336
337
337

Table of Contents

L3 Power Factor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

Total Power Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Energy Monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
kWh 109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
kWh 106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
kWh 103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
kWh 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
kWh 10-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
kVARh Consumed 109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
kVARh Consumed 106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
kVARh Consumed 103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
kVARh Consumed 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
kVARh Consumed 10-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
kVARh Generated 109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
kVARh Generated 106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
kVARh Generated 103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
kVARh Generated 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
kVARh Generated 10-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
kVARh Net 109. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
kVARh Net 106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
kVARh Net 103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
kVARh Net 100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
kVARh Net 10-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
kVAh 109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
kVAh 106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
kVAh 103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
kVAh 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
kVAh 10-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
kW Demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Max kW Demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
kVAR Demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Max kVAR Demand. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
kVA Demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Max kVA Demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Analog Monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Analog Module 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Analog Module 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Analog Module 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Analog Module 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Trip / Warning History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay provides a trip and warning
history in which the last five trips and last five warnings are recorded
into nonvolatile storage. A mask is available to limit which trip and
warning events are logged to the history's memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Trip History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Warning History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Trip Snapshot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Table of Contents

Trip Snapshot L1-L2 Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Trip Snapshot L2-L3 Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trip Snapshot L3-L1 Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trip Snapshot Total Real Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trip Snapshot Total Reactive Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trip Snapshot Total Apparent Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trip Snapshot Total Power Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

369
369
370
370
370
371
371

Chapter 9
EtherNet/IP Communications

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Network Design. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Determining Network Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Setting the IP Network Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
EtherNet/IP Node Address Selection Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Assign Network Parameters via the BOOTP/ DHCP Utility. . . . 377
Assign Network Parameters Via a Web Browser and MAC Scanner
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Other Factors to Consider When Assigning Network Parameters 379
Web Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Web Server Security and System Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Permanently Enabling the Web Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Duplicate IP Address Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Behavior of Modules With Duplicate IP Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
DNS Addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Electronic Data Sheet (EDS) File Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Download the EDS File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
View and Configure Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Viewing Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Editing Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Automation Controller Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
I/O Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Preconfigured E300 Electronic Overload Relay Logix Integration with
an Add-On Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Offline E300 Electronic Overload Relay Logix Integration with Addon Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
Offline E300 Electronic Overload Relay Integration with a Generic
Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
E-mail/Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
E-mail Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Text Notifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423

Chapter 10
Firmware Updates

10

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
Firmware Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Table of Contents

Updating Firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426

E300 Firmware Update Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
Control Module Boot Code Firmware Update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
Control Module Application Code Firmware Update . . . . . . . . . . 436
Control Module Uncompressed EtherNet/IP EDS File Firmware
Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
Control Module Compressed EtherNet/IP EDS File Firmware
Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Control Module Compressed DeviceNet EDS File Firmware Update
443
Completed Firmware Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446

Chapter 11
Troubleshooting

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advisory LEDs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trip/Warn LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Resetting a Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trip/Warn LED Troubleshooting Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

447
447
447
448
450
450

Appendix A
Specifications

Electrical Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low Voltage Directive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electromagnetic Compatibility Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

453
455
456
457
458
459
459
459

Appendix B
Parameter List

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461

Appendix C
EtherNet/IP Information

Common Industrial Protocol (CIP) Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Identity Object CLASS CODE 0x0001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Message Router CLASS CODE 0x0002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assembly Object CLASS CODE 0x0004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instance 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instance 50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instance 120 - Configuration Assembly Revision 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instance 120 - Configuration Assembly Revision 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instance 144 Default Consumed Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instance 198 - Current Diagnostics Produced Assembly . . . . . . . .
Instance 199 - All Diagnostics Produced Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

503
504
506
506
507
508
508
518
518
518
520
11

Table of Contents

Connection Object CLASS CODE 0x0005. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Discrete Input Point Object CLASS CODE 0x0008. . . . . . . . .
Discrete Output Point Object CLASS CODE 0x0009. . . . . . .
Analog Input Point Object CLASS CODE 0x000A . . . . . . . . .
Parameter Object CLASS CODE 0x000F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parameter Group Object CLASS CODE 0x0010. . . . . . . . . . . .
Discrete Output Group Object CLASS CODE 0x001E . . . . .
Control Supervisor Object CLASS CODE 0x0029 . . . . . . . . . .
Overload Object CLASS CODE 0x002c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Base Energy Object CLASS CODE 0x004E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical Energy Object CLASS CODE 0x004F . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wall Clock Time Object CLASS CODE 0x008B . . . . . . . . . . .
DPI Fault Object CLASS CODE 0x0097. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DPI Warning Object CLASS CODE 0x0098 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MCC Object CLASS CODE 0x00C2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

12

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

522
525
526
528
529
530
530
531
532
532
534
536
537
541
544

Chapter

Product Overview

Overview

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay is a microprocessor-based electronic

overload relay that is designed to help protect three-phase or single-phase AC
electric induction motors that are rated from 0.565,000 A. Its modular design,
communication options, diagnostic information, simplified wiring, and
integration into Logix makes the E300 the ideal overload for motor control
applications in an automation system. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay
provides flexibility, reduces engineering time, and maximizes uptime for
important motor starter applications.

Modular Design
You can select the specific options that you need for your motor starter
application. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay consists of three modules:
sensing, control, and communications. You can customize each of the three with
accessories to tailor the electronic motor overload for your applications exact
needs.
Wide current range
Sensing capabilities (Current, Ground Fault Current, and/or Voltage)
Expansion I/O
Operator interfaces

Communication Options
You can select from multiple communication options that integrate with Logixbased control systems. Developers can easily add the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay to Logix-based control systems using Integrated Architecture tools like
Add-on Profiles, Add-on Instructions, and Faceplates.
EtherNet/IP (DLR)
DeviceNet

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

13

Chapter 1

Product Overview

Diagnostic Information
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay provides a wide variety of diagnostic
information to monitor motor performance, proactively alert you to possible
motor issues, or identify the reason for an unplanned shutdown. Information
includes:
Voltage, Current, and Energy
Trip / Warning Histories
% Thermal Capacity Utilization
Time to Trip
Time to Reset
Operational Hours
Number of Starts
Trip Snapshot

Simplified Wiring
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay provides an easy means to mount to both
IEC and NEMA Allen-Bradley contactors. A contactor coil adapter is available
for the 100-C contactor, which allows the you to create a functional motor
starter with only two control wires.

14

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Product Overview

Catalog Number
Explanation

Chapter 1

E300 Electronic Overload Relay modules have their own catalog number.

Sensing Module
193 - ESM - VIG - 30A - C23
592
Bulletin Number

Module Type

Sensing Module Type

Sensing Current Range

193 IEC Overload Relay

592 NEMA Overload Relay

ESM Sensing Module

VIG Current, Ground Fault Current,

Voltage, and Power
IG Current and Ground Fault Current
I
Current

30A
60A
100A
200A

0.530 A
660 A
10100 A
20200 A

Sensing Module Mounting Style

C23
C55
C97
D180
S2
S3
S4
T
E3T
P
CT

Mounts to 100-C09-C23 Contactor

Mounts to 100-C30-C55 Contactor
Mounts to 100-C60-C97 Contactor
Mounts to 100-D115-D180 Contactor
Mounts to Bulletin 500 NEMA Size 0-2 Contactor
Mounts to Bulletin 500 NEMA Size 3 Contactor
Mounts to Bulletin 500 NEMA Size 4 Contactor
DIN Rail / Panel Mount with Power Terminals
Replacement DIN Rail / Panel Mount with Power Terminals for an E3 Plus Panel Mount Adapter
DIN Rail / Panel Mount with Pass-thru Power Conductors
DIN Rail / Panel Mount with Pass-thru Power Conductors (used with External CTs)

Control Module
193 - EIO - 43 - 120

Bulletin Number

Module Type

I/O Count

Control Voltage

193 IEC Overload Relay

EIO
I/O Only Control Module
EIOGP I/O and Protection Control Module
(External Ground Fault Sensing
and PTC)

63
43
42
22

24D 24V DC
120 110120V AC, 50/60 Hz
240 220240V AC, 50/60 H

6 Inputs / 3 Relay Outputs

4 Inputs / 3 Relay Outputs
4 Inputs / 2 Relay Outputs
2 Inputs / 2 Relay Outputs

Communication Module
193 - ECM - ETR

Bulletin Number

Module Type

Communication Type

193 IEC Overload Relay

ECM Communication Module

ETR EtherNet/IP with Dual Ethernet Ports

DNT DeviceNet

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

15

Chapter 1

Product Overview

Digital Expansion Module

193 - EXP - DIO - 42 - 120

Bulletin Number

Module Type

193 IEC Overload Relay

EXP Expansion Module DIO Digital I/O

I/O Type

I/O Count

Communication Type

42 4 Inputs / 2 Relay Outputs

120 110120V AC, 50/60 Hz Inputs

240 220240V AC, 50/60 Hz Inputs
24D 24V DC Inputs

Analog Expansion Module

193 - EXP - AIO - 31

Bulletin Number

Module Type

193 IEC Overload Relay

EXP Expansion Module AIO Analog I/O

I/O Type

I/O Count
31 3 Universal Analog Inputs / 1 Analog Output

Operator Station
193 - EOS - SCS

Bulletin Number

Module Type

I/O Type

193 IEC Overload Relay

EOS Operator Station

SCS Starter Control Station

SDS Starter Diagnostic Station

Power Supply
193 - EXP - PS - AC

Bulletin Number

Module Type

193 IEC Overload Relay

EXP Expansion Module PS Expansion Bus Power Supply

16

Function Type

Supply Voltage
AC 110-240V AC, 50/60Hz control voltage
DC 24V DC control voltage

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Product Overview

Module Description

Chapter 1

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay is comprised of three modules. All three
modules are required to make a functional overload relay.
Sensing Module
Control Module
Communication Module

Sensing Module
Figure 1 - Sensing Module

The sensing module electronically samples data about the current, voltage, power,
and energy that are consumed by the electric motor internal to the module. You
can choose from one of three varieties of the sensing modules depending on the
motor diagnostic information that is needed for the motor protection
application:
Current Sensing
Current and Ground Fault Current Sensing
Current, Ground Fault Current, Voltage, and Power Sensing
The current ranges for each of three varieties of sensing module are as follows:
0.530 A
660 A
10100 A
20200 A
You can choose how the sensing module mechanically mounts inside the
electrical enclosure. The following mounting mechanisms are available for the
sensing module.
Mount to the load side of an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100 IEC Contactor
Mount to the load side of an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 500 NEMA
Contactor
DIN Rail / Panel Mount with power terminals
Replacement DIN Rail / Panel Mount with power terminals for an
Allen-Bradley E3 Plus panel mount adapter
DIN Rail / Panel Mount with pass-thru power conductors
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

17

Chapter 1

Product Overview

Control Module
Figure 2 - Control Module

The control module is the heart of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay and can
attach to any sensing module. The control module performs all protection and
motor control algorithms and contains the native I/O for the system. The control
module has two varieties:
I/O only
I/O and protection (PTC and External Ground Fault Current Sensing)
The control module is offered in three control voltages:
110120V AC, 50/60Hz
220240V AC, 50/60Hz
24V DC
External control voltage is required to power the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
and activate the digital inputs.

Communication Module
Figure 3 - Communication Module

The communication module allows the E300 Electronic Overload Relay to be

integrated into an automation system, and it can attach to any control module.
All communication modules allow you to set the node address with rotary turn

18

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Product Overview

Chapter 1

dials, and it provides diagnostic status indicators to provide system status at the
panel. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay supports two network protocols:
EtherNet/IP
DeviceNet
The E300 EtherNet/IP Communication Module has two RJ45 connectors that
function as a switch. You can daisy chain multiple E300 Electronic Overload
Relays with Ethernet cable, and the module supports a Device Level Ring (DLR).

Optional Add-On Modules

Optional Expansion I/O

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay allows you to add more digital and analog
I/O to the system via the E300 Electronic Overload Relay Expansion Bus if the
native I/O count is not sufficient for the application on the base relay. You can
add any combination of up to four Digital I/O Expansion Modules that have four
inputs (120V AC, 240V AC, or 24V DC) and two relay outputs.
You can also add up to four Analog I/O Expansion Modules, which have three
independent universal analog inputs and one isolated analog output. The Analog
I/O Expansion Modules require Control Module firmware v3.000 or higher. The
independent universal analog inputs can accept the following signals:
420 mA
020 mA
010V DC
15V DC
05V DC
RTD Sensors (Pt 385, Pt 3916, Cu 426, Ni 618, Ni 672, and NiFe 518)
Resistance (150 , 750 , 3000 , and 6000 )
The isolated analog output can be programmed to reference a traditional analog
signal (420 mA, 020 mA, 010V DC, 15V, or 010V) to represent the
following diagnostic values:
Average %FLA
%TCU
Ground Fault Current
Current Imbalance
Average L-L Voltage
Voltage Imbalance
Total kW
Total kVAR
Total kVA
Total Power Factor
User-defined Value

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

19

Chapter 1

Product Overview

Optional Operator Station

Figure 4 - Operator Stations
Power LED
Escape

Power LED

Trip / Warn LED

Up

Trip / Warn LED

Select
LO
C
REM AL
OT
E

Start Forward / Speed 1

Start Reverse / Speed 2

Local / Remote

ESC

RES
ET

LO
C
REM AL
OT
E

Start Forward / Speed 1

Stop
Reset

Start Reverse / Speed 2

SEL
ECT

Local / Remote

Enter
RES
ET

Down

Stop

Control Station

Diagnostic Station

Reset

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay offers you the capability to add one
operator interface to the Expansion Bus. You can choose between two types of
operator stations: Control Station or a Diagnostic Station. Both types of operator
stations mount into a standard 22 mm push button knockout, and they provide
diagnostic status indicators that allow you to view the status of the E300
Electronic Overload Relay from the outside of an electrical enclosure. Both
operator stations provide push buttons that can be used for motor control logic,
and they both can be used to upload and download parameter configuration data
from the base relay.
The Diagnostic Station contains a display and navigation buttons that allows you
to view and edit parameters in the base relay. The Diagnostic Station requires
Control Module firmware v3.000 or higher.

Optional Expansion Bus Power Supply

Figure 5 - Expansion Bus Power Supply

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay expansion bus provides enough current to
operate a system that has (1) Digital Expansion Module and (1) Operator
Station. An E300 Electronic Overload Relay system that contains more
expansion modules needs supplemental current for the Expansion Bus. The E300
Electronic Overload Relay offers you two types of Expansion Bus Power
Supplies: AC (110240V AC, 50/60 Hz) and DC (24V DC). One Expansion
20

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Product Overview

Chapter 1

Bus Power Supply supplies enough current for a fully loaded E300 Electronic
Overload Relay Expansion Bus (four Digital Expansion Modules, four Analog
Expansion Modules, and one Operator Station). You can use either Expansion
Bus Power Supply with any combination of Digital and Analog Expansion
Modules.

Protection Features

Standard Current-Based Protection

All versions of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay provide the following motor
protection functions:
Thermal Overload (51)
Phase Loss
Current Imbalance (46)
Undercurrent load loss (37)
Overcurrent load jam (48)
Overcurrent load stall
Start Inhibit (66)

Ground Fault Current-based Protection

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay sensing modules and control modules with
a ground fault current option provides the following motor protection function:
Ground Fault zero sequence method (50N)

Voltage- and Power-based Protection

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay sensing modules with voltage sensing
provides the following motor protection functions:
Undervoltage (27)
Overvoltage (59)
Phase Reversal (47) voltage-based
Over and Under Frequency (81) voltage-based
Voltage Imbalance (46)
Over and Under Power (37)
Over and Under Leading/Lagging Power Factor (55)
Over and Under Reactive Power Generated
Over and Under Reactive Power Consumed
Over and Under Apparent Power

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

21

Chapter 1

Product Overview

Applications:

22

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay can be used with the following across the
line starter applications:
Non-reversing starter
Reversing starter
Wye (Star) / Delta starter
Two-speed motors
Low and medium voltage with two or three potential transformers
With or without Phase current transformers
With or without zero-sequence core balanced current transformer

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Chapter

Installation and Wiring

Introduction

This chapter provides instructions for receiving, unpacking, inspecting, and

storing the E300 Electronic Overload Relay. Assembly, installation, and wiring
instructions for common applications are also included in this chapter.

Receiving

It is your responsibility to thoroughly inspect the equipment before accepting the

shipment from the freight company. Check the item(s) received against the
purchase order. If any items are damaged, it is your responsibility not to accept
delivery until the freight agent has noted the damage on the freight bill. If any
concealed damage is found during unpacking, it is again your responsibility to
notify the freight agent. The shipping container must be left intact and the
freight agent should be requested to make a visual inspection of the equipment.

Unpacking/Inspecting

Remove all packing material from around the E300 Electronic Overload Relay.
After unpacking, check the items nameplate catalog number against the purchase
order.

Storing

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay should remain in its shipping container
before installation. If you will not use the equipment immediately, you must store
it according to the following instructions to maintain warranty coverage:
Store in a clean, dry location.
Store within an ambient temperature range
of -40+85 C (-40+185 F).
Store within a relative humidity range of 095%, non-condensing.
Do not store where the device could be exposed to a corrosive atmosphere.
Do not store in a construction area.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

23

Chapter 2

Installation and Wiring

General Precautions

If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay is being deployed in an environment with

an ambient temperature greater than 30 C (86 F), please see the Environmental
Specifications on page 456 for the appropriate temperature derating. In addition
to the specific precautions listed throughout this manual, the following general
statements must be observed.
ATTENTION: The E300 Electronic Overload Relay contains electrostatic
discharge (ESD) sensitive parts and assemblies. Status control precautions are
required when installing, testing, servicing, or repairing this assembly.
Component damage may result if ESD control procedures are not followed. If
you are not familiar with static control procedures, see Allen-Bradley
publication 8000-SB001_-en-p, Guarding Against Electrostatic Damage, or
any other applicable ESD protection handbook.

ATTENTION: An incorrectly applied or installed E300 Electronic Overload Relay

can result in damage to the components or reduction in product life. Wiring or
application errors (for example, incorrectly calculating the FLA setting,
supplying incorrect or inadequate supply voltage, connecting an external
supply voltage to the thermistor terminals, or operating or storing in excessive
ambient temperatures) may result in malfunction of the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay.

ATTENTION: Only personnel familiar with the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
and associated machinery should plan to install, start up, and maintain the
system. Failure to comply may result in personal injury or equipment damage.

ATTENTION: The purpose of this user manual is to serve as a guide for proper
installation. The National Electrical Code (NEC) and any other governing
regional or local code overrules this information. Rockwell Automation cannot
assume responsibility for the compliance or proper installation of the E300
Electronic Overload Relay or associated equipment. A hazard of personal injury
and/or equipment damage exists if codes are ignored during installation.

ATTENTION: The earth ground terminal of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
shall be connected to a solid earth ground via a low-impedance connection.

Base Relay Assembly

24

The following section illustrates the E300 Electronic Overload Relay base relay
assembly instructions.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Installation and Wiring

Chapter 2

You can connect any E300 Control Module to any E300 Sensing Module. The
following illustrations show the steps that are required to make this connection.

Control Module to Sensing

Module Assembly

Figure 6 - Control Module to Sensing Module Assembly

2
1

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

25

Chapter 2

Installation and Wiring

You can connect any E300 Communication Module to any E300 Control
Module. The illustrations below show the steps required to make this
connection.

Communication Module to
Control Module Assembly

Figure 7 - Communication Module to Control Module Assembly

3
1

26

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Installation and Wiring

Chapter 2

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay offers a range of Expansion Digital and
Analog I/O modules that simply connect to the E300 Electronic Overload
Relays Expansion Bus.

Expansion Bus Peripherals

Figure 8 - Expansion Bus Peripherals

Removable I/O Terminals
Panel Mount
Hole

DIN Rail Mount

Status LED
Color

Description

Off

No power applied

Blinking Green

Module OK with no connection

Green

Module OK and active

Red

Error Detected

Digital Module Number Selector

Number
Description

Panel Mount Hole

D3 4
D2 D4T
D
D1
T
T D3
D1 2T
D

Expansion Bus Out

D1 - D4

Module number

Module number with

D1T - D4T expansion bus terminating
resistor applied

Analog Module Number Selector

Number
Description
A1 - A4

Module number

Module number with

A1T - A4T expansion bus terminating
resistor applied

Note: If the expansion bus does not have an operator station, then the
last expansion module number must be set to terminated.

Expansion Bus In

You can also add one of the two available operator stations to the end of the
Expansion Bus.
Figure 9 - Expansion Operator Stations
Power LED
Escape

Power LED

Trip / Warn LED

Up

Trip / Warn LED

Select

Start Forward / Speed 1

LO
C
REM AL
OT
E

Start Reverse / Speed 2

ESC

RES
ET

Local / Remote

Start Forward / Speed 1

Stop

LO
C
REM AL
OT
E

Start Reverse / Speed 2

Reset

SEL
ECT

Local / Remote

Enter
RES
ET

Down

Stop

Control Station

Diagnostic Station

Reset

The following illustrations show how to mount and connect the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay expansion bus I/O modules, expansion power supplies, and
operator stations.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

27

Chapter 2

Installation and Wiring

Expansion Bus Digital and

Analog I/O Modules and
Power Supply Installation

Figure 10 - Expansion Bus Digital and Analog I/O Modules and Power Supply

Click

Expansion Bus Operator

Station Installation

Figure 11 - Expansion Bus Operator Station

22 mm

2
1.7 N.m
(15 lb-in)
ESC
SEL
ECT

LO
C
REM AL
OT
E

800F-AW2

RES
ET

Expansion Bus Network

Installation

28

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay supports up to (4) Expansion Digital I/O
modules, (4) Expansion Analog I/O modules, and (1) Operation Station. The
E300 Base Relay can supply enough power for (1) Expansion Digital I/O module
and (1) Operator Station. Any other combination of E300 Expansion Bus
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Installation and Wiring

Chapter 2

peripherals requires an Expansion Bus Power Supply, which connects as the first
module on the Expansion Bus.
Set the module number dial of the Expansion Digital Module to a unique digital
module number (D1-D4). If the Expansion Digital Module is the last device on
the Expansion Bus, set the module number to the value that enables the internal
terminating resistor (D1T-D4T). A power cycle is required when changes are
made to the module number dial.
Set the module number dial of the Expansion Analog Module to a unique analog
module number (A1-A4). If the Expansion Analog Module is the last device on
the Expansion Bus, set the module number to the value that enables the internal
terminating resistor (A1T-A4T). A power cycle is required when changes are
made to the module number dial.
Connect the E300 Base Relay to the Expansion Modules Input Port using the
supplied Expansion Bus cable. Add the next Expansion Module by connecting
the supplied Expansion Bus cable to the Output Port of the previous Expansion
Module and into the Input Port of the additional Expansion Module. The
Operator Station is the last device on the E300 Expansion Bus; it only has an
Input Port with an internal Expansion Bus terminating resistor.
If the user-supplied Expansion Bus cable is not long enough for the installation,
1-meter (Cat. No. 193-EXP-CBL-1M) and 3-meter (Cat. No.
193-EXP-CBL-3M) Expansion Bus cables are available as accessories. The E300
expansion bus can support a maximum distance of 5 meters (16 ft.).
Figure 12 - Expansion Bus Network Installation

ESC

LO
C
REM AL
OT
E

1
2

SEL
ECT

RES
ET

Click

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

29

Chapter 2

Installation and Wiring

Starter Assembly

The following illustrations show how to assemble an E300 Electronic Overload

Relay as a motor starter with an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C contactor.

100-C09-C55 Starter Assembly Installation

The starter assembly installation instructions are for use with E300 Sensing
Module catalog numbers 193-ESM-___-___-C23 and 193-ESM-___-___-C55
Figure 13 - 100-C09-C55 Starter Assembly Installation
5 - 7 lb-in

6
9 - 22 lb-in

IN1
IN0
A2
R04
R

03 A
1

4
2

7 -11 lb-in

30

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Installation and Wiring

Chapter 2

Approximate dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not

intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Starter Dimensions

Figure 14 - E300 Sensing Module 193-ESM-___-__-C23 with 100-C09-C23 Contactor

87
(3.40)

45
(1.76)

35
(1.37)

n 5 (0.18)
190 (7.49)

60 (2.3

(ADD 5 mm (0.19 in.)

FOR CONTACTOR COIL
ON LINE SIDE)
67 (2.65)
37 (1.47) FROM
CONTACTOR
MTG. HOLE
152 (5.98)
122 (4.81)

122
(4.78)

29 (1.14)
FROM
CONTACTOR
MTG. HOLE

Figure 15 - E300 Sensing Module 193-ESM-___-__-C55 with 100-C30-C37 Contactor

45
(1.76)

104
(4.10)

190 (7.49)
(ADD 5 mm (0.19 in.)
FOR CONTACTOR COIL
ON LINE SIDE)

35
(1.374)
n 5 (0.18)

60 (2.36)

67 (2.65)
37 (1.48) FROM
CONTACTOR
MTG. HOLE
152 (5.98)
122 (4.81)

29 (1.13)
FROM
CONTACTOR
MTG. HOLE

122
(4.78)

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

31

Chapter 2

Installation and Wiring

Figure 16 - E300 Sensing Module 193-ESM-___-__-C55 with 100-C43-C55 Contactor

107
(4.21)

54
(2.12)

45 (1.75)

n 5 (0.18)
60 (2.

190 (7.49)
(ADD 5 mm (0.19 in.)
FOR CONTACTOR COIL
ON LINE SIDE)
67 (2.65)
37 (1.48) FROM
CONTACTOR
MTG. HOLE
152 (5.98)
34 (1.34)
FROM
CONTACTOR
MTG. HOLE

122
(4.82)

45 (1.76)

Figure 17 - E300 Sensing Module 193-ESM-___-__-C97 with 100-C60-C97 Contactor

4.97
(126.2)

2.82
(71.6)

0.21
(5.4)

3.98
(101)

9.26
(235.1)
(ADD 0.24 FOR
CONTACTOR COIL
ON LINE SIDE)
3.60
(91.6)
1.71
(43.5)

FROM
CONTACTOR
MTG. HOLE

6.99
(177.6)

5.10
129.5)

1.53
(38.9)

32

FROM
CONTACTOR
MTG. HOLE

2.165
(55)

5.32
(135.2)

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Installation and Wiring

Chapter 2

Figure 18 - E300 Sensing Module 592-ESM-___-__-S2 with NEMA Contactor Size 0 and Size 1
90
(3.56)

n 6 (0.22)

180 (7.06)
157 (6.17)
249 (9.78)

12 (0.46)

125
(4.91)

35 (1.38)
70
(2.75)

Figure 19 - E300 Sensing Module 592-ESM-___-__-S2 with NEMA Contactor Size 2

100
(3.94)

n 6 (0.22)

184 (7.24)
219 (8.63)
276 (10.85)

12 (0.46)
125
(4.91)

40 (1.58)
80
(3.15)

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

33

Chapter 2

Installation and Wiring

Approximate dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not

intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

DIN Rail / Panel Mount

Dimensions

Figure 20 - E300 Sensing Module 193-ESM-___-30A-E3T and 193-ESM-___-60A-E3T

30
(1.18)

126
(4.94)

45
(1.764)

6 (0.24)

9 (0.33)

46 (1.81)
4 (0.16)
q

148 (5.83)

135 (5.32)

4 (0.14)
6 (0.217)
101 (3.96)

4 (0.154)

n 5 (0.17)
8 (0.30)

Figure 21 - E300 Sensing Module 193-ESM-___-30A-T and 193-ESM-___-60A-T

SHOWN WITH PANEL MOUNT FEET ACCESSORY

0.45
(11.35)

n 0.189 (4.8)

1.53
(39)

5.32
(135)
WITH MTG. FEET

0.18
(4.5)

1.19
(30.1)
q

1.76
(45)

4.58
(116.2)
W/O MTG. FEET

4.88
(124)

Mount feet accessory Cat. No.: 140M-C-N45

34

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

4.921
(125)

0.197
(5)

Installation and Wiring

Chapter 2

Figure 22 - E300 Sensing Module 193-ESM-___-100A-E3T

2.82
(71.6)

0.70
(17.7)

1.62
(41.2)

5.51
(139.9)

2.36
(60)

0.22
(5.5)

5.12
(130)

3.02
(76.6)

1.63
(41.4)
5.57
(141.5)

Expansion Bus Peripherals

Dimensions

0.16
(4.05)

Approximate dimensions are shown in millimeters. Dimensions are not intended

to be used for manufacturing purposes.
Figure 23 - E300 Digital Expansion Module 193-EXP-DIO-___

22.5
(0.89)

98 (3.86)

87 (3.43)

2 x 4.5 (0.18) dia.

80.75 (3.18)

120
(4.73)

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

35

Chapter 2

Installation and Wiring

Figure 24 - E300 Expansion Analog Module 193-EXP-AIO

22.5
(0.89)

98 (3.86)

2 x 4.5 (0.18) dia.

87 (3.43)

80.75 (3.18)

120
(4.73)

Figure 25 - E300 Expansion Power Supply 193-EXP-PS-___

45
(1.77)

98
87
(3.86) (3.43)

4x 4.5 (0.18) dia

80.75 (3.18)

12
(0.47)

36

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

120
(4.73)

Installation and Wiring

Chapter 2

Figure 26 - E300 Starter Control Station 193-EOS-SCS

100
(3.94)

18.5
(0.73)

22.5 (0.89) dia.

13.5
(0.53)

45 (1.77)

Figure 27 - E300 Starter Diagnostic Station 193-EOS-SDS

18.5
(0.73)

100
(3.94)

22.5 (0.89) dia.

13.5 (0.53)

70
(2.76)

Terminals

Sensing Module
Table 1 - E300 Sensing Module Wire Size and Torque Specifications
Cat. No.
Wire Type

193-ESM-_ _ _-30A-_ _ _
193-ESM-_ _ _-60A-_ _ _
592-ESM-_ _ _-30A-_ _ _
592-ESM-_ _ _-60A-_ _ _

193-ESM-_ _ _-100A-_ _ _
592-ESM-_ _ _-100A-_ _ _

Single

#146 AWG
22 lb-in.

#121 AWG
35 lb-in.

Multiple

#106 AWG
30 lb-in.

#62 AWG
35 lb-in.

Single

2.516 mm2
2.5 Nm

435 mm2
4 Nm

Multiple

610 mm2
3.4 Nm

425 mm2
4 Nm

Single

2.525 mm2
2.5 Nm

450 mm2
4 Nm

Multiple

616 mm2
3.4 Nm

435 mm2
4 Nm

Conductor Torque

Stranded/Solid [AWG]

Flexible-Stranded with Ferrule Metric

Coarse-Stranded/Solid Metric

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

37

Chapter 2

Installation and Wiring

Control Module
Figure 28 - E300 Control Module Terminal Designations
193-EIO-63- _ _ _
A1

R13

R14

A1

193-EIOGP-42- _ _ _
A1

A2 I

N2

IN3

IN4

R13

R14

193-EIO-43- _ _ _

R13

R14

A1

A2

R23
R24

2 IN

3 IT
1 IT
2

S2

193-EIOGP-22- _ _ _

IN3

Power / PTC
Terminals

R13

R14

S1

A1

A2

IT1

IT2

S2

Communication
Module Latch

Expansion Bus Connector

Relay / Ground Fault
Terminals

38

S1

A1
IN2

2 IN

IN5

R23
R24

A1

A1
A

IN1

IN0

A2

R04

R03

Sensing Module Latch

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

A1

Input / Output
Terminals

Installation and Wiring

Chapter 2

Table 2 - E300 Control Module Wire Size and Torque Specifications

Wire Type

Conductor Torque
Single

Stranded/Solid [AWG]

Flexible-Stranded with Ferrule

Metric

Multiple
(stranded only)
Single
Multiple
Single

Coarse-Stranded/Solid Metric

Cat. No.
193-EIO-_ _-_ _ _
193-EIOGP-_ _-_ _ _
24...12 AWG
4lb-in
24...16 AWG
4 lb-in
0.252.5 mm2
0.45 Nm
0.5...0.75 mm2
0.45 Nm
0.2...2.5 mm2
0.45 Nm
0.2...1.5 mm2
0.45 Nm

Multiple

Figure 29 - Control Module Wiring

193-EIO-_ _-_ _ _

A1 R03

A2

R04

IN0

193-EIOGP-_ _-_ _ _

A1 R03

IN1

A2

R04

IN0

IN1

RELAY 0

RELAY 0

Additional Inputs for 193-EIO-63-_ _ _

RELAY 1

A1

A1

(+)

A2

IN2

(-)

IN3

IN4

IN5

PE R13

Additional Inputs for 193-EIOGP-42-_ _ _

RELAY 1

RELAY 2

R14 R23

R24

A1

A1

(+)

A2

IN2

(-)

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

IN3

IT1

PTC
IT2

PE

R13

R14

Ground
Fault
S1
S2

+t

39

Chapter 2

Installation and Wiring

Expansion Digital Module

Figure 30 - E300 Expansion Digital Module Terminal Designations

R04 R14 RC3

RS2

IN2 IN3

IN0 IN1 INC

Table 3 - E300 Expansion Digital Module Wire Size and Torque Specifications
Wire Type

Conductor Torque
Single

Stranded/Solid [AWG]

Multiple
(stranded only)

24...16 AWG
5 lb-in

Single

0.252.5 mm2
0.55 Nm

Multiple

0.5...0.75 mm2
0.55 Nm

Single

0.2...2.5 mm2
0.55 Nm

Multiple

0.2...1.5 mm2
0.55 Nm

Flexible-Stranded with Ferrule Metric

Coarse-Stranded/Solid Metric

40

Cat. No.
193-EXP-DIO-42-_ _ _
24...12 AWG
5 lb-in

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Installation and Wiring

Chapter 2

Figure 31 - E300 Expansion Digital Module Wiring Diagram

R04 R14 RC3

+
Source
-

IN0

IN1 IN2

IN3 INC

Expansion Analog Module

Figure 32 - E300 Expansion Analog Module Terminal Designations

OUT+OUT-

IN2+ IN2- RS2

IN1+ IN1- RS1

IN0+ IN0- RS0

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

41

Chapter 2

Installation and Wiring

Table 4 - E300 Expansion Analog Module Wire Size and Torque Specifications
Wire Type

Conductor Torque
Single

Stranded/Solid [AWG]

Multiple
(stranded only)
Single

Flexible-Stranded with Ferrule Metric

Multiple
Single
Coarse-Stranded/Solid Metric
Multiple

Cat. No.
193-EXP-AIO-31
24...12 AWG
5 lb-in
24...16 AWG
5 lb-in
0.252.5 mm2
0.55 Nm
0.5...0.75 mm2
0.55 Nm
0.2...2.5 mm2
0.55 Nm
0.2...1.5 mm2
0.55 Nm

Figure 33 - E300 Expansion Analog I/O Modules 193-EXP-AIO-__

Analog Current Input
+
24V DC
Power
Supply
-

Current
Input
Device

INx+

Analog Voltage Input

+V
INx+
-V

INx-

INx-

3 Wire RTD

2 Wire RTD/Resistance
INx+
INxAnalog Voltage or Current Output
+
Out+
Device
Out-

42

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

INx+
INxRSx

Installation and Wiring

Chapter 2

Expansion Power Supply

Figure 34 - E300 Expansion Power Supply Terminal Designations

A1 A2

Table 5 - E300 Expansion Power Supply Wire Size and Torque Specifications
Wire Type

Conductor Torque
Single

Stranded/Solid [AWG]

Multiple
(stranded only)
Single

Flexible-Stranded with Ferrule Metric

Multiple
(stranded only)
Single

Coarse-Stranded/Solid Metric

Multiple
(stranded only)

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Cat. No.
193-EXP-PS-_ _
24...12 AWG
5 lb-in
24...16 AWG
5 lb-in
0.252.5 mm2
0.55 Nm
0.5...0.75 mm2
0.55 Nm
0.2...2.5 mm2
0.55 Nm
0.2...1.5 mm2
0.55 Nm

43

Chapter 2

Installation and Wiring

Figure 35 - E300 Expansion Power Supply Wiring Diagram

+
Source
-

A1

Grounding

A2

The following grounding recommendations are provided to help ensure EMC

requirements during installation.
The earth ground terminal of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay shall be
connected to a solid earth ground via a low-impedance connection.
Wire the green shield wire of the Cat. No. 193-ECM-ETR into the earth
ground terminal of the E300 control module.
Installations employing an external ground fault sensor shall ground the
cable shield at the sensor with no connection made at the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay.
The PTC thermistor cable shield shall be grounded at the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay with no connection made at the opposite end.

Short-Circuit Ratings

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay is suitable for use on circuits capable of
delivering not more than the RMS symmetrical amperes listed in the following
tables.
Table 6 - Standard Fault Short Circuit Ratings per UL60947-4-1 and CSA 22.2 No. EN60947-4-1
Overload Relay with Sensing Module Cat. No.
193-ESM-___-30A-C23
193-ESM-___-30A-C55
193-ESM-___-30A-E3T
193-ESM-___-30A-P
193-ESM-___-30A-T
193-ESM-VIG-30A-CT
592-ESM-___-30A-S2
193-ESM-___-60A-C55
193-ESM-___-60A-E3T
193-ESM-___-60A-P
193-ESM-___-60A-T
592-ESM-___-60A-S2
193-ESM-___-100A-C97
193-ESM-___-100A-E3T
193-ESM-___-100A-T
592-ESM-___-100A-S3

44

Max. Available Fault Current [A]

Maximum Voltage [V]

5,000

600

10,000

600

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Installation and Wiring

Chapter 2

Table 7 - Short Circuit Ratings per EN60947-4-1

Overload Relay with Sensing Module Cat. No.
193-ESM-___-30A-C23
193-ESM-___-30A-C55
193-ESM-___-30A-E3T
193-ESM-___-30A-P
193-ESM-___-30A-T
193-ESM-VIG-30A-CT
592-ESM-___-30A-S2
193-ESM-___-60A-C55
193-ESM-___-60A-E3T
193-ESM-___-60A-P
193-ESM-___-60A-T
592-ESM-___-60A-S2
193-ESM-___-100A-C97
193-ESM-___-100A-E3T
193-ESM-___-100A-T
592-ESM-___-100A-S3

Prospective ShortCircuit Current, Ir [A]

Conditional Short-Circuit
Current, Iq [A]

Maximum Voltage [V]

3,000

100,000

690

5,000

100,000

690

Table 8 - High Fault Short Circuit Ratings per UL60947-4-1 and CSA 22.2 No. EN60947-4-1 with Bul.
100-C and 100-D IEC contactors that are protected by fuses
Overload Relay with
Sensing Module Cat. No.

193-ESM-___-30A-C23

193-ESM-___-30A-C55,
193-ESM-___-60A-C55

193-ESM-___-100A-C97

Contactor Cat. No.

Max. Starter FLC [A]

100-C09
100-C12
100-C16
100-C23
100-C30
100-C37
100-C43
100-C55
100-C72
100-C85
100-C97

9
12
16
23
30
37
43
55
72
85
97

Max. Available Fault

Current [A]

100,000

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Max. Voltage [V]

Class C or JJ fuse [A]

600

20
20
30
30
50
50
70
80
100
150
200

45

Chapter 2

Installation and Wiring

Table 9 - Short Circuit Ratings per UL60947-4-1 and CSA 22.2 No. EN60947-4-1 with Bul. 100-C IEC
contactors that are protected by Bul. 140U-D circuit breakers
Overload Relay with
Sensing Module Cat. No.

Contactor Cat. No.

Max. Starter FLC[A]

100-C09
100-C12
100-C16
100-C23
100-C09
100-C12
100-C16
100-C23
100-C09
100-C12
100-C16
100-C23

9
12
16
23
9
12
16
23
9
12
16
23

193-ESM-___-30A-C23

193-ESM-___-30A-C23

193-ESM-___-30A-C23

Max. Available Fault

Current [A]

Max. Voltage [V]

Max. Circuit Breaker

Cat. No. 140U-D6D3-

65,000

480Y/277V

C30 (30 A)

35,000

600Y/347V

C30 (30 A)

5,000

600Y/347V

C30 (30 A)

Table 10 - High Fault Short Circuit Ratings per UL60947-4-1 and CSA 22.2 No. EN60947-4-1 with
Bul. 500 line NEMA contactors that are protected by fuses
Overload Relay with Sensing Module
Cat. No.

Contactor Size

Max. Starter FLC [A]

592-ESM-___-30A-S2

00

592-ESM-___-30A-S2

18

592-ESM-___-30A-S2

27

592-ESM-___-60A-S2

45

592-ESM-___-100A-S3

90

Fuse Coordination

Max. Available Fault

Current [A]

Max. Voltage
[V]

100,000

600
240
600
240
600
240
600
240
600

Max. UL Fuse [A]

R
J

20
30
30
30
30
60
100
30
50
100
200
60
100
200
350
100
200

The following tables list Type I and Type II Fuse Coordination when used with
Bulletin 100-C and 100-D and Bulletin 500 NEMA Size 00 2 Contactors.

ATTENTION: Select the motor branch circuit protection that complies with the
NEC and any other governing regional or local codes.

46

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Installation and Wiring

Chapter 2

Table 11 - Type 1 and Type II fuse coordination with Bul. 100-C and 100-D contactors per
EN60947-4-1
Overload Relay with
Sensing Module Cat. No.

193-ESM-___-30A-C23

193-ESM-___-30A-C55,
193-ESM-___-60A-C55

193-ESM-___-100A-C97

Contactor Cat. Max. Starter

No.
FLC[A]
100-C09
9
100-C12
12
100-C16
16
100-C23
23
100-C30
30
100-C37
37
100-C43
43
100-C55
55
100-C72
72
100-C85
85
100-C97
97

Prospective Short-Circuit
Current, Ir [A]

Conditional ShortCircuit Current, Iq [A]

1000

100,000

3,000

5,000

Max. Voltage Type I Class J or Type II Class J

[V]
CC Fuse [A]
or CC Fuse [A]
20
15
20
20
30
30
40
40
50
50
600
50
50
70
70
80
80
100
100
150
150
200
200

Table 12 - Type 1 and Type II fuse coordination with Bul. 100-C and 100-D contactors
per EN60947-4-1
Overload Relay with Sensing
Module Cat. No.
592-ESM-___-30A-S2
592-ESM-___-30A-S2
592-ESM-___-60A-S2
592-ESM-___-100A-S3

Contactor Size

Max. Starter FLC[A]

0
1
2
3

18
27
45
90

Prospective ShortCircuit Current, Ir [A]

3,000
5,000

Conditional Short- Max. Voltage Type I Class J Type II Class J

Circuit Current, Iq
[V]
Fuse [A]
Fuse [A]
[A]
30
30
30
30
100,000
600
60
60
200
200

Typical Motor Connections

ATTENTION: When working on energized circuits, DO NOT rely on voltage and
current information that is provided by the E300 Electronic Overload Relay for
personal safety. Always use a portable voltage or current measurement device
to measure the signal locally.

Three-Phase Direct On-Line (DOL) and Single-Phase Full-voltage

The following wiring diagram illustrates the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
typical motor connections in a three-phase DOL and single-phase full-voltage
applications.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

47

Chapter 2

Installation and Wiring

Figure 36 - E300 DOL and Single-Phase Full-voltage Connections

Three-Phase Direct-On-Line

S.C.P.D.

L1

L3

L2

Single-Phase Full-Voltage

S.C.P.D.

E300
2/T1

E300
6/T3

4/T2

T1

T2

T3

External Line Current

Transformer Application

L2

L1

2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

T1 T2
M

Current Transformer Ratio

The following E300 Electronic Overload Relay sensing module catalog numbers
can be used with step down current transformers:
193-ESM-IG-30A-E3T
193-ESM-IG-30A-T
193-ESM-IG-30A-P
193-ESM-I-30A-E3T
193-ESM-I-30A-T
193-ESM-I-30A-P
193-ESM-VIG-30A-CT
CT Primary (Parameter 263) and CT Secondary (Parameter 264) allows you to
identify the turns ratio of the step down current transformers in use. Based on
these two configuration parameters, the E300 Electronic Overload Relay will
automatically adjust the measured current. Use the primary current for your FLA
settings.

48

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Installation and Wiring

Chapter 2

Table 13 - CT Primary (Parameter 263)

CT Primary (Parameter 263)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

5
1
65535
UINT
2
1
Amps

Table 14 - CT Secondary (Parameter 264)

CT Secondary (Parameter 264)
Default Value

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

65535

Parameter Type

UINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Amps

ATTENTION: Improper configuration of the CT Ratio parameters can make the

E300 Electronic Overload Relay report inaccurate motor operational data and
possible motor damage.

IMPORTANT

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trip on a configuration fault when the FLA
setting is outside of the legal range of the selected CT Ratio settings. The TRIP/
WARN LED status indicator flashes red 3-long, 8-short blinking pattern.

You shall (1) provide one CT for each motor phase and shall (2) connect the
CTs secondary leads to the appropriate sensing module power terminals. The
CTs shall be selected to be capable of providing the required VA to the secondary
load, which includes the E300 Sensing Module burden of 0.1 VA at the rated
secondary current and the wiring burden. Finally, the CT shall (1) be rated for
Protective Relaying to accommodate the high inrush currents associated with
motor startup and shall (2) be accurate to within 2% over its normal operating
range. Typical CT ratings include:
ANSI USA
CSA (Canada)
IEC (Europe)
Class C5 BO.1
Class 10L5
5 VA Class SP10

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

49

Chapter 2

Installation and Wiring

ATTENTION: The improper selection of a current transformer can result in the

E300 Electronic Overload Relay reporting inaccurate motor operational data and
possible motor damage. The selected current transformer must be rated for
protective relaying applications.
Figure 37 - External Current Transformer Connection
IEC

NEMA
L1

L2

L1

L3

L3

L2

K1

L1/1 L2/3 L3/5

L1/1 L2/3 L3/5

E300
Primary
Current
Transformers

T1/2 T2/4 T3/6

E300
Primary
Current
Transformers

T1/2 T2/4 T3/6

T1

T2

T3

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay voltage-based sensing modules support a

wide variety of power systems. Table 15 lists the power systems supported by the
specific sensing module.
Table 15 - Supported Power Systems
Catalog Number

Connection Type

Power System
Single Phase

193-ESM-VIG-__-__
592-ESM-VIG-__-__

Direct

Delta
Wye
Grounded B Phase Delta
Single Phase

Direct

Wye
Grounded B Phase Delta

193-ESM-VIG-30A-CT
3 PT
2 PT

50

Delta

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Delta
Wye
Single Phase
Open Delta

Installation and Wiring

Chapter 2

Voltage Mode
Voltage Mode (Parameter 252) determines the method for how voltage is
monitored E300 Electronic Overload Relay. Select the connection type for the
appropriate power system.
Table 16 - Voltage Mode (Parameter 352)
Default Value

0 = Delta direct or with PTs

0 = Delta direct or with PTs
1 = Wye direct or with PTs

Range

2 = Delta with Delta to Wye PTs

3 = Wye with Delta to Wye PTs
4 = Delta with Wye to Delta PTs
5 = Wye with Wye to Delta PTs

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Potential (Voltage) Transformer Ratio

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay sensing module catalog number
193-ESM-VIG-30A-CT can be used with step down potential (voltage)
transformers. PT Primary (Parameter 353) and PT Secondary (Parameter 354)
allows you to identify the turns ratio of the step down potential (voltage)
transformers in use. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay will automatically
adjust the measured voltage based on these two configuration parameters. Use
the primary voltage for your voltage protection settings.
Table 17 - PT Primary (Parameter 353)
Default Value

480

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

65535

Parameter Type

UINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Amps

Table 18 - PT Secondary (Parameter 354)

Default Value

480

Minimum Value

165535

Maximum Value
Parameter Type

UINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Amps

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

51

Chapter 2

Installation and Wiring

Control Circuits
ATTENTION: Do not exceed the ratings of the E300 Electronic Overload Relays
output and trip relay. If the coil current or voltage of the contactor exceeds the
overload relays ratings, an interposing relay must be used.

ATTENTION: When the power is applied to the E300 Electronic Overload Relays
A1 and A2 terminals, the N.O. relay contact that is assigned as a Trip Relay closes
after approximately 2 seconds if no trip condition exists.

ATTENTION: More control circuit protection may be required. See the

applicable electrical codes.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay can provide motor control logic for many
different types of motor starters (see Chapter 5 for more information on
Operating Modes). By default, the E300 is configured for the Overload-Network
operating mode. The following wiring diagrams are typical control circuits for
Non-Reversing and Reversing Motor starters that use the Overload-Network
operating mode when Relay 0 (terminals R03 and R04) is configured to be a
normally closed Trip Relay.

Full-Voltage Non-Reversing Starter (with Network Control)

Figure 38 - NEMA Nomenclature

Relay 0
Configured as a
Trip Relay 1

Relay 1
R13

R14

A1

A2

R03

1 Contact shown with supply voltage applied.

52

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

R04

Installation and Wiring

Chapter 2

Figure 39 - CENELEC Nomenclature

L1
Relay 1 R13
R14

Relay 0 Configured
as a Trip Relay 2

R03
R04

A1
K
A2
N
2 Contact shown with supply voltage applied.

Full-Voltage Reversing Starter (with Network Control)

Figure 40 - NEMA Nomenclature
Relay 0 Configured as a
Trip Relay 1

Relay 1
REV
R13

R14

A1

FOR

A2

95

96

Relay 2
FOR
R23

R24

A1

REV

A2
1 Contact shown with supply voltage applied.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

53

Chapter 2

Installation and Wiring

Figure 41 - CENELEC Nomenclature

L1
Relay 0
Configured as a 2
Trip Relay

R03

R04

Relay 1

R13

R23
Relay 2
R24

R14
K1

K2
A1
K1
A2

A1
K2
A2
2 Contact shown with supply voltage applied.

54

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Chapter

Diagnostic Station

Introduction

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay supports a Diagnostic Station on the E300
Expansion Bus (requires Control Module firmware v3.000 and higher). The
Diagnostic Station allows you to view any E300 parameter and edit any
configuration parameter. This chapter explains the Diagnostic Stations
navigation keys, how to view a parameter, how to edit a configuration parameter,
and the Diagnostic Stations programmable display sequence.

Navigation Keys

The E300 Diagnostic Station has five navigation keys that are used to navigate
through the Diagnostic Stations display menu system and edit configuration
parameters.

Key

Displaying a Parameter

Name

Description

Up Arrow
Down Arrow

Scroll through the display parameters or groups.

Increment or decrement values.

Escape

Back one step in the navigation menu.

Cancel a change to a configuration parameter value

Select

Select the next bit when viewing a bit enumerated parameter.

Select the next digit when editing a configuration value.
Select the next bit when editing a bit enumerated parameter.

Enter

Start the navigation menu.

Advance one step in the navigation menu.
Display the description for a bit enumerated parameter.
Edit a configuration parameter value.
Save the change to the configuration parameter value.

The E300 Diagnostic Station allows you to view parameters using a group menu
system or by a linear list. To start the navigation menu, press the
key. The
menu prompts you to view parameters by groups, parameters in a linear list, or
E300 system information.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

55

Chapter 3

Diagnostic Station

Parameter Group Navigation

To start the navigation menu, press the

key. Use the

select the Groups navigation method and press

Use the

or

keys to

or

keys to select the parameter group to display and press

or

keys to view the parameters that are associated with that

Use the
group.

When viewing a bit enumerated parameter, press

each bit. Press

Press

56

to view the next bit. Press

to view the description of

to return to the parameter.

to return to the parameter group navigation system.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Diagnostic Station

Chapter 3

If you do not press any navigation keys for a period that is Defined by Display
Timeout (Parameter 436), then the E300 Diagnostic Station automatically
returns to its programmable display sequence.

Linear List Navigation

To start the navigation menu, press the

key. Use the

select the Linear List navigation method and press

Use the
and press

Use the

or

and

keys to

keys to select the parameter number to display

or

keys to view the next sequential parameter.

When viewing a bit enumerated parameter, press

each bit. Press

or

to view the next bit. Press

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

to view the description of

to return to the parameter.

57

Chapter 3

Diagnostic Station

Press

to return to the linear list navigation system.

If you do not press any navigation keys for a period that is Defined by Display
Timeout (Parameter 436), then the E300 Diagnostic Station automatically
returns to its programmable display sequence.

System Info
The E300 Diagnostic Station can display firmware revision information, view the
time and date of the E300 virtual clock, and edit the time and date of the E300
virtual clock. To view E300 system information, start the navigation menu by
pressing

key. Use the

or

keys to select System Info and press

Use the

or

keys to view the E300 system information.

To edit the system date or time, press

keys to select the new value. Press
to save the new system values or press
restore the previous system values.

58

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

to modify the value. Use the

or

to select the next system value. Press

to cancel the modification and

Diagnostic Station

Press

Chapter 3

to return to the navigation menu.

If you do not press any navigation keys for a period that is Defined by Display
Timeout (Parameter 436), then the E300 Diagnostic Station automatically
cancels the modification, restores the previous value, and returns to its
programmable display sequence.

Editing Parameters

Editing a Configuration Parameter

The E300 Diagnostic Station allows you to edit configuration parameters using a
group menu system or by a linear list. To start the navigation menu, press the
key. You will be prompted to view parameters by groups, parameters in a
linear list, or E300 system information. Choose the appropriate method and
navigate to the parameter to be modified.

Editing a Numeric Parameter

To edit a configuration parameter, press the
the

or

values or press

Press

key to modify the value. Use

keys to select the new value. Press

to save the new system

to cancel the modification and restore the previous value.

to return to the navigation menu.

If you do not press any navigation keys for a period that is Defined by Display
Timeout (Parameter 436), then the E300 Diagnostic Station automatically
cancels the modification, restores the previous value, and returns to its
programmable display sequence.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

59

Chapter 3

Diagnostic Station

Editing a Bit Enumerated Parameter

When editing a bit enumerated parameter, press the
description of each bit. Use the

or

key to view the

keys to select the new bit value.

Press
to edit the next bit. Press
to save the new value or press
cancel the modification and restore the previous value.

Press

to

to return to the navigation menu.

If you do not press any navigation keys for a period that is Defined by Display
Timeout (Parameter 436), then the E300 Diagnostic Station automatically
cancels the modification, restores the previous value, and returns to its
programmable display sequence.

Programmable Display
Sequence

Display Sequence
The E300 Diagnostic Station sequentially displays up to seven screens every five
seconds.
Three-phase current
Three-phase voltage
Total power
User-defined screen 1
User-defined screen 2
User-defined screen 3
User-defined screen 4
The three-phase voltage and total power screens are only included in the
sequence when the E300 Electronic Overload Relay has a voltage, current, and
ground fault current (VIG)-based Sensing Module.

60

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Diagnostic Station

Chapter 3

The user-defined screens allow you to select up to two parameters per screen.
Refer to Diagnostic Station User-defined Screens on page 86 to configure the
Screen# and Parameter# (Parameters 428435).

If you do not press any navigation keys for a period that is Defined by Display
Timeout (Parameter 436), then the Diagnostic Station will automatically cancel
any editing modifications, restore the previous value, and return to its
programmable display sequence.

Stopping the Display Sequence

To stop the display sequence, press
sequence through the displays. Press
sequence.

. Use the

or

keys to manually

to return to the automatic display

If you do not press any navigation keys for a period that is Defined by Display
Timeout (Parameter 436), then the E300 Diagnostic Station automatically
returns to its programmable display sequence.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

61

Chapter 3

Diagnostic Station

Automatic Trip and Warning

Screens

When the E300 Electronic Overload Relay is in a trip or warning state, the E300
Diagnostic Station automatically displays the trip or warning event.

Press any of the navigation keys (

the automatic display sequence.

, or

) to return to

When the trip or warning event clears, the E300 Diagnostic Station
automatically returns to its programmable display sequence.
If a different parameter is displayed and you do not press any navigation keys for a
period that is Defined by Display Timeout (Parameter 436), then the E300
Diagnostic Station will automatically return to the trip or warning screen if the
trip or warning event is not cleared.

62

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Chapter

System Operation and Configuration

Introduction

This chapter provides instructions for operating and configuring an E300

Electronic Overload Relay system. Settings for Device Modes, Option Match,
Security Policy, I/O Assignments, Expansion Bus Fault, Emergency Start, and an
introduction to Operating Modes are included in this chapter.

Device Modes

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay has five device modes to validate
configuration of the device and limit when you can configure the E300
Electronic Overload Relay, perform a firmware update, and issue commands.
Administration Mode
Operation Mode
Run Mode
Test Mode
Invalid Configuration Mode

Administration Mode
Administration Mode is a maintenance mode for the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay, which allows you to configure parameters, modify security policies, enable
web servers (see page 382 to enable the EtherNet/IP web server), perform
firmware updates, and issue commands.
Follow these steps to enter into Administration Mode:
1. Set the rotary dials on the E300 Communication Module to the following
values
For EtherNet/IP set the rotary dials to 0-0-0
For DeviceNet set the rotary dials to 7-7
2. Cycle power on the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
After commissioning activities and maintenance tasks are completed, return the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay back to Operation or Run Mode by setting the
rotary dials of the E300 communication module back to its previous positions
and cycle power.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

63

Chapter 4

System Operation and Configuration

Operation Mode
Operation Mode is a standby mode for the E300 Electronic Overload Relay in
which the E300 is ready to help protect an electric motor and no electrical
current has been detected. You can modify configuration parameters, update
firmware, and issue commands if the appropriate security policies are enabled.
The Power LED on the Communication Module and Operator Stations will be
flashing green and bit 14 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) is set to 1 when the
device is in Operation Mode.
Table 19 - Operation Mode Bit Function Detail Device Status 0 (Parameter 20)
Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

Function

X Trip Present
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

Warning Present
Invalid Configuration
Current Present
GFCurrent Present
Voltage Present
Emergency Start Enabled
DeviceLogix Enabled
Feedback Timeout Enabled
Operator Station Present
Voltage Sensing Present
Intern Ground Fault Sensing Present
Extern Ground Fault Sensing Present
PTC Sensing

Ready
Reserved

Run Mode
Run Mode is an active mode for the E300 Electronic Overload Relay in which
the E300 is sensing electrical current and is actively protecting an electric motor.
Only non-motor protection configuration parameters can be modified if the
appropriate security policies are enabled. The Power LED on the
Communication Module and Operator Stations will be solid green and bits 3, 4,
and/or 5 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) are set to 1 when the device is in Run
Mode.

64

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

System Operation and Configuration

Chapter 4

Table 20 - Run Mode Bit Function Detail Device Status 0 (Parameter 20)
Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

Function

X Trip Present
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

Warning Present
Invalid Configuration
Current Present
GFCurrent Present
Voltage Present
Emergency Start Enabled
DeviceLogix Enabled
Feedback Timeout Enabled
Operator Station Present
Voltage Sensing Present
Intern Ground Fault Sensing Present
Extern Ground Fault Sensing Present
PTC Sensing

Ready
Reserved

Test Mode
Test Mode is used by installers of motor control centers who are testing and
commissioning motor starters with an automation system. A digital input of the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay is assigned to monitor the motor control center
enclosures Test Position. The Input Assignments (Parameters 196201) are
described later in this chapter.
Anyone commissioning motor starters in an automation system can put their
motor control center enclosure into the Test Position to activate Test Mode and
verify that the digital inputs and relay outputs of the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay are operating properly with the motor starter without energizing power to
the motor. If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay senses current or voltage in Test
Mode, the E300 Electronic Overload Relay will generate a Test Mode Trip.

Invalid Configuration Mode

Invalid Configuration Mode is an active mode for the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay in which the E300 is in a tripped state due to invalid configuration data.
Invalid Configuration Parameter (Parameter 38) indicates the parameter number
that is causing the fault. Invalid Configuration Cause (Parameter 39) identifies
the reason for Invalid Configuration Mode.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

65

Chapter 4

System Operation and Configuration

Table 21 - Invalid Configuration Cause (Parameter 39)

Code
0
1
2
3
4
5

Description
No Error
Value over maximum value
Value under minimum value
Illegal value
L3 Current detected (for single-phase applications)
CopyCat error

The Trip/Warn LED on the Communication Module and Operator Stations will
be flashing a pattern of red, 3 long and 8 short blinks, and bits 0 and 2 in Device
Status 0 (Parameter 20) are set to 1 when the device is in Invalid Configuration
Mode.
Table 22 - Invalid Configuration Mode Bit Function Detail Device Status 0 (Parameter 20)
Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

Function

X Trip Present
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

Warning Present
Invalid Configuration
Current Present
GFCurrent Present
Voltage Present
Emergency Start Enabled
DeviceLogix Enabled
Feedback Timeout Enabled
Operator Station Present
Voltage Sensing Present
Intern Ground Fault Sensing Present
Extern Ground Fault Sensing Present
PTC Sensing

Ready
Reserved

To return to Operation/Run Mode, place a valid configuration value in the

parameter identified by Invalid Configuration Parameter (Parameter 38) and
Invalid Configuration Cause (Parameter 39). Reset the trip state of the E300
Electronic Overload Relay by pressing the blue reset button on the
Communication Module, via network communications, with the internal web
server of the EtherNet/IP communications module, or by an assigned digital
input.

Option Match

66

Due to the modular nature of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay, you can
enable the Option Match feature to ensure that the options that were expected
for the motor protection application are the ones that are present on the E300

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

System Operation and Configuration

Chapter 4

Electronic Overload Relay system. You can configure an option mismatch to

cause a protection trip or provide a warning within the E300.

Enable Option Match Protection Trip (Parameter 186)

To enable the E300 Electronic Overload Relays Option Match feature to cause a
protection trip in the event of an option mismatch, place a (1) in bit position 8 of
Parameter 186 (Control Trip Enable). You can select the specific option match
features to cause a protection trip in Parameter 233 (Option Match Action).
Table 23 - Enable Option Match Protection Trip Bit Function Detail Control Trip Enable
(Parameter 186)
Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

0
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

X
X

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Function
Test Trip Enable
PTC Trip Enable
DeviceLogix Trip Enable
Operator Station Trip Enable
Remote Trip Enable
Blocked Start Trip Enable
Hardware Fault Trip Enable
Configuration Trip Enable
Option Match Trip Enable
Feedback Timeout Trip Enable
Expansion Bus Trip Enable
Reserved
Reserved
Nonvolatile Memory Trip Enable
Ready
Reserved

67

Chapter 4

System Operation and Configuration

Enable Option Match Protection Warning (Parameter 192)

To enable the E300 Electronic Overload Relays Option Match feature to cause a
warning in the event of an option mismatch, place a (1) in bit position 8 of
Parameter 192 (Control Warning Enable). You can select the specific option
match features to cause a warning in Parameter 233 (Option Match Action).
Table 24 - Enable Option Match Protection Warning Bit Function Detail Control Warning
Enable (Parameter 192)
Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

X
X
X
X
X

Function
Reserved
Reserved
DeviceLogix Warning Enable
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Option Match Warning Enable
Feedback Timeout Warning Enable
Expansion Bus Warning Enable
Number Of Starts Warning Enable
Operating Hours Warning Enable
Reserved

Control Module Type (Parameter 221)

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay offers six different control modules. Place
the value of the expected control module into Parameter 221. A value of (0)
disables the Option Match feature for the control module.
Table 25 - Control Module Type (Parameter 221)
Code
0
1
2
3
4
5
6

68

Description
Ignore
6 Inputs, 24V DC / 3 Relay Outputs
4 Inputs, 110-120V AC 50/60Hz / 3 Relay Outputs
4 Inputs, 220-240V AC 50/60Hz / 3 Relay Outputs
4 Inputs, 24V DC / 2 Relay Outputs / External Ground Fault / PTC
2 Inputs, 110-120V AC 50/60Hz / 2 Relay Outputs / External Ground Fault / PTC
2 Inputs, 220-240V AC 50/60Hz / 2 Relay Outputs / External Ground Fault / PTC

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Control Module Cat. No.

193-EIO-63-24D
193-EIO-43-120
193-EIO-43-240
193-EIOGP-42-24D
193-EIOGP-22-120
193-EIOGP-22-240

System Operation and Configuration

Chapter 4

Sensing Module Type (Parameter 222)

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay offers 12 different sensing modules. Place
the value of the expected sensing module into Parameter 222. A value of (0)
disables the Option Match feature for the sensing module.
Table 26 - Sensing Module Type (Parameter 222)
Code
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Description
Ignore
Voltage / Current 0.530 A / Ground Fault
Voltage / Current 660 A / Ground Fault
Voltage / Current 10100 A / Ground Fault
Voltage / Current 20200 A / Ground Fault
Current 0.530 A / Ground Fault
Current 660 A / Ground Fault
Current 10100 A / Ground Fault
Current 20200 A / Ground Fault
Current 0.530 A
Current 660 A
Current 10100 A
Current 20200 A

Sensing Module Cat. No.

193-ESM-VIG-30A-__ or 592-ESM-VIG-30A-__
193-ESM-VIG-60A-__ or 592-ESM-VIG-60A-__
193-ESM-VIG-100A-__ or 592-ESM-VIG-100A-__
193-ESM-VIG-200A-__ or 592-ESM-VIG-200A-__
193-ESM-IG-30A-__ or 592-ESM-IG-30A-__
193-ESM-IG-60A-__ or 592-ESM-IG-60A-__
193-ESM-IG-100A-__ or 592-ESM-IG-100A-__
193-ESM-IG-200A-__ or 592-ESM-IG-200A-__
193-ESM-I-30A-__ or 592--ESM-I-30A-__
193-ESM-I-60A-__ or 592--ESM-I-60A-__
193-ESM-I-100A-__ or 592--ESM-I-100A-__
193-ESM-I-200A-__ or 592--ESM-I-200A-__

Communication Module Type (Parameter 223)

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay offers two different communication
modules. Place the value of the expected communication module into Parameter
223. A value of (0) disables the Option Match feature for the communication
module.
Table 27 - Communication Module Type (Parameter 223)
Code
0
1
2

Description
Ignore
EtherNet/IP with Dual Port Switch supporting DLR
DeviceNet

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Communication Module Cat. No.

193-ECM-ETR
193-ECM-DNT

69

Chapter 4

System Operation and Configuration

Operator Station Type (Parameter 224)

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay offers two different types of operator
stations. Place the value of the expected operator station into Parameter 224. A
value of (0) disables the Option Match feature for the operator station. A value of
(1), No Operator Station, makes the operator station not allowed on the
Expansion Bus and prevents you from connecting an operator station to the E300
Electronic Overload Relay system.
Table 28 - Operator Station Type (Parameter 224)
Code
0
1
2
3

Description
Ignore
No Operator Station (Operator Station Not Allowed)
Control Station
Diagnostic Station with LCD

Operator Station Cat. No.

193-EOS-SCS
193-EOS-SDS

Digital I/O Expansion Module 1 Type (Parameter 225)

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay supports up to four additional Digital I/O
expansion modules. This parameter configures the Option Match feature for the
Digital I/O expansion module set to Digital Module 1. There are three different
types of Digital I/O expansion modules. Place the value of the expected Digital
I/O expansion module set to Digital Module 1 into Parameter 225. A value of (0)
disables the Option Match feature for this Digital I/O expansion module. A
value of (1), No Digital I/O Expansion Module, makes the Digital I/O
expansion module set to Digital Module 1 not allowed on the Expansion Bus and
prevents you from connecting a Digital I/O expansion module set to Digital
Module 1 to the E300 Electronic Overload Relay system.
Table 29 - Digital I/O Expansion Module 1 Type (Parameter 225)
Code
0
1
2
3
4

70

Description
Ignore
No Digital I/O Expansion Module (Digital I/O Expansion
Module Not Allowed)
4 Inputs, 24V DC / 2 Relay Outputs
4 Inputs, 110-120V AC 50/60Hz / 2 Relay Outputs
4 Inputs, 220-240V AC 50/60Hz / 2 Relay Outputs

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Digital I/O Expansion Module Cat. No.

193-EXP-DIO-42-24D
193-EXP-DIO-42-120
193-EXP-DIO-42-240

System Operation and Configuration

Chapter 4

Digital I/O Expansion Module 2 Type (Parameter 226)

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay supports up to four additional Digital I/O
expansion modules. This parameter configures the Option Match feature for the
Digital I/O expansion module set to Digital Module 2. There are three different
types of Digital I/O expansion modules. Place the value of the expected Digital
I/O expansion module set to Digital Module 2 into Parameter 226. A value of (0)
disables the Option Match feature for this Digital I/O expansion module. A
value of (1),No Digital I/O Expansion Module, makes the Digital I/O expansion
module set to Digital Module 2 not allowed on the Expansion Bus and prevents
you from connecting a Digital I/O expansion module set to Digital Module 2 to
the E300 Electronic Overload Relay system.
Table 30 - Digital I/O Expansion Module 2 Type (Parameter 226)
Code
0
1
2
3
4

Description
Ignore
No Digital I/O Expansion Module (Digital I/O Expansion
Module Not Allowed)
4 Inputs, 24V DC / 2 Relay Outputs
4 Inputs, 110-120V AC 50/60Hz / 2 Relay Outputs
4 Inputs, 220-240V AC 50/60Hz / 2 Relay Outputs

Digital I/O Expansion Module Cat. No.

193-EXP-DIO-42-24D
193-EXP-DIO-42-120
193-EXP-DIO-42-240

Digital I/O Expansion Module 3 Type (Parameter 227)

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay supports up to four additional Digital I/O
expansion modules. This parameter configures the Option Match feature for the
Digital I/O expansion module set to Digital Module 3. There are three different
types of Digital I/O expansion modules. Place the value of the expected Digital
I/O expansion module set to Digital Module 3 into Parameter 227. A value of (0)
disables the Option Match feature for this Digital I/O expansion module. A
value of (1),No Digital I/O Expansion Module, makes the Digital I/O expansion
module set to Digital Module 3 not allowed on the Expansion Bus and prevents
you from connecting a Digital I/O expansion module set to Digital Module 3 to
the E300 Electronic Overload Relay system.
Table 31 - Digital I/O Expansion Module 3 Type (Parameter 227)
Code
0
1
2
3
4

Description
Ignore
No Digital I/O Expansion Module (Digital I/O Expansion
Module Not Allowed)
4 Inputs, 24V DC / 2 Relay Outputs
4 Inputs, 110-120V AC 50/60Hz / 2 Relay Outputs
4 Inputs, 220-240V AC 50/60Hz / 2 Relay Outputs

Digital I/O Expansion Module Cat. No.

193-EXP-DIO-42-24D
193-EXP-DIO-42-120
193-EXP-DIO-42-240

Digital I/O Expansion Module 4 Type (Parameter 228)

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay supports up to four additional Digital I/O
expansion modules. This parameter configures the Option Match feature for the
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

71

Chapter 4

System Operation and Configuration

Digital I/O expansion module set to Digital Module 4. There are three different
types of Digital I/O expansion modules. Place the value of the expected Digital
I/O expansion module set to Digital Module 4 into Parameter 228. A value of (0)
disables the Option Match feature for this Digital I/O expansion module. A
value of (1), No Digital I/O Expansion Module , makes the Digital I/O
expansion module set to Digital Module 4 not allowed on the Expansion Bus and
prevents you from connecting a Digital I/O expansion module set to Digital
Module 4 to the E300 Electronic Overload Relay system.
Table 32 - Digital I/O Expansion Module 4 Type (Parameter 228)
Code
0
1
2
3
4

Description
Ignore
No Digital I/O Expansion Module (Digital I/O Expansion
Module Not Allowed)
4 Inputs, 24V DC / 2 Relay Outputs
4 Inputs, 110-120V AC 50/60Hz / 2 Relay Outputs
4 Inputs, 220-240V AC 50/60Hz / 2 Relay Outputs

Digital I/O Expansion Module Cat. No.

193-EXP-DIO-42-24D
193-EXP-DIO-42-120
193-EXP-DIO-42-240

Analog I/O Expansion Module 1 Type (Parameter 229)

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay supports up to four additional Analog I/O
expansion modules. This parameter configures the Option Match feature for the
Analog I/O expansion module set to Analog Module 1. There is one type of
Analog I/O expansion module. Place the value of the expected Analog I/O
expansion module set to Analog Module 1 into Parameter 229. A value of (0)
disables the Option Match feature for this Analog I/O expansion module. A
value of (1), No Analog I/O Expansion Module, makes the Analog I/O
expansion module set to Analog Module 1 not allowed on the Expansion Bus and
prevents you from connecting an Analog I/O expansion module set to Analog
Module 1 to the E300 Electronic Overload Relay system.
Table 33 - Analog I/O Expansion Module 1 Type (Parameter 229)
Code
0
1
2

72

Description
Ignore
No Analog I/O Expansion Module (Analog I/O Expansion
Module Not Allowed)
3 Universal Analog Inputs / 1 Analog Output

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Analog I/O Expansion Module Cat. No.

193-EXP-AIO-31

System Operation and Configuration

Chapter 4

Analog I/O Expansion Module 2 Type (Parameter 230)

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay supports up to four additional Analog I/O
expansion modules. This parameter configures the Option Match feature for the
Analog I/O expansion module set to Analog Module 2. There is one type of
Analog I/O expansion module. Place the value of the expected Analog I/O
expansion module set to Analog Module 2 into Parameter 230. A value of (0)
disables the Option Match feature for this Analog I/O expansion module. A
value of (1), No Analog I/O Expansion Module, makes the Analog I/O
expansion module set to Analog Module 2 not allowed on the Expansion Bus and
prevents you from connecting an Analog I/O expansion module set to Analog
Module 2 to the E300 Electronic Overload Relay system.
Table 34 - Analog I/O Expansion Module 2 Type (Parameter 230)
Code
0
1
2

Description
Ignore
No Analog I/O Expansion Module (Analog I/O Expansion
Module Not Allowed)
3 Universal Analog Inputs / 1 Analog Output

Analog I/O Expansion Module Cat. No.

193-EXP-AIO-31

Analog I/O Expansion Module 3 Type (Parameter 231)

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay supports up to four additional Analog I/O
expansion modules. This parameter configures the Option Match feature for the
Analog I/O expansion module set to Analog Module 3. There is one type of
Analog I/O expansion module. Place the value of the expected Analog I/O
expansion module set to Analog Module 3 into Parameter 231. A value of (0)
disables the Option Match feature for this Analog I/O expansion module. A
value of (1), No Analog I/O Expansion Module, makes the Analog I/O
expansion module set to Analog Module 3 not allowed on the Expansion Bus and
prevents you from connecting an Analog I/O expansion module set to Analog
Module 3 to the E300 Electronic Overload Relay system.
Table 35 - Analog I/O Expansion Module 3 Type (Parameter 231)
Code
0
1
2

Description
Ignore
No Analog I/O Expansion Module (Analog I/O Expansion
Module Not Allowed)
3 Universal Analog Inputs / 1 Analog Output

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Analog I/O Expansion Module Cat. No.

193-EXP-AIO-31

73

Chapter 4

System Operation and Configuration

Analog I/O Expansion Module 4 Type (Parameter 232)

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay supports up to four additional Analog I/O
expansion modules. This parameter configures the Option Match feature for the
Analog I/O expansion module set to Analog Module 4. There is one type of
Analog I/O expansion module. Place the value of the expected Analog I/O
expansion module set to Analog Module 4 into Parameter 232. A value of (0)
disables the Option Match feature for this Analog I/O expansion module. A
value of (1), No Analog I/O Expansion Module, makes the Analog I/O
expansion module set to Analog Module 4 not allowed on the Expansion Bus and
prevents you from connecting an Analog I/O expansion module set to Analog
Module 4 to the E300 Electronic Overload Relay system.
Table 36 - Analog I/O Expansion Module 4 Type (Parameter 232)
Code
0

Description
Ignore
No Analog I/O Expansion Module (Analog I/O Expansion
Module Not Allowed)
3 Universal Analog Inputs / 1 Analog Output

1
2

Analog I/O Expansion Module Cat. No.

193-EXP-AIO-31

Option Match Action (Parameter 233)

The Option Match feature for the E300 Electronic Overload Relay allows you to
specify an action when there is an option mismatch Protection Trip or
Warning. Place a (0) in the appropriate bit position for a warning, and place a
(1) in the appropriate bit position to cause a protection trip if there is an option
mismatch.
Table 37 - Option Match Action (Parameter 233) Bit Function Detail
Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

0
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

74

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Function
Control Module Mismatch Action
Sensing Module Mismatch Action
Communication Module Mismatch
Action
Operator Station Mismatch Action
Digital Module 1 Mismatch Action
Digital Module 2 Mismatch Action
Digital Module 3 Mismatch Action
Digital Module 4 Mismatch Action
Analog Module 1 Mismatch Action
Analog Module 2 Mismatch Action
Analog Module 3 Mismatch Action
Analog Module 4 Mismatch Action

System Operation and Configuration

Chapter 4

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay has a security policy that can be used to
prevent anyone with malicious intent to potentially damage a motor or piece of
equipment. By default, you can only modify the security policy when the E300
Electronic Overload Relay is in Administration Mode (see page 63 to learn how
to enable Administration Mode).

Security Policy

Table 38 - Security Policy (Parameter 211) Bit Function Detail

Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

0
X

X
X

Function
Device Configuration Enable
Device Reset Enable
Firmware Update Enable
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Security Policy Config Enable

Device Configuration Policy

The Device Configuration Policy allows you to send external message
instructions via a communications network to write values to configuration
parameters. When this policy is disabled, all external message instructions with
configuration data will return a communications error when the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay is in Operation Mode or Run Mode.

Device Reset Policy

The Device Reset Policy allows you to send external message instruction via a
communications network to perform a soft device reset when the E300
Electronic Overload Relay is in Operation Mode. When this policy is disabled,
all external reset message instructions will return a communications error when
the E300 Electronic Overload Relay is in Operation Mode or Run Mode.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

75

Chapter 4

System Operation and Configuration

Firmware Update Policy

The Firmware Update Policy allows you to update the internal firmware of the
communication module and control module via ControlFlash when the E300
Electronic Overload Relay is in Operation Mode. When this policy is disabled,
firmware updates will return a communications error when the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay is in Operation Mode or Run Mode.

Security Configuration Policy

The Security Configuration Policy allows you to modify the Security Policy of
the E300 Electronic Overload Relay in Operation Mode. When this policy is
disabled, the Security Policy can only be modified when the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay is in Administration Mode.

I/O Assignments

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay has native digital inputs and relay outputs
in the Control Module. This I/O can be assign to dedicated functions. the
following sections list the function assignments for the available Control
Module I/O.

Input Pt00 Assignment (Parameter 196)

Input Pt00 Assignment (Parameter 196) allows you to assign this digital input
for the following functions:
Table 39 - Input Pt00 Assignment (Parameter 196)
Value

76

Assignment

Description

Normal

Function as a digital input

Trip Reset

Reset the E300 when it is in a tripped state

Remote Trip

Force the E300 to go into a tripped state

Activate FLA2

Use the value in FLA2 Setting (Parameter 177) for the current-based protection
algorithms

Force Snapshot

Force the E300 to update its Snapshot log

Emergency Start

Issue an Emergency Start command

Test Mode

Enable Test Mode monitoring

L1 Line Loss Arm

Activate L1 Line Loss Protection

L2 Line Loss Arm

Activate L2 Line Loss Protection

L3 Line Loss Arm

Activate L3 Line Loss Protection

10

L1 L2 Line Loss Arm

Activate L1 and L2 Line Loss Protection

11

L2 L3 Line Loss Arm

Activate L2 and L3 Line Loss Protection

12

L1 L3 Line Loss Arm

Activate L1 and L3 Line Loss Protection

13

L1 L2 L3 Line Loss Arm

Activate L1, L2, and L3 Line Loss Protection

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

System Operation and Configuration

Chapter 4

Input Pt01 Assignment (Parameter 197)

Input Pt01 Assignment (Parameter 197) allows you to assign this digital input
for the following functions:
Table 40 - Input Pt01 Assignment (Parameter 197)
Value

Assignment

Description

Normal

Function as a digital input

Trip Reset

Reset the E300 when it is in a tripped state

Remote Trip

Force the E300 to go into a tripped state

Activate FLA2

Use the value in FLA2 Setting (Parameter 177) for the current-based protection
algorithms

Force Snapshot

Force the E300 to update its Snapshot log

Emergency Start

Issue an Emergency Start command

Test Mode

Enable Test Mode monitoring

L1 Line Loss Arm

Activate L1 Line Loss Protection

L2 Line Loss Arm

Activate L2 Line Loss Protection

L3 Line Loss Arm

Activate L3 Line Loss Protection

10

L1 L2 Line Loss Arm

Activate L1 and L2 Line Loss Protection

11

L2 L3 Line Loss Arm

Activate L2 and L3 Line Loss Protection

12

L1 L3 Line Loss Arm

Activate L1 and L3 Line Loss Protection

13

L1 L2 L3 Line Loss Arm Activate L1, L2, and L3 Line Loss Protection

Input Pt02 Assignment (Parameter 198)

Input Pt02 Assignment (Parameter 198) allows you to assign this digital input
for the following functions:
Table 41 - Input Pt02 Assignment (Parameter 198)
Value

Assignment

Description

Normal

Function as a digital input

Trip Reset

Reset the E300 when it is in a tripped state

Remote Trip

Force the E300 to go into a tripped state

Activate FLA2

Use the value in FLA2 Setting (Parameter 177) for the current-based protection
algorithms

Force Snapshot

Force the E300 to update its Snapshot log

Emergency Start

Issue an Emergency Start command

Test Mode

Enable Test Mode monitoring

L1 Line Loss Arm

Activate L1 Line Loss Protection

L2 Line Loss Arm

Activate L2 Line Loss Protection

L3 Line Loss Arm

Activate L3 Line Loss Protection

10

L1 L2 Line Loss Arm

Activate L1 and L2 Line Loss Protection

11

L2 L3 Line Loss Arm

Activate L2 and L3 Line Loss Protection

12

L1 L3 Line Loss Arm

Activate L1 and L3 Line Loss Protection

13

L1 L2 L3 Line Loss Arm Activate L1, L2, and L3 Line Loss Protection

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

77

Chapter 4

System Operation and Configuration

Input Pt03 Assignment (Parameter 199)

Input Pt03 Assignment (Parameter 199) allows you to assign this digital input
for the following functions:
Table 42 - Input Pt03 Assignment (Parameter 199)
Value

Assignment

Description

Normal

Function as a digital input

Trip Reset

Reset the E300 when it is in a tripped state

Remote Trip

Force the E300 to go into a tripped state

Activate FLA2

Use the value in FLA2 Setting (Parameter 177) for the current-based protection
algorithms

Force Snapshot

Force the E300 to update its Snapshot log

Emergency Start

Issue an Emergency Start command

Test Mode

Enable Test Mode monitoring

L1 Line Loss Arm

Activate L1 Line Loss Protection

L2 Line Loss Arm

Activate L2 Line Loss Protection

L3 Line Loss Arm

Activate L3 Line Loss Protection

10

L1 L2 Line Loss Arm

Activate L1 and L2 Line Loss Protection

11

L2 L3 Line Loss Arm

Activate L2 and L3 Line Loss Protection

12

L1 L3 Line Loss Arm

Activate L1 and L3 Line Loss Protection

13

L1 L2 L3 Line Loss Arm Activate L1, L2, and L3 Line Loss Protection

Input Pt04 Assignment (Parameter 200)

Input Pt04 Assignment (Parameter 200) allows you to assign this digital input
for the following functions:
Table 43 - Input Pt04 Assignment (Parameter 200)
Value

78

Assignment

Description

Normal

Function as a digital input

Trip Reset

Reset the E300 when it is in a tripped state

Remote Trip

Force the E300 to go into a tripped state

Activate FLA2

Use the value in FLA2 Setting (Parameter 177) for the current-based protection
algorithms

Force Snapshot

Force the E300 to update its Snapshot log

Emergency Start

Issue an Emergency Start command

Test Mode

Enable Test Mode monitoring

L1 Line Loss Arm

Activate L1 Line Loss Protection

L2 Line Loss Arm

Activate L2 Line Loss Protection

L3 Line Loss Arm

Activate L3 Line Loss Protection

10

L1 L2 Line Loss Arm

Activate L1 and L2 Line Loss Protection

11

L2 L3 Line Loss Arm

Activate L2 and L3 Line Loss Protection

12

L1 L3 Line Loss Arm

Activate L1 and L3 Line Loss Protection

13

L1 L2 L3 Line Loss Arm Activate L1, L2, and L3 Line Loss Protection

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

System Operation and Configuration

Chapter 4

Input Pt05 Assignment (Parameter 201)

Input Pt05 Assignment (Parameter 201) allows you to assign this digital input
for the following functions:
Table 44 - Input Pt05 Assignment (Parameter 201)
Value

Assignment

Description

Normal

Function as a digital input

Trip Reset

Reset the E300 when it is in a tripped state

Remote Trip

Force the E300 to go into a tripped state

Activate FLA2

Use the value in FLA2 Setting (Parameter 177) for the current-based protection
algorithms

Force Snapshot

Force the E300 to update its Snapshot log

Emergency Start

Issue an Emergency Start command

Test Mode

Enable Test Mode monitoring

L1 Line Loss Arm

Activate L1 Line Loss Protection

L2 Line Loss Arm

Activate L2 Line Loss Protection

L3 Line Loss Arm

Activate L3 Line Loss Protection

10

L1 L2 Line Loss Arm

Activate L1 and L2 Line Loss Protection

11

L2 L3 Line Loss Arm

Activate L2 and L3 Line Loss Protection

12

L1 L3 Line Loss Arm

Activate L1 and L3 Line Loss Protection

13

L1 L2 L3 Line Loss Arm Activate L1, L2, and L3 Line Loss Protection

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

79

Chapter 4

System Operation and Configuration

Output Pt00 Assignment (Parameter 202)

Output Pt00 Assignment (Parameter 202) allows you to assign this relay output
for the following functions:
Table 45 - Output Pt00 Assignment (Parameter 202)
Value
0

Assignment
Normal

Trip Relay

Control Relay

Trip Alarm

Warning Alarm

Monitor L1 Trip Relay(1)

Monitor L2 Trip Relay(1)

Monitor L3 Trip Relay(1)

Monitor L1 Control Relay(1)

Monitor L2 Control Relay(1)

10

Monitor L3 Control Relay(1)

Description
Function as a relay output
Function as a normally closed contact until the E300 is in a tripped state in which the relay opens. The Trip Relay
remains open until a trip reset is issued.
Function as a combination Normal and Trip Relay. The Control Relay is in a normally open state until the relay is
commanded to close by communications or via a DeviceLogix program. When the E300 enters into a tripped state
the Control Relay opens and remains open until a trip reset is issued.
Function as a normally open contact until the E300 is in a tripped state in which the relay closes. The Trip Alarm
remains closed until a trip reset is issued.
Function as a normally open contact until the E300 is in a protection warning state in which the relay closes. The
Warning Alarm remains closed until the protection warning clears.
Function as a normally closed contact until the E300 is in a tripped state for a L1 Under Current, L1 Over Current, or
L1 Line Loss in which the relay opens. The Trip Relay remains open until a trip reset is issued.
Function as a normally closed contact until the E300 is in a tripped state for a L2 Under Current, L2 Over Current, or
L2 Line Loss in which the relay opens. The Trip Relay remains open until a trip reset is issued.
Function as a normally closed contact until the E300 is in a tripped state for a L3 Under Current, L3 Over Current, or
L3 Line Loss in which the relay opens. The Trip Relay remains open until a trip reset is issued.
Function as a combination Normal and Trip Relay. The Control Relay is in a normally open state until the relay is
commanded to close by communications or via a DeviceLogix program. When the E300 is in a tripped state for a L1
Under Current, L1 Over Current, or L1 Line Loss, the relay opens. The Control Relay remains open until a trip reset is
issued.
Function as a combination Normal and Trip Relay. The Control Relay is in a normally open state until the relay is
commanded to close by communications or via a DeviceLogix program. When the E300 is in a tripped state for a L2
Under Current, L2 Over Current, or L2 Line Loss, the relay opens. The Control Relay remains open until a trip reset is
issued.
Function as a combination Normal and Trip Relay. The Control Relay is in a normally open state until the relay is
commanded to close by communications or via a DeviceLogix program. When the E300 is in a tripped state for a L3
Under Current, L3 Over Current, or L3 Line Loss, the relay opens. The Control Relay remains open until a trip reset is
issued.

(1) Requires Control Module firmware v3.000 or higher

80

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

System Operation and Configuration

Chapter 4

Output Pt01 Assignment (Parameter 203)

Output Pt01 Assignment (Parameter 203) allows you to assign this relay output
for the following functions:
Table 46 - Output Pt01 Assignment (Parameter 203)
Value
0

Assignment
Normal

Trip Relay

Control Relay

Trip Alarm

Warning Alarm

Monitor L1 Trip Relay(1)

Monitor L2 Trip Relay(1)

Monitor L3 Trip Relay(1)

Monitor L1 Control Relay(1)

Monitor L2 Control Relay(1)

10

Monitor L3 Control Relay(1)

Description
Function as a relay output
Function as a normally closed contact until the E300 is in a tripped state in which the relay opens. The Trip Relay
remains open until a trip reset is issued.
Function as a combination Normal and Trip Relay. The Control Relay is in a normally open state until the relay is
commanded to close by communications or via a DeviceLogix program. When the E300 enters into a tripped state
the Control Relay opens and remains open until a trip reset is issued.
Function as a normally open contact until the E300 is in a tripped state in which the relay closes. The Trip Alarm
remains closed until a trip reset is issued.
Function as a normally open contact until the E300 is in a protection warning state in which the relay closes. The
Warning Alarm remains closed until the protection warning clears.
Function as a normally closed contact until the E300 is in a tripped state for a L1 Under Current, L1 Over Current, or
L1 Line Loss in which the relay opens. The Trip Relay remains open until a trip reset is issued.
Function as a normally closed contact until the E300 is in a tripped state for a L2 Under Current, L2 Over Current, or
L2 Line Loss in which the relay opens. The Trip Relay remains open until a trip reset is issued.
Function as a normally closed contact until the E300 is in a tripped state for a L3 Under Current, L3 Over Current, or
L3 Line Loss in which the relay opens. The Trip Relay remains open until a trip reset is issued.
Function as a combination Normal and Trip Relay. The Control Relay is in a normally open state until the relay is
commanded to close by communications or via a DeviceLogix program. When the E300 is in a tripped state for a L1
Under Current, L1 Over Current, or L1 Line Loss, the relay opens. The Control Relay remains open until a trip reset is
issued.
Function as a combination Normal and Trip Relay. The Control Relay is in a normally open state until the relay is
commanded to close by communications or via a DeviceLogix program. When the E300 is in a tripped state for a L2
Under Current, L2 Over Current, or L2 Line Loss, the relay opens. The Control Relay remains open until a trip reset is
issued.
Function as a combination Normal and Trip Relay. The Control Relay is in a normally open state until the relay is
commanded to close by communications or via a DeviceLogix program. When the E300 is in a tripped state for a L3
Under Current, L3 Over Current, or L3 Line Loss, the relay opens. The Control Relay remains open until a trip reset is
issued.

(1) Requires Control Module firmware v3.000 or higher

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

81

Chapter 4

System Operation and Configuration

Output Pt02 Assignment (Parameter 204)

Output Pt02 Assignment (Parameter 204) allows you to assign this relay output
for the following functions:
Table 47 - Output Pt02 Assignment (Parameter 204)
Value
0

Assignment
Normal

Trip Relay

Control Relay

Trip Alarm

Warning Alarm

Monitor L1 Trip Relay(1)

Monitor L2 Trip Relay(1)

Monitor L3 Trip Relay(1)

Monitor L1 Control Relay(1)

Monitor L2 Control Relay(1)

10

Monitor L3 Control Relay(1)

Description
Function as a relay output
Function as a normally closed contact until the E300 is in a tripped state in which the relay opens. The Trip Relay
remains open until a trip reset is issued.
Function as a combination Normal and Trip Relay. The Control Relay is in a normally open state until the relay is
commanded to close by communications or via a DeviceLogix program. When the E300 enters into a tripped state
the Control Relay opens and remains open until a trip reset is issued.
Function as a normally open contact until the E300 is in a tripped state in which the relay closes. The Trip Alarm
remains closed until a trip reset is issued.
Function as a normally open contact until the E300 is in a protection warning state in which the relay closes. The
Warning Alarm remains closed until the protection warning clears.
Function as a normally closed contact until the E300 is in a tripped state for a L1 Under Current, L1 Over Current, or
L1 Line Loss in which the relay opens. The Trip Relay remains open until a trip reset is issued.
Function as a normally closed contact until the E300 is in a tripped state for a L2 Under Current, L2 Over Current, or
L2 Line Loss in which the relay opens. The Trip Relay remains open until a trip reset is issued.
Function as a normally closed contact until the E300 is in a tripped state for a L3 Under Current, L3 Over Current, or
L3 Line Loss in which the relay opens. The Trip Relay remains open until a trip reset is issued.
Function as a combination Normal and Trip Relay. The Control Relay is in a normally open state until the relay is
commanded to close by communications or via a DeviceLogix program. When the E300 is in a tripped state for a L1
Under Current, L1 Over Current, or L1 Line Loss, the relay opens. The Control Relay remains open until a trip reset is
issued.
Function as a combination Normal and Trip Relay. The Control Relay is in a normally open state until the relay is
commanded to close by communications or via a DeviceLogix program. When the E300 is in a tripped state for a L2
Under Current, L2 Over Current, or L2 Line Loss, the relay opens. The Control Relay remains open until a trip reset is
issued.
Function as a combination Normal and Trip Relay. The Control Relay is in a normally open state until the relay is
commanded to close by communications or via a DeviceLogix program. When the E300 is in a tripped state for a L3
Under Current, L3 Over Current, or L3 Line Loss, the relay opens. The Control Relay remains open until a trip reset is
issued.

(1) Requires Control Module firmware v3.000 or higher

Table 48 - Activate FLA2 with Output Relay (Parameter 209)

Activate FLA2 with Output Relay (Parameter 209) allows you to activate the
value in FLA2 Setting (Parameter 177) for the current-based protection
algorithms when the assigned output relay is in an energized state.
Table 49 - Activate FLA2 with Output Relay (Parameter 209)
Value
0
1
2
3

Expansion Bus Fault

82

Description
Disable
Pt00 Output
Pt01 Output
Pt02 Output

The E300 Electronic Overload Relays expansion bus can be used to expand the
I/O capabilities of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay with the addition of
digital and analog expansion I/O modules. The Expansion Bus Fault allows you
to have the E300 Electronic Overload Relay go into a Trip or Warning state when
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

System Operation and Configuration

Chapter 4

established Expansion Bus communications is disrupted between the Control

Module and any digital and analog expansion I/O modules.
The Expansion Bus Fault is used when the Option Match feature is not enabled
for the digital and/or analog expansion I/O modules. The Expansion Bus Fault
only monitors for communication disruptions between the Control Module and
digital and/or analog expansion I/O modules. Expansion bus communication
disruptions between the Control Module and Operator Station do not affect the
Expansion Bus fault.

Expansion Bus Trip

Expansion Bus Trip is enabled by setting Control Trip Enable (Parameter 186)
bit 10 to 1. When communications is disrupted between the Control Module
and digital and/or analog expansion I/O modules, the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay will go into a tripped state in which the Trip/Warn LED on the
Communication Module and Operator station will blink a red 3 long and 11
short blinking pattern.
Table 50 - Expansion Bus Trip Bit Function Detail Control Trip Enable (Parameter 186)
Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

0
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

X
X

Function
Test Trip Enable
PTC Trip Enable
DeviceLogix Trip Enable
Operator Station Trip Enable
Remote Trip Enable
Blocked Start Trip Enable
Hardware Fault Trip Enable
Configuration Trip Enable
Option Match Trip Enable
Feedback Timeout Trip Enable
Expansion Bus Trip Enable
Reserved
Reserved
Nonvolatile Memory Trip Enable
Ready
Reserved

To return to Operation/Run Mode, verify that the expansion bus cables are
properly plugged into the Bus In and Bus Out ports of all of the expansion
modules. When all of the expansion I/O modules status LEDs are solid green,
reset the trip state of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay by pressing the blue
reset button on the Communication Module, via network communications, with
the internal web server of the EtherNet/IP communications module, or by an
assigned digital input.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

83

Chapter 4

System Operation and Configuration

Expansion Bus Warning

Expansion Bus Warning is enabled by setting Control Warning Enable
(Parameter 192) bit 10 to 1. When communications is disrupted between the
Control Module and digital and/or analog expansion I/O modules, the E300
Electronic Overload Relay will go into a warning state in which the Trip/Warn
LED on the Communication Module and Operator station will blink a yellow 3
long and 11 short blinking pattern.
Table 51 - Expansion Bus Warning Bit Function Detail Control Warning Enable (Parameter 192)
Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

Function
Reserved

X
X
X

PTC Warning Enable

DeviceLogix Warning Enable
Operator Station Warning Enable
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

X
X

Option Match Warning Enable

Feedback Timeout Warning Enable

Expansion Bus Warning Enable

Number Of Starts Warning Enable

Operating Hours Warning Enable

Reserved

To return to Operation/Run Mode, verify that the expansion bus cables are
properly plugged into the Bus In and Bus Out ports of all of the expansion
modules. When all of the expansion I/O modules status LEDs are solid green,
the warning state of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay will automatically clear.

Emergency Start

In an emergency, it may be necessary to start a motor even if a protection fault or

a communication fault exists. The trip condition may be the result of a thermal
overload condition or the number of starts exceeded its configuration. These
conditions can be overridden using the Emergency Start feature of the E300
Electronic Overload Relay.
IMPORTANT

Activating Emergency Start inhibits overload and blocked start protection.

Running in this mode can cause equipment overheating and fire.

To enable the Emergency Start feature in the E300 Electronic Overload Relay set
the Emergency Start Enable (Parameter 216) to Enable.

84

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

System Operation and Configuration

Chapter 4

Table 52 - Emergency Start (Parameter 216)

Value
0
1

Description
Disable
Enable

Configure one of the Ptxx Input Assignments (Parameters 196201) to

Emergency Start and activate the corresponding digital input.
Table 53 - Emergency Start Input PTXX Assignment (Parameters 196201)
Value

Assignment

Description

Normal

Function as a digital input

Trip Reset

Reset the E300 when it is in a tripped state

Remote Trip

Force the E300 to go into a tripped state

Activate FLA2

Use the value in FLA2 Setting (Parameter 177) for the current-based
protection algorithms

Force Snapshot

Force the E300 to update its Snapshot log

Emergency Start

Issue an Emergency Start command

You can also use a network command to activate the Emergency Start feature. For
the EtherNet/IP communications module, you would set the Emergency Start
bit to 1 in Output Assembly 144. See EtherNet/IP Communications on
page 373 for more information on EtherNet/IP communications.
When the Emergency Start feature is active, the following actions occur in the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay:
Protection trips are ignored
Output relays configured as Trip Relays are put into closed state
Normal operation resumes with any Normal or Control Relay assigned
output relay
The Emergency Start Active bit is set to 1 in Device Status 0
(Parameter 20) bit 6

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

85

Chapter 4

System Operation and Configuration

Table 54 - Emergency Start Bit Function Detail Device Status 0 (Parameter 20)
Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

0
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

Diagnostic Station Userdefined Screens

Function
Trip Present
Warning Present
Invalid Configuration
Current Present
GFCurrent Present
Voltage Present
Emergency Start Enabled
DeviceLogix Enabled
Feedback Timeout Enabled
Operator Station Present
Voltage Sensing Present
Intern Ground Fault Sensing Present
Extern Ground Fault Sensing Present
PTC Sensing
Ready
Reserved

The E300 Electronic Overload Relays Diagnostic Station has four user-defined
screens that are part of the Diagnostic Stations display sequence in which you can
define up to two parameters per screen.

User-defined Screen 1
User-defined Screen 1 Parameter 1
User-defined Screen 1 - Parameter 1 (Parameter 428) is the E300 parameter
number to display for the first parameter in user-defined screen 1. You can select
one of the 560 available E300 Electronic Overload Relay parameters.
Table 55 - Screen 1 - Parameter 1 (Parameter 428)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

1
0
560
UINT
2
1

User-defined Screen 1 Parameter 2

User-defined Screen 1 - Parameter 2 (Parameter 429) is the E300 parameter
number to display for the second parameter in user-defined screen 1. You can
select one of the 560 available E300 Electronic Overload Relay parameters.

86

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

System Operation and Configuration

Chapter 4

Table 56 - Screen 1 - Parameter 2 (Parameter 429)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

50
0
560
UINT
2
1

User-defined Screen 2
User-defined Screen 2 Parameter 1
User-defined Screen 2 - Parameter 1 (Parameter 430) is the E300 parameter
number to display for the first parameter in user-defined screen 2. You can select
one of the 560 available E300 Electronic Overload Relay parameters.
Table 57 - Screen 2 - Parameter 1 (Parameter 430)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

2
0
560
UINT
2
1

User-defined Screen 2 Parameter 2

User-defined Screen 2 - Parameter 2 (Parameter 431) is the E300 parameter
number to display for the second parameter in user-defined screen 2. You can
select one of the 560 available E300 Electronic Overload Relay parameters.
Table 58 - Screen 2 - Parameter 2 (Parameter 431)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

3
0
560
UINT
2
1

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

87

Chapter 4

System Operation and Configuration

User-defined Screen 3
User-defined Screen 3 Parameter 1
User-defined Screen 3 - Parameter 1 (Parameter 432) is the E300 parameter
number to display for the first parameter in user-defined screen 3. You can select
one of the 560 available E300 Electronic Overload Relay parameters.
Table 59 - Screen 3 - Parameter 1 (Parameter 432)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

51
0
560
UINT
2
1

User-defined Screen 3 Parameter 2

User-defined Screen 3 - Parameter 2 (Parameter 433) is the E300 parameter
number to display for the second parameter in user-defined screen 3. You can
select one of the 560 available E300 Electronic Overload Relay parameters.
Table 60 - Screen 3 - Parameter 2 (Parameter 433)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

52
0
560
UINT
2
1

User-defined Screen 4
User-defined Screen 4 Parameter 1
User-defined Screen 4 - Parameter 1 (Parameter 434) is the E300 parameter
number to display for the first parameter in user-defined screen 4. You can select
one of the 560 available E300 Electronic Overload Relay parameters.
Table 61 - Screen 4 - Parameter 1 (Parameter 434)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

88

38
0
560
UINT
2
1

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

System Operation and Configuration

Chapter 4

User-defined Screen 4 Parameter 2

User-defined Screen 4 - Parameter 2 (Parameter 435) is the E300 parameter
number to display for the second parameter in user-defined screen 4. You can
select one of the 560 available E300 Electronic Overload Relay parameters.

Screen4Parameter2(Parameter435)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

39
0
560
UINT
2
1

Display Timeout
Display Timeout (Parameter 436) defines the time duration in which there is no
display navigation activity, and the E300 Diagnostic Station returns to its normal
display sequence. Any configuration parameters that were left in an edit state will
be canceled. A value of zero disables the display timeout function.
Table 62 - Display Timeout (Parameter 436)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

300
0
65535
UINT
2
1
Seconds

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

89

Chapter 4

System Operation and Configuration

Analog I/O Expansion

Modules

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay supports up to four Analog I/O Expansion
Modules on the E300 Expansion Bus. The E300 Analog Expansion Module has
three independent universal inputs and one analog output.

Analog Input Channels

The universal analog inputs can accept the following analog signals:
Current
420 mA
020 mA
Voltage
010V DC
15V DC
05V DC
2-Wire or 3-Wire RTD Sensors
100 , 200 , 500 , 1000 Pt 385
100 , 200 , 500 , 1000 Pt 3916
10 Cu 426
100 Ni 618
120 Ni 672
604 NiFe 518
Resistance
0150
0750
03000
06000 (PTC and NTC Sensors)
The analog inputs can report data in four different formats. Table 63 through
Table 66 display the data ranges for all of the available analog input types for the
four available data formats.
Table 63 - Analog Input Data Format for Current Input Type
Input Range Input Value

420 mA

020 mA

90

21.00 mA
20.00 mA
4.00 mA
3.00 mA
21.00 mA
20.00 mA
0.00 mA
0.00 mA

Condition
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit

Engineering
Units
21000
20000
4000
3000
21000
20000
0
0

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Engineering
Units x 10
2100
2000
400
300
2100
2000
0
0

Raw /
Proportional
32767
32767
-32768
-32768
32767
32767
-32768
-32768

PID
17407
16383
0
-1024
17202
16383
0
0

System Operation and Configuration

Chapter 4

Table 64 - Analog Input Data Format for Voltage Input Type

Input Range Input Value

010 V DC

15 V DC

05V DC

10.50V DC
10.00V DC
0.00V DC
0.00V DC
5.25V DC
5.00V DC
1.00V DC
0.50V DC
5.25V DC
5.00V DC
0.00V DC
0.00V DC

Condition
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit

Engineering
Units
10500
10000
0
0
5250
5000
1000
500
5250
5000
0
0

Engineering
Units x 10
1050
1000
0
0
525
500
100
50
525
500
0
0

Raw /
Proportional
32767
32767
-32768
-32768
32767
32767
-32768
-32768
32767
32767
-32768
-32768

PID
17202
16383
0
0
17407
16383
0
-2048
17202
16383
0
0

Table 65 - Analog Input Data Format for RTD Input Type

Input Range Input Value

RTD
100 , 200 ,
500 , 1000
Pt 385

RTD
100 , 200 ,
500 , 1000
Pt 3916

RTD
10 Cu 426

RTD
100 Ni 618

850.0 C
850.0 C
-200.0 C
-200.0 C
1562.0 F
1562.0 F
-328.0 F
-328.0 F
630.0 C
630.0 C
-200.0 C
-200.0 C
1166.0 F
1166.0 F
-328.0 F
-328.0 F
260.0 C
260.0 C
-100.0 C
-100.0 C
500.0 F
500.0 F
-148.0 F
-148.0 F
260.0 C
260.0 C
-100.0 C
-100.0 C
500.0 F
500.0 F
-148.0 F
-148.0 F

Condition
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit

Engineering
Units
8500
8500
-2000
-2000
15620
15620
-3280
-3280
6300
6300
-2000
-2000
11660
11660
-3280
-3280
2600
2600
-1000
-1000
5000
5000
-1480
-1480
2600
2600
-1000
-1000
5000
5000
-1480
-1480

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Engineering
Units x 10
850
850
-200
-200
1562
1562
-328
-328
630
630
-200
-200
1166
1166
-328
-328
260
260
-100
-100
500
500
-148
-148
260
260
-100
-100
500
500
-148
-148

Raw /
Proportional
32767
32767
-32768
-32768
32767
32767
-32768
-32768
32767
32767
-32768
-32768
32767
32767
-32768
-32768
32767
32767
-32768
-32768
32767
32767
-32768
-32768
32767
32767
-32768
-32768
32767
32767
-32768
-32768

PID
16383
16383
0
0
16383
16383
0
0
16383
16383
0
0
16383
16383
0
0
16383
16383
0
0
16383
16383
0
0
16383
16383
0
0
16383
16383
0
0

91

Chapter 4

System Operation and Configuration

Input Range Input Value

Condition

260.0 C
260.0 C
-80.0 C
-80.0 C
RTD
120 Ni 672 500.0 F
500.0 F
-112.0 F
-112.0 F
200.0 C
200.0 C
-100.0 C
RTD
-100.0 C
100 NiFe
392.0 F
518
392.0 F
-148.0 F
-148.0 F

High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit

Engineering
Units
2600
2600
-800
-800
5000
5000
-1120
-1120
2000
2000
-1000
-1000
3920
3920
-1480
-1480

Engineering
Units x 10
260
260
-80
-80
500
500
-112
-112
200
200
-100
-100
392
392
-148
-148

Raw /
Proportional
32767
32767
-32768
-32768
32767
32767
-32768
-32768
32767
32767
-32768
-32768
32767
32767
-32768
-32768

PID
16383
16383
0
0
16383
16383
0
0
16383
16383
0
0
16383
16383
0
0

Table 66 - Analog Input Data Format for Resistance Input Type

150.00
150.00
0.00
0.00
750.0
750.0
0.0
0.0
3000.0
3000.0
0.0
0.0

High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit

Engineering
Units
15000
15000
0
0
7500
7500
0
0
30000
30000
0
0

6000

High Limit

6000

600

32767

16383

6000

High Range

6000

600

32767

16383

Low Range

-32768

Low Limit

-32768

Input Range Input Value

Resistance
0-150

Resistance
0-750

Resistance
0-3000

Resistance
0-6000
(PTC / NTC)

Condition

Engineering
Units x 10
1500
1500
0
0
750
750
0
0
3000
3000
0
0

Raw /
Proportional
32767
32767
-32768
-32768
32767
32767
-32768
-32768
32767
32767
-32768
-32768

16383
16383
0
0
16383
16383
0
0
16383
16383
0
0

PID

Analog Output Channel

The isolated analog output can be programmed to provide one of the following
analog output signal types:
Current
420 mA
020 mA

92

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

System Operation and Configuration

Chapter 4

Voltage
010V DC
15V DC
05V DC
The analog outputs can report data as a percent of range. Table 67 and Table 68
display the data ranges for all of the available analog output types.
Table 67 - Analog Output Data Format for Current Output Type
Output Range

420 mA

020 mA

Output Signal
21.000 mA
20.000 mA
4.000 mA
3.000 mA
21.00 mA
20.00 mA
0.00 mA
0.00 mA

Condition
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit

% Range
106.25%
100.00%
0.00%
-6.25%
105.00%
100.00%
0.00%
0.00%

Table 68 - Analog Output Data Format for Voltage Output Type

Output Range

010 V DC

15 V DC

05 V DC

Output Value
10.50V DC
10.00V DC
0.00V DC
0.00V DC
5.25V DC
5.00V DC
1.00V DC
0.50V DC
5.25V DC
5.00V DC
0.00V DC
0.00V DC

Condition
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit

% Range
105.00%
100.00%
0.00%
0.00%
106.25%
100.00%
0.00%
-6.25%
105.00%
100.00%
0.00%
0.00%

The analog output can be used to communicate E300 diagnostic information via
an analog signal to distributed control systems, programmable logic controllers,
or panel-mounted analog meters. The analog output can represent one of the
following E300 diagnostic parameters:
Average %FLA
%TCU
Ground Fault Current
Current Imbalance
Average L-L Voltage
Voltage Imbalance
Total kW
Total kVAR
Total kVA

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

93

Chapter 4

System Operation and Configuration

Total Power Factor

User-defined Value
Table 69 - Analog Output Selection Type
Output Selection
Average % FLA
Scaled Average % FLA
% TCU
Ground Fault Current
Internal, 0.505.00 A
External, 0.020.10 A
External, 0.100.50 A
External, 0.201.00 A
External, 1.005.00 A
Current Imbalance
Average L-L Voltage
Voltage Imbalance
Total kW
Total kVAR
Total kVA
Total Power Factor
User-defined Value

Low Range
0%
0%
0%

High Range
100%
200%
100%

0.50 A
0.02 A
0.10 A
0.20 A
1.00 A
0%
0V
0%
0 kW
5.25V DC
5.00V DC
-50% (Lagging)
-32768

5.00 A
0.10 A
0.50 A
1.00 A
5.00 A
100%
(PT Primary) V
100%
(FLA1 x PT Primary x 1.732) V
(FLA1 x PT Primary x 1.732) V
(FLA1 x PT Primary x 1.732) V
+50% (Leading)
32767

Update Rate
Analog Input Channels
The performance for the input channels of the E300 Analog I/O Expansion
Module is dependent on the filter setting for each channel. The total scan time
for the input channels of the module is determined by adding the conversion time
for all enabled input channels.
Table 70 - Analog Input Channel Conversion Time
Input Type
Current, Voltage,
2-Wire RTD, Resistance

3-Wire RTD

Filter Frequency
17 Hz
4 Hz
62 Hz
470 Hz
17 Hz
4 Hz
62 Hz
470 Hz

Conversion Time
153 ms
512 ms
65 ms
37 ms
306 ms
1024 ms
130 ms
74 ms

Example:
Channel 00 is configured for a 3-wire RTD and 4 Hz filter (conversion
time = 1024 ms).
Channel 01 is configured for 17Hz voltage (conversion time = 153 ms).
Channel 02 is configured for 62Hz current (conversion time = 65 ms).
94

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

System Operation and Configuration

Chapter 4

The E300 Analog I/O Expansion Module input channel scan time will be
1242 ms (1024+153+65).

Analog Output Channel

The E300 Analog I/O Expansion Module output channel update rate is 10 ms.

Analog Module 1
Analog Module 1 Input Channel 00 Type
Analog Module 1 Input Channel 00 Type (Parameter 437) defines the type of
analog signal that Input Channel 00 of Analog Module 1 will be monitoring.
Table 71 - Analog Module 1 Input Channel 00 Type (Parameter 437)
Value

Assignment

Description

Disabled

Disable the analog input

4To20mA

Read an analog current signal from 420 mA

0To20mA

Read an analog current signal from 020 mA

0To10Volts

Read an analog voltage signal from 010 V DC

1To5Volts

Read an analog voltage signal from 15 V DC

0To5Volts

Read an analog voltage signal from 05 V DC

100Pt385

Read a 100 Pt 385 RTD Sensor

200Pt385

Read a 200 Pt 385 RTD Sensor

500Pt385

Read a 500 Pt 385 RTD Sensor

1000Pt385

Read a 1000 Pt 385 RTD Sensor

10

100Pt3916

Read a 100 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor

11

200Pt3916

Read a 200 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor

12

500Pt3916

Read a 500 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor

13

1000Pt3916

Read a 1000 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor

14

10Cu426

Read a 10 Cu 426 RTD Sensor

15

100Ni618

Read a 100 Ni 618 RTD Sensor

16

120Ni672

Read a 120 Ni 672 RTD Sensor

17

604NiFe518

Read a 604 NiFe 518 RTD Sensor

18

150ohm

Read a resistance signal from 0150

19

750ohm

Read a resistance signal from 0750

20

3000ohm

Read a resistance signal from 03000

21

6000ohm

Read a resistance signal from 06000 . This setting

can be used with PTC and NTC sensors.

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 00 Format

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 00 Format (Parameter 438) defines the data
format for how the analog reading is reported.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

95

Chapter 4

System Operation and Configuration

Table 72 - Analog Module 1 Input Channel 00 Format (Parameter 438)

Value
0
1
2
3

Assignment
EngUnits
EngUnitsTimes10
RawProportional
ScaledForPID

Description
Engineering Units (mA, V, C, F, or )
Engineering Units x 10 (mA, V, C, F, or )
Raw / Proportional (-32768+32767)
Scaled for PID (016383)

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 00 Temperature Unit

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 00 Temperature Unit (Parameter 439)
defines the temperate unit for RTD sensor readings.
Table 73 - Analog Module 1 Input Channel 00 Temperature Unit (Parameter 439)
Value

Assignment

Description

DegreesC

Report RTD Temperature Data in C

DegreesF

Report RTD Temperature Data in F

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 00 Filter Frequency

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 00 Filter Frequency (Parameter 440) defines
update rate for the analog modules input channels.
Table 74 - Analog Module 1 Input Channel 00 Filter Frequency (Parameter 440)
Value

Assignment

Description

17 Hz

Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 17 Hz

4 Hz

Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 4 Hz

62 Hz

Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 62 Hz

470 Hz

Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 470Hz

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 00 Open Circuit State

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 00 Open Circuit State (Parameter 441)
defines what the input channel reports when the input channel has an open
circuit. Open circuit detection is always enabled for this input channel.
Table 75 - Analog Module 1 Input Channel 00 Open Circuit State (Parameter 441)
Value
0
1
2

Assignment
Upscale
Downscale
Zero

Description
Reports the high limit of the input channel type
Reports the low limit of the input channel type
Reports zero

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 00 RTD Type Enable

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 00 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 442)
defines the type of RTD to monitor when the input channel type is configured to
scan an RTD sensor.

96

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

System Operation and Configuration

Chapter 4

Table 76 - Analog Module 1 Input Channel 00 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 442)
Value
0
1

Assignment
3-Wire
2-Wire

Description
Scan a 3-wire RTD sensor
Scan a 2-wire RTD sensor

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 01 Type

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 01 Type (Parameter 446) defines the type of
analog signal that Input Channel 01 of Analog Module 1 will be monitoring.
Table 77 - Analog Module 1 Input Channel 01 Type (Parameter 446)
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

Assignment
Disabled
4To20mA
0To20mA
0To10Volts
1To5Volts
0To5Volts
100Pt385
200Pt385
500Pt385
1000Pt385
100Pt3916
200Pt3916
500Pt3916
1000Pt3916
10Cu426
100Ni618
120Ni672
604NiFe518
150ohm
750ohm
3000ohm

21

6000ohm

Description
Disable the analog input
Read an analog current signal from 420 mA
Read an analog current signal from 020 mA
Read an analog voltage signal from 010 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 15 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 05 V DC
Read a 100 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 10 Cu 426 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 Ni 618 RTD Sensor
Read a 120 Ni 672 RTD Sensor
Read a 604 NiFe 518 RTD Sensor
Read a resistance signal from 0150
Read a resistance signal from 0750
Read a resistance signal from 03000
Read a resistance signal from 06000 . This
setting can be used with PTC and NTC sensors.

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 01 Format

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 01 Format (Parameter 447) defines the data
format for howthe analog reading is reported.
Table 78 - Analog Module 1 Input Channel 01 Format (Parameter 447)
Value
0
1
2
3

Assignment
EngUnits
EngUnitsTimes10
RawProportional
ScaledForPID

Description
Engineering Units (mA, V, C, F, or )
Engineering Units x 10 (mA, V, C, F, or )
Raw / Proportional (-32768+32767)
Scaled for PID (016383)

AnalogModule1InputChannel01TemperatureUnit

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

97

Chapter 4

System Operation and Configuration

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 01 Temperature Unit (Parameter 448)

defines the temperate unit for RTD sensor readings.
Table 79 - Analog Module 1 Input Channel 01 Temperature Unit (Parameter 448)
Value
0
1

Assignment
DegreesC
DegreesF

Description
Report RTD Temperature Data in C
Report RTD Temperature Data in F

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 01 Filter Frequency

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 01 Filter Frequency (Parameter 449) defines
update rate for the analog modules input channels.
Table 80 - Analog Module 1 Input Channel 01 Filter Frequency (Parameter 449)
Value
0
1
2
3

Assignment
17 Hz
4 Hz
62 Hz
470 Hz

Description
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 17 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 4 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 62 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 470Hz

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 01 Open Circuit State

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 01 Open Circuit State (Parameter 450)
defines what the input channel reports when the input channel has an open
circuit. Open circuit detection is always enabled for this input channel.
Table 81 - Analog Module 1 Input Channel 01 Open Circuit State (Parameter 450)
Value
0
1
2

Assignment
Upscale
Downscale
Zero

Description
Reports the high limit of the input channel type
Reports the low limit of the input channel type
Reports zero

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 01 RTD Type Enable

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 01 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 451)
defines the type of RTD to monitor when the input channel type is configured to
scan an RTD sensor.
Table 82 - Analog Module 1 Input Channel 01 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 451)
Value
0
1

Assignment
3-Wire
2-Wire

Description
Scan a 3-wire RTD sensor
Scan a 2-wire RTD sensor

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 02 Type

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 02 Type (Parameter 455) defines the type of
analog signal that Input Channel 02 of Analog Module 1 will be monitoring.

98

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

System Operation and Configuration

Chapter 4

Table 83 - Analog Module 1 Input Channel 02 Type (Parameter 455)

Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

Assignment
Disabled
4To20mA
0To20mA
0To10Volts
1To5Volts
0To5Volts
100Pt385
200Pt385
500Pt385
1000Pt385
100Pt3916
200Pt3916
500Pt3916
1000Pt3916
10Cu426
100Ni618
120Ni672
604NiFe518
150ohm
750ohm
3000ohm

21

6000ohm

Description
Disable the analog input
Read an analog current signal from 420 mA
Read an analog current signal from 020 mA
Read an analog voltage signal from 010 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 15 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 05 V DC
Read a 100 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 10 Cu 426 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 Ni 618 RTD Sensor
Read a 120 Ni 672 RTD Sensor
Read a 604 NiFe 518 RTD Sensor
Read a resistance signal from 0150
Read a resistance signal from 0750
Read a resistance signal from 03000
Read a resistance signal from 06000 . This
setting can be used with PTC and NTC sensors.

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 02 Format

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 02 Format (Parameter 456) defines the data
format for how the analog reading is reported.
Table 84 - Analog Module 1 Input Channel 02 Format (Parameter 456)
Value
0
1
2
3

Assignment
EngUnits
EngUnitsTimes10
RawProportional
ScaledForPID

Description
Engineering Units (mA, V, C, F, or )
Engineering Units x 10 (mA, V, C, F, or )
Raw / Proportional (-3276832767)
Scaled for PID (0 16383)

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 02 Temperature Unit

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 02 Temperature Unit (Parameter 457)
defines the temperate unit for RTD sensor readings.
Table 85 - Analog Module 1 Input Channel 02 Temperature Unit (Parameter 457)
Value
0
1

Assignment
DegreesC
DegreesF

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Description
Report RTD Temperature Data in C
Report RTD Temperature Data in F

99

Chapter 4

System Operation and Configuration

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 02 Filter Frequency

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 02 Filter Frequency (Parameter 458) defines
update rate for the analog modules input channels.
Table 86 - Analog Module 1 Input Channel 02 Filter Frequency (Parameter 458)
Value
0
1
2
3

Assignment
17 Hz
4 Hz
62 Hz
470 Hz

Description
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 17 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 4 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 62 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 470Hz

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 02 Open Circuit State

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 02 Open Circuit State (Parameter 459)
defines what the input channel reports when the input channel has an open
circuit. Open circuit detection is always enabled for this input channel.
Table 87 - Analog Module 1 Input Channel 02 Open Circuit State (Parameter 459)
Value
0
1
2

Assignment
Upscale
Downscale
Zero

Description
Reports the high limit of the input channel type
Reports the low limit of the input channel type
Reports zero

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 02 RTD Type Enable

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 02 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 460)
defines the type of RTD to monitor when the input channel type is configured to
scan an RTD sensor.
Table 88 - Analog Module 1 Input Channel 02 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 460)
Value
0
1

Assignment
3-Wire
2-Wire

Description
Scan a 3-wire RTD sensor
Scan a 2-wire RTD sensor

AnalogModule1OutputChannel00Type
Analog Module 1 Output Channel 00 Type (Parameter 464) defines the type
of analog signal that Output Channel 00 of Analog Module 1 will be providing.
Table 89 - Analog Module 1 Output Channel 00 Type (Parameter 464)
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5

100

Assignment
Disabled
4To20mA
0To20mA
0To10Volts
1To5Volts
0To5Volts

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Description
Disable the analog input
Provide an analog current signal from 420 mA
Provide an analog current signal from 020 mA
Provide an analog voltage signal from 010 V DC
Provide an analog voltage signal from 15 V DC
Provide an analog voltage signal from 05 V DC

System Operation and Configuration

Chapter 4

Analog Module 1 Output Channel 00 Selection

Analog Module 1 Output Channel 00 Selection (Parameter 465) defines the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay parameter that Output Channel 00 will be
representing.
Table 90 - Analog Module 1 Output Channel 00 Selection (Parameter 465)
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

Assignment
AveragePCTFLA
ScaledAvgPctFLA
PercentTCU
GFCurrent
CurrentImbalance
AvgLLVoltage
VoltLLImbalance
TotalkW
TotalkVA
Total kVAR
TotalPF
UserDLXData

Description
Average %FLA (0100%)
Scaled Average %FLA (0200%)
%TCU (0100%)
Ground Fault Current (Ground Fault Type Range)
Current Imbalance (0100%)
Average L-L Voltage (0PT Primary)
Voltage Imbalance (0100%)
Total kW (0FLA x PT Primary x 1.732)
Total kVA (0FLA x PT Primary x 1.732)
Total kVAR (0FLA x PT Primary x 1.732)
Total Power Factor (-50% Lagging+50% Leading)
User-defined Value (-3276832767)

Analog Module 1 Output Channel 00 Expansion Bus Fault Action

Analog Module 1 Output Channel 00 Expansion Bus Fault Action (Parameter
466) defines the value that the E300 Analog I/O Expansion Module Output
Channel 00 provides when there is an E300 Expansion Bus fault.
Table 91 - Analog Module 1 Output Channel 00 Expansion Bus Fault Action (Parameter 466)
Value
0
1
2
3

Assignment
Zero
Maximum
Minimum
HoldLastState

Description
Provide an analog signal of zero
Provide an analog signal equal to the high limit
Provide an analog signal equal to the low limit
Provide the last known analog signal

Analog Module 1 Output Channel 00 Protection Fault Action

Analog Module 1 Output Channel 00 Expansion Bus Fault Action (Parameter
467) defines the value that the E300 Analog I/O Expansion Module Output
Channel 00 provides when the E300 is in a tripped state.
Table 92 - Analog Module 1 Output Channel 00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 467)
Value
0
1
2
3

Assignment
Ignore
Maximum
Minimum
HoldLastState

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Description
Continue providing the appropriate analog signal
Provide an analog signal equal to the high limit
Provide an analog signal equal to the low limit
Provide the analog signal at the time of the fault

101

Chapter 4

System Operation and Configuration

Analog Module 2
Analog Module 2 Input Channel 00 Type
Analog Module 2 Input Channel 00 Type (Parameter 468) defines the type of
analog signal that Input Channel 00 of Analog Module 2 will be monitoring.
Table 93 - Analog Module 2 Input Channel 00 Type (Parameter 468)
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

Assignment
Disabled
4To20mA
0To20mA
0To10Volts
1To5Volts
0To5Volts
100Pt385
200Pt385
500Pt385
1000Pt385
100Pt3916
200Pt3916
500Pt3916
1000Pt3916
10Cu426
100Ni618
120Ni672
604NiFe518
150ohm
750ohm
3000ohm

21

6000ohm

Description
Disable the analog input
Read an analog current signal from 420 mA
Read an analog current signal from 020 mA
Read an analog voltage signal from 010 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 15 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 05 V DC
Read a 100 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 10 Cu 426 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 Ni 618 RTD Sensor
Read a 120 Ni 672 RTD Sensor
Read a 604 NiFe 518 RTD Sensor
Read a resistance signal from 0150
Read a resistance signal from 0750
Read a resistance signal from 03000
Read a resistance signal from 06000 . This
setting can be used with PTC and NTC sensors.

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 00 Format

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 00 Format (Parameter 469) defines the data
format for how the analog reading is reported.
Table 94 - Analog Module 2 Input Channel 00 Format (Parameter 469)
Value
0
1
2
3

Assignment
EngUnits
EngUnitsTimes10
RawProportional
ScaledForPID

Description
Engineering Units (mA, V, C, F, or )
Engineering Units x 10 (mA, V, C, F, or )
Raw / Proportional (-32768 - 32767)
Scaled for PID (0 - 16383)

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 00 Temperature Unit

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 00 Temperature Unit (Parameter 470)
defines the temperate unit for RTD sensor readings.

102

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

System Operation and Configuration

Chapter 4

Table 95 - Analog Module 2 Input Channel 00 Temperature Unit (Parameter 470)

Value
0
1

Assignment
DegreesC
DegreesF

Description
Report RTD Temperature Data in C
Report RTD Temperature Data in F

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 00 Filter Frequency

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 00 Filter Frequency (Parameter 471) defines
update rate for the analog modules input channels.
Table 96 - Analog Module 2 Input Channel 00 Filter Frequency (Parameter 471)
Value
0
1
2
3

Assignment
17 Hz
4 Hz
62 Hz
470 Hz

Description
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 17 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 4 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 62 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 470Hz

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 00 Open Circuit State

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 00 Open Circuit State (Parameter 472)
defines what the input channel reports when the input channel has an open
circuit. Open circuit detection is always enabled for this input channel.
Table 97 - Analog Module 2 Input Channel 00 Open Circuit State (Parameter 472)
Value
0
1
2

Assignment
Upscale
Downscale
Zero

Description
Reports the high limit of the input channel type
Reports the low limit of the input channel type
Reports zero

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 00 RTD Type Enable

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 00 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 473)
defines the type of RTD to monitor when the input channel type is configured to
scan an RTD sensor.
Table 98 - Analog Module 2 Input Channel 00 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 473)
Value
0
1

Assignment
3-Wire
2-Wire

Description
Scan a 3-wire RTD sensor
Scan a 2-wire RTD sensor

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 01 Type

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 01 Type (Parameter 477) defines the type of
analog signal that Input Channel 01 of Analog Module 2 will be monitoring.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

103

Chapter 4

System Operation and Configuration

Table 99 - Analog Module 2 Input Channel 01 Type (Parameter 477)

Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

Assignment
Disabled
4To20mA
0To20mA
0To10Volts
1To5Volts
0To5Volts
100Pt385
200Pt385
500Pt385
1000Pt385
100Pt3916
200Pt3916
500Pt3916
1000Pt3916
10Cu426
100Ni618
120Ni672
604NiFe518
150ohm
750ohm
3000ohm

21

6000ohm

Description
Disable the analog input
Read an analog current signal from 420 mA
Read an analog current signal from 020 mA
Read an analog voltage signal from 010 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 15 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 05 V DC
Read a 100 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 10 Cu 426 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 Ni 618 RTD Sensor
Read a 120 Ni 672 RTD Sensor
Read a 604 NiFe 518 RTD Sensor
Read a resistance signal from 0150
Read a resistance signal from 0750
Read a resistance signal from 03000
Read a resistance signal from 06000 . This
setting can be used with PTC and NTC sensors.

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 01 Format

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 01 Format (Parameter 478) defines the data
format for how the analog reading is reported.
Table 100 - Analog Module 2 Input Channel 01 Format (Parameter 478)
Value
0
1
2
3

Assignment
EngUnits
EngUnitsTimes10
RawProportional
ScaledForPID

Description
Engineering Units (mA, V, C, F, or )
Engineering Units x 10 (mA, V, C, F, or )
Raw / Proportional (-3276832767)
Scaled for PID (016383)

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 01 Temperature Unit

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 01 Temperature Unit (Parameter 479)
defines the temperate unit for RTD sensor readings.
Table 101 - Analog Module 2 Input Channel 01 Temperature Unit (Parameter 479)
Value
0
1

104

Assignment
DegreesC
DegreesF

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Description
Report RTD Temperature Data in C
Report RTD Temperature Data in F

System Operation and Configuration

Chapter 4

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 01 Filter Frequency

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 01 Filter Frequency (Parameter 480) defines
update rate for the analog modules input channels.
Table 102 - Analog Module 2 Input Channel 01 Filter Frequency (Parameter 480)
Value
0
1
2
3

Assignment
17 Hz
4 Hz
62 Hz
470 Hz

Description
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 17 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 4 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 62 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 470Hz

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 01 Open Circuit State

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 01 Open Circuit State (Parameter 481)
defines what the input channel reports when the input channel has an open
circuit. Open circuit detection is always enabled for this input channel.
Table 103 - Analog Module 2 Input Channel 01 Open Circuit State (Parameter 481)
Value
0
1
2

Assignment
Upscale
Downscale
Zero

Description
Reports the high limit of the input channel type
Reports the low limit of the input channel type
Reports zero

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 01 RTD Type Enable

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 01 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 482)
defines the type of RTD to monitor when the input channel type is configured to
scan an RTD sensor.
Table 104 - Analog Module 2 Input Channel 01 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 482)
Value
0
1

Assignment
3-Wire
2-Wire

Description
Scan a 3-wire RTD sensor
Scan a 2-wire RTD sensor

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 02 Type

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 02 Type (Parameter 486) defines the type of
analog signal that Input Channel 02 of Analog Module 2 will be monitoring.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

105

Chapter 4

System Operation and Configuration

Table 105 - Analog Module 2 Input Channel 02 Type (Parameter 486)

Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

Assignment
Disabled
4To20mA
0To20mA
0To10Volts
1To5Volts
0To5Volts
100Pt385
200Pt385
500Pt385
1000Pt385
100Pt3916
200Pt3916
500Pt3916
1000Pt3916
10Cu426
100Ni618
120Ni672
604NiFe518
150ohm
750ohm
3000ohm

21

6000ohm

Description
Disable the analog input
Read an analog current signal from 420 mA
Read an analog current signal from 020 mA
Read an analog voltage signal from 010 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 15 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 05 V DC
Read a 100 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 10 Cu 426 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 Ni 618 RTD Sensor
Read a 120 Ni 672 RTD Sensor
Read a 604 NiFe 518 RTD Sensor
Read a resistance signal from 0150
Read a resistance signal from 0750
Read a resistance signal from 03000
Read a resistance signal from 06000 . This
setting can be used with PTC and NTC sensors.

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 02 Format

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 02 Format (Parameter 487) defines the data
format for how the analog reading is reported.
Table 106 - Analog Module 2 Input Channel 02 Format (Parameter 487)
Value
0
1
2
3

Assignment
EngUnits
EngUnitsTimes10
RawProportional
ScaledForPID

Description
Engineering Units (mA, V, C, F, or )
Engineering Units x 10 (mA, V, C, F, or )
Raw / Proportional (-32768 32767)
Scaled for PID (016383)

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 02 Temperature Unit

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 02 Temperature Unit (Parameter 488)
defines the temperate unit for RTD sensor readings.
Table 107 - Analog Module 2 Input Channel 02 Temperature Unit (Parameter 488)
Value
0
1

106

Assignment
DegreesC
DegreesF

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Description
Report RTD Temperature Data in C
Report RTD Temperature Data in F

System Operation and Configuration

Chapter 4

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 02 Filter Frequency

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 02 Filter Frequency (Parameter 489) defines
update rate for the analog modules input channels.
Table 108 - Analog Module 2 Input Channel 02 Filter Frequency (Parameter 489)
Value
0
1
2
3

Assignment
17 Hz
4 Hz
62 Hz
470 Hz

Description
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 17 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 4 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 62 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 470Hz

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 02 Open Circuit State

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 02 Open Circuit State (Parameter 490)
defines what the input channel reports when the input channel has an open
circuit. Open circuit detection is always enabled for this input channel.
Table 109 - Analog Module 2 Input Channel 02 Open Circuit State (Parameter 490)
Value
0
1
2

Assignment
Upscale
Downscale
Zero

Description
Reports the high limit of the input channel type
Reports the low limit of the input channel type
Reports zero

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 02 RTD Type Enable

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 02 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 491)
defines the type of RTD to monitor when the input channel type is configured to
scan an RTD sensor.
Table 110 - Analog Module 2 Input Channel 02 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 491)
Value
0
1

Assignment
3-Wire
2-Wire

Description
Scan a 3-wire RTD sensor
Scan a 2-wire RTD sensor

Analog Module 2 Output Channel 00 Type

Analog Module 2 Output Channel 00 Type (Parameter 464) defines the type
of analog signal that Output Channel 00 of Analog Module 2 will be providing.
Table 111 - Analog Module 2 Output Channel 00 Type (Parameter 495)
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5

Assignment
Disabled
4To20mA
0To20mA
0To10Volts
1To5Volts
0To5Volts

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Description
Disable the analog input
Provide an analog current signal from 420 mA
Provide an analog current signal from 020 mA
Provide an analog voltage signal from 010 V DC
Provide an analog voltage signal from 15 V DC
Provide an analog voltage signal from 05 V DC

107

Chapter 4

System Operation and Configuration

Analog Module 2 Output Channel 00 Selection

Analog Module 2 Output Channel 00 Selection (Parameter 496) defines the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay parameter that Output Channel 00 will be
representing.
Table 112 - Analog Module 2 Output Channel 00 Selection (Parameter 496)
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

Assignment
AveragePCTFLA
ScaledAvgPctFLA
PercentTCU
GFCurrent
CurrentImbalance
AvgLLVoltage
VoltLLImbalance
TotalkW
TotalkVA
Total kVAR
TotalPF
UserDLXData

Description
Average %FLA (0100%)
Scaled Average %FLA (0200%)
%TCU (0100%)
Ground Fault Current (Ground Fault Type Range)
Current Imbalance (0100%)
Average L-L Voltage (0 PT Primary)
Voltage Imbalance (0 100%)
Total kW (0FLA x PT Primary x 1.732)
Total kVA (0FLA x PT Primary x 1.732)
Total kVAR (0FLA x PT Primary x 1.732)
Total Power Factor (-50% Lagging+50% Leading)
User-defined Value (-32768 32767)

Analog Module 2 Output Channel 00 Expansion Bus Fault Action

Analog Module 2 Output Channel 00 Expansion Bus Fault Action (Parameter
497) defines the value that the E300 Analog I/O Expansion Module Output
Channel 00 provides when there is an E300 Expansion Bus fault.
Table 113 - Analog Module 2 Output Channel 00 Expansion Bus Fault Action (Parameter 497)
Value
0
1
2
3

Assignment
Zero
Maximum
Minimum
HoldLastState

Description
Provide an analog signal of zero
Provide an analog signal equal to the high limit
Provide an analog signal equal to the low limit
Provide the last known analog signal

Analog Module 2 Output Channel 00 Protection Fault Action

Analog Module 2 Output Channel 00 Expansion Bus Fault Action (Parameter
498) defines the value that the E300 Analog I/O Expansion Module Output
Channel 00 provides when the E300 is in a tripped state.
Table 114 - Analog Module 2 Output Channel 00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 498)
Value
0
1
2
3

108

Assignment
Ignore
Maximum
Minimum
HoldLastState

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Description
Continue providing the appropriate analog signal
Provide an analog signal equal to the high limit
Provide an analog signal equal to the low limit
Provide the analog signal at the time of the fault

System Operation and Configuration

Chapter 4

Analog Module 3
Analog Module 3 Input Channel 00 Type
Analog Module 3 Input Channel 00 Type (Parameter 499) defines the type of
analog signal that Input Channel 00 of Analog Module 3 will be monitoring.
Table 115 - Analog Module 3 Input Channel 00 Type (Parameter 499)
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

Assignment
Disabled
4To20mA
0To20mA
0To10Volts
1To5Volts
0To5Volts
100Pt385
200Pt385
500Pt385
1000Pt385
100Pt3916
200Pt3916
500Pt3916
1000Pt3916
10Cu426
100Ni618
120Ni672
604NiFe518
150ohm
750ohm
3000ohm

21

6000ohm

Description
Disable the analog input
Read an analog current signal from 420 mA
Read an analog current signal from 020 mA
Read an analog voltage signal from 010 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 15 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 05 V DC
Read a 100 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 10 Cu 426 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 Ni 618 RTD Sensor
Read a 120 Ni 672 RTD Sensor
Read a 604 NiFe 518 RTD Sensor
Read a resistance signal from 0150
Read a resistance signal from 0750
Read a resistance signal from 03000
Read a resistance signal from 06000 . This
setting can be used with PTC and NTC sensors.

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 00 Format

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 00 Format (Parameter 500) defines the data
format for how the analog reading is reported.
Table 116 - Analog Module 3 Input Channel 00 Format (Parameter 500)
Value
0
1
2
3

Assignment
EngUnits
EngUnitsTimes10
RawProportional
ScaledForPID

Description
Engineering Units (mA, V, C, F, or )
Engineering Units x 10 (mA, V, C, F, or )
Raw / Proportional (-3276832767)
Scaled for PID (0 16383)

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 00 Temperature Unit

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 00 Temperature Unit (Parameter 501)
defines the temperate unit for RTD sensor readings.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

109

Chapter 4

System Operation and Configuration

Table 117 - Analog Module 3 Input Channel 00 Temperature Unit (Parameter 501)
Value
0
1

Assignment
DegreesC
DegreesF

Description
Report RTD Temperature Data in C
Report RTD Temperature Data in F

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 00 Filter Frequency

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 00 Filter Frequency (Parameter 502) defines
update rate for the analog modules input channels.
Table 118 - Analog Module 3 Input Channel 00 Filter Frequency (Parameter 502)
Value
0
1
2
3

Assignment
17 Hz
4 Hz
62 Hz
470 Hz

Description
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 17 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 4 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 62 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 470Hz

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 00 Open Circuit State

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 00 Open Circuit State (Parameter 503)
defines what the input channel reports when the input channel has an open
circuit. Open circuit detection is always enabled for this input channel.
Table 119 - Analog Module 3 Input Channel 00 Open Circuit State (Parameter 503)
Value
0
1
2

Assignment
Upscale
Downscale
Zero

Description
Reports the high limit of the input channel type
Reports the low limit of the input channel type
Reports zero

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 00 RTD Type Enable

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 00 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 504)
defines the type of RTD to monitor when the input channel type is configured to
scan an RTD sensor.
Table 120 - Analog Module 3 Input Channel 00 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 504)
Value
0
1

Assignment
3-Wire
2-Wire

Description
Scan a 3-wire RTD sensor
Scan a 2-wire RTD sensor

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 01 Type

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 01 Type (Parameter 508) defines the type of
analog signal that Input Channel 01 of Analog Module 3 will be monitoring.

110

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

System Operation and Configuration

Chapter 4

Table 121 - Analog Module 3 Input Channel 01 Type (Parameter 508)

Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

Assignment
Disabled
4To20mA
0To20mA
0To10Volts
1To5Volts
0To5Volts
100Pt385
200Pt385
500Pt385
1000Pt385
100Pt3916
200Pt3916
500Pt3916
1000Pt3916
10Cu426
100Ni618
120Ni672
604NiFe518
150ohm
750ohm
3000ohm

21

6000ohm

Description
Disable the analog input
Read an analog current signal from 420 mA
Read an analog current signal from 020 mA
Read an analog voltage signal from 010 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 15 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 05 V DC
Read a 100 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 10 Cu 426 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 Ni 618 RTD Sensor
Read a 120 Ni 672 RTD Sensor
Read a 604 NiFe 518 RTD Sensor
Read a resistance signal from 0150
Read a resistance signal from 0750
Read a resistance signal from 03000
Read a resistance signal from 06000 . This
setting can be used with PTC and NTC sensors.

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 01 Format

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 01 Format (Parameter 509) defines the data
format for how the analog reading is reported.
Table 122 - Analog Module 3 Input Channel 01 Format (Parameter 509)
Value
0
1
2
3

Assignment
EngUnits
EngUnitsTimes10
RawProportional
ScaledForPID

Description
Engineering Units (mA, V, C, F, or )
Engineering Units x 10 (mA, V, C, F, or )
Raw / Proportional (-3276832767)
Scaled for PID (016383)

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 01 Temperature Unit

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 01 Temperature Unit (Parameter 510)
defines the temperate unit for RTD sensor readings.
Table 123 - Analog Module 3 Input Channel 01 Temperature Unit (Parameter 510)
Value
0
1

Assignment
DegreesC
DegreesF

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Description
Report RTD Temperature Data in C
Report RTD Temperature Data in F

111

Chapter 4

System Operation and Configuration

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 01 Filter Frequency

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 01 Filter Frequency (Parameter 511) defines
update rate for the analog modules input channels.
Table 124 - Analog Module 3 Input Channel 01 Filter Frequency (Parameter 511)
Value
0
1
2
3

Assignment
17 Hz
4 Hz
62 Hz
470 Hz

Description
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 17 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 4 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 62 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 470Hz

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 01 Open Circuit State

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 01 Open Circuit State (Parameter 512)
defines what the input channel reports when the input channel has an open
circuit. Open circuit detection is always enabled for this input channel.
Table 125 - Analog Module 3 Input Channel 01 Open Circuit State (Parameter 512)
Value
0
1
2

Assignment
Upscale
Downscale
Zero

Description
Reports the high limit of the input channel type
Reports the low limit of the input channel type
Reports zero

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 01 RTD Type Enable

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 01 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 513)
defines the type of RTD to monitor when the input channel type is configured to
scan an RTD sensor.
Table 126 - Analog Module 3 Input Channel 01 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 513)
Value
0
1

Assignment
3-Wire
2-Wire

Description
Scan a 3-wire RTD sensor
Scan a 2-wire RTD sensor

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 02 Type

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 02 Type (Parameter 517) defines the type of
analog signal that Input Channel 02 of Analog Module 3 will be monitoring.

112

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

System Operation and Configuration

Chapter 4

Table 127 - Analog Module 3 Input Channel 02 Type (Parameter 517)

Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

Assignment
Disabled
4To20mA
0To20mA
0To10Volts
1To5Volts
0To5Volts
100Pt385
200Pt385
500Pt385
1000Pt385
100Pt3916
200Pt3916
500Pt3916
1000Pt3916
10Cu426
100Ni618
120Ni672
604NiFe518
150ohm
750ohm
3000ohm

21

6000ohm

Description
Disable the analog input
Read an analog current signal from 420 mA
Read an analog current signal from 020 mA
Read an analog voltage signal from 010 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 15 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 05 V DC
Read a 100 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 10 Cu 426 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 Ni 618 RTD Sensor
Read a 120 Ni 672 RTD Sensor
Read a 604 NiFe 518 RTD Sensor
Read a resistance signal from 0150
Read a resistance signal from 0750
Read a resistance signal from 03000
Read a resistance signal from 06000 . This setting
can be used with PTC and NTC sensors.

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 02 Format

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 02 Format (Parameter 518) defines the data
format for how the analog reading is reported.
Table 128 - Analog Module 3 Input Channel 02 Format (Parameter 518)
Value
0
1
2
3

Assignment
EngUnits
EngUnitsTimes10
RawProportional
ScaledForPID

Description
Engineering Units (mA, V, C, F, or )
Engineering Units x 10 (mA, V, C, F, or )
Raw / Proportional (-3276832767)
Scaled for PID (016383)

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 02 Temperature Unit

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 02 Temperature Unit (Parameter 519)
defines the temperate unit for RTD sensor readings.
Table 129 - Analog Module 3 Input Channel 02 Temperature Unit (Parameter 519)
Value
0
1

Assignment
DegreesC
DegreesF

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Description
Report RTD Temperature Data in C
Report RTD Temperature Data in F

113

Chapter 4

System Operation and Configuration

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 02 Filter Frequency

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 02 Filter Frequency (Parameter 520) defines
update rate for the analog modules input channels.
Table 130 - Analog Module 3 Input Channel 02 Filter Frequency (Parameter 520)
Value
0
1
2
3

Assignment
17 Hz
4 Hz
62 Hz
470 Hz

Description
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 17 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 4 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 62 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 470Hz

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 02 Open Circuit State

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 02 Open Circuit State (Parameter 521)
defines what the input channel reports when the input channel has an open
circuit. Open circuit detection is always enabled for this input channel.
Table 131 - Analog Module 3 Input Channel 02 Open Circuit State (Parameter 521)
Value
0
1
2

Assignment
Upscale
Downscale
Zero

Description
Reports the high limit of the input channel type
Reports the low limit of the input channel type
Reports zero

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 02 RTD Type Enable

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 02 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 522)
defines the type of RTD to monitor when the input channel type is configured to
scan an RTD sensor.
Table 132 - Analog Module 3 Input Channel 02 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 522)
Value
0
1

Assignment
3-Wire
2-Wire

Description
Scan a 3-wire RTD sensor
Scan a 2-wire RTD sensor

Analog Module 3 Output Channel 00 Type

Analog Module 3 Output Channel 00 Type (Parameter 526) defines the type
of analog signal that Output Channel 00 of Analog Module 3 will be providing.
Table 133 - Analog Module 3 Output Channel 00 Type (Parameter 526)
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5

114

Assignment
Disabled
4To20mA
0To20mA
0To10Volts
1To5Volts
0To5Volts

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Description
Disable the analog input
Provide an analog current signal from 420 mA
Provide an analog current signal from 020 mA
Provide an analog voltage signal from 010 V DC
Provide an analog voltage signal from 15 V DC
Provide an analog voltage signal from 05 V DC

System Operation and Configuration

Chapter 4

Analog Module 3 Output Channel 00 Selection

Analog Module 3 Output Channel 00 Selection (Parameter 527) defines the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay parameter that Output Channel 00 will be
representing.
Table 134 - Analog Module 3 Output Channel 00 Selection (Parameter 527)
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

Assignment
AveragePCTFLA
ScaledAvgPctFLA
PercentTCU
GFCurrent
CurrentImbalance
AvgLLVoltage
VoltLLImbalance
TotalkW
TotalkVA
Total kVAR
TotalPF
UserDLXData

Description
Average %FLA (0100%)
Scaled Average %FLA (0200%)
%TCU (0100%)
Ground Fault Current (Ground Fault Type Range)
Current Imbalance (0100%)
Average L-L Voltage (0PT Primary)
Voltage Imbalance (0 100%)
Total kW (0FLA x PT Primary x 1.732)
Total kVA (0FLA x PT Primary x 1.732)
Total kVAR (0FLA x PT Primary x 1.732)
Total Power Factor (-50% Lagging+50% Leading)
User-defined Value (-32768 +32767)

Analog Module 3 Output Channel 00 Expansion Bus Fault Action

Analog Module 3 Output Channel 00 Expansion Bus Fault Action (Parameter
528) defines the value that the E300 Analog I/O Expansion Module Output
Channel 00 provides when there is an E300 Expansion Bus fault.
Table 135 - Analog Module 3 Output Channel 00 Expansion Bus Fault Action (Parameter 528)
Value
0
1
2
3

Assignment
Zero
Maximum
Minimum
HoldLastState

Description
Provide an analog signal of zero
Provide an analog signal equal to the high limit
Provide an analog signal equal to the low limit
Provide the last known analog signal

Analog Module 3 Output Channel 00 Protection Fault Action

Analog Module 3 Output Channel 00 Expansion Bus Fault Action (Parameter
529) defines the value that the E300 Analog I/O Expansion Module Output
Channel 00 provides when the E300 is in a tripped state.
Table 136 - Analog Module 3 Output Channel 00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 529)
Value
0
1
2
3

Assignment
Ignore
Maximum
Minimum
HoldLastState

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Description
Continue providing the appropriate analog signal
Provide an analog signal equal to the high limit
Provide an analog signal equal to the low limit
Provide the analog signal at the time of the fault

115

Chapter 4

System Operation and Configuration

Analog Module 4
Analog Module 4 Input Channel 00 Type
Analog Module 4 Input Channel 00 Type (Parameter 530) defines the type of
analog signal that Input Channel 00 of Analog Module 4 will be monitoring.
Table 137 - Analog Module 4 Input Channel 00 Type (Parameter 530)
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

Assignment
Disabled
4To20mA
0To20mA
0To10Volts
1To5Volts
0To5Volts
100Pt385
200Pt385
500Pt385
1000Pt385
100Pt3916
200Pt3916
500Pt3916
1000Pt3916
10Cu426
100Ni618
120Ni672
604NiFe518
150ohm
750ohm
3000ohm

21

6000ohm

Description
Disable the analog input
Read an analog current signal from 420 mA
Read an analog current signal from 020 mA
Read an analog voltage signal from 010 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 15 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 05 V DC
Read a 100 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 10 Cu 426 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 Ni 618 RTD Sensor
Read a 120 Ni 672 RTD Sensor
Read a 604 NiFe 518 RTD Sensor
Read a resistance signal from 0150
Read a resistance signal from 0750
Read a resistance signal from 03000
Read a resistance signal from 06000 . This
setting can be used with PTC and NTC sensors.

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 00 Format

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 00 Format (Parameter 531) defines the data
format for how the analog reading is reported.
Table 138 - Analog Module 4 Input Channel 00 Format (Parameter 531)
Value
0
1
2
3

Assignment
EngUnits
EngUnitsTimes10
RawProportional
ScaledForPID

Description
Engineering Units (mA, V, C, F, or )
Engineering Units x 10 (mA, V, C, F, or )
Raw / Proportional (-32768+32767)
Scaled for PID (016383)

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 00 Temperature Unit

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 00 Temperature Unit (Parameter 532)
defines the temperate unit for RTD sensor readings.

116

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

System Operation and Configuration

Chapter 4

Table 139 - Analog Module 4 Input Channel 00 Temperature Unit (Parameter 532)
Value
0
1

Assignment
DegreesC
DegreesF

Description
Report RTD Temperature Data in C
Report RTD Temperature Data in F

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 00 Filter Frequency

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 00 Filter Frequency (Parameter 533) defines
update rate for the analog modules input channels.
Table 140 - Analog Module 4 Input Channel 00 Filter Frequency (Parameter 533)
Value
0
1
2
3

Assignment
17 Hz
4 Hz
62 Hz
470 Hz

Description
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 17 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 4 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 62 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 470Hz

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 00 Open Circuit State

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 00 Open Circuit State (Parameter 534)
defines what the input channel reports when the input channel has an open
circuit. Open circuit detection is always enabled for this input channel.
Table 141 - Analog Module 4 Input Channel 00 Open Circuit State (Parameter 534)
Value
0
1
2

Assignment
Upscale
Downscale
Zero

Description
Reports the high limit of the input channel type
Reports the low limit of the input channel type
Reports zero

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 00 RTD Type Enable

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 00 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 535)
defines the type of RTD to monitor when the input channel type is configured to
scan an RTD sensor.
Table 142 - Analog Module 4 Input Channel 00 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 535)
Value
0
1

Assignment
3-Wire
2-Wire

Description
Scan a 3-wire RTD sensor
Scan a 2-wire RTD sensor

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 01 Type

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 01 Type (Parameter 539) defines the type of
analog signal that Input Channel 01 of Analog Module 4 will be monitoring.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

117

Chapter 4

System Operation and Configuration

Table 143 - Analog Module 4 Input Channel 01 Type (Parameter 539)

Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

Assignment
Disabled
4To20mA
0To20mA
0To10Volts
1To5Volts
0To5Volts
100Pt385
200Pt385
500Pt385
1000Pt385
100Pt3916
200Pt3916
500Pt3916
1000Pt3916
10Cu426
100Ni618
120Ni672
604NiFe518
150ohm
750ohm
3000ohm

21

6000ohm

Description
Disable the analog input
Read an analog current signal from 420 mA
Read an analog current signal from 020 mA
Read an analog voltage signal from 010 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 15 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 05 V DC
Read a 100 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 10 Cu 426 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 Ni 618 RTD Sensor
Read a 120 Ni 672 RTD Sensor
Read a 604 NiFe 518 RTD Sensor
Read a resistance signal from 0150
Read a resistance signal from 0750
Read a resistance signal from 03000
Read a resistance signal from 06000 . This
setting can be used with PTC and NTC sensors.

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 01 Format

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 01 Format (Parameter 540) defines the data
format for how the analog reading is reported.
Table 144 - Analog Module 4 Input Channel 01 Format (Parameter 540)
Value
0
1
2
3

Assignment
EngUnits
EngUnitsTimes10
RawProportional
ScaledForPID

Description
Engineering Units (mA, V, C, F, or )
Engineering Units x 10 (mA, V, C, F, or )
Raw / Proportional (-32768+32767)
Scaled for PID (016383)

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 01 Temperature Unit

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 01 Temperature Unit (Parameter 541)
defines the temperate unit for RTD sensor readings.
Table 145 - Analog Module 4 Input Channel 01 Temperature Unit (Parameter 541)
Value
0
1

118

Assignment
DegreesC
DegreesF

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Description
Report RTD Temperature Data in C
Report RTD Temperature Data in F

System Operation and Configuration

Chapter 4

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 01 Filter Frequency

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 01 Filter Frequency (Parameter 542) defines
update rate for the analog modules input channels.
Table 146 - Analog Module 4 Input Channel 00 Filter Frequency (Parameter 542)
Value
0
1
2
3

Assignment
17 Hz
4 Hz
62 Hz
470 Hz

Description
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 17 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 4 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 62 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 470Hz

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 01 Open Circuit State

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 01 Open Circuit State (Parameter 543)
defines what the input channel reports when the input channel has an open
circuit. Open circuit detection is always enabled for this input channel.
Table 147 - Analog Module 4 Input Channel 01 Open Circuit State (Parameter 543)
Value
0
1
2

Assignment
Upscale
Downscale
Zero

Description
Reports the high limit of the input channel type
Reports the low limit of the input channel type
Reports zero

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 01 RTD Type Enable

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 01 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 544)
defines the type of RTD to monitor when the input channel type is configured to
scan an RTD sensor.
Table 148 - Analog Module 4 Input Channel 01 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 544)
Value
0
1

Assignment
3-Wire
2-Wire

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Description
Scan a 3-wire RTD sensor
Scan a 2-wire RTD sensor

119

Chapter 4

System Operation and Configuration

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 02 Type

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 02 Type (Parameter 548) defines the type of
analog signal that Input Channel 02 of Analog Module 4 will be monitoring.
Table 149 - Analog Module 4 Input Channel 02 Type (Parameter 548)
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

Assignment
Disabled
4To20mA
0To20mA
0To10Volts
1To5Volts
0To5Volts
100Pt385
200Pt385
500Pt385
1000Pt385
100Pt3916
200Pt3916
500Pt3916
1000Pt3916
10Cu426
100Ni618
120Ni672
604NiFe518
150ohm
750ohm
3000ohm

21

6000ohm

Description
Disable the analog input
Read an analog current signal from 420 mA
Read an analog current signal from 020 mA
Read an analog voltage signal from 010 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 15 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 05 V DC
Read a 100 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 10 Cu 426 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 Ni 618 RTD Sensor
Read a 120 Ni 672 RTD Sensor
Read a 604 NiFe 518 RTD Sensor
Read a resistance signal from 0150
Read a resistance signal from 0750
Read a resistance signal from 03000
Read a resistance signal from 06000 . This
setting can be used with PTC and NTC sensors.

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 02 Format

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 02 Format (Parameter 549) defines the data
format for how the analog reading is reported.
Table 150 - Analog Module 4 Input Channel 02 Format (Parameter 549)
Value
0
1
2
3

120

Assignment
EngUnits
EngUnitsTimes10
RawProportional
ScaledForPID

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Description
Engineering Units (mA, V, C, F, or )
Engineering Units x 10 (mA, V, C, F, or )
Raw / Proportional (-32768+32767)
Scaled for PID (016383)

System Operation and Configuration

Chapter 4

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 02 Temperature Unit

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 02 Temperature Unit (Parameter 550)
defines the temperate unit for RTD sensor readings.
Table 151 - Analog Module 4 Input Channel 02 Temperature Unit (Parameter 550)
Value
0
1

Assignment
DegreesC
DegreesF

Description
Report RTD Temperature Data in C
Report RTD Temperature Data in F

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 02 Filter Frequency

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 02 Filter Frequency (Parameter 551) defines
update rate for the analog modules input channels.
Table 152 - Analog Module 4 Input Channel 02 Filter Frequency (Parameter 551)
Value
0
1
2
3

Assignment
17 Hz
4 Hz
62 Hz
470 Hz

Description
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 17 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 4 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 62 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 470Hz

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 02 Open Circuit State

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 02 Open Circuit State (Parameter 552)
defines what the input channel reports when the input channel has an open
circuit. Open circuit detection is always enabled for this input channel.
Table 153 - Analog Module 4 Input Channel 02 Open Circuit State (Parameter 552)
Value
0
1
2

Assignment
Upscale
Downscale
Zero

Description
Reports the high limit of the input channel type
Reports the low limit of the input channel type
Reports zero

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 02 RTD Type Enable

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 02 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 556)
defines the type of RTD to monitor when the input channel type is configured to
scan an RTD sensor.
Table 154 - Analog Module 4 Input Channel 02 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 556)
Value
0
1

Assignment
3-Wire
2-Wire

Description
Scan a 3-wire RTD sensor
Scan a 2-wire RTD sensor

Analog Module 4 Output Channel 00 Type

Analog Module 4 Output Channel 00 Type (Parameter 557) defines the type
of analog signal that Output Channel 00 of Analog Module 4 will be providing.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

121

Chapter 4

System Operation and Configuration

Table 155 - Analog Module 4 Output Channel 00 Type (Parameter 557)

Value
0
1
2
3
4
5

Assignment
Disabled
4To20mA
0To20mA
0To10Volts
1To5Volts
0To5Volts

Description
Disable the analog input
Provide an analog current signal from 420 mA
Provide an analog current signal from 020 mA
Provide an analog voltage signal from 010 V DC
Provide an analog voltage signal from 15 V DC
Provide an analog voltage signal from 05 V DC

Analog Module 4 Output Channel 00 Selection

Analog Module 4 Output Channel 00 Selection (Parameter 558) defines the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay parameter that Output Channel 00 will be
representing.
Table 156 - Analog Module 4 Output Channel 00 Selection (Parameter 558)
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

Assignment
AveragePCTFLA
ScaledAvgPctFLA
PercentTCU
GFCurrent
CurrentImbalance
AvgLLVoltage
VoltLLImbalance
TotalkW
TotalkVA
Total kVAR
TotalPF
UserDLXData

Description
Average %FLA (0100%)
Scaled Average %FLA (0200%)
%TCU (0100%)
Ground Fault Current (Ground Fault Type Range)
Current Imbalance (0100%)
Average L-L Voltage (0PT Primary)
Voltage Imbalance (0100%)
Total kW (0FLA x PT Primary x 1.732)
Total kVA (0FLA x PT Primary x 1.732)
Total kVAR (0FLA x PT Primary x 1.732)
Total Power Factor (-50% Lagging+50% Leading)
User-defined Value (-3276832767)

Analog Module 4 Output Channel 00 Expansion Bus Fault Action

Analog Module 4 Output Channel 00 Expansion Bus Fault Action (Parameter
559) defines the value that the E300 Analog I/O Expansion Module Output
Channel 00 provides when there is an E300 Expansion Bus fault.
Table 157 - Analog Module 4 Output Channel 00 Expansion Bus Fault Action (Parameter 559)
Value
0
1
2
3

Assignment
Zero
Maximum
Minimum
HoldLastState

Description
Provide an analog signal of zero
Provide an analog signal equal to the high limit
Provide an analog signal equal to the low limit
Provide the last known analog signal

Analog Module 4 Output Channel 00 Protection Fault Action

Analog Module 4 Output Channel 00 Expansion Bus Fault Action (Parameter
560) defines the value that the E300 Analog I/O Expansion Module Output
Channel 00 provides when the E300 is in a tripped state.

122

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

System Operation and Configuration

Chapter 4

Figure 42 - Analog Module 4 Output Channel 00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 560)

Introduction to Operating
Modes

Value

Assignment

Description

Ignore

Continue providing the appropriate analog signal

Maximum

Provide an analog signal equal to the high limit

Minimum

Provide an analog signal equal to the low limit

HoldLastState

Provide the analog signal at the time of the fault

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay supports a number of Operating Modes,

which consist of configuration rules and logic to control typical full-voltage
motor starters, including:
Overload
Non-Reversing Starter
Reversing Starter
Wye/Delta (Star/Delta) Starter
Two-Speed Starter
Monitor
The default Operating Mode (Parameter 195) for the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay is Overload (Network) in which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
operates like a traditional overload relay in which one of the output relays is
assigned as a Trip Relay or Control Relay. You can use network commands to
control any output relays that are assigned as Normal output relays or Control
Relays. For Control Module firmware v1.000 and v2.000, one output relay must
be assigned as a Trip Relay. For Control Module firmware v3.000 and higher, one
output relay must be configured as a Trip Relay or Control Relay. Invalid
configuration of the output relays causes the E300 Electronic Overload Relay to
go into Invalid Configuration Mode and trip on a configuration trip. Operating
Modes on page 125 describes the functionality of the available Operating Modes
for the E300 Electronic Overload Relay and their associated configuration rules.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

123

Chapter 4

System Operation and Configuration

Notes:

124

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Chapter

Operating Modes

Introduction

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay supports up to 54 Operating Modes,

which consist of configuration rules and logic to control typical full-voltage
motor starters, including:
Overload
Non-Reversing Starter
Reversing Starter
Wye/Delta (Star/Delta) Starter
Two Speed Starter
Monitoring Device
This chapter explains the configuration rules, logic, and control wiring that is
required for the available Operating Modes (Parameter 195). Failure to follow
the configuration rules causes the E300 Electronic Overload Relay to go into
Invalid Configuration Mode and trip the E300 Electronic Overload Relay on a
configuration trip.

Overload (Network)

The E300 Electronic Overload Relays default Operating Mode (Parameter 195)
is Overload (Network) in which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay operates as
a traditional overload relay with one output relay that is assigned as a normally
closed Trip Relay. You can use network commands to control the remaining
output relays that are assigned as Normal output relays.

Rules
1. For Control Module firmware v1.000 and v2.000, one output relay must
be assigned as a Trip Relay. Set any of the Output Ptxx Assignments
(Parameters 202204) to Trip Relay.
2. For Control Module firmware v3.000 and higher, one output relay must be
assigned as a Trip Relay or Control Relay. Set any of the Output Ptxx
Assignments (Parameters 202204) to Trip Relay or Control Relay.
3. Overload Trip must be enabled in TripEnableI (Parameter 183).

Wiring Diagram
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay is wired as a traditional overload relay with
one of the output relays configured as a normally closed Trip Relay. Figure 43 is a
wiring diagram of a Non-Reversing Starter. Relay 0 is configured as a Trip Relay,

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

125

Chapter 5

Operating Modes

and Relay 1 is configured as a normally open Normal Relay, which receives

commands from an automation controller to energize the contactor coil.
Figure 43 - Trip Relay Wiring Diagram

Relay 0
Configured as a
Trip Relay 1

Relay 1
R13

R14

A1

A2

R03

R04

1 Contact shown with supply voltage applied.

For Control Module firmware v3.000 and higher, the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay can also be wired as a Control Relay in which the relay that is controlled by
the communications network opens when a trip event is present. Figure 44 is a
wiring diagram of a Non-Reversing Starter with Relay 0 configured as a Control
Relay. Relay 0 receives control commands from an automation controller to
energize or de-energize the contactor coil. Relay 0 also goes to an open state when
there is a trip event.
Figure 44 - Control Relay Wiring Diagram

Relay 0
Configured as a
Control Relay 1
R03

R04

A1

A2

1 Contact shown with supply voltage applied.

126

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Operating Modes

Chapter 5

Timing Diagram
Figure 45 - Timing Diagram

Trip Relay
or
Control Relay
Device
Status0.Trip
Present
Trip Reset

Monitor (Custom)

The E300 Electronic Overload Relays Monitor (Custom) Operating Mode

allows you to use the E300 Electronic Overload Relay as a monitoring device. No
configuration rules apply in this operating mode if the motor protection features
are disabled.

Rules
1. If any protection trips are enabled (excluding Configuration, NVS, and
Hardware Fault trip), then set any of the Output Ptxx Assignments
(Parameters 202204) to the appropriate value of Trip Relay, Control
Relay, Monitor Lx Trip Relay, or Monitor Lx Control Relay.

Wiring Diagram
Not Applicable

Timing Diagram
Not Applicable

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

127

Chapter 5

128

Operating Modes

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Chapter

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Introduction

This chapter provides detailed information about the protective trip and warning
functions of the E300Electronic Overload Relay. The protective trip and
warning functions are organized into five sections:
Current-based
Voltage-based
Power-based
Control-based
Analog-based
This chapter explains the trip and warning protection features of the E300
Electronic Overload Relay and the associated configuration parameters.

Current-based Protection

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay digitally monitors the electrical current that
is consumed by an electric motor. This electric current information is used for the
following protective trip and warning functions:
Overload Trip/Warning
Phase Loss Trip
Ground Fault Trip/Warning
Stall Trip
Jam Trip/Warning
Underload Trip/Warning
Current Imbalance Trip/Warning
Line Under Current Trip/Warning
Line Over Current Trip/Warning
Line Loss Trip/Warning

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

129

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Current Trip Enable (Parameter 183) and Current Warning Enable (Parameter
189) are used to enable the respective current-based protective trip and warning
functions.
Table 158 - Current Trip Enable (Parameter 183)
Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

Function

X Overload Trip
X

Phase Loss Trip

Ground Fault Trip

Stall Trip

Jam Trip

Underload Trip

Current Imbalance Trip

L1 Under Current Trip

L2 Under Current Trip

L3 Under Current Trip

L1 Over Current Trip

L2 Over Current Trip

L3 Over Current Trip

L1 Line Loss Trip

L2 Line Loss Trip

L3 Line Loss Trip

Table 159 - Current Warning Enable (Parameter 189)

Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

Function

X Overload Warning
Reserved
X

Ground Fault Warning

Reserved

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

130

Jam Warning
Underload Warning
Current Imbalance Warning
L1 Under Current Warning
L2 Under Current Warning
L3 Under Current Warning
L1 Over Current Warning
L2 Over Current Warning
L3 Over Current Warning
L1 Line Loss Warning
L2 Line Loss Warning
L3 Line Loss Warning

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Current Trip Status (Parameter 4) and Current Warning Status (Parameter 10)
are used to monitor the respective current-based protective trip and warning
functions.
Table 160 - Current Trip Status (Parameter 4)
Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

Function

X Overload Trip
X

Phase Loss Trip

Ground Fault Current Trip

Stall Trip

Jam Trip

Underload Trip

Current Imbalance Trip

L1 Under Current Trip

L2 Under Current Trip

L3 Under Current Trip

L1 Over Current Trip

L2 Over Current Trip

L3 Over Current Trip

L1 Line Loss Trip

L2 Line Loss Trip

L3 Line Loss Trip

Table 161 - Current Warning Status (Parameter 10)

Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

Function

X Overload Warning
Reserved
X

Ground Fault Warning

Reserved

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

Jam Warning
Underload Warning
Current Imbalance Warning
L1 Under Current Warning
L2 Under Current Warning
L3 Under Current Warning
L1 Over Current Warning
L2 Over Current Warning
L3 Over Current Warning
L1 Line Loss Warning
L2 Line Loss Warning
L3 Line Loss Warning

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

131

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Overload Protection
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay provides overload protection through true
RMS current measurements of the individual phase currents of the connected
motor. Based on the highest current measured, the programmed FLA Setting,
and Trip Class, a thermal model that simulates the actual heating of the motor is
calculated. Percent Thermal Capacity Utilized (Parameter 1) reports this
calculated value and can be read via the communications network.

Overload Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an overload indication if:
No trip currently exists
Overload trip protection is enabled
Current is present
% Thermal Capacity Utilized reaches 100%
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an overload, the following occurs:
The TRIP/WARN LED flashes a red short-1 blink pattern,
Bit 0 in Current Trip Status (Parameter 4) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT

132

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Full Load Amps Setting

FLA (Parameter 171) is one of two parameters that affect the E300 Electronic
Overload Relays thermal capacity utilization algorithm. you enters the motors
full-load current rating into this parameter.
Table 162 - FLA (Parameter 171)
FLA (Parameter 171)
0.50 (0.530 A Sensing Modules)
Default Value

6.00 (660 A Sensing Modules)

10.00 (10100 A Sensing Modules)
20.00 (20200 A Sensing Modules)

Minimum Value

0.50

Maximum Value

65535.00

Parameter Type

UDINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

100

Units

Amps

FLA2 (Parameter 177) is provided for programming the high-speed FLA value in
two-speed motor applications. Activating FLA2 is described in Chapter 4.
Table 163 - FLA2 (Parameter 177)
FLA2 (Parameter 177)

Default Value

Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.50 (0.530 A Sensing Modules)

6.00 (660 A Sensing Modules)
10.00 (10100 A Sensing Modules)
20.00 (20200 A Sensing Modules)
0.50
65535.00
UDINT
4
100
Amps

USA and Canada Guidelines

Motor Service Factor 1.15: For motors with a service factor rating of
1.15 or greater, program the FLA setting to the full-load current rating on
the printed nameplate.
Motor Service Factor < 1.15: For motors with a service factor rating less
than 1.15, program the FLA setting to 90% of the full-load current rating
on the printed nameplate.
Wye-Delta (Y-) Applications: Follow the applications service factor
instructions, except divide the full-load current rating on the printed
nameplate by 1.73.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

133

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Outside USA and Canada Guidelines

Maximum Continuous Rated (MCR) Motors: Program the FLA setting
to the full-load current rating on the printed nameplate.
Star-Delta (Y-) Applications: Follow the MCR instructions, except
divide the full-load current rating on the printed nameplate by 1.73.

Trip Class
Trip Class is the second of two parameters that affect the E300 Electronic
Overload Relays thermal capacity utilization algorithm. Trip class is defined as
the maximum time (in seconds) for an overload trip to occur when the motors
operating current is six times its rated current. The E300 Electronic Overload
Relay offers an adjustable trip class range of 530. Enter the application trip class
into Trip Class (Parameter 172).
Table 164 - Trip Class (Parameter 172)
Trip Class (Parameter 172)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

10
5
30
USINT
1
1

Trip Curves
The following figures illustrate the E300 Electronic Overload Relays timecurrent characteristics for trip classes 5, 10, 20, and 30.

134

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Figure 46 - Time-Current Characteristics for Trip Classes 5, 10, 20, and 30

Trip Class 5

1000

100

Time (seconds)

Time (seconds)

1000

10

1
100%

10

Trip Class 20

1000

1000

Time (seconds)

10000

Time (seconds)

10000

100

10

1
100%

Cold Trip
Hot Trip

100

1
100%

1000%

Current (% FLA)

Trip Class 10

Current (% FLA)

1000%

Trip Class 30

100

10

Current (% FLA)

1000%

1
100%

Current (% FLA)

1000%

For trip class time-current characteristics other than 5, 10, 20, or 30, scale the
Class 10 trip time according to the following table:
Table 165 - Time-Current Characteristic Scaling Factors
Trip Class
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

Trip Class 10
Multiplier
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3

Trip Class
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22

Trip Class 10
Multiplier
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2.0
2.1
2.2

Trip Class
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

Trip Class 10
Multiplier
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
3.0

Automatic/Manual Reset
Overload Reset Mode (Parameter 173) allows you to select the reset mode for the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay after an overload or thermistor (PTC) trip. If an
overload trip occurs and automatic reset mode is selected, the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay automatically resets when the value stored in % Thermal
Capacity Utilized (Parameter 1) falls below the value stored in Overload Reset
Level (Parameter 174). If manual reset mode is selected, the E300 Overload
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

135

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Relay can be manually reset after the % Thermal Capacity Utilized is less than the
OL Reset Level.
Table 166 - Overload Reset Mode (Parameter 173)
Overload Reset Mode (Parameter 173)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0 = Manual
0 = Manual
1 = Automatic
BOOL
1
1

Table 167 - Overload Reset Level (Parameter 174)

Overload Reset Level (Parameter 174)

136

Default Value

75

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

100

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

%TCU

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Overload Reset Level (Parameter 174) is adjustable from 1 to 100% TCU. The
following figures illustrate the typical overload reset time delay when Overload
Reset Level is set to 75% TCU.

OL Reset Level (% TCU)

Figure 47 - Overload Reset Times

100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

3000 3500

4000

4500

5000

OL Reset Level (% TCU)

Time to Reset in Seconds

100
90
80
70
60
50
0

100

200

300

400

500

Time to Reset in Seconds

Trip Class 5

Trip Class 10

Trip Class 20

Trip Class 30

ATTENTION: In explosive environment applications, Overload Reset Mode

(Parameter 173) must be set to Manual.

ATTENTION: In an explosive environment application Overload Reset Level

(Parameter 174) must be set as low as possible or in accordance with the motor
thermal time constant.

Overload Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an overload warning if:
No warning currently exists
Overload warning is enabled
Current is present
% Thermal Capacity Utilized is equal to or greater than Overload Warning
Level
When the overload warning conditions are satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a yellow short-1 blink pattern
Bit 0 in Current Warning Status (Parameter 10) sets to 1

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

137

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1

Any relay outputs configured as Warning Alarm close
Overload Warning Level (Parameter 175) can be used as an alert for an
impending overload trip and is adjustable from 0100% TCU.
Table 168 - Overload Warning Level (Parameter 175)
Overload Warning Level (Parameter 175)
Default Value

85

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

100

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

%TCU

Time to Trip
When the measured motor current exceeds the trip rating of the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay, Overload Time to Trip (Parameter 2) indicates the estimated
time remaining before an overload trip occurs. When the measured current is
below the trip rating, the Overload Time to Trip value is reported as 9,999
seconds.
Table 169 - Overload Time to Trip (Parameter 2)
Overload Time to Trip (Parameter 2)
Default Value

9999

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

9999

Parameter Type

UINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Seconds

Time To Reset
After an overload trip, the E300 Electronic Overload Relay reports the time
remaining until the device can be reset through Overload Time to Reset
(Parameter 3). When the % Thermal Capacity Utilized value falls to or below the
Overload Reset Level (Parameter 174), the Overload Time to Reset value
indicates zero until the overload trip is reset. After an overload trip is reset, the
Overload Time to Reset value is reported as 0 seconds.

138

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Table 170 - Overload Time to Reset (Parameter 3)

Overload Time to Reset (Parameter 3)
Default Value

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

9999

Parameter Type

UINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Seconds

Nonvolatile Thermal Memory

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay includes a nonvolatile circuit to provide
thermal memory. The time constant of the circuit corresponds to a Trip Class 20
setting. During normal operation, the thermal memory circuit is continuously
monitored and updated to accurately reflect the thermal capacity utilization of
the connected motor. If power is removed, the thermal memory of the circuit
decays at a rate equivalent to the cooling of a Trip Class 20 application. When the
power is re-applied, the E300 Electronic Overload Relay checks the thermal
memory circuit voltage to determine the initial value of % Thermal Capacity
Utilized (Parameter 1).

Phase Loss Protection

A high current imbalance, or phase failure, can be caused by defective contacts in
a contactor or circuit breaker, loose terminals, blown fuses, sliced wires, or faults
in the motor. When a phase failure exists, the motor can experience an additional
temperature rise or excessive mechanical vibration. This may result in a
degradation of the motor insulation or increased stress on the motor bearings.
Rapid phase loss detection helps to minimize the potential damage and loss of
production.

Phase Loss Inhibit Time

Phase Loss Inhibit Time (Parameter 239) allows you to inhibit a phase loss trip
from occurring during the motor starting sequence. It is adjustable from 0250
seconds.
Table 171 - Phase Loss Inhibit Time (Parameter 239)
Phase Loss Inhibit Time (Parameter 239)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
0
250
USINT
1
1
Seconds

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

139

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

IMPORTANT

The phase loss inhibit timer starts after the maximum phase of load current
transitions from 0 A to 30% of the minimum FLA setting of the device. The
E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin monitoring for a phase loss
condition until the Phase Loss Inhibit Time expires.

Phase Loss Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a phase loss indication if:
No trip currently exists
Phase Loss Protection is enabled
Current is Present
Phase Loss Inhibit Time has expired
Current Imbalance is equal to or greater than 100% for a time period
greater than the programmed Phase Loss Trip Delay
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a phase loss, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashed a red short-2 blink pattern
Bit 1 in Current Trip Status (Parameter 4) sets to 1
Bit 0 of Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT

140

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Phase Loss Trip Delay

Phase Loss Trip Delay (Parameter 240) allows you to define the time period for
which a phase loss condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable
from 0.125.0 seconds.
Table 172 - Phase Loss Trip Delay (Parameter 240)
Phase Loss Trip Delay (Parameter 240)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

1.0
0.1
25.0
USINT
1
10
Seconds

Ground Fault Current Protection

In isolated or high impedance-grounded systems, core-balanced current sensors
are typically used to detect low-level ground faults caused by insulation
breakdowns or entry of foreign objects. Detection of such ground faults can be
used to interrupt the system to prevent further damage or to alert the appropriate
personnel to perform timely maintenance.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay provides core-balanced ground fault
current detection capability, with the option of enabling Ground Fault Trip,
Ground Fault Warning, or both. The ground fault detection method and range
depends upon the catalog number of the E300 Sensing Module and Control
Module ordered.
Table 173 - Ground Fault Capabilities
Catalog Number

Ground Fault Method

Ground Fault Trip/Warning

Range

Internal

0.55.0 A

External

0.025.0 A

193-ESM-IG-__-__
592-ESM-IG-__-__
193-ESM-VIG-__-__
592-ESM-VIG-__-__
193-EIOGP-22-___
193-EIOGP-42-___

One of the following Catalog Number 193-CBCT_ Core Balance Ground Fault Sensors must be used:

1 20 mm window
2 40 mm window
3 65 mm window
4 85 mm window

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

141

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

ATTENTION: The E300 Electronic Overload Relay is not a ground fault circuit
interrupt or for personal protection as defined in Article 100 of the NEC.

ATTENTION: The E300 Electronic Overload Relay is not intended to signal a

disconnecting means to open the faulted current. A disconnecting device must
be capable of interrupting the maximum available fault current of the system
on which it is used.

Ground Fault Type

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay has two options available to measure
ground fault current. Ground Fault Type (Parameter 241) allows you to select the
internal option or the external option with the appropriate measurement range.
Table 174 - Ground Fault Type (Parameter 241)
Ground Fault Type (Parameter 241)
Default Value

1 = Internal 0.5005.000 A

Range

1 = Internal 0.5005.000 A
2 = External 0.0200.100 A
3 = External 0.1000.500 A
4 = External 0.2001.000 A
5 = External 1.0005.000 A

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Ground Fault Maximum Inhibit

Ground faults can quickly rise from low-level arcing levels to short circuit
magnitudes. A motor starting contactor may not have the necessary rating to
interrupt a high magnitude ground fault. In these circumstances it is desirable for
an upstream circuit breaker with the proper rating to interrupt the ground fault.
When enabled, Ground Fault Maximum Inhibit (Parameter 248), inhibits a
ground fault trip from occurring when the ground fault current exceeds the
maximum range of the core-balance sensor (approximately 6.5 A).

142

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Table 175 - Overload Reset Level (Parameter 248)

Overload Reset Level (Parameter 248)
Default Value

0 = Disable

Minimum Value

0 = Disable

Maximum Value

1 = Enable

Parameter Type

BOOL

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Ground Fault Filter

An E300 Electronic Overload Relay can filter ground fault currents for High
Resistance Grounded (HRG) systems from its current-based protection trip and
warning functions, which include:
Thermal overload
Current imbalance
Jam
Stall
The Ground Fault Filter is useful for smaller-sized motors that trip unexpectedly
due to a controlled ground fault current that is significant relative to the current
draw of the electric motor. Ground Fault Filter (Parameter 131) allows you to
enable this filter.
Table 176 - Ground Fault Filter (Parameter 247
Ground Fault Filter (Parameter 247)
Default Value

0 = Disable

Minimum Value

0 = Disable

Maximum Value

1 = Enable

Parameter Type

BOOL

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

This filter only disables the effects of the ground fault current from the currentbased motor protection trip and warning functions. Current-based diagnostic
data is reported unfiltered when this feature is enabled.

Ground Fault Inhibit Time

Ground Fault Inhibit Time (Parameter 242) allows you to inhibit a ground fault
trip and warning from occurring during the motor starting sequence and is
adjustable from 0250 seconds. The ground fault inhibit time begins when the
Current Present (bit 3) or Ground Fault Current Present (bit 4) is set in Device
Status 0 (Parameter 20).

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

143

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Table 177 - Ground Fault Inhibit Time (Parameter 242

Ground Fault Inhibit Time (Parameter 242)
Default Value

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

250

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Seconds

Table 178 - Device Status 0 (Parameter 20)

Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

X Trip Present

Function

Warning Present

Invalid Configuration

Current Present

Ground Fault Current Present

Voltage Present

Emergency Start Enabled

DeviceLogix Enabled

Feedback Timeout Enabled

Operator Station Present

Voltage Sensing Present

Internal Ground Fault Sensing

Present
External Ground Fault Sensing
Present

PTC Sensing

Ready

Reserved

Ground Fault Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a ground fault indication if:
No trip currently exists
Ground fault protection is enabled
Ground fault current is present
Ground Fault Inhibit Time has expired
Ground Fault Current is equal to or greater than the Ground Fault Trip
Level for a time period greater than the Ground Fault Trip Delay
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a ground fault, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a red 3-short blink pattern
Bit 2 in Current Trip Status (Parameter 4) sets to 1

144

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Bit 0 of Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1

Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)

IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Ground Fault Trip Delay

Ground Fault Trip Delay (Parameter 243) allows you to define the time period a
ground fault condition must be present before a trip occurs and is adjustable from
0.025.0 s.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

145

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Table 179 - Ground Fault Trip Delay (Parameter 243)

Ground Fault Trip Delay (Parameter 243)
Default Value

0.5

Minimum Value

0.0

Maximum Value

25.0

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

10

Units

Seconds

Ground Fault Trip Level

Ground Fault Trip Level (Parameter 244) allows you to define the ground fault
current in which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips and is adjustable
from:
0.5005.00 A (Internal)
0.0205.00 A (External)
Table 180 - Ground Fault Trip Level (Parameter 244)
Ground Fault Trip Level (Parameter 244)
Default Value

2.5

Minimum Value

0.5 (internal); 0.02 (external)

Maximum Value

5.00

Parameter Type

UINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

100

Units

Amps

IMPORTANT

The ground fault inhibit timer starts after the maximum phase load current
transitions from 0 A to 30% of the minimum FLA rating of the device or the
ground fault current is greater than or equal to 50% of the minimum ground
fault current rating of the device. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not
begin monitoring for a ground fault condition until the Ground Fault Current
Inhibit Time expires.

Ground Fault Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a ground fault warning if:
No warning currently exists
Ground Fault Warning is enabled
Current is present
Ground Fault Inhibit Time has expired

146

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Ground Fault Current is equal to or greater than the Ground Fault

Warning Level for a time period greater than the Ground Fault Warning
Delay.
When the ground fault warning conditions are satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a yellow 3-short blink pattern
Bit 2 in Current Warning Status (Parameter 10) sets to 1
Bit 1 of Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close

Ground Fault Warning Level

Ground Fault Warning Level (Parameter 246) allows you to define the ground
fault current at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a warning
and is adjustable from 0.205.00 A.
Table 181 - Ground Fault Warning Level (Parameter 246)
Ground Fault Warning Level (Parameter 246)
Default Value

2.00

Minimum Value

0.20

Maximum Value

5.00

Parameter Type

UINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

100

Units

Amps

Ground Fault Warning Delay

Ground Fault Warning Delay (Parameter 245) allows you to define the time
period (adjustable from 0.025.0 s) for which a ground fault condition must be
present before a warning occurs.
Table 182 - Ground Fault Warning Delay (Parameter 245)
Ground Fault Warning Delay (Parameter 245)
Default Value

0.0

Minimum Value

0.0

Maximum Value

25.00

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

10

Units

Seconds

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

147

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Stall Protection
A motor stalls when its inrush current lasts for a longer than normal period of
time during its starting sequence. As a result, the motor heats up rapidly and
reaches the temperature limit of its insulation. Rapid stall detection during the
starting sequence can extend the motors life, and minimize potential damage and
loss of production. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay can monitor for this
condition with its Stall Trip function and stop the motor before damage and loss
of production can occur.

Stall Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a Stall Trip indication when:
No trip currently exists
Stall protection is enabled
Current is present
The maximum phase current is greater than the Stall Trip Level for a time
period greater than the Stall Enabled Time
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a stall, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 4-short blink pattern
Bit 3 in Current Trip Status Parameter 4) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)

148

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

IMPORTANT

Chapter 6

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Stall Enabled Time

Stall Enabled Time (Parameter 249) allows you to adjust the time the E300
Electronic Overload Relay monitors for a stall condition during the motor
starting sequence and is adjustable from 0250 s.
Table 183 - Stall Enabled Time (Parameter 249)
Stall Enabled Time (Parameter 249)
Default Value

10

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

250

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Seconds

Stall Trip Level

Stall Trip Level (Parameter 250) allows you to define the locked rotor current
and is adjustable from 100600% of the FLA Setting (Parameter 171).

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

149

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Table 184 - Stall Trip Level (Parameter 250)

Stall Trip Level (Parameter 250)
Default Value

600

Minimum Value

100

Maximum Value

600

Parameter Type

UINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

%FLA

IMPORTANT

Stall Protection is only enabled during the motor starting sequence. If the
maximum phase of load current falls below the programmed Stall Trip Level
before the Stall Enabled Time elapses, the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
disables Stall Protection until the next motor starting sequence.

IMPORTANT

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay considers a motor to have begun its
starting sequence if the maximum phase of motor current transitions from 0A
to approximately 30% of the minimum FLA setting of the device.

Jam Protection
A motor goes into a jam condition when a running motor begins to consume
current greater than50% of the motors nameplate rating. An example of this
condition could be an overloaded conveyor or jammed gear. These conditions
can result in the overheating of the motor and equipment damage. The E300
Electronic Overload Relay can monitor for this condition with its Jam Trip and
Warning function to detect for a rapid jam fault to minimize damage and loss of
production.

Jam Inhibit Time

Jam Inhibit Time (Parameter 251) allows you to inhibit a jam trip and warning
from occurring during the motor starting sequence. It is adjustable from 0250 s.
Table185JamTripInhibitTime(Parameter251)

150

Default Value

10

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

250

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Seconds

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Jam Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a jam indication if:
No trip currently exists
Jam Trip is enabled
Jam Inhibit Time has expired
The maximum phase current is greater than the Jam Trip Level for a time
period greater than the Jam Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a jam, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 5-short blink pattern
Bit 4 in Current Trip Status (Parameter 4) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Jam Trip Delay

Jam Trip Delay (Parameter 252) allows you to define the time period a jam
condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from
0.125.0 s.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

151

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Table 186 - Jam Trip Delay (Parameter 252)

Default Value

5.0

Minimum Value

0.1

Maximum Value

25.0

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

10

Units

Seconds

Jam Trip Level

Jam Trip Level (Parameter 253) allows you to define the current at which the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a jam. It is user-adjustable from
50600% of the FLA Setting (Parameter 171).
Table 187 - Jam Trip Level (Parameter 253)
Default Value

250

Minimum Value

50

Maximum Value

600

Parameter Type

UINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

%FLA

IMPORTANT

The Jam Inhibitor timer starts after the maximum phase of load current
transitions from 0 A to 30% of the minimum fla SETTING of the device. The
E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin monitoring for a jam condition
until the Jam Inhibit Time expires.

Jam Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a Jam warning if:
No warning currently exists
Jam Warning is enabled
Current is present
Jam Inhibit Time has expired
The maximum phase current is equal to or greater than the Jam Warning
Level
When the Jam Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 5-short blink pattern
Bit 4 in Current Warning Status (Parameter 10) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close
152

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Jam Warn Level

Jam Warn Level (Parameter 254) allows you to define the current at which the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a warning. It is user-adjustable from
50600% for the FLA Setting (Parameter 171).
Table 188 - Jam Warning Level (Parameter 254)
Default Value

150

Minimum Value

50

Maximum Value

600

Parameter Type

UINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

%FLA

IMPORTANT

The Jam Warning function does not include a time delay feature. Once the Jam
Inhibit Time has expired, the Jam Warning indication is instantaneous.

Underload Protection
Motor current less than a specific level may indicate a mechanical malfunction in
the installation, such as a torn conveyor belt, damaged fan blade, broken shaft, or
worn tool. Such conditions may not harm the motor, but they can lead to loss of
production. Rapid underload fault detection helps to minimize damage and loss
of production.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay can monitor for this condition with its
Underload Trip and Warning function to detect for a rapid underload fault to
minimize damage and loss of production.

Underload Inhibit Time

Underload Inhibit Time (Parameter 255) allows you to inhibit an underload trip
and warning from occurring during the motor starting sequence. It is adjustable
from 0250 s.
Table 189 - Underload Inhibit Time (Parameter 255)
Default Value

10

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

250

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Seconds

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

153

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Underload Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an underload indication if:
No trip currently exists
Underload Trip is enabled
Current is present
Underload Inhibit Time has expired
Minimum phase current is less than the Underload Trip Level for a time
period greater than the Underload Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an underload, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 6-short blink pattern
Bit 5 in Current Trip Status (Parameter 4) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Underload Trip Delay

Underload Trip Delay (Parameter 256) allows you to define the time period an
underload condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from
0.125.0 s.

154

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Table 190 - Underload Trip Delay (Parameter 256)

Default Value

5.0

Minimum Value

0.1

Maximum Value

25.0

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

10

Units

Seconds

Underload Trip Level

Underload Trip Level (Parameter 257) allows you to define the current at which
the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an underload. It is user-adjustable
from 10100% of the FLA Setting (Parameter 171).
Table 191 - Underload Trip Level (Parameter 257)
Default Value

50

Minimum Value

10

Maximum Value

100

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

%FLA

IMPORTANT

The Underload Inhibit Timer starts after the maximum phase of load current
transitions from 0 A to 30% of the minimum fla SETTING of the device. The
E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin monitoring for an underload
condition until the Underload Inhibit Time expires.

IMPORTANT

For any given application, the practical limit of the Underload Trip Level
(Parameter 246) is dependent on the FLA Setting and the lower limit of the
E300 Electronic Overload Relays current measurement capability.

Underload Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an underload warning if:
No warning currently exists
Underload Warning is enabled
Current is present
Underload Inhibit Time has expired
The minimum phase current is less than the Underload Warning Level

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

155

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

When the Underload Warning conditions are satisfied, the:

TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 6-short blink pattern
Bit 5 in Current Warning Status (Parameter 10) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close

Underload Warning Level

Underload Warning Level (Parameter 258) allows you to define the current at
which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a warning. It is useradjustable from 10100% for the FLA Setting (Parameter 171).
Table 192 - Underload Warning Level (Parameter 258)
Default Value

70

Minimum Value

10

Maximum Value

100

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

%FLA

IMPORTANT

The Underload Warning function does not include a time delay feature. Once
the Underload Inhibit Time has expired, the Underload Warning indication is
instantaneous.

Current Imbalance Protection

A current imbalance can be caused by an imbalance in the voltage supply, unequal
motor winding impedance, or long and varying wire lengths. When a current
imbalance exists, the motor can experience an additional temperature rise,
resulting in degradation of the motor insulation and reduction of life expectancy.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay can monitor for this condition with its
Current Imbalance Trip and Warning function to detect for a rapid current
imbalance fault to minimize damage and loss of production.
Current Imbalance can be defined by the following equation:
%CI = 100% * (Id/Ia)
where
%CI = Percent Current Imbalance
Id = Maximum Deviation from the Average Current
Ia = Average Current

156

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Current Imbalance Inhibit Time

Current Imbalance Inhibit Time (Parameter 259) allows you to inhibit a current
imbalance trip and warning from occurring during the motor starting sequence. It
is adjustable from 0250 s.
Table 193 - Current Imbalance Inhibit Time (Parameter 259)
Default Value

10

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

250

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Seconds

Current Imbalance Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a current imbalance indication if:
No trip currently exists
Current Imbalance Trip is enabled
Current is present
Current Imbalance Inhibit Time has expired
The Current Imbalance (parameter 52) is greater than the Current
Imbalance Trip Level for a time period greater than the Current Imbalance
Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a current imbalance, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 7-short blink pattern
Bit 6 in Current Trip Status (Parameter 4) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

157

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Current Imbalance Trip Delay

Current Imbalance Trip Delay (Parameter 260) allows you to define the time
period a current imbalance condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is
adjustable from 0.125.0 s.
Table 194 - Current Imbalance Trip Delay (Parameter 260)
Default Value

5.0

Minimum Value

0.1

Maximum Value

25.0

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

10

Units

Seconds

Current Imbalance Trip Level

Current Imbalance Trip Level (Parameter 261) allows you to define the
percentage at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a current
imbalance. It is user-adjustable from 10100%.

158

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Table 195 - Current Imbalance Trip Level (Parameter 261)

Default Value

35

Minimum Value

10

Maximum Value

100

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

IMPORTANT

The Current Imbalance Inhibit Timer starts after a phase of load current
transitions from 0 A to 30% of the minimum FLA setting of the device. The
E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin monitoring for a current
imbalance condition until the Current Imbalance Inhibit Time expires.

Current Imbalance Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a current imbalance warning if:
No warning currently exists
Current Imbalance Warning is enabled
Current is present
Current Imbalance Inhibit Time has expired
The current imbalance (parameter 52) is greater than the Current
Imbalance Warning Level
When the Current Imbalance Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 7-short blink pattern
Bit 6 in Current Warning Status (Parameter 10) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm closes

Current Imbalance Warning Level

Current Imbalance Warning Level (Parameter 262) allows you to define the
percentage at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a warning. It is
user-adjustable from 10100%.
Table 196 - Current Imbalance Warning Level (Parameter 262)
Default Value

20

Minimum Value

10

Maximum Value

100

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

159

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

IMPORTANT

The Current Imbalance Warning function does not include a time delay feature.
Once the Current Imbalance Inhibit Time has expired, the Current Imbalance
Warning indication is instantaneous.

Line Under Current Protection

For non-motor applications when the measured current is less than a specific level
for a specific phase may indicate an electrical malfunction, such as bad resistive
heater element or non-operating incandescent light bulb. Such conditions may
not harm the power system, but it can lead to loss of production or certification
noncompliance.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay can monitor for an undercurrent condition
per phase with its Line Under Current Trip and Warning function to detect for a
rapid under current in a specific phase to minimize damage and loss of
production.

Under Current Inhibit Time

Under Current Inhibit Time (Parameter 265) allows you to inhibit an L1, L2,
and L3 Under Current trip and warning from occurring during a load starting
sequence. It is adjustable from 0250 seconds.
Table 197 - Under Current Inhibit Time (Parameter 265)
Default Value

10

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

250

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Seconds

L1 Under Current Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a L1 Under Current indication
if:
No trip currently exists
L1 Under Current Trip is enabled
Current is present
Under Current Inhibit Timer has expired
L1 Percent FLA (Parameter 47) is less than the L1 Under Current Trip
Level for a time period greater than the L1 Under Current Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a L1 Under Current, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 8-short blink pattern

160

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Bit 7 in Current Trip Status (Parameter 4) sets to 1

Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)

IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

L1 Under Current Trip Delay

L1 Under Current Trip Delay (Parameter 266) allows you to define the time
period an L1 Under Current condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is
adjustable from 0.125.0 seconds.
Table 198 - L1 Under Current Trip Delay (Parameter 266)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

1.0
0.1
25.0
USINT
1
10
Seconds

161

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

L1 Under Current Trip Level

L1 Under Current Trip Level (Parameter 267) allows you to define the current at
which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a L1 Under Current. It is
user-adjustable from 10100% of the FLA Setting (Parameter 171).
Table 199 - L1 Under Current Trip Level (Parameter 267)
Default Value

35

Minimum Value

10

Maximum Value

100

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

%FLA

IMPORTANT

The Under Current Inhibit Timer starts after the maximum phase of load
current transitions from 0 A to 30% of the minimum FLA setting of the device.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin monitoring for an
undercurrent condition until the Under Current Inhibit Time expires.

IMPORTANT

For any given application, the practical limit of the L1 Under Current Trip Level
(Parameter 267) is dependent on the FLA Setting and the lower limit of the
E300 Electronic Overload Relays current measurement capability

L1 Under Current Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an L1 Under Current warning if:
No warning currently exists
L1 Under Current Warning is enabled
Current is present
The Under Current Inhibit Timer has expired
L1 Percent FLA (Parameter 47) is less than the L1 Under Current
Warning Level
When the L1 Under Current Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 8-short blink pattern
Bit 7 in Current Warning Status (Parameter 10) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close

L1 Under Current Warning Level

L1 Under Current Warning Level (Parameter 268) allows you to define the
current at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a L1 Under
162

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Current warning. It is user-adjustable from 10100% for the FLA Setting

(Parameter 171).
Table 200 - L1 Under Current Warning Level (Parameter 268)
Default Value

40

Minimum Value

10

Maximum Value

100

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

%FLA

IMPORTANT

The L1 Under Current Warning function does not include a time delay feature.
Once the Under Current Inhibit Timer has expired, the L1 Under Current
Warning indication is instantaneous.

L2 Under Current Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a L2 Under Current indication
if:
No trip currently exists
L2 Under Current Trip is enabled
Current is present
Under Current Inhibit Timer has expired
L2 Percent FLA (Parameter 48) is less than the L2 Under Current Trip
Level for a time period greater than the L2 Under Current Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a L2 Under Current, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 9-short blink pattern
Bit 8 in Current Trip Status (Parameter 4) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

163

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

L2 Under Current Trip Delay

L2 Under Current Trip Delay (Parameter 269) allows you to define the time
period an L2 Under Current condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is
adjustable from 0.125.0 seconds.
Table 201 - L2 Under Current Trip Delay (Parameter 269)
Default Value

1.0

Minimum Value

0.1

Maximum Value

25.0

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

10

Units

Seconds

L2 Under Current Trip Level

L2 Under Current Trip Level (Parameter 270) allows you to define the current at
which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a L2 Under Current. It is
user-adjustable from 10100% of the FLA Setting (Parameter 171).

164

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Table 202 - L2 Under Current Trip Level Parameter 270)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

35
10
100
USINT
1
1
%FLA

IMPORTANT

The Under Current Inhibit Timer starts after the maximum phase of load
current transitions from 0 A to 30% of the minimum FLA setting of the device.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin monitoring for an
undercurrent condition until the Under Current Inhibit Time expires.

IMPORTANT

For any given application, the practical limit of the L2 Under Current Trip Level
(Parameter 270) is dependent on the FLA Setting and the lower limit of the
E300 Electronic Overload Relays current measurement capability

L2 Under Current Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an L2 Under Current warning if:
No warning currently exists
2 Under Current Warning is enabled
Current is present
The Under Current Inhibit Timer has expired
2 Percent FLA (Parameter 48) is less than the L2 Under Current Warning
Level
When the L2 Under Current Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 9-short blink pattern
Bit 8 in Current Warning Status (Parameter 10) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close

L2 Under Current Warning Level

L2 Under Current Warning Level (Parameter 271) allows you to define the
current at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a L2 Under
Current warning. It is user-adjustable from 10100% for the FLA Setting
(Parameter 171).

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

165

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Table 203 - L2 Under Current Warning Level (Parameter 271)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

IMPORTANT

40
10
100
USINT
1
1
%FLA

The L2 Under Current Warning function does not include a time delay feature.
Once the Under Current Inhibit Timer has expired, the L2 Under Current
Warning indication is instantaneous.

L3 Under Current Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a L3 Under Current indication
if:
No trip currently exists
L3 Under Current Trip is enabled
Current is present
Under Current Inhibit Timer has expired
Percent FLA (Parameter 49) is less than the L3 Under Current Trip Level
for a time period greater than the L3 Under Current Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a L3 Under Current, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 10-short blink pattern
Bit 9 in Current Trip Status (Parameter 4) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)

166

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

IMPORTANT

L3 Under Current Trip Delay (Parameter 272) allows you to define the time
period that an L3 Under Current condition must be present before a trip occurs.
It is adjustable from 0.125.0 seconds

Table 204 - L3 Under Current Trip Delay (Parameter 272)

Default Value

1.0

Minimum Value

0.1

Maximum Value

25.0

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

10

Units

Seconds

L3 Under Current Trip Level

L3 Under Current Trip Level (Parameter 273) allows you to define the current at
which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a L3 Under Current. It is
user-adjustable from 10100% of the FLA Setting (Parameter 171).

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

167

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Table 205 - L3 Under Current Trip Level (Parameter 273)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

35
10
100
USINT
1
1
%FLA

IMPORTANT

The Under Current Inhibit Timer starts after the maximum phase of load
current transitions from 0 A to 30% of the minimum FLA setting of the device.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin monitoring for an
undercurrent condition until the Under Current Inhibit Time expires.

IMPORTANT

For any given application, the practical limit of the L3 Under Current Trip Level
(Parameter 273) is dependent on the FLA Setting and the lower limit of the
E300 Electronic Overload Relays current measurement capability

L3 Under Current Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an L3 Under Current warning if:
No warning currently exists
L3 Under Current Warning is enabled
Current is present
The Under Current Inhibit Timer has expired
L3 Percent FLA (Parameter 49) is less than the L3 Under Current
Warning Level
When the L3 Under Current Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 10-short blink pattern
Bit 9 in Current Warning Status (Parameter 10) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close

L3 Under Current Warning Level

L3 Under Current Warning Level (Parameter 274) allows you to define the
current at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a L3 Under
Current warning. It is user-adjustable from 10100% for the FLA Setting
(Parameter 171).

168

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Table 206 - L3 Under Current Warning Level (Parameter 274)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

IMPORTANT

40
10
100
USINT
1
1
%FLA

The L3 Under Current Warning function does not include a time delay feature.
Once the Under Current Inhibit Timer has expired, the L3 Under Current
Warning indication is instantaneous.

Line Over Current Protection

For non-motor applications when the measured current is greater than a specific
level for a specific phase may indicate an electrical malfunction, such as bad
resistive heater element. Such conditions could harm the power system over a
period of time, which could lead to loss of production.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay can monitor for an overcurrent condition
per phase with its Line Over Current Trip and Warning function to detect for a
rapid over current in a specific phase to minimize damage and loss of production.

Over Current Inhibit Time

Over Current Inhibit Time (Parameter 275) allows you to inhibit an L1, L2, and
L3 Over Current trip and warning from occurring during a load starting
sequence. It is adjustable from 0250 seconds.
Table 207 - Over Current Inhibit Time (Parameter 275)
Default Value

10

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

250

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Seconds

L1 Over Current Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a L1 Over Current indication if:
No trip currently exists
L1 Over Current Trip is enabled
Current is present

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

169

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Over Current Inhibit Timer has expired

L1 Percent FLA (Parameter 47) is greater than the L1 Over Current Trip
Level for a time period greater than the L1 Over Current Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a L1 Over Current, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 11-short blink pattern
Bit 10 in Current Trip Status (Parameter 4) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

L1 Over Current Trip Delay

L1 Over Current Trip Delay (Parameter 276) allows you to define the time
period an L1 Over Current condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is
adjustable from 0.125.0 seconds.

170

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Table 208 - L1 Over Current Trip Delay (Parameter 276)

Default Value

1.0

Minimum Value

0.1

Maximum Value

25.0

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

10

Units

Seconds

L1 Over Current Trip Level

L1 Over Current Trip Level (Parameter 277) allows you to define the current at
which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a L1 Over Current. It is useradjustable from 10100% of the FLA Setting (Parameter 171).
Table 209 - L1 Over Current Trip Level (Parameter 277)
Default Value

100

Minimum Value

10

Maximum Value

100

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

%FLA

IMPORTANT

The Over Current Inhibit Timer starts after the maximum phase of load current
transitions from 0 A to 30% of the minimum FLA setting of the device. The
E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin monitoring for an overcurrent
condition until the Over Current Inhibit Time expires.

L1 Over Current Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an L1 Over Current warning if:
No warning currently exists
1 Over Current Warning is enabled
Current is present
The Over Current Inhibit Timer has expired
1 Percent FLA (Parameter 47) is greater than the L1 Over Current
Warning Level
When the L1 Over Current Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 11-short blink pattern
Bit 10 in Current Warning Status (Parameter 10) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm closes

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

171

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

L1 Over Current Warning Level

L1 Over Current Warning Level (Parameter 278) allows you to define the current
at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a L1 Over Current
warning. It is user-adjustable from 10100% for the FLA Setting (Parameter
171).
Table 210 - L1 Over Current Warning Level (Parameter 278)
Default Value

90

Minimum Value

10

Maximum Value

100

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

%FLA

IMPORTANT

The L1 Over Current Warning function does not include a time delay feature.
Once the Over Current Inhibit Timer has expired, the L1 Over Current Warning
indication is instantaneous.

L2 Over Current Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a L2 Over Current indication if:
No trip currently exists
2 Over Current Trip is enabled
Current is present
Over Current Inhibit Timer has expired
2 Percent FLA (Parameter 48) is greater than the L2 Over Current Trip
Level for a time period greater than the L2 Over Current Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a L2 Over Current, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 12-short blink pattern
Bit 11 in Current Trip Status (Parameter 4) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)

172

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

IMPORTANT

Chapter 6

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

L2 Over Current Trip Delay

L2 Over Current Trip Delay (Parameter 279) allows you to define the time
period an L2 Over Current condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is
adjustable from 0.125.0 seconds.
Table 211 - L2 Over Current Trip Delay (Parameter 279)
Default Value

1.0

Minimum Value

0.1

Maximum Value

25.0

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

10

Units

Seconds

L2 Over Current Trip Level

L2 Over Current Trip Level (Parameter 280) allows you to define the current at
which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a L2 Over Current. It is useradjustable from 10100% of the FLA Setting (Parameter 171)

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

173

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Table 212 - L2 Over Current Trip Level (Parameter 280).

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

IMPORTANT

100
10
100
USINT
1
1
%FLA

The Over Current Inhibit Timer starts after the maximum phase of load current
transitions from 0 A to 30% of the minimum FLA setting of the device. The
E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin monitoring for an overcurrent
condition until the Over Current Inhibit Time expires.

L2 Over Current Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an L2 Over Current warning if:
No warning currently exists
2 Over Current Warning is enabled
Current is present
The Over Current Inhibit Timer has expired
2 Percent FLA (Parameter 48) is greater than the L2 Over Current
Warning Level
When the L2 Over Current Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 12-short blink pattern
Bit 11 in Current Warning Status (Parameter 10) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm closes

L2 Over Current Warning Level

L2 Over Current Warning Level (Parameter 281) allows you to define the current
at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a L2 Over Current
warning. It is user-adjustable from 10100% for the FLA Setting (Parameter
171).
Table 213 - L2 Over Current Warning Level (Parameter 281)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

174

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

90
10
100
USINT
1
1
%FLA

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

IMPORTANT

The L2 Over Current Warning function does not include a time delay feature.
Once the Over Current Inhibit Timer has expired, the L2 Over Current Warning
indication is instantaneous.

L3 Over Current Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a L3 Over Current indication if:
No trip currently exists
L3 Over Current Trip is enabled
Current is present
Over Current Inhibit Timer has expired
L3 Percent FLA (Parameter 49) is greater than the L3 Over Current Trip
Level for a time period greater than the L3 Over Current Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a L3 Over Current, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 13-short blink pattern
Bit 12 in Current Trip Status (Parameter 4) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

175

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

L3 Over Current Trip Delay

L3 Over Current Trip Delay (Parameter 282) allows you to define the time
period an L3 Over Current condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is
adjustable from 0.125.0 seconds.
Table 214 - L3 Over Current Trip Delay (Parameter 282)
Default Value

1.0

Minimum Value

0.1

Maximum Value

25.0

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

10

Units

Seconds

L3 Over Current Trip Level

L3 Over Current Trip Level (Parameter 283) allows you to define the current at
which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a L3 Over Current. It is useradjustable from 10100% of the FLA Setting (Parameter 171).
Table 215 - L3 Over Current Trip Level (Parameter 283)
Default Value

100

Minimum Value

10

Maximum Value

100

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

%FLA

IMPORTANT

The Over Current Inhibit Timer starts after the maximum phase of load current
transitions from 0 A to 30% of the minimum FLA setting of the device. The
E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin monitoring for an overcurrent
condition until the Over Current Inhibit Time expires.

L3 Over Current Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an L3 Over Current warning if:
No warning currently exists
L3 Over Current Warning is enabled
Current is present
The Over Current Inhibit Timer has expired
L3 Percent FLA (Parameter 49) is greater than the L3 Over Current
Warning Level

176

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

When the L2 Over Current Warning conditions are satisfied, the:

TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 13-short blink pattern
Bit 12 in Current Warning Status (Parameter 10) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm closes

L3 Over Current Warning Level

L3 Over Current Warning Level (Parameter 284) allows you to define the current
at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a L3 Over Current
warning. It is user-adjustable from 10100% for the FLA Setting (Parameter
171).
Table 216 - L3 Over Current Warning Level (Parameter 284)
Default Value

90

Minimum Value

10

Maximum Value

100

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

%FLA

IMPORTANT

The L3 Over Current Warning function does not include a time delay feature.
Once the Over Current Inhibit Timer has expired, the L3 Over Current Warning
indication is instantaneous.

Line Loss Protection

For non-motor applications when the measured current is 0 amps a specific
phase, this may indicate an electrical malfunction such as bad resistive heater
element or non-operating incandescent light bulb. Such conditions may not
harm the power system, but it can lead to loss of production or certification
noncompliance.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay can monitor for a current-based line loss
per phase with its Line Loss Trip and Warning function to detect for a rapid line
loss in a specific phase to minimize damage and loss of production.

Line Loss Inhibit Time

Line Loss Inhibit Time (Parameter 285) allows you to inhibit an L1, L2, and L3
Line Loss trip and warning from occurring during a load starting sequence. It is
adjustable from 0250 seconds.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

177

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Table 217 - Line Loss Inhibit Time (Parameter 285)

Default Value

10

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

250

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Seconds

L1 Line Loss Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a L1 Line Loss indication if:
No trip currently exists
L1 Over Current Trip is enabled
L1 Line Loss is activated via the appropriately programmed digital input
(see Input Assignments, Parameters 196201, in Chapter 4)
Line Loss Inhibit Timer has expired
L1 Percent FLA (Parameter 47) is
equal to 0% for a time period greater than the L1 Line Loss Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a L1 Line Loss, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 14-short blink pattern
Bit 13 in Current Trip Status (Parameter 4) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)

178

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

IMPORTANT

Chapter 6

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

L1 Line Loss Trip Delay

L1 Line Loss Trip Delay (Parameter 276) allows you to define the time period an
L1 Line Loss condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from
0.125.0 seconds.
Table 218 - L1 Line Loss Trip Delay (Parameter 286)
Default Value

1.0

Minimum Value

0.1

Maximum Value

25.0

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

10

Units

Seconds

IMPORTANT

The Line Loss Inhibit Timer starts when L1, L2, or L3 Line Loss protection is
activated by a programmed digital input (see Input Assignment Parameters
196-201). The E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin monitoring for
Line Loss condition until the Line Loss Inhibit Timer expires.

L1 Line Loss Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an L1 Line Loss warning if:
No warning currently exists

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

179

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

L1 Line Loss Warning is enabled

L1 Line Loss is activated via the appropriately programmed digital input
(see Input Assignments, Parameters 196201, in Chapter 4)
Line Loss Inhibit Timer has expired
L1 Percent FLA (Parameter 47) is equal to 0%
When the L1 Line Loss Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 14-short blink pattern
Bit 13 in Current Warning Status (Parameter 10) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm closes
IMPORTANT

The L1 Line Loss Warning function does not include a time delay feature. Once
the Line Loss Inhibit Timer has expired, the L1 Line Loss Warning indication is
instantaneous.

L2 Line Loss Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a L2 Line Loss indication if:
No trip currently exists
L2 Over Current Trip is enabled
L2 Line Loss is activated via the appropriately programmed digital input
(see Input Assignments, Parameters 196201, in Chapter 4)
Line Loss Inhibit Timer has expired
L2 Percent FLA (Parameter 48) is equal to 0% for a time period greater
than the L2 Line Loss Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a L2 Line Loss, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 15-short blink pattern
Bit 14 in Current Trip Status (Parameter 4) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)

180

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

IMPORTANT

Chapter 6

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

L2 Line Loss Trip Delay

L2 Line Loss Trip Delay (Parameter 287) allows you to define the time period an
L2 Line Loss condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from
0.125.0 seconds.
Table 219 - L2 Line Loss Trip Delay (Parameter 287)
Default Value

1.0

Minimum Value

0.1

Maximum Value

25.0

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

10

Units

Seconds

IMPORTANT

The Line Loss Inhibit Timer starts when L1, L2, or L3 Line Loss protection is
activated by a programmed digital input (see Input Assignment Parameters
196-201). The E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin monitoring for
Line Loss condition until the Line Loss Inhibit Timer expires.

L2 Line Loss Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an L2 Line Loss warning if:
No warning currently exists

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

181

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

L2 Line Loss Warning is enabled

L2 Line Loss is activated via the appropriately programmed digital input
(see Input Assignments, Parameters 196201, in Chapter 4)
Line Loss Inhibit Timer has expired
L2 Percent FLA (Parameter 48) is equal to 0%
When the L2 Line Loss Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 15-short blink pattern
Bit 14 in Current Warning Status (Parameter 10) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm closes
IMPORTANT

The L2 Line Loss Warning function does not include a time delay feature. Once
the Line Loss Inhibit Timer has expired, the L2 Line Loss Warning indication is
instantaneous.

L3 Line Loss Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a L3 Line Loss indication if:
No trip currently exists
L3 Over Current Trip is enabled
L3 Line Loss is activated via the appropriately programmed digital input
(see Input Assignments, Parameters 196201, in Chapter 4)
Line Loss Inhibit Timer has expired
L3 Percent FLA (Parameter 49) is equal to 0% for a time period greater
than the L3 Line Loss Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a L3 Line Loss, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 16-short blink pattern
Bit 15 in Current Trip Status (Parameter 4) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)

182

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

IMPORTANT

Chapter 6

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

L3 Line Loss Trip Delay

L3 Line Loss Trip Delay (Parameter 288) allows you to define the time period an
L3 Line Loss condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from
0.125.0 seconds.
Table 220 - L3 Line Loss Trip Delay (Parameter 288)
Default Value

1.0

Minimum Value

0.1

Maximum Value

25.0

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

10

Units

Seconds

IMPORTANT

The Line Loss Inhibit Timer starts when L1, L2, or L3 Line Loss protection is
activated by a programmed digital input (see Input Assignment Parameters
196-201). The E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin monitoring for
Line Loss condition until the Line Loss Inhibit Timer expires.

L3 Line Loss Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an L3 Line Loss warning if:
No warning currently exists

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

183

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

L3 Line Loss Warning is enabled

L3 Line Loss is activated via the appropriately programmed digital input
(see Input Assignments, Parameters 196201, in Chapter 4)
Line Loss Inhibit Timer has expired
L3 Percent FLA (Parameter 49) is equal to 0%
When the L3 Line Loss Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 16-short blink pattern
Bit 15 in Current Warning Status (Parameter 10) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close
IMPORTANT

Voltage-based Protection

The L3 Line Loss Warning function does not include a time delay feature. Once
the Line Loss Inhibit Timer has expired, the L3 Line Loss Warning indication is
instantaneous.

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay can digitally monitor the voltage supplied
to an electric motor to help protect against poor voltage quality. You can prevent
a contactor from energizing if the voltage is either too high, too low, or wrong
rotation. The following E300 Sensing Modules provide voltage monitoring
capabilities.
Table 221 - Voltage Capabilities
Catalog Number

Measurement Method

L-L Voltage Trip/Warning Range

193-ESM-VIG-__-__

Internal

20800V

592-ESM-VIG-__-__

Internal

20800V

193-ESM-VIG-30A-CT

External

206500V

This voltage information is used for the following protective trip and warning
functions:
Undervoltage trip/warning
Overvoltage trip/warning
Voltage imbalance trip/warning
Phase rotation mismatch trip
Under frequency trip/warning
Over frequency trip/warning
Voltage Trip Enable (Parameter 184) and Voltage Warning Enable (Parameter
190) are used to enable the respective voltage-based protective trip and warning
functions.

184

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Table 222 - Voltage Trip Enabled (Parameter 184)

Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

Function

X Under Voltage Trip

X

Over Voltage Trip

Voltage Imbalance Trip

Phase Rotation Mismatch Trip

Under Frequency Trip

Over Frequency Trip

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Table 223 - Voltage Warning Enable (Parameter 190)

Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

Function

X Under Voltage Warning

X
X
X
X
X

Over Voltage Warning

Voltage Imbalance Warning
Phase Rotation Mismatch Warning
Under Frequency Warning
Over Frequency Warning
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Voltage Trip Status (Parameter 5) and Voltage Warning Status (Parameter 11) are
used to view the status of the respective voltage-based protective trip and warning
functions.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

185

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Table 224 - Voltage Trip Status (Parameter 5)

Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

Function

X Under Voltage Trip

X

Over Voltage Trip

Voltage Imbalance Trip

Phase Rotation Mismatch Trip

Under Frequency Trip

Over Frequency Trip

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Table 225 - Voltage Warning Status (Parameter 11)

Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

Function
X Under Voltage Warning

X
X
X
X
X

Over Voltage Warning

Voltage Imbalance Warning
Phase Rotation Mismatch Warning
Under Frequency Warning
Over Frequency Warning
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

186

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Under Voltage Protection

Electric motors consume more electric current when the voltage supplied to the
motor is lower than the motor nameplate rating. This can damage to an electric
motor over an extended period of time. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay can
monitor for this condition with its Under Voltage Trip and Warning function to
detect for low voltage levels to minimize motor damage and loss of production.

Under Voltage Inhibit Time

Under Voltage Inhibit Time (Parameter 355) allows you to inhibit an under
voltage trip and warning from occurring during the motor starting sequence. It is
adjustable from 0250 seconds.
Table 226 - Under Voltage Inhibit Time (Parameter 355)
Default Value

10

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

250

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Seconds

Under Voltage Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an undervoltage indication if:
No trip currently exists
Under Voltage Trip is enabled
Voltage is present
Under Voltage Inhibit Time has expired
The minimum phase voltage is less than the Under Voltage Trip Level for a
time period greater than the Under Voltage Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an under voltage, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 1-long / 1-short blink
pattern
Bit 0 in Voltage Trip Status (Parameter 5) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

187

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Under Voltage Trip Delay

Under Voltage Trip Delay (Parameter 356) allows you to define the time period
an under voltage condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable
from 0.125.0 seconds.
Table 227 - Under Voltage Trip Delay (Parameter 356)
Default Value

1.0

Minimum Value

0.1

Maximum Value

25.0

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

10

Units

Seconds

Under Voltage Trip Level

Under Voltage Trip Level (Parameter 357) allows you to define the voltage at
which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an under voltage. It is useradjustable from 06553.5 volts.

188

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Table 228 - Under Voltage Trip Level (Parameter 357)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

IMPORTANT

100.0
0.0
6553.5
UINT
2
10
Volts

The Under Voltage Inhibit Time starts after a phase voltage transitions from 0V
to 20V L-L. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin monitoring for
an under voltage condition until the Under Voltage Inhibit Time expires.

Under Voltage Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Under Voltage warning if:
No warning currently exists
Under Voltage Warning is enabled
Voltage is present
Under Voltage
Inhibit Time has expired
The minimum phase voltage is equal to or less than the Under Voltage
Warning Level
When the Under Voltage Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 1-long / 1-short blink pattern
Bit 0 in Voltage Warning Status (Parameter 11) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close

Under Voltage Warn Level

Under Voltage Warn Level (Parameter 358) allows you to define the voltage at
which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a warning. It is useradjustable from 06553.5 volts.
Table 229 - Under Voltage Warn Level
Default Value

400.0

Minimum Value

0.0

Maximum Value

6553.5

Parameter Type

UINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

10

Units

Volts

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

189

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

IMPORTANT

The Under Voltage Warning function does not include a time delay feature.
Once the Under Voltage Inhibit Time has expired, the Under Voltage Warning
indication is instantaneous.

Over Voltage Protection

The winding insulation for electric motors degrades faster when more voltage is
supplied to the motor than the motor nameplate rating. This can damage to an
electric motor over an extended period of time. The E300 Electronic Overload
Relay can monitor for this condition with its Over Voltage Trip and Warning
function to detect for high voltage levels to minimize motor damage and loss of
production.

Over Voltage Inhibit Time

Over Voltage Inhibit Time (Parameter 359) allows you to inhibit an over voltage
trip and warning from occurring during the motor starting sequence. It is
adjustable from 0250 seconds.
Default Value

10.0

Minimum Value

0.0

Maximum Value

250.0

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

11

Units

Seconds

Over Voltage Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Over Voltage indication if:
No trip currently exists
Over Voltage Trip is enabled
Voltage is present
Over Voltage Inhibit Time has expired
The minimum phase voltage is greater than the Over Voltage Trip Level
for a time period greater than the Over Voltage Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an over voltage, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 1-long / 2-short blink
pattern
Bit 1 in Voltage Trip Status (Parameter 5) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open

190

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close

Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Over Voltage Trip Delay

Over Voltage Trip Delay (Parameter 360) allows you to define the time period an
over voltage condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from
0.125.0 seconds.
Table 230 - Over Voltage Trip Delay (Parameter 360)
Default Value

1.0

Minimum Value

0.1

Maximum Value

25.0

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

10

Units

Seconds

Over Voltage Trip Level

Over Voltage Trip Level (Parameter 357) allows you to define the voltage at
which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an over voltage. It is useradjustable from 06553.5 volts.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

191

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Table 231 - Over Voltage Trip Level (Parameter 361)

Default Value

500.0

Minimum Value

0.0

Maximum Value

6553.5

Parameter Type

UINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

10

Units

Volts

IMPORTANT

The Over Voltage Inhibit Time starts after a phase voltage transitions from 0V
to 20V L-L. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin monitoring for
an over voltage condition until the Over Voltage Inhibit Time expires.

Over Voltage Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Over Voltage warning if:
No warning currently exists
Over Voltage Warning is enabled
Voltage is present
Over Voltage Inhibit Time has expired
The maximum phase voltage is equal to or greater than the Over Voltage
Warning Level
When the Over Voltage Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 1-long / 2-short blink pattern
Bit 1 in Voltage Warning Status (Parameter 11) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm closes

Over Voltage Warn Level

Over Voltage Warn Level (Parameter 362) allows you to define the voltage at
which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a warning. It is useradjustable from 06553.5 volts.
Table 232 - Over Voltage Warn Level (Parameter 362)

192

Default Value

490.0

Minimum Value

0.0

Maximum Value

6553.5

Parameter Type

UINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

10

Units

Volts

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

IMPORTANT

Chapter 6

The Over Voltage Warning function does not include a time delay feature. Once
the Over Voltage Inhibit Time has expired, the Over Voltage Warning indication
is instantaneous.

Voltage Imbalance Protection

A voltage imbalance can be caused by poor power quality and unequal
distribution of power. When a voltage imbalance exists, the motor can experience
an additional temperature rise, resulting in degradation of the motor insulation
and reduction of life expectancy. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay can
monitor for this condition with its Voltage Imbalance Trip and Warning function
to detect for a rapid voltage imbalance fault to minimize damage and loss of
production.
Voltage Imbalance can be defined by the following equation:
%VImb = 100% * (Vd/Va)
where
%VImb = Percent Voltage Imbalance
Vd = Maximum Deviation from the Average Voltage
Va = Average Voltage

Voltage Imbalance Inhibit Time

Voltage Imbalance Inhibit Time (Parameter 365) allows you to inhibit a voltage
imbalance trip from occurring during the motor starting sequence. It is adjustable
from 0250 seconds.
Table 233 - Voltage Imbalance Inhibit Time (Parameter 365)
Default Value

10

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

250

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Seconds

Voltage Imbalance Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a voltage imbalance indication if:
No trip currently exists
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

193

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Voltage Imbalance Trip is enabled

Voltage is present
Voltage Imbalance Inhibit Time has expired
The Voltage Imbalance (Parameter 61) is greater than the Voltage
Imbalance Trip Level for a time period greater than the Voltage Imbalance
Trip Delay.

If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a voltage imbalance, the:

TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 1-long / 3-short blink
pattern
Bit 2 in Voltage Trip Status (Parameter 5) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Voltage Imbalance Trip Delay

Voltage Imbalance Trip Delay (Parameter 366) allows you to define the time
period a voltage imbalance condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is
adjustable from 0.125.0 seconds.

194

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Table 234 - Voltage Imbalance Trip Delay (Parameter 366)

Default Value

1.0

Minimum Value

0.1

Maximum Value

25.0

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

10

Units

Seconds

Voltage Imbalance Trip Level

Voltage Imbalance Trip Level (Parameter 367) allows you to define the
percentage at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a voltage
imbalance. It is user-adjustable from 10100%.
Table 235 - Voltage Imbalance Trip Level (Parameter 367)
Default Value

15

Minimum Value

10

Maximum Value

100

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

IMPORTANT

The Voltage Imbalance Inhibit Timer starts after a phase voltage transitions
from 0V to 20V L-L. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin
monitoring for a voltage imbalance condition until the Voltage Imbalance
Inhibit Time expires.

Voltage Imbalance Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a voltage imbalance warning if:
No warning currently exists
Voltage Imbalance Warning is enabled
Voltage is present
Voltage Imbalance Inhibit Time has expired
The Voltage Imbalance (Parameter 61) is greater than the Voltage
Imbalance Warning Level
When the Voltage Imbalance Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow red 1-long / 3-short blink pattern
Bit 2 in Voltage Warning Status (Parameter 11) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

195

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Voltage Imbalance Warning Level

Voltage Imbalance Warning Level (Parameter 368) allows you to define the
percentage at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a warning. It is
user-adjustable from 10100%.
Table 236 - Voltage Imbalance Warning Level (Parameter 368)
Default Value

10

Minimum Value

10

Maximum Value

100

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

IMPORTANT

The Voltage Imbalance Warning function does not include a time delay feature.
Once the Voltage Imbalance Inhibit Time has expired, the Voltage Imbalance
Warning indication is instantaneous.

Phase Rotation Protection

Wiring of a three-phase voltage system can affect the rotational direction of an
electric motor. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay can help protect against the
improper phase rotation so that an electric motor rotates in the proper direction,
ABC or ACB, to prevent equipment from being damaged.

Phase Rotation Inhibit Time

Phase Rotation Inhibit Time (Parameter 359) allows you to inhibit a phase
rotation mismatch trip and warning from occurring. It is adjustable from 0250
seconds.
Table 237 - Phase Rotation Inhibit Time (Parameter 363)
Default Value

10

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

250

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Seconds

Phase Rotation Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a Phase Rotation indication if:
No trip currently exists
196

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Phase Rotation Trip is enabled

Voltage is present
Phase Rotation Inhibit Time has expired
The measured Voltage Phase Rotation (Parameter 63) does not match the
required Phase Rotation Type (Parameter 364).

If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a phase rotation mismatch, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 1-long / 4-short blink
pattern
Bit 3 in Voltage Trip Status (Parameter 5) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Phase Rotation Trip Type

Phase Rotation Trip Type (Parameter 364) allows you to define the required
voltage phase rotation for the motor application. E300 Electronic Overload
Relay trips on a phase rotation mismatch when this parameter does not match the
measured voltage phase rotation. It is user-adjustable, ABC or ACB.
Table 238 - Phase Rotation Trip Type (Parameter 364)
Default Value

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

1 = ABC

197

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

1 = ABC

Range

2 = ACB

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

IMPORTANT

The Phase Rotation Inhibit Time starts after a phase voltage transitions from
0V to 20V L-L. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin monitoring
for a phase rotation mismatch condition until the Phase Rotation Inhibit Time
expires.

Frequency Protection
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay has the capability to help protect against
poor voltage quality by offering frequency-based protection. This protection is
used when electric power is provided by stand-alone electric generators. You can
prevent a contactor from energizing if the voltage frequency is either too high or
too low. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay can monitor for this condition
with its Over and Under Frequency Trip and Warning function, and it can detect
for an improper voltage frequency to minimize motor damage and loss of
production.

Under Frequency Inhibit Time

Under Frequency Inhibit Time (Parameter 369) allows you to inhibit an under
frequency trip and warning from occurring during the motor starting sequence. It
is adjustable from 0250 seconds.
Table 239 - Under Frequency Inhibit Time (Parameter 369)
Default Value

10

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

250

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Seconds

Over Frequency Inhibit Time

Over Frequency Inhibit Time (Parameter 373) allows you to inhibit an over
frequency trip and warning from occurring during the motor starting sequence. It
is adjustable from 0250 seconds.

198

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Table 240 - Over Frequency Inhibit Time (Parameter 373)

Default Value

10

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

250

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Seconds

Under Frequency Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Under Frequency indication
if:
No trip currently exists
Under Frequency Trip is enabled
Voltage is present
Under Frequency Inhibit Time has expired
The voltage frequency is less than the Under Frequency Trip Level for a
time period greater than the Under Frequency Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an under frequency, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 1-long / 5-short blink
pattern
Bit 4 in Voltage Trip Status (Parameter 5) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

199

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Under Frequency Trip Delay

Under Frequency Trip Delay (Parameter 370) allows you to define the time
period an under frequency condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is
adjustable from 0.125.0 seconds.
Table 241 - Under Frequency Trip Delay (Parameter 370)
Default Value

1.0

Minimum Value

0.1

Maximum Value

25.0

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

10

Units

Seconds

Under Frequency Trip Level

Under Voltage Trip Level (Parameter 371) allows you to define the frequency at
which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an under frequency. It is useradjustable from 4665 Hz.

200

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Table 242 - Under Frequency Trip Level (Parameter 371)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

IMPORTANT

57
46
65
USINT
1
1
Hz

The Under Frequency Inhibit Time starts after a phase voltage transitions from
0V to 20V L-L. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin monitoring
for an under frequency condition until the Under Frequency Inhibit Time
expires.

Under Frequency Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Under Frequency warning if:
No warning currently exists
Under Frequency Warning is enabled
Voltage is present
Under Frequency Inhibit Time has expired
The voltage frequency is equal to or less than the Under Frequency
Warning Level
When the Under Frequency Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 1-long / 5-short blink pattern
Bit 4 in Voltage Warning Status (Parameter 11) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close

Under Frequency Warn Level

Under Frequency Warn Level (Parameter 372) allows you to define the
frequency at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a
warning. It is user-adjustable from 4665 Hz.
Table 243 - Under Frequency Warn Level (Parameter 372)
Default Value

58

Minimum Value

46

Maximum Value

65

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Hz

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

201

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Over Frequency Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Over Frequency indication if:
No trip currently exists
Over Frequency Trip is enabled
Voltage is present
Over Frequency Inhibit Time has expired
The voltage frequency is greater than the Over Frequency Trip Level for a
time period greater than the Over Frequency Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an over frequency, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 1-long / 6-short blink
pattern
Bit 5 in Voltage Trip Status (Parameter 5) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Over Frequency Trip Delay

Over Frequency Trip Delay (Parameter 374) allows you to define the time period
an over frequency condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable
from 0.125.0 seconds.
202

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Table 244 - Over Frequency Trip Delay (Parameter 374)

Default Value

1.0

Minimum Value

0.1

Maximum Value

25.0

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

10

Units

Seconds

Over Frequency Trip Level

Over Voltage Trip Level (Parameter 375) allows you to define the frequency at
which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an over frequency. It is useradjustable from 4665 Hz.
Table 245 - Over Frequency Trip Level (Parameter 375)
Default Value

63

Minimum Value

46

Maximum Value

65

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Hz

IMPORTANT

The Over Frequency Inhibit Time starts after a phase voltage transitions from
0V to 20V L-L. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin monitoring
for an over frequency condition until the Over Frequency Inhibit Time expires.

Over Frequency Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Over Frequency warning if:
No warning currently exists
Over Frequency Warning is enabled
Voltage is present
Over Frequency Inhibit Time has expired
The voltage frequency is equal to or greater than the Over Frequency
Warning Level
When the Over Frequency Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 1-long / 6-short blink pattern
Bit 5 in Voltage Warning Status (Parameter 11) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm closes

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

203

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Over Frequency Warn Level

Over Frequency Warn Level (Parameter 376) allows you to define the frequency
at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a warning. It is useradjustable from 4665 Hz.
Table 246 - Over Frequency Warn Level (Parameter 376)
Default Value

62

Minimum Value

46

Maximum Value

65

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Hz

IMPORTANT

Power-based Protection

The Over Frequency Warning function does not include a time delay feature.
Once the Over Frequency Inhibit Time has expired, the Over Frequency Warning
indication is instantaneous.

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay can digitally monitor the power that is
supplied to an electric motor to help protect against poor power quality or alert
you when power consumed by the motor differs from what is expected. This
protection is useful for pump cavitation and pump material change detection.
The following E300 Sensing Modules provide power monitoring capabilities.
Table 247 - Power Capabilities
Catalog Number

Measurement Method L-L Voltage Trip/Warning Range

193-ESM-VIG-__-__

Internal

20800V

592-ESM-VIG-__-__

Internal

20800V

193-ESM-VIG-30A-CT

External

206500V

This power information is used for the following protective trip and warning
functions:
Under Real Power (kW) Trip/Warning
Over Real Power (kW) Trip/Warning
Under Reactive Power (kVAR) Trip/Warning
Over Reactive Power (kVAR) Trip/Warning
Under Apparent Power (kVA) Trip/Warning
Over Apparent Power (kVA) Trip/Warning
Under Power Factor Trip/Warning
Over Power Factor Trip/Warning

204

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Power Trip Enable (Parameter 185) and Power Warning Enable (Parameter 191)
are used to enable the respective power-based protective trip and warning
functions.
Table 248 - Power Trip Enable (Parameter 185)
Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

Function

X Under kW Trip
X
X

Over kW Trip
Under kVAR Consumed Trip

Over kVAR Consumed Trip

Under kVAR Generated Trip

Over kVAR Generated Trip

Under kVA Trip

Over kVA Trip

Under PF Lagging Trip

Over PF Lagging Trip

Under PF Leading Trip

Over PF Leading Trip

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Table 249 - Power Warning Enable (Parameter 191)

Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

1
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

0
Function
X Under kW Warning
Over kW Warning
Under kVAR Consumed Warning
Over kVAR Consumed Warning
Under kVAR Generated Warning
Over kVAR Generated Warning
Under kVA Warning
Over kVA Warning
Under PF Lagging Warning
Over PF Lagging Warning
Under PF Leading Warning
Over PF Leading Warning
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Power Trip Status (Parameter 6) and Power Warning Status (Parameter 12) are
used to view the status of the respective power-based protective trip and warning
functions.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

205

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Table 250 - Power Trip Status (Parameter 6)

Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

1
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

0
Function
X Under kW Trip
Over kW Trip
Under kVAR Consumed Trip
Over kVAR Consumed Trip
Under kVAR Generated Trip
Over kVAR Generated Trip
Under kVA Trip
Over kVA Trip
Under PF Lagging Trip
Over PF Lagging Trip
Under PF Leading Trip
Over PF Leading Trip
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Table 251 - Power Warning Status (Parameter 12)

Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

1
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

0
Function
X Under kW Warning
Over kW Warning
Under kVAR Consumed Warning
Over kVAR Consumed Warning
Under kVAR Generated Warning
Over kVAR Generated Warning
Under kVA Warning
Over kVA Warning
Under PF Lagging Warning
Over PF Lagging Warning
Under PF Leading Warning
Over PF Leading Warning
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Real Power (kW) Protection

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay has the capability to help protect against
real power (kW) for specific applications that require the monitoring of both
voltage and current. You can help protect or issue a warning ifthe real power
(kW) consumption of an electric motor is either too high or too low.

206

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Under kW Inhibit Time

Under kW Inhibit Time (Parameter 378) allows you to inhibit an under real
power (kW) trip and warning from occurring during the motor starting
sequence. It is adjustable from 0250 seconds.
Table 252 - Under kW Inhibit Time (Parameter 378)
Default Value

10

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

250

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Seconds

Over kW Inhibit Time

Over kW Inhibit Time (Parameter 382) allows you to inhibit an over real power
(kW) trip and warning from occurring during the motor starting sequence. It is
adjustable from 0250 seconds.
Table 253 - Over kW Inhibit Time (Parameter 382)
Default Value

10

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

250

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Seconds

Under kW Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Under kW indication if:
No trip currently exists
Under kW Trip is enabled
Current is present
Voltage is present
Under kW Inhibit Time has expired
The total real power (kW) is less than the Under kW Trip Level for a time
period greater than the Under kW Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an under real power (kW), the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 2-long / 1-short blink
pattern
Bit 0 in Power Trip Status (Parameter 6) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

207

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open

Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)

IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Under kW Trip Delay

Under kW Trip Delay (Parameter 379) allows you to define the time period an
under real power (kW) condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is
adjustable from 0.125.0 seconds.
Table 254 - Under kW Trip Delay (Parameter 379)
Default Value

1.0

Minimum Value

0.1

Maximum Value

25.0

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

10

Units

Seconds

Under kW Trip Level

Under kW Trip Level (Parameter 380) allows you to define the real power (kW)
at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an under real power (kW).
It is user-adjustable from 02,000,000 kW.

208

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Table 255 - UnderkW Trip Level (Parameter 380)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

IMPORTANT

0.000
0.000
2,000,000.000
DINT
4
1000
kW

The Under kW Inhibit Time starts after a phase voltage transitions from 0V to
20V L-L and a phase of load current transitions from 0 A to 30% of the
minimum FLA setting of the device. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay does
not begin monitoring for an under real power (kW) condition until the Under
kW Inhibit Time expires.

Under kW Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Under kW warning if:
No warning currently exists
Under kW Warning is enabled
Current is present
Voltage is present
Under kW Inhibit Time has expired
The total real power (kW) is equal to or less than the Under kW Warning
Level
When the Under kW Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 2-long / 1-short blink pattern
Bit 0 in Power Warning Status (Parameter 12) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close

Under kW Warn Level

Under kW Warn Level (Parameter 381) allows you to define the real power (kW)
at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a warning. It is useradjustable from 02,000,000 kW.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

209

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Table 256 - Under kW Warn Level (Parameter 381)

Default Value

0.000

Minimum Value

0.000

Maximum Value

2000000.000

Parameter Type

DINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

1000

Units

kW

IMPORTANT

The Under kW Warning function does not include a time delay feature. Once
the Under kW Inhibit Time has expired, the Under kW Warning indication is
instantaneous.

Over kW Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Over kW indication if:
No trip currently exists
Over kW Trip is enabled
Current is present
Voltage is present
Over kW Inhibit Time has expired
The total real power (kW) is greater than the Over kW Trip Level for a
time period greater than the Over kW Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an over real power (kW), the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 2-long / 2-short blink
pattern
Bit 1 in Power Trip Status (Parameter 6) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)

210

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

IMPORTANT

Chapter 6

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Over kW Trip Delay

Over kW Trip Delay (Parameter 383) allows you to define the time period an
over real power (kW) condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is
adjustable from 0.125.0 seconds.
Table 257 - Over kW Trip Delay
Default Value

1.0

Minimum Value

0.1

Maximum Value

25.0

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

10

Units

Seconds

Over kW Trip Level

Over kW Trip Level (Parameter 384) allows you to define the total real power
(kW) at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on over real power
(kW). It is user-adjustable from 02,000,000 kW.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

211

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Table 258 - Over kW Trip Level (Parameter 384)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

IMPORTANT

0.000
0.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kW

The Over kW Inhibit Time starts after a phase voltage transitions from 0V to
20V L-L and a phase of load current transitions from 0 A to 30% of the
minimum FLA setting of the device. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay does
not begin monitoring for an over real power (kW) condition until the Over kW
Inhibit Time expires.

Over kW Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Over kW warning if:
No warning currently exists
Over kW Warning is enabled
Current is present
Voltage is present
Over kW Inhibit Time has expired
The total real power (kW) is equal to or greater than the Over kW
Warning Level
When the Over kW Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 2-long / 2-short blink pattern
Bit 1 in Power Warning Status (Parameter 12) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close

Over kW Warn Level

Over kW Warn Level (Parameter 385) allows you to define the real power (kW)
at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a warning. It is useradjustable from 02,000,000 kW.
Table 259 - Over kW Warn Level
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

212

0.000
0.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kW

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

IMPORTANT

Chapter 6

The Over kW Warning function does not include a time delay feature. Once the
Over kW Inhibit Time has expired, the Over kW Warning indication is
instantaneous.

Reactive Power (kVAR) Protection

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay has the capability to help protect against
reactive power (kVAR) for specific applications that require the monitoring of
both voltage and current. You can help protect or issue a warning if the reactive
power (kVAR) of an electric motor is either too high or too low.

Under kVAR Consumed Inhibit Time

Under kVAR Consumed Inhibit Time (Parameter 386) allows you to inhibit an
under reactive power (kVAR) consumed trip and warning from occurring during
the motor starting sequence. It is adjustable from 0250 seconds.
Table 260 - Under kVAR Consumed Inhibit Time (Parameter 386)
Default Value

10

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

250

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Seconds

Over kVAR Consumed Inhibit Time

Over kVAR Consumed Inhibit Time (Parameter 390) allows you to inhibit an
over reactive power (kVAR) consumed trip and warning from occurring during
the motor starting sequence. It is adjustable from 0250 seconds.
Table 261 - Over kVAR Consumed Inhibit Time (Parameter 390)
Default Value

10

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

250

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Seconds

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

213

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Under kVAR Generated Inhibit Time

Under kVAR Generated Inhibit Time (Parameter 394) allows you to inhibit an
under power factor leading trip and warning from occurring during the motor
starting sequence. It is adjustable from 0250 seconds.
Table 262 - Under kVAR Generated Inhibit Time (Parameter 394)
Default Value

10

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

250

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Seconds

Over kVAR Generated Inhibit Time

Over kVAR Generated Inhibit Time (Parameter 398) allows you to inhibit an
over reactive power (kVAR) generated trip and warning from occurring during
the motor starting sequence. It is adjustable from 0250 seconds.
Table 263 - Over kVAR Generated Inhibit Time (Parameter 398)
Default Value

10

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

250

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Seconds

Under kVAR Consumed Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Under kVAR Consumed
indication if:
No trip currently exists
Under kVAR Consumed Trip is enabled
Current is present
Voltage is present
Under kVAR Consumed Inhibit Time has expired
The total reactive power (kVAR) consumed is less than the Under kVAR
Consumed Trip Level for a time period greater than the Under kVAR
Consumed Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an under reactive power (kVAR)
consumed, the:

214

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 2-long / 3-short blink

pattern
Bit 2 in Power Trip Status (Parameter 6) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Under kVAR Consumed Trip Delay

Under kVAR Consumed Trip Delay (Parameter 387) allows you to define the
time period an under reactive power (kVAR) consumed condition must be
present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from 0.125.0 seconds.
Table 264 - Under kVAR Consumed Trip Delay (Parameter 387)
Default Value

1.0

Minimum Value

0.1

Maximum Value

25.0

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

10

Units

Seconds

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

215

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Under kVAR Consumed Trip Level

Under kVAR Consumed Trip Level (Parameter 388) allows you to define the
reactive power (kVAR) consumed at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
trips on an under reactive power (kVAR) consumed. It is user-adjustable from
02,000,000 kW.
Table 265 - Under kVAR Consumed Trip Level (Parameter 388)
Default Value

0.000

Minimum Value

0.000

Maximum Value

2000000.000

Parameter Type

DINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

1000

Units

kVAR

IMPORTANT

The Under kVAR Consumed Inhibit Time starts after a phase voltage transitions
from 0V to 20V L-L and a phase of load current transitions from 0 A to 30% of
the minimum FLA setting of the device. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay
does not begin monitoring for an under reactive power (kVAR) consumed
condition until the Under kVAR Consumed Inhibit Time expires.

Under kVAR Consumed Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Under kVAR Consumed
warning if:
No warning currently exists
Under kVAR Consumed Warning is enabled
Current is present
Voltage is present
Under kVAR Consumed Inhibit Time has expired
The total reactive power (kVAR) consumed is equal to or less than the
Under kVAR Consumed Warning Level
When the Under kVAR Consumed Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 2-long / 3-short blink pattern
Bit 2 in Power Warning Status (Parameter 12) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close

Under kVAR Consumed Warn Level

Under kVAR Consumed Warn Level (Parameter 389) allows you to define the
reactive power (kVAR) consumed at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
indicates a warning. It is user-adjustable from 02,000,000 kW.

216

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Table 266 - Under kVAR Consumed Warn Level (Parameter 389)

Default Value

0.000

Minimum Value

0.000

Maximum Value

2000000.000

Parameter Type

DINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

1000

Units

kVAR

IMPORTANT

The Under kVAR Consumed Warning function does not include a time delay
feature. Once the Under kVAR consumed Inhibit Time has expired, the Under
kVAR Consumed Warning indication is instantaneous.

Over kVAR ConsumedTrip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Over kVAR Consumed
indication if:
No trip currently exists
Over kVAR Consumed Trip is enabled
Current is present
Voltage is present
Over kVAR Consumed Inhibit Time has expired
The total reactive power (kVAR) consumed is greater than the Over kVAR
Consumed Trip Level for a time period greater than the Over kVAR
Consumed Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an over reactive power (kVAR)
consumed, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 2-long / 4-short blink
pattern
Bit 3 in Power Trip Status (Parameter 6) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

217

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Over kVAR Consumed Trip Delay

Over kVAR Consumed Trip Delay (Parameter 399) allows you to define the time
period an over reactive power (kVAR) consumed condition must be present
before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from 0.125.0 seconds.
Table 267 - Over kVAR Consumed Trip Delay (Parameter 391)
Default Value

1.0

Minimum Value

0.1

Maximum Value

25.0

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

10

Units

Seconds

Over kVAR Consumed Trip Level

Over kVAR Consumed Trip Level (Parameter 392) allows you to define the total
reactive power (kVAR) consumed at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
trips on over reactive power (kVAR) consumed. It is user-adjustable from
02,000,000 kW.

218

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Table 268 - Over kVAR Consumed Trip Level (Parameter 392)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

IMPORTANT

0.000
0.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVAR

The Over kVAR Consumed Inhibit Time starts after a phase voltage transitions
from 0V to 20V L-L and a phase of load current transitions from 0 A to 30% of
the minimum FLA setting of the device. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay
does not begin monitoring for an over reactive power (kVAR) consumed
condition until the Over kVAR Consumed Inhibit Time expires.

Over kVAR Consumed Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Over kVAR warning if:
No warning currently exists
Over kVAR Consumed Warning is enabled
Current is present
Voltage is present
Over kVAR Consumed Inhibit Time has expired
The total reactive power (kVAR) consumed is equal to or greater than the
Over kVAR Consumed Warning Level
When the Over kVAR Consumed Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 2-long / 4-short blink pattern
Bit 3 in Power Warning Status (Parameter 12) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close

Over kVAR Consumed Warn Level

Over kVAR Consumed Warn Level (Parameter 393) allows you to define the
reactive power (kVAR) consumed at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
indicates a warning. It is user-adjustable from 02,000,000 kW.
Table 269 - Over kVAR Consumed Warn Level (Parameter 393)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.000
0.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVAR

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

219

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

IMPORTANT

The Over kVAR Consumed Warning function does not include a time delay
feature. Once the Over kVAR Consumed Inhibit Time has expired, the Over kVAR
Consumed Warning indication is instantaneous.

Under kVAR Generated Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Under kVAR Generated
indication if:
No trip currently exists
Under kVAR Generated Trip is enabled
Current is present
Voltage is present
Under kVAR Generated Inhibit Time has expired
The total reactive power (kVAR) generated is less than the Under
kVAR Generated Trip Level for a time period greater than the Under
kVAR Generated Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an under reactive power (kVAR)
generated, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 2-long / 5-short blink
pattern
Bit 4 in Power Trip Status (Parameter 6) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)

220

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

IMPORTANT

Chapter 6

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Under kVAR Generated Trip Delay

Under kVAR Generated Trip Delay (Parameter 395) allows you to define the
time period an under reactive power (kVAR) generated condition must be
present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from 0.125.0 seconds.
Table 270 - Under kVAR Generated Trip Delay (Parameter 395)
Default Value

1.0

Minimum Value

0.1

Maximum Value

25.0

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

10

Units

Seconds

Under kVAR Generated Trip Level

Under kVAR Generated Trip Level (Parameter 396) allows you to define the
reactive power (kVAR) generated at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
trips on an under reactive power (kVAR) generated. It is user-adjustable from
02,000,000 kW.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

221

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Table 271 - Under kVAR Generated Trip Level (Parameter 396)

Default Value

0.000

Minimum Value

0.000

Maximum Value

2000000.000

Parameter Type

DINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

1000

Units

kVAR

IMPORTANT

The Under kVAR Generated Inhibit Time starts after a phase voltage transitions
from 0V to 20V L-L and a phase of load current transitions from 0 A to 30% of
the minimum FLA setting of the device. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay
does not begin monitoring for an under reactive power (kVAR) generated
condition until the Under kVAR Generated Inhibit Time expires.

Under kVAR Generated Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Under kVAR Generated
warning if:
No warning currently exists
Under kVAR Generated Warning is enabled
Current is present
Voltage is present
Under kVAR Generated Inhibit Time has expired
The total reactive power (kVAR) generated is equal to or less than the
Under kVAR Generated Warning Level
When the Under kVAR Generated Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 2-long / 5-short blink pattern
Bit 4 in Power Warning Status (Parameter 12) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm closes

Under kVAR Generated Warn Level

Under kVAR Generated Warn Level (Parameter 397) allows you to define the
reactive power (kVAR) generated at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
indicates a warning. It is user-adjustable from 02,000,000 kW.

222

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Table 272 - Under kVAR Generated Warn Level (Parameter 397)

Default Value

0.000

Minimum Value

0.000

Maximum Value

2000000.000

Parameter Type

DINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

1000

Units

kVAR

IMPORTANT

The Under kVAR Generated Warning function does not include a time delay
feature. Once the Under kVAR generated Inhibit Time has expired, the Under
kVAR Generated Warning indication is instantaneous.

Over kVAR Generated Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Over kVAR Generated
indication if:
No trip currently exists
Over kVAR Generated Trip is enabled
Current is present
Voltage is present
Over kVAR Generated Inhibit Time has expired
The total reactive power (kVAR) generated is greater than the Over
kVAR Generated Trip Level for a time period greater than the Over kVAR
Generated Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an over reactive power (kVAR)
generated, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 2-long / 6-short blink
pattern
Bit 5 in Power Trip Status (Parameter 6) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

223

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Over kVAR Generated Trip Delay

Over kVAR Generated Trip Delay (Parameter 399) allows you to define the time
period an over reactive power (kVAR) generated condition must be present
before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from 0.125.0 seconds.
Table 273 - Over kVAR Generated Trip Display (Parameter 399)
Default Value

1.0

Minimum Value

0.1

Maximum Value

25.0

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

10

Units

Seconds

Over kVAR Generated Trip Level

Over kVAR Generated Trip Level (Parameter 400) allows you to define the total
reactive power (kVAR) generated at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
trips on over reactive power (kVAR) generated. It is user-adjustable from
02,000,000 kW.

224

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Table 274 - Over kVAR Generated Trip Level (Parameter 400)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

IMPORTANT

0.000
0.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVAR

The Over kVAR Generated Inhibit Time starts after a phase voltage transitions
from 0V to 20V L-L and a phase of load current transitions from 0 A to 30% of
the minimum FLA setting of the device. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay
does not begin monitoring for an over reactive power (kVAR) generated
condition until the Over kVAR Generated Inhibit Time expires.

Over kVAR Generated Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Over kVAR warning if:
No warning currently exists
Over kVAR Generated Warning is enabled
Current is present
Voltage is present
Over kVAR Generated Inhibit Time has expired
The total reactive power (kVAR) generated is equal to or greater than the
Over kVAR Generated Warning Level
When the Over kVAR Generated Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 2-long / 6-short blink pattern
Bit 5 in Power Warning Status (Parameter 12) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close

Over kVAR Generated Warn Level

Over kVAR Generated Warn Level (Parameter 401) allows you to define the
reactive power (kVAR) generated at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
indicates a warning. It is user-adjustable from 02,000,000 kW.
Table 275 - Over kVAR Generated Warn Level (Parameter 401)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.000
0.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVAR

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

225

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

IMPORTANT

The Over kVAR Generated Warning function does not include a time delay
feature. Once the Over kVAR Generated Inhibit Time has expired, the Over kVAR
Generated Warning indication is instantaneous.

Apparent Power (kVA) Protection

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay has the capability to help protect against
apparent power (kVA) for specific applications that require the monitoring of
both voltage and current. You can help protect or issue a warning if the apparent
power (kVA) consumption of an electric motor is either too high or too low.

Under kVA Inhibit Time

Under kVA Inhibit Time (Parameter 402) allows you to inhibit an under
apparent power (kVA) trip and warning from occurring during the motor starting
sequence. It is adjustable from 0250 seconds.
Table 276 - Under kVA Inhibit Time (Parameter 402)
Default Value

10

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

250

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Seconds

Over kVA Inhibit Time

Over kVA Inhibit Time (Parameter 406) allows you to inhibit an over apparent
power (kVA) trip and warning from occurring during the motor starting
sequence. It is adjustable from 0250 seconds.
Table 277 - Over kVA Inhibit Time (Parameter 406)
Default Value

10

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

250

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Seconds

Under kVA Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Under kVA indication if:

226

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

No trip currently exists

Under kVA Trip is enabled
Current is present
Voltage is present
Under kVA Inhibit Time has expired
The total apparent power (kVA) is less than the Under kVA Trip Level for
a time period greater than the Under kVA Trip Delay.

If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an under apparent power (kVA),
the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 2-long / 7-short blink
pattern
Bit 6 in Power Trip Status (Parameter 6) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Under kVA Trip Delay

Under kVA Trip Delay (Parameter 403) allows you to define the time period an
under apparent power (kVA) condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is
adjustable from 0.125.0 seconds.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

227

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Table 278 - Under kVA Trip Delay (Parameter 403)

Default Value

1.0

Minimum Value

0.1

Maximum Value

25.0

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

10

Units

Seconds

Under kVA Trip Level

Under kVA Trip Level (Parameter 404) allows you to define the apparent power
(kVA) at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an under apparent
power (kVA). It is user-adjustable from 02,000,000 kVA.
Table 279 - Under kVA Trip Level (Parameter 404)
Default Value

0.000

Minimum Value

0.000

Maximum Value

2,000,000.000

Parameter Type

DINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

1000

Units

kVA

IMPORTANT

The Under kVA Inhibit Time starts after a phase voltage transitions from 0V to
20V L-L and a phase of load current transitions from 0 A to 30% of the
minimum FLA setting of the device. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay does
not begin monitoring for an under apparent power (kVA) condition until the
Under kVA Inhibit Time expires.

Under kVA Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Under kVA warning if:
No warning currently exists
Under kVA Warning is enabled
Current is present
Voltage is present
Under kVA Inhibit Time has expired
The total apparent power (kVA) is equal to or less than the Under kVA
Warning Level
When the Under kVA Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 2-long / 7-short blink pattern
Bit 6 in Power Warning Status (Parameter 12) sets to 1

228

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1

Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm closes

Under kVA Warn Level

Under kVA Warn Level (Parameter 405) allows you to define the apparent power
(kVA) at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a warning. It is
user-adjustable from 02,000,000 kVA.
Table 280 - Under kVA Warn Level (Parameter 405)
Default Value

0.000

Minimum Value

0.000

Maximum Value

2,000,000.000

Parameter Type

DINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

1000

Units

kVA

IMPORTANT

The Under kVA Warning function does not include a time delay feature. Once
the Under kVA Inhibit Time has expired, the Under kVA Warning indication is
instantaneous.

Over kVA Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Over kVA indication if:
No trip currently exists
Over kVA Trip is enabled
Current is present
Voltage is present
Over kVA Inhibit Time has expired
The total apparent power (kVA) is greater than the Over kVA Trip Level
for a time period greater than the Over kVA Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an over apparent power (kVA),
the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 2-long / 8-short blink
pattern
Bit 7 in Power Trip Status (Parameter 6) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

229

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Over kVA Trip Delay

Over kVA Trip Delay (Parameter 407) allows you to define the time period an
over apparent power (kVA) condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is
adjustable from 0.125.0 seconds.
Table 281 - Over kVA Trip Delay (Parameter 407)
Default Value

1.0

Minimum Value

0.1

Maximum Value

25.0

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

10

Units

Seconds

Over kVA Trip Level

Over kVA Trip Level (Parameter 408) allows you to define the total apparent
power (kVA) at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on over apparent
power (kVA). It is user-adjustable from 02,000,000 kVA.

230

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Table 282 - Over kVA Trip Level (Parameter 408)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

IMPORTANT

0.000
0.000
2,000,000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVA

The Over kVA Inhibit Time starts after a phase voltage transitions from 0V to
20V L-L and a phase of load current transitions from 0 A to 30% of the
minimum FLA setting of the device. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay does
not begin monitoring for an over apparent power (kVA) condition until the
Over kVA Inhibit Time expires.

Over kVA Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Over kVA warning if:
No warning currently exists
Over kVA Warning is enabled
Current is present
Voltage is present
Over kVA Inhibit Time has expired
The total apparent power (kVA) is equal to or greater than the Over kVA
Warning Level
When the Over kVA Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 2-long / 8-short blink pattern
Bit 7 in Power Warning Status (Parameter 12) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close

Over kVA Warn Level

Over kVA Warn Level (Parameter 409) allows you to define the apparent power
(kVA) at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a warning. It is
user-adjustable from 02,000,000 kVA.
Table 283 - Over kVA Warn Level (Parameter 409)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.000
0.000
2,000,000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVA

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

231

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

IMPORTANT

The Over kVA Warning function does not include a time delay feature. Once the
Over kVA Inhibit Time has expired, the Over kVA Warning indication is
instantaneous.

Power Factor Protection

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay has the capability to help protect against
power factor for specific applications that require the monitoring of both voltage
and current. You can help protect or issue a warning if the power factor of an
electric motor is either too high or too low.

Under Power Factor Lagging Inhibit Time

Under Power Factor Lagging Inhibit Time (Parameter 410) allows you to inhibit
an under power factor lagging trip and warning from occurring during the motor
starting sequence. It is adjustable from 0250 seconds.
Table 284 - Under Power Factor Lagging Inhibit Time (Parameter 410)
Default Value

10

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

250

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Seconds

Over Power Factor Lagging Inhibit Time

Over Power Factor Lagging Inhibit Time (Parameter 414) allows you to inhibit
an over power factor lagging trip and warning from occurring during the motor
starting sequence. It is adjustable from 0250 seconds.
Table 285 - Over Power Factor Lagging Inhibit Time (Parameter 414)
Default Value

232

10

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

250

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Seconds

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Under Power Factor Leading Inhibit Time

Under Power Factor Leading Inhibit Time (Parameter 418) allows you to inhibit
an under power factor leading trip and warning from occurring during the motor
starting sequence. It is adjustable from 0250 seconds.
Table 286 - Under Power Factor Leading Inhibit Time (Parameter 418)
Default Value

10

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

250

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Seconds

Over Power Factor Leading Inhibit Time

Over Power Factor Leading Inhibit Time (Parameter 422) allows you to inhibit
an over power factor leading trip and warning from occurring during the motor
starting sequence. It is adjustable from 0250 seconds.
Table 287 - Over Power Factor Leading Inhibit Time (Parameter 422)
Default Value

10

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

250

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Seconds

Under Power Factor Lagging Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Under Power Factor Lagging
indication if:
No trip currently exists
Under Power Factor Lagging Trip is enabled
Current is present
Voltage is present
Under Power Factor Lagging Inhibit Time has expired
The total power factor lagging is less than the Under Power Factor Lagging
Trip Level for a time period greater than the Under Power Factor Lagging
Trip Delay.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

233

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an under power factor lagging,
the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 2-long / 9-short blink
pattern
Bit 8 in Power Trip Status (Parameter 6) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Under Power Factor Lagging Trip Delay

Under Power Factor Lagging Trip Delay (Parameter 411) allows you to define the
time period an under power factor lagging condition must be present before a trip
occurs. It is adjustable from 0.125.0 seconds.
Table 288 - Under Power Factor Lagging Trip Delay (Parameter 411)

234

Default Value

1.0

Minimum Value

0.1

Maximum Value

25.0

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

10

Units

Seconds

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Under Power Factor Lagging Trip Level

Under Power Factor Lagging Trip Level (Parameter 412) allows you to define the
power factor lagging at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an
under power factor lagging. It is user-adjustable from 02,000,000 kW.
Table 289 - Under Power Factor Lagging Trip Level (Parameter 412)
Default Value

-90

Minimum Value

-100

Maximum Value

Parameter Type

SINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

IMPORTANT

The Under Power Factor Lagging Inhibit Time starts after a phase voltage
transitions from 0V to 20V L-L and a phase of load current transitions from 0 A
to 30% of the minimum FLA setting of the device. The E300 Electronic Overload
Relay does not begin monitoring for an under power factor lagging condition
until the Under Power Factor Lagging Inhibit Time expires.

Under Power Factor Lagging Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Under Power Factor Lagging
warning if:
No warning currently exists
Under Power Factor Lagging Warning is enabled
Current is present
Voltage is present
Under Power Factor Lagging Inhibit Time has expired
The total power factor lagging is equal to or less than the Under Power
Factor Lagging Warning Level
When the Under Power Factor Lagging Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 2-long / 9-short blink pattern
Bit 8 in Power Warning Status (Parameter 12) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close

Under Power Factor Lagging Warn Level

Under Power Factor Lagging Warn Level (Parameter 413) allows you to define
the power factor lagging at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a
warning. It is user-adjustable from 02,000,000 kW.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

235

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Table 290 - Under Power Factor Lagging Warn Level (Parameter 413)
Default Value

-95

Minimum Value

-100

Maximum Value

Parameter Type

SINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

IMPORTANT

The Under Power Factor Lagging Warning function does not include a time
delay feature. Once the Under Power Factor Lagging Inhibit Time has expired,
the Under Power Factor Lagging Warning indication is instantaneous.

Over Power Factor Lagging Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Over Power Factor Lagging
indication if:
No trip currently exists
Over Power Factor Lagging Trip is enabled
Current is present
Voltage is present
Over Power Factor Lagging Inhibit Time has expired
The total power factor lagging is greater than the Over Power Factor
Lagging Trip Level for a time period greater than the Over Power Factor
Lagging Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an over power factor lagging, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 2-long / 10-short blink
pattern
Bit 9 in Power Trip Status (Parameter 6) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)

236

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

IMPORTANT

Chapter 6

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Over Power Factor Lagging Trip Delay

Over Power Factor Lagging Trip Delay (Parameter 415) allows you to define the
time period an over power factor lagging condition must be present before a trip
occurs. It is adjustable from 0.125.0 seconds.
Table 291 - Over Power Factor Lagging Trip Delay (Parameter 415)
Default Value

1.0

Minimum Value

0.1

Maximum Value

25.0

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

10

Units

Seconds

Over Power Factor Lagging Trip Level

Over Power Factor Lagging Trip Level (Parameter 416) allows you to define the
total power factor lagging at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on
over power factor lagging. It is user-adjustable from 02,000,000 kW.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

237

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Table 292 - Over Power Factor Lagging Trip Level (Parameter 416)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

IMPORTANT

-95
-100
0
SINT
1
1
%

The Over Power Factor Lagging Inhibit Time starts after a phase voltage
transitions from 0V to 20V L-L and a phase of load current transitions from 0 A
to 30% of the minimum FLA setting of the device. The E300 Electronic Overload
Relay does not begin monitoring for an over power factor lagging condition
until the Over Power Factor Lagging Inhibit Time expires.

Over Power Factor Lagging Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Over kVAR warning if:
No warning currently exists
Over Power Factor Lagging Warning is enabled
Current is present
Voltage is present
Over Power Factor Lagging Inhibit Time has expired
The total power factor lagging is equal to or greater than the Over Power
Factor Lagging Warning Level
When the Over Power Factor Lagging Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 2-long / 10-short blink pattern
Bit 9 in Power Warning Status (Parameter 12) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close

Over Power Factor Lagging Warn Level

Over Power Factor Lagging Warn Level (Parameter 417) allows you to define the
power factor lagging at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a
warning. It is user-adjustable from 02,000,000 kW.
Table 293 - Over Power Factor Lagging Warn Level (Parameter 417)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

238

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

-90
-100
0
SINT
1
1
%

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

IMPORTANT

Chapter 6

The Over Power Factor Lagging Warning function does not include a time delay
feature. Once the Over Power Factor Lagging Inhibit Time has expired, the Over
Power Factor Lagging Warning indication is instantaneous.

Under Power Factor Leading Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Under Power Factor Leading
indication if:
No trip currently exists
Under Power Factor Leading Trip is enabled
Current is present
Voltage is present
Under Power Factor Leading Inhibit Time has expired
The total power factor leading is less than the Under Power Factor Leading
Trip Level for a time period greater than the Under Power Factor Leading
Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an under power factor leading,
the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 2-long / 11-short blink
pattern
Bit 10 in Power Trip Status (Parameter 6) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

239

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Under Power Factor Leading Trip Delay

Under Power Factor Leading Trip Delay (Parameter 419) allows you to define the
time period an under power factor leading condition must be present before a
trip occurs. It is adjustable from 0.125.0 seconds.
Table 294 - Under Power Factor Leading Trip Delay (Parameter 419)
Default Value

1.0

Minimum Value

0.1

Maximum Value

25.0

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

10

Units

Seconds

Under Power Factor Leading Trip Level

Under Power Factor Leading Trip Level (Parameter 420) allows you to define the
power factor leading at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an
under power factor leading. It is user-adjustable from 02,000,000 kW.

240

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Table 295 - Under Power Factor Leading Trip Level (Parameter 420)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

IMPORTANT

90
100
0
USINT
1
1
%

The Under Power Factor Leading Inhibit Time starts after a phase voltage
transitions from 0V to 20V L-L and a phase of load current transitions from 0 A
to 30% of the minimum FLA setting of the device. The E300 Electronic Overload
Relay does not begin monitoring for an under power factor leading condition
until the Under Power Factor Leading Inhibit Time expires.

Under Power Factor Leading Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Under Power Factor Leading
warning if:
No warning currently exists
Under Power Factor Leading Warning is enabled
Current is present
Voltage is present
Under Power Factor Leading Inhibit Time has expired
The total power factor leading is equal to or less than the Under Power
Factor Leading Warning Level
When the Under Power Factor Leading Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 2-long / 11-short blink pattern
Bit 10 in Power Warning Status (Parameter 12) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm closes

Under Power Factor Leading Warn Level

Under Power Factor Leading Warn Level (Parameter 421) allows you to define
the power factor leading at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a
warning. It is user-adjustable from 02,000,000 kW.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

241

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Table 296 - Under Power Factor Leading Warn Level (Parameter 421)
Default Value

95

Minimum Value

100

Maximum Value

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

IMPORTANT

The Under Power Factor Leading Warning function does not include a time
delay feature. Once the Under Power Factor Leading Inhibit Time has expired,
the Under Power Factor Leading Warning indication is instantaneous.

Over Power Factor Leading Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Over Power Factor Leading
indication if:
No trip currently exists
Over Power Factor Leading Trip is enabled
Current is present
Voltage is present
Over Power Factor Leading Inhibit Time has expired
The total power factor leading is greater than the Over Power Factor
Leading Trip Level for a time period greater than the Over Power Factor
Leading Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an over power factor leading, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 2-long / 12-short blink
pattern
Bit 11 in Power Trip Status (Parameter 6) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)

242

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

IMPORTANT

Chapter 6

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Over Power Factor Leading Trip Delay

Over Power Factor Leading Trip Delay (Parameter 423) allows you to define the
time period an over power factor leading condition must be present before a trip
occurs. It is adjustable from 0.125.0 seconds.
Table 297 - Over Power Factor Leading Trip Delay (Parameter 423)
Default Value

1.0

Minimum Value

0.1

Maximum Value

25.0

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

10

Units

Seconds

Over Power Factor Leading Trip Level

Over Power Factor Leading Trip Level (Parameter 424) allows you to define the
total power factor leading at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on
over power factor leading. It is user-adjustable from 02,000,000 kW.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

243

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Table 298 - Over Power Factor Leading Trip Level (Parameter 424)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

IMPORTANT

95
100
0
USINT
1
1
%

The Over Power Factor Leading Inhibit Time starts after a phase voltage
transitions from 0V to 20V L-L and a phase of load current transitions from 0 A
to 30% of the minimum FLA setting of the device. The E300 Electronic Overload
Relay does not begin monitoring for an over power factor leading condition
until the Over Power Factor Leading Inhibit Time expires.

Over Power Factor Leading Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Over kVAR warning if:
No warning currently exists
Over Power Factor Leading Warning is enabled
Current is present
Voltage is present
Over Power Factor Leading Inhibit Time has expired
The total power factor leading is equal to or greater than the Over Power
Factor Leading Warning Level
When the Over Power Factor Leading Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 2-long / 12-short blink pattern
Bit 11 in Power Warning Status (Parameter 12) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm closes

Over Power Factor Leading Warn Level

Over Power Factor Leading Warn Level (Parameter 425) allows you to define the
power factor leading at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a
warning. It is user-adjustable from 02,000,000 kW.
Table 299 - Over Power Factor Leading Warn Level (Parameter 425)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

244

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

90
100
0
USINT
1
1
%

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

IMPORTANT

The Over Power Factor Leading Warning function does not include a time delay
feature. Once the Over Power Factor Leading Inhibit Time has expired, the Over
Power Factor Leading Warning indication is instantaneous.

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay provides a number of control-based

protection functions including:
Test Trip
Operator Station Trip
Remote Trip
Start Inhibit
Preventive Maintenance
Configuration Trip
Option Match Trip/Warning
Expansion Bus Trip/Warning
Non Volatile Storage Trip
Test Mode Trip

Control-Based Protection

Control Trip Enable (Parameter 186) and Control Warning Enable (Parameter
192) are used to enable the respective control-based protective trip and warning
functions.
Table 300 - Control Trip Enable (Parameter 186)
Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

Function

X Test Trip Enable

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

PTC Trip Enable

DeviceLogix Trip Enable
Operator Station Trip Enable
Remote Trip Enable
Blocked Start Trip Enable
Hardware Fault Trip Enable
Configuration Trip Enable
Option Match Trip Enable
Feedback Timeout Trip Enable
Expansion Bus Trip Enable
Reserved
Reserved

X
X

Nonvolatile Memory Trip Enable

Test Mode Trip Enable
Reserved

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

245

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Control Trip Status (Parameter 7) and Control Warning Status (Parameter 13)
are used to monitor the respective current-based protective trip and warning
functions.
Table 301 - Control Warning Enable (Parameter 192)
Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

Function
Reserved
Reserved

DeviceLogix Warning Enable

Operator Station Warning Enable

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Option Match Warning Enable

Feedback Timeout Warning Enable

Expansion Bus Warning Enable

Number Of Starts Warning Enable

Operating Hours Warning Enable

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Table 302 - Control Trip Status (Parameter 7)

Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

Function

X Test Trip
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

PTC Trip
DeviceLogix Trip
Operator Station Trip
Remote Trip
Blocked Start Trip
Hardware Fault Trip
Configuration Trip
Option Match Trip
Feedback Timeout Trip
Expansion Bus Trip
Reserved
Reserved

X
X

Nonvolatile Memory Trip

Test Mode Trip
Reserved

246

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Table 303 - Control Warning Status (Parameter 13)

Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

Function
Reserved

X
X
X

PTC Warning
DeviceLogix Warning
Operator Station Warning
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

X
X
X
X
X

Option Match Warning

Feedback Timeout Warning
Expansion Bus Warning
Number Of Starts Warning
Operating Hours Warning
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Test Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay provides the capability to put the overload
relay into a Test Trip state. You can implement this feature when commissioning a
motor control circuit to verify the response of the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay, its associated Expansion I/O modules, and the networked automation
system.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a test trip indication if:
No trip currently exists
Test Trip protection is enabled
You press the blue reset button on the Communication Module for more
than 3 seconds.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a test trip, the following occurs:
The TRIP/WARN LED flashes a red 3-long / 1-short blink pattern
Bit 0 in Control Trip Status (Parameter 7) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

247

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Operator Station Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay provides the capability to plug and play its
optional operator stations. The operator station protection feature trips the E300
Electronic Overload Relay when you press the red O (stop) button. This feature
is a failsafe mechanism to allow you to de-energize a contactor coil anytime the
red O (stop) button is pressed.
Operator Station Trip should be disabled when an operator station is being used
to send start and stop signals to an automation control system.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an operator station trip
indication if:
No trip currently exists
Operator Station Trip is enabled
You press the red O button on an operator station
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an operator station trip, the
following occurs:
The TRIP/WARN LED flashes a red 3-long / 4-short blink pattern
Bit 3 in Control Trip Status (Parameter 7) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open

248

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close

Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Remote Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay provides the capability to remotely cause
the E300 Electronic Overload Relay to trip via a network command or assigned
digital input on the Control Module (see Chapter 4 for digital input
assignments). This feature allows the capability of tripping the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay from a remote source such as a vibration switch or external
monitoring relay.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a remote trip indication if:
No trip currently exists
Remote Trip is enabled
A Control Modules digital input with a remote trip assignment is
activated or the Communication Module receives a remote trip command
from the communications network
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a remote trip, the following
occurs:
The TRIP/WARN LED flashes a red 3-long / 5-short blink pattern
Bit 4 in Control Trip Status (Parameter 7) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

249

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open

Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Start Inhibit Protection

This protective function allows you to limit the number of starts in a given time
period and limit the operating hours for an electric motor. A start is defined as
the E300 Electronic Overload Relay sensing a transition in current from 0 A to
30% of the minimum FLA rating of the device. The Blocked Start protective
function is set by Starts Per Hour (Parameter 205) and/or Starts Interval
(Parameter 206).

Blocked Start Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a blocked start trip indication if:
No trip currently exists
Blocked Start Trip is enabled
The number of starts within the past hour equals the value set in Starts Per
Hour (Parameter 205)
The time between starts is less than the value set in Starts Interval
(Parameter 206)

250

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a blocked start trip, the following
occurs:
The TRIP/WARN LED flashes a red 3-long / 6-short blink pattern
Bit 5 in Control Trip Status (Parameter 7) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Starts Per Hour

Starts Per Hour (Parameter 205) is the number of starts within the last hour (60
minutes). This value is adjustable from 0120 starts.
Table 304 - Starts Per Hour (Parameter 205)
Default Value

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

120

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

251

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Starts Interval
Starts Interval (Parameter 206) is the time that you must wait between starts.
This value is adjustable from 03600 seconds.
Table 305 - Starts Interval (Parameter 206)
Default Value

600

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

3600

Parameter Type

UINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Seconds

Starts Available
Starts Available (Parameter 30) reports the number of starts currently available
based on the blocked start settings and the actual motor starting events.
Table 306 - Starts Available (Parameter 30)
Default Value

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

120

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Time to Start
Time to Start (Parameter 31) reports the amount of the time remaining until a
new start can be issued. If the Time to Start time has elapsed, this parameter
reports zero until the next Blocked Start trip occurs.
Table 307 - Time to Start (Parameter 31)
Default Value

252

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

3600

Parameter Type

UINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Seconds

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Preventive Maintenance
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay offers preventive maintenance warnings
based on the number of start cycles and the number of operating hours. These
warnings can be used to alert you that the number of starts or number of
operating hours has been reached, and it is time to perform preventive
maintenance.

Number of Starts Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay warns with a number of starts warning
indication if:
No warning currently exists
Number of Starts Warning is enabled
The value in Starts Counter (Parameter 29) is greater than the value set in
Total Starts (Parameter 207)
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay warns on a number of starts warning, the
following occurs:
The TRIP/WARN LED flashes a red 3-long / 12-short blink pattern
Bit 11 in Control Warning Status (Parameter 13) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close

Total Starts
Total Starts (Parameter 207) allows you to set the number starts until the starts
counter warning occurs.
Table 308 - Total Starts (Parameter 207)
Default Value

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

65535

Parameter Type

UINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Starts Counter
Starts Counter (Parameter 29) represents the number of times a motor has been
started. This value can be reset to zero using the Clear Command (Parameter
165) function Clear Operating Statistics.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

253

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Table 309 - Starts Counter (Parameter 29)

Default Value

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

65535

Parameter Type

UINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Operating Hours Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay warns with an operating hours warning
indication if:
No warning currently exists
Operating Hours Warning is enabled
The value in Operating Time (Parameter 28) is greater than the value set
in Total Operating Hours (Parameter 208)
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay warns on an operating hours warning, the
following occurs:
The TRIP/WARN LED flashes a red 3-long / 13-short blink pattern
Bit 12 in Control Warning Status (Parameter 13) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close

Total Operating Hours

Total Operating Hours (Parameter 208) allows you to set the number operating
hours that a motor can operate until the operating hours warning occurs.
Table 310 - Total Operating Hours (Parameter 208)
Default Value

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

65535

Parameter Type

UINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Hours

Operating Time
Operating Time (Parameter 28) represents the number hours that a motor has
been running. This value can be reset to zero using the Clear Command
(Parameter 165) function Clear Operating Statistics.

254

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Table 311 - Operating Time (Parameter 28)

Default Value

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

65535

Parameter Type

UINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Hours

Hardware Fault
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay continuously monitors the status of the
Control, Sensing, and Communication Modules. The E300 Electronic Overload
Relay issues a hardware fault trip if there is an issue with the Control, Sensing,
and Communications Modules or if one of the modules is missing or
incompatible. The Hardware Fault Trip is always enabled.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a hardware fault trip indication
if:
No trip currently exists
Hardware Fault Trip is enabled
An issue exists between the Control Module, Sensing Module, and/or
Communication Module
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a hardware fault trip, the
following occurs:
The TRIP/WARN LED flashes a red 3-long / 7-short blink pattern
Bit 6 in Control Trip Status (Parameter 7) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

255

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Configuration Trip
See Invalid Configuration Mode in Chapter 4 for more information on
Configuration Trip.

Option Match
See Option Match in Chapter 4 for more information on Option Match Trip and
Warning.

Expansion Bus Fault

See Expansion Bus Fault in Chapter 4 for more information on Expansion Bus
Trip and Warning.

Nonvolatile Storage Fault

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay continuously monitors the status of its
nonvolatile storage. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay issues a nonvolatile
storage fault trip if there is an issue with its nonvolatile storage or if it becomes
corrupt. The Nonvolatile Storage Fault Trip is always enabled.

256

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a hardware fault trip indication
if:
No trip currently exists
Nonvolatile Storage Fault Trip is enabled
An issue exists in the E300 Electronic Overload Relays nonvolatile storage
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a nonvolatile storage fault trip, the
following occurs:
The TRIP/WARN LED flashes a red 3-long / 14-short blink pattern
Bit 13 in Control Trip Status (Parameter 7) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Test Mode Trip

Some motor control center enclosures include a Test Position in which the motor
power is disconnected from the enclosure, but the control power is still active.
This allows motor control center commissioning staff to verify that the motor
starter is mechanically working and communications are established with the
automation control system. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay provides the
capability to put the overload relay into a Test Mode Trip state if motor control
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

257

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

center enclosure is in a test position, and the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
detects motor current and/or voltage is present.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a test mode trip indication if:
No trip currently exists.
Test Mode Trip protection is enabled.
The digital input that is assigned to read the Test Position feedback is
active. See Input Assignments (Parameters 196201) in Chapter 4.
Motor current and/or voltage is present.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a test mode trip, the following
occurs:
The TRIP/WARN LED flashes a red 3-long / 15-short blink pattern
Bit 14 in Control Trip Status (Parameter 7) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)

258

IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

IMPORTANT

Motor current is detected when a phase of load current transitions from 0 A to

30% of the minimum FLA setting of the device

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

The E300 Electronic Overload Relays Analog I/O Expansion Modules scan up
to three analog signals per module. This information can be used to trigger an
over analog level Trip or Warning. The analog-based protection features can be
used with the following analog applications:
Monitoring motor winding and bearing temperatures that are measured by
RTD sensors
Monitoring liquid, air, or steam flow
Monitoring temperature
Monitoring weight
Monitoring levels
Monitoring a potentiometer
Monitoring PTC or NTC thermistor sensors

Analog-based Protection

Analog Trip Enable (Parameter 187) and Analog Warning Enable (Parameter
193) are used to enable the respective analog-based protective trip and warning
functions.
Table 312 - Analog Trip Enable (Parameter 187)
Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 00 Trip

Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 01 Trip

Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 02 Trip

Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 00 Trip

Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 01 Trip

Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 02 Trip

Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 00 Trip

Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 01 Trip

Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 02 Trip

Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 00 Trip

Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 01 Trip

Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 02 Trip

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Function

259

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Table 313 - Analog Warning Enable (Parameter 193)

Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

0
X

Function
Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 00 Warning
Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 01 Warning
Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 02 Warning
Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 00 Warning
Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 01 Warning
Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 02 Warning
Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 00 Warning
Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 01 Warning
Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 02 Warning
Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 00 Warning
Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 01 Warning
Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 02 Warning

Analog Trip Status (Parameter 8) and Analog Warning Status (Parameter 14) are
used to monitor the respective analog-based protective trip and warning
functions.
Table 314 - Analog Trip Status (Parameter 8)
Bit

260

15

14

13

12

11

10

X Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 00 Trip

Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 01 Trip

Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 02 Trip

Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 00 Trip

Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 01 Trip

Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 02 Trip

Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 00 Trip

Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 01 Trip

Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 02 Trip

Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 00 Trip

Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 01 Trip

Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 02 Trip

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Function

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Table 315 - Analog Warning Status (Parameter 14)

Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

0
X

Function
Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 00 Warning
Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 01 Warning
Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 02 Warning
Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 00 Warning
Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 01 Warning
Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 02 Warning
Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 00 Warning
Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 01 Warning
Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 02 Warning
Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 00 Warning
Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 01 Warning
Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 02 Warning

Analog Module 1
The E300 Analog I/O Expansion Module scans up to three analog signals. An
over level trip or warning can be configured for each input channel.

Analog Module 1 Channel 00 Over Level Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Analog Module 1 Channel
00 Over Level Trip indication if:
No trip currently exists
Analog Module 1 Channel 00 Over Level Trip is enabled
The measured analog input signal is greater than the Analog Module 1
Channel 00 Trip Level for a time period greater than the Analog Module 1
Channel 00 Over Level Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an Analog Module 1 Channel
00 Over Level, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 4-long / 1-short blink
pattern
Bit 0 in Analog Trip Status (Parameter 8) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

261

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Analog Module 1 Channel 00 Over Level Trip Delay

Analog Module 1 Channel 00 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 443) allows
you to define the time period an Analog Module 1 Channel 00 Over Level
condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from 0.125.0
seconds.
Table 316 - Analog Module 1 Channel 00 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 443)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

1.0
0.1
25.0
USINT
1
10
Seconds

Analog Module 1 Channel 00 Trip Level

Analog Module 1 Channel 00 Trip Level (Parameter 444) allows you to define
the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
trips on an Analog Module 1 Channel 00 Over Level trip. It is user-adjustable
from -32768+32767.

262

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Table 317 - Analog Module 1 Channel 00 Trip Level (Parameter 444)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1

Analog Module 1 Channel 00 Over Level Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Analog Module 1 Channel
00 Over Level warning if:
No warning currently exists
Analog Module 1 Channel 00 Over Level Warning is enabled
The maximum phase current is equal to or greater than the Analog
Module 1 Channel 00 Warning Level
When the Analog Module 1 Channel 00 Over Level Warning conditions are
satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 4-long / 1-short blink pattern
Bit 0 in Analog Warning Status (Parameter 14) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close

Analog Module 1 Channel 00 Warning Level

Analog Module 1 Channel 00 Warning Level (Parameter 445) allows you to
define the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay trips on an Analog Module 1 Channel 00 Over Level warning. It is useradjustable from -32768+32767.
Table 318 - Analog Module 1 Channel 00 Warning Level (Parameter 445)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1

Analog Module 1 Channel 01 Over Level Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Analog Module 1 Channel
01 Over Level Trip indication if:
No trip currently exists
Analog Module 1 Channel 01 Over Level Trip is enabled

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

263

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

The measured analog input signal is greater than the Analog Module 1
Channel 01 Trip Level for a time period greater than the Analog Module 1
Channel 01 Over Level Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an Analog Module 1 Channel
01 Over Level, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 4-long / 2-short blink
pattern
Bit 1 in Analog Trip Status (Parameter 8) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Analog Module 1 Channel 01 Over Level Trip Delay

Analog Module 1 Channel 01 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 452) allows
you to define the time period an Analog Module 1 Channel 01 Over Level
condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from 0.125.0
seconds.

264

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Table 319 - Analog Module 1 Channel 01 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 452)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

1.0
0.1
25.0
USINT
1
10
Seconds

Analog Module 1 Channel 01 Trip Level

Analog Module 1 Channel 01 Trip Level (Parameter 453) allows you to define
the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
trips on an Analog Module 1 Channel 01 Over Level trip. It is user-adjustable
from -32768+32767.
Table 320 - Analog Module 1 Channel 01 Trip Level (Parameter 453)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1

Analog Module 1 Channel 01 Over Level Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Analog Module 1 Channel
01 Over Level warning if:
No warning currently exists
Analog Module 1 Channel 01 Over Level Warning is enabled
The maximum phase current is equal to or greater than the Analog
Module 1 Channel 01 Warning Level
When the Analog Module 1 Channel 01 Over Level Warning conditions are
satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 4-long / 2-short blink pattern
Bit 1 in Analog Warning Status (Parameter 14) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm closes

Analog Module 1 Channel 01 Warning Level

Analog Module 1 Channel 01 Warning Level (Parameter 454) allows you to
define the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay trips on an Analog Module 1 Channel 01 Over Level warning. It is useradjustable from -32768+32767.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

265

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Table 321 - Analog Module 1 Channel 01 Warning Level (Parameter 454)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1

Analog Module 1 Channel 02 Over Level Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Analog Module 1 Channel
02 Over Level Trip indication if:
No trip currently exists
Analog Module 1 Channel 02 Over Level Trip is enabled
The measured analog input signal is greater than the Analog Module 1
Channel 02 Trip Level for a time period greater than the Analog Module 1
Channel 02 Over Level Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an Analog Module 1 Channel
02 Over Level, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 4-long / 3-short blink
pattern
Bit 2 in Analog Trip Status (Parameter 8) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)

266

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

IMPORTANT

Chapter 6

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Analog Module 1 Channel 02 Over Level Trip Delay

Analog Module 1 Channel 02 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 461) allows
you to define the time period an Analog Module 1 Channel 02 Over Level
condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from
0.125.0 seconds.
Table 322 - Analog Module 1 Channel 02 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 461)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

1.0
0.1
25.0
USINT
1
10
Seconds

Analog Module 1 Channel 02 Trip Level

Analog Module 1 Channel 02 Trip Level (Parameter 462) allows you to define
the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
trips on an Analog Module 1 Channel 02 Over Level trip. It is user-adjustable
from -32768+32767.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

267

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Table 323 - Analog Module 1 Channel 02 Trip Level (Parameter 462)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1

Analog Module 1 Channel 02 Over Level Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Analog Module 1 Channel
02 Over Level warning if:
No warning currently exists
Analog Module 1 Channel 02 Over Level Warning is enabled
The maximum phase current is equal to or greater than the Analog
Module 1 Channel 02 Warning Level
When the Analog Module 1 Channel 02 Over Level Warning conditions are
satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 4-long / 3-short blink pattern
Bit 2 in Analog Warning Status (Parameter 14) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm closes

Analog Module 1 Channel 02 Warning Level

Analog Module 1 Channel 02 Warning Level (Parameter 463) allows you to
define the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay trips on an Analog Module 1 Channel 02 Over Level warning. It is useradjustable from -32768+32767.
Table 324 - Analog Module 1 Channel 02 Warning Level (Parameter 463)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1

Analog Module 2
The E300 Analog I/O Expansion Module scans up to three analog signals. An
over level trip or warning can be configured for each input channel.

268

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Analog Module 2 Channel 00 Over Level Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Analog Module 2 Channel
00 Over Level Trip indication if:
No trip currently exists
Analog Module 2 Channel 00 Over Level Trip is enabled
The measured analog input signal is greater than the Analog Module 2
Channel 00 Trip Level for a time period greater than the Analog Module 2
Channel 00 Over Level Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an Analog Module 2 Channel
00 Over Level, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 4-long / 4-short blink
pattern
Bit 3 in Analog Trip Status (Parameter 8) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Analog Module 2 Channel 00 Over Level Trip Delay

Analog Module 2 Channel 00 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 474) allows
you to define the time period an Analog Module 2 Channel 00 Over Level

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

269

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from 0.125.0

seconds.
Table 325 - Analog Module 2 Channel 00 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 474)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

1.0
0.1
25.0
USINT
1
10
Seconds

Analog Module 2 Channel 00 Trip Level

Analog Module 2 Channel 00 Trip Level (Parameter 475) allows you to define
the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
trips on an Analog Module 2 Channel 00 Over Level trip. It is user-adjustable
from -32768+32767.
Table 326 - Analog Module 2 Channel 00 Trip Level (Parameter 475)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1

Analog Module 2 Channel 00 Over Level Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Analog Module 2 Channel
00 Over Level warning if:
No warning currently exists
Analog Module 2 Channel 00 Over Level Warning is enabled
The maximum phase current is equal to or greater than the Analog
Module 2 Channel 00 Warning Level
When the Analog Module 2 Channel 00 Over Level Warning conditions are
satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 4-long / 4-short blink pattern
Bit 3 in Analog Warning Status (Parameter 14) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm closes

Analog Module 2 Channel 00 Warning Level

Analog Module 2 Channel 00 Warning Level (Parameter 476) allows you to
define the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload

270

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Relay trips on an Analog Module 2 Channel 00 Over Level warning. It is useradjustable from -32768+32767.
Table 327 - Analog Module 2 Channel 00 Warning Level (Parameter 476)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1

Analog Module 2 Channel 01 Over Level Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Analog Module 2 Channel
01 Over Level Trip indication if:
No trip currently exists
Analog Module 2 Channel 01 Over Level Trip is enabled
The measured analog input signal is greater than the Analog Module 2
Channel 01 Trip Level for a time period greater than the Analog Module 2
Channel 01 Over Level Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an Analog Module 2 Channel
01 Over Level, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 4-long / 5-short blink
pattern
Bit 1 in Analog Trip Status (Parameter 8) sets to 1
Bit 4 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

271

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Analog Module 2 Channel 01 Over Level Trip Delay

Analog Module 2 Channel 01 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 483) allows
you to define the time period an Analog Module 2 Channel 01 Over Level
condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from
0.125.0 seconds.
Table 328 - Analog Module 2 Channel 01 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 483)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

1.0
0.1
25.0
USINT
1
10
Seconds

Analog Module 2 Channel 01 Trip Level

Analog Module 2 Channel 01 Trip Level (Parameter 484) allows you to define
the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
trips on an Analog Module 2 Channel 01 Over Level trip. It is user-adjustable
from -32768+32767.

272

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Table 329 - Analog Module 2 Channel 01 Trip Level (Parameter 484)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1

Analog Module 2 Channel 01 Over Level Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Analog Module 2 Channel
01 Over Level warning if:
No warning currently exists
Analog Module 2 Channel 01 Over Level Warning is enabled
The maximum phase current is equal to or greater than the Analog
Module 2 Channel 01 Warning Level
When the Analog Module 2 Channel 01 Over Level Warning conditions are
satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 4-long / 5-short blink pattern
Bit 4 in Analog Warning Status (Parameter 14) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm closes

Analog Module 2 Channel 01 Warning Level

Analog Module 2 Channel 01 Warning Level (Parameter 485) allows you to
define the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay trips on an Analog Module 2 Channel 01 Over Level warning. It is useradjustable from -32768+32767.
Table 330 - Analog Module 2 Channel 01 Warning Level (Parameter 485)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1

Analog Module 2 Channel 02 Over Level Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Analog Module 2 Channel
02 Over Level Trip indication if:
No trip currently exists
Analog Module 2 Channel 02 Over Level Trip is enabled

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

273

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

The measured analog input signal is greater than the Analog Module 2
Channel 02 Trip Level for a time period greater than the Analog Module 2
Channel 02 Over Level Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an Analog Module 2 Channel
02 Over Level, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 4-long / 6-short blink
pattern
Bit 5 in Analog Trip Status (Parameter 8) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Analog Module 2 Channel 02 Over Level Trip Delay

Analog Module 2 Channel 02 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 492) allows
you to define the time period an Analog Module 2 Channel 02 Over Level
condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from
0.125.0 seconds.

274

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Table 331 - Analog Module 2 Channel 02 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 492)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

1.0
0.1
25.0
USINT
1
10
Seconds

Analog Module 2 Channel 02 Trip Level

Analog Module 2 Channel 02 Trip Level (Parameter 493) allows you to define
the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
trips on an Analog Module 2 Channel 02 Over Level trip. It is user-adjustable
from -32768+32767.
Table 332 - Analog Module 2 Channel 02 Trip Level (Parameter 493)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1

Analog Module 2 Channel 02 Over Level Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Analog Module 2 Channel
02 Over Level warning if:
No warning currently exists
Analog Module 2 Channel 02 Over Level Warning is enabled
The maximum phase current is equal to or greater than the Analog
Module 2 Channel 02 Warning Level
When the Analog Module 2 Channel 02 Over Level Warning conditions are
satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 4-long / 6-short blink pattern
Bit 5 in Analog Warning Status (Parameter 14) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close

Analog Module 2 Channel 02 Warning Level

Analog Module 2 Channel 02 Warning Level (Parameter 494) allows you to
define the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay trips on an Analog Module 2 Channel 02 Over Level warning. It is useradjustable from -32768+32767.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

275

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Table 333 - Analog Module 2 Channel 02 Warning Level (Parameter 494)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1

Analog Module 3
The E300 Analog I/O Expansion Module scans up to three analog signals. An
over level trip or warning can be configured for each input channel.

Analog Module 3 Channel 00 Over Level Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Analog Module 3 Channel
00 Over Level Trip indication if:
No trip currently exists
Analog Module 3 Channel 00 Over Level Trip is enabled
The measured analog input signal is greater than the Analog Module 3
Channel 00 Trip Level for a time period greater than the Analog Module 3
Channel 00 Over Level Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an Analog Module 3 Channel
00 Over Level, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 4-long / 7-short blink
pattern
Bit 6 in Analog Trip Status (Parameter 8) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)

276

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

IMPORTANT

Chapter 6

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Analog Module 3 Channel 00 Over Level Trip Delay

Analog Module 3 Channel 00 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 505) allows
you to define the time period an Analog Module 3 Channel 00 Over Level
condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from 0.125.0
seconds.
Table 334 - Analog Module 3 Channel 00 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 505)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

1.0
0.1
25.0
USINT
1
10
Seconds

Analog Module 3 Channel 00 Trip Level

Analog Module 3 Channel 00 Trip Level (Parameter 506) allows you to define
the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
trips on an Analog Module 3 Channel 00 Over Level trip. It is user-adjustable
from -32768+32767.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

277

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Table 335 - Analog Module 3 Channel 00 Trip Level (Parameter 506)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1

Analog Module 3 Channel 00 Over Level Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Analog Module 3 Channel
00 Over Level warning if:
No warning currently exists
Analog Module 3 Channel 00 Over Level Warning is enabled
The maximum phase current is equal to or greater than the Analog
Module 3 Channel 00 Warning Level
When the Analog Module 3 Channel 00 Over Level Warning conditions are
satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 4-long / 7-short blink pattern
Bit 6 in Analog Warning Status (Parameter 14) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close

Analog Module 3 Channel 00 Warning Level

Analog Module 3 Channel 00 Warning Level (Parameter 507) allows you to
define the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay trips on an Analog Module 3 Channel 00 Over Level warning. It is useradjustable from -32768+32767.
Table 336 - Analog Module 3 Channel 00 Warning Level (Parameter 507)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1

Analog Module 3 Channel 01 Over Level Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Analog Module 3 Channel
01 Over Level Trip indication if:
No trip currently exists
Analog Module 3 Channel 01 Over Level Trip is enabled

278

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

The measured analog input signal is greater than the Analog Module 3
Channel 01 Trip Level for a time period greater than the Analog Module 3
Channel 01 Over Level Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an Analog Module 3 Channel
01 Over Level, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 4-long / 8-short blink
pattern
Bit 7 in Analog Trip Status (Parameter 8) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Analog Module 3 Channel 01 Over Level Trip Delay

Analog Module 3 Channel 01 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 514) allows
you to define the time period an Analog Module 3 Channel 01 Over Level
condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from 0.125.0
seconds.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

279

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Table 337 - Analog Module 3 Channel 01 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 514)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

1.0
0.1
25.0
USINT
1
10
Seconds

Analog Module 3 Channel 01 Trip Level

Analog Module 3 Channel 01 Trip Level (Parameter 515) allows you to define
the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
trips on an Analog Module 3 Channel 01 Over Level trip. It is user-adjustable
from -32768+32767.
Table 338 - Analog Module 3 Channel 01 Trip Level (Parameter 515)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1

Analog Module 3 Channel 01 Over Level Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Analog Module 3 Channel
01 Over Level warning if:
No warning currently exists
Analog Module 3 Channel 01 Over Level Warning is enabled
The maximum phase current is equal to or greater than the Analog
Module 3 Channel 01 Warning Level
When the Analog Module 3 Channel 01 Over Level Warning conditions are
satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 4-long / 8-short blink pattern
Bit 7 in Analog Warning Status (Parameter 14) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close

Analog Module 3 Channel 01 Warning Level

Analog Module 3 Channel 01 Warning Level (Parameter 516) allows you to
define the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay trips on an Analog Module 3 Channel 01 Over Level warning. It is useradjustable from -32768+32767.

280

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Table 339 - Analog Module 3 Channel 01 Warning Level (Parameter 516)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1

Analog Module 3 Channel 02 Over Level Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Analog Module 3 Channel
02 Over Level Trip indication if:
No trip currently exists
Analog Module 3 Channel 02 Over Level Trip is enabled
The measured analog input signal is greater than the Analog Module 3
Channel 02 Trip Level for a time period greater than the Analog Module 3
Channel 02 Over Level Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an Analog Module 3 Channel
02 Over Level, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 4-long / 9-short blink
pattern
Bit 8 in Analog Trip Status (Parameter 8) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

281

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Analog Module 3 Channel 02 Over Level Trip Delay

Analog Module 3 Channel 02 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 523) allows
you to define the time period an Analog Module 3 Channel 02 Over Level
condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from 0.125.0
seconds.
Table 340 - Analog Module 3 Channel 02 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 523)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

1.0
0.1
25.0
USINT
1
10
Seconds

Analog Module 3 Channel 02 Trip Level

Analog Module 3 Channel 02 Trip Level (Parameter 524) allows you to define
the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
trips on an Analog Module 3 Channel 02 Over Level trip. It is user-adjustable
from -32768+32767.

282

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Table 341 - Analog Module 3 Channel 02 Trip Level (Parameter 524)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1

Analog Module 3 Channel 02 Over Level Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Analog Module 3 Channel
02 Over Level warning if:
No warning currently exists
Analog Module 3 Channel 02 Over Level Warning is enabled
The maximum phase current is equal to or greater than the Analog
Module 3 Channel 02 Warning Level
When the Analog Module 3 Channel 02 Over Level Warning conditions are
satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 4-long / 9-short blink pattern
Bit 8 in Analog Warning Status (Parameter 14) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close

Analog Module 3 Channel 02 Warning Level

Analog Module 3 Channel 02 Warning Level (Parameter 525) allows you to
define the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay trips on an Analog Module 3 Channel 02 Over Level warning. It is useradjustable from -32768+32767.
Table 342 - Analog Module 3 Channel 02 Warning Level (Parameter 525)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1

Analog Module 4
The E300 Analog I/O Expansion Module scans up to three analog signals. An
over level trip or warning can be configured for each input channel.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

283

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Analog Module 4 Channel 00 Over Level Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Analog Module 4 Channel
00 Over Level Trip indication if:
No trip currently exists
Analog Module 4 Channel 00 Over Level Trip is enabled
The measured analog input signal is greater than the Analog Module 4
Channel 00 Trip Level for a time period greater than the Analog Module 4
Channel 00 Over Level Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an Analog Module 4 Channel
00 Over Level, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 4-long / 10-short blink
pattern
Bit 9 in Analog Trip Status (Parameter 8) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Analog Module 4 Channel 00 Over Level Trip Delay

Analog Module 4 Channel 00 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 536) allows
you to define the time period an Analog Module 4 Channel 00 Over Level

284

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from 0.125.0

seconds.
Table 343 - Analog Module 4 Channel 00 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 536)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

1.0
0.1
25.0
USINT
1
10
Seconds

Analog Module 4 Channel 00 Trip Level

Analog Module 4 Channel 00 Trip Level (Parameter 537) allows you to define
the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
trips on an Analog Module 4 Channel 00 Over Level trip. It is user-adjustable
from -32768+32767.
Table 344 - Analog Module 4 Channel 00 Trip Level (Parameter 537)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1

Analog Module 4 Channel 00 Over Level Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Analog Module 4 Channel
00 Over Level warning if:
No warning currently exists
Analog Module 4 Channel 00 Over Level Warning is enabled
The maximum phase current is equal to or greater than the Analog
Module 3 Channel 00 Warning Level
When the Analog Module 3 Channel 00 Over Level Warning conditions are
satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 4-long / 10-short blink pattern
Bit 9 in Analog Warning Status (Parameter 14) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm closes

Analog Module 4 Channel 00 Warning Level

Analog Module 4 Channel 00 Warning Level (Parameter 538) allows you to
define the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

285

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Relay trips on an Analog Module 4 Channel 00 Over Level warning. It is useradjustable from -32768+32767.
Table 345 - Analog Module 4 Channel 00 Warning Level (Parameter 538)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1

Analog Module 4 Channel 01 Over Level Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Analog Module 4 Channel
01 Over Level Trip indication if:
No trip currently exists
Analog Module 4 Channel 01 Over Level Trip is enabled
The measured analog input signal is greater than the Analog Module 4
Channel 01 Trip Level for a time period greater than the Analog Module 4
Channel 01 Over Level Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an Analog Module 4 Channel
01 Over Level, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 4-long / 11-short blink
pattern
Bit 10 in Analog Trip Status (Parameter 8) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)

286

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

IMPORTANT

Chapter 6

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Analog Module 4 Channel 01 Over Level Trip Delay

Analog Module 4 Channel 01 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 545) allows
you to define the time period an Analog Module 4 Channel 01 Over Level
condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from 0.125.0
seconds.
Table 346 - Analog Module 4 Channel 01 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 545)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

1.0
0.1
25.0
USINT
1
10
Seconds

Analog Module 4 Channel 01 Trip Level

Analog Module 4 Channel 01 Trip Level (Parameter 546) allows you to define
the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
trips on an Analog Module 4 Channel 01 Over Level trip. It is user-adjustable
from -32768+32767.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

287

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Table 347 - Analog Module 4 Channel 01 Trip Level (Parameter 546)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1

Analog Module 4 Channel 01 Over Level Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Analog Module 4 Channel
01 Over Level warning if:
No warning currently exists
Analog Module 4 Channel 01 Over Level Warning is enabled
The maximum phase current is equal to or greater than the Analog
Module 4 Channel 01 Warning Level
When the Analog Module 4 Channel 01 Over Level Warning conditions are
satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 4-long / 11-short blink pattern
Bit 10 in Analog Warning Status (Parameter 14) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close

Analog Module 4 Channel 01 Warning Level

Analog Module 4 Channel 01 Warning Level (Parameter 547) allows you to
define the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay trips on an Analog Module 4 Channel 01 Over Level warning. It is useradjustable from -32768+32767.
Table 348 - Analog Module 4 Channel 01 Warning Level (Parameter 547)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1

Analog Module 4 Channel 02 Over Level Trip

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Analog Module 4 Channel
02 Over Level Trip indication if:
No trip currently exists
Analog Module 4 Channel 02 Over Level Trip is enabled

288

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

The measured analog input signal is greater than the Analog Module 4
Channel 02 Trip Level for a time period greater than the Analog Module 4
Channel 02 Over Level Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an Analog Module 4 Channel
02 Over Level, the:
TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 4-long / 12-short blink
pattern
Bit 11 in Analog Trip Status (Parameter 8) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT

The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)

Analog Module 4 Channel 02 Over Level Trip Delay

Analog Module 4 Channel 02 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 554) allows
you to define the time period an Analog Module 4 Channel 02 Over Level
condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from 0.125.0
seconds.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

289

Chapter 6

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Table 349 - Analog Module 4 Channel 02 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 554)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

1.0
0.1
25.0
USINT
1
10
Seconds

Analog Module 4 Channel 02 Trip Level

Analog Module 4 Channel 02 Trip Level (Parameter 555) allows you to define
the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
trips on an Analog Module 4 Channel 02 Over Level trip. It is user-adjustable
from -32768+32767.
Table 350 - Analog Module 4 Channel 02 Trip Level (Parameter 555)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1

Analog Module 4 Channel 02 Over Level Warning

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Analog Module 4 Channel
02 Over Level warning if:
No warning currently exists
Analog Module 4 Channel 02 Over Level Warning is enabled
The maximum phase current is equal to or greater than the Analog
Module 4 Channel 02 Warning Level
When the Analog Module 4 Channel 02 Over Level Warning conditions are
satisfied, the:
TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 4-long / 12-short blink pattern
Bit 11 in Analog Warning Status (Parameter 14) sets to 1
Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close

290

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Chapter 6

Analog Module 4 Channel 02 Warning Level

Analog Module 4 Channel 02 Warning Level (Parameter 556) allows you to
define the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay trips on an Analog Module 4 Channel 02 Over Level warning. It is useradjustable from -32768+32767.
Table 351 - Analog Module 4 Channel 02 Warning Level (Parameter 556)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

291

Chapter 6

292

Protective Trip and Warning Functions

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Chapter

Commands

Introduction

This chapter provides detailed information aboutthe resetting, clearing, and preconfiguration functions of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay. The E300
Electronic Overload Relay provides three types of commands:
Trip reset
Configuration preset
Clear command

Trip Reset

Trip Reset (Parameter 163) allows you to reset an E300 Electronic Overload
Relay when it is in a tripped state. Trip Reset has the same functionality as
pressing the blue reset button on E300 communication module and using the
Trip Reset bit in the consumed output assemblies of a communications network.
A trip reset can only be performed when all conditions for the trip event have
been cleared. For an overload trip event, the % Thermal Capacity Utilized
(Parameter 1) must be below the value that is specified in Overload Reset Level
(Parameter 174).
Table 352 - Trip Reset (Parameter 163)
Default Value

0 = Ready

Range

0 = Ready
1 = Trip Reset

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Configuration Preset

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay has a number of preset configurations that
allow you to quickly configure all of the configuration parameters that are needed
for a specific operating mode in one command. This also allows you to restore the
factory default values for all configuration parameters in the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

293

Chapter 7

Commands

Table 353 - Config Preset (Parameter 164)

Default Value

0 = Ready

Range

0 = Ready
1 = Factory Defaults

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

The following pages list the available configuration presets and the values for the
associated pre-configured configuration values.

Factory Defaults
When the Factory Defaults configuration preset command is selected, the E300
Electronic Overload Relay restores all configuration parameters back to their
original factory default values.
Figure 48 - Factory Default Values
Number Parameter Name
139

TripHistoryMaskI

Default Units
Value
0xFFFF

Number Parameter Name

304

OutPt00PrFltAct

140

TripHistoryMaskV

0x003F

305

OutPt00PrFltVal

141

TripHistoryMaskP

0x0FFF

306

OutPt00ComFltAct

142

TripHistoryMaskC

0x27FF

307

OutPt00ComFltVal

143

TripHistoryMaskA

0x0FFF

308

OutPt00ComIdlAct

145

WarnHistoryMaskI

0xFFFF

309

OutPt00ComIdlVal

146

WarnHistoryMaskV

0x003F

310

OutPt01PrFltAct

147

WarnHistoryMaskP

0x0FFF

311

OutPt01PrFltVal

148

WarnHistoryMaskC

0x1FFF

312

OutPt01ComFltAct

149

WarnHistoryMaskA

0x0FFF

171

FLASetting

0.50

172
173
174

Default Units
Value
Goto
Value
Open

Number Parameter Name

428

Screen1Param1

Default
Value
1

429

Screen1Param2

50

Goto
Value
Open

430

Screen2Param1

431

Screen2Param2

Goto
Value
Open

432

Screen3Param1

51

433

Screen3Param2

52

Goto
Value
Open

434

Screen4Param1

38

435

Screen4Param2

39

Goto
Value

436

DisplayTimeout

300
Second
s

313

OutPt01ComFltVal

Open

437

InAnMod1Ch00Type

Disable

Amps

314

OutPt01ComIdlAct

438

InAMod1Ch0Format

Eng Units

TripClass

10

315

OutPt01ComIdlVal

Goto
Value
Open

439

InAMod1C0TmpUnit

Degrees C

OLPTCResetMode

316

OutPt02PrFltAct

InAMod1C0FiltFrq

17 Hz

317

OutPt02PrFltVal

Goto
Value
Open

440

OLResetLevel

Automati
c
75
%TCU

441

InAMod1C0OpCktSt

Upscale

175

OLWarningLevel

85

318

OutPt02ComFltAct

442

InAnMod1Ch0RTDEn

3-Wire

176

SingleOrThreePh

Three
Phase

319

OutPt02ComFltVal

Goto
Value
Open

443

InAMod1C0TripDly

1.0

177

FLA2Setting

0.50

183

TripEnableI

0x0003

294

%TCU

Units

Second
s
Amps

320

OutPt02ComIdlAct

321

OutPt02ComIdlVal

Goto
Value
Open

444

InAMod1C0TripLvl

445

InAMod1C0WarnLvl

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Commands

Number Parameter Name

184

TripEnableV

Default Units
Value
0

Number Parameter Name

322

OutDig1PrFltAct

185

TripEnableP

323

OutDig1PrFltVal

186

TripEnableC

0x20C9

324

OutDig1ComFltAct

187

TripEnableA

325

OutDig1ComFltVal

189

WarningEnableI

326

OutDig1ComIdlAct

190

WarningEnableV

327

OutDig1ComIdlVal

191

WarningEnableP

328

OutDigp2PrFltAct

Default Units
Value
Goto
Value
Open

Number Parameter Name

InAnMod1Ch01Type

Default
Value
Disable

Goto
Value
Open

447

InAMod1Ch1Format

Eng Units

448

InAMod1C1TmpUnit

Degrees C

449

InAMod1C1FiltFrq

17 Hz

Goto
Value
Open

450

InAMod1C1OpCktSt

Upscale

451

InAnMod1Ch1RTDEn

3-Wire

Goto
Value

452

InAMod1C1TripDly

1.0

446

Chapter 7

Units

Second
s

192

WarningEnableC

329

OutDig2PrFltVal

Open

453

InAMod1C1TripLvl

193

WarningEnableA

330

OutDig2ComFltAct

454

InAMod1C1WarnLvl

195

SetOperatingMode

331

OutDig2ComFltVal

455

InAnMod1Ch02Type

Disable

196

InPt00Assignment

Net
Overload
Normal

Goto
Value
Open

332

OutDig2ComIdlAct

456

InAMod1Ch2Format

Eng Units

197

InPt01Assignment

Normal

333

OutDig2ComIdlVal

Goto
Value
Open

457

InAMod1C2TmpUnit

Degrees C

198

InPt02Assignment

Normal

334

OutDig3PrFltAct

458

InAMod1C2FiltFrq

17 Hz

199

InPt03Assignment

Normal

335

OutDig3PrFltVal

Goto
Value
Open

459

InAMod1C2OpCktSt

Upscale

200

InPt04Assignment

Normal

336

OutDig3ComFltAct

460

InAnMod1Ch2RTDEn

3-Wire

201

InPt05Assignment

Normal

337

OutDig3ComFltVal

461

InAMod1C2TripDly

1.0

Goto
Value
Open

Second
s
202

OutPt0Assignment *

Trip Relay

338

OuDig3ComIdlAct

Goto
Value
Open

462

InAMod1C2TripLvl

203

OutPt1Assignment

Normal

339

OutDig3ComIdlVal

463

InAMod1C2WarnLvl

204

OutPt2Assignment

Normal

340

OutDig4PrFltAct

Goto
Value
Open

464

OutAnMod1Type

Disable

205

StartsPerHour

341

OutDig4PrFltVal

465

OutAnMod1Select

Ave %FLA

206

StartsInterval

600

342

OutDig4ComFltAct

Goto
Value

466

OutAnMod1FltActn

Zero

343

OutDig4ComFltVal

Open

467

OutAnMod1IdlActn

Zero

344

OutDig4ComIdlAct

468

InAnMod2Ch00Type

Disable

469

InAMod2Ch0Format

Eng Units

Second
s
207

PMTotalStarts

208

PMOperatingHours

209

ActFLA2wOutput

Disable

345

OutDig4ComIdlVal

Goto
Value
Open

211

SecurityPolicy

0x801F

346

CommOverride

Disable

470

InAMod2C0TmpUnit

Degrees C

212

Language

English

347

NetworkOverride

Disable

471

InAMod2C0FiltFrq

17 Hz

213

FeedbackTimeout

500

350

PtDevOutCOSMask

0x0000

472

InAMod2C0OpCktSt

Upscale

214

TransitionDelay

10000

352

VoltageMode

Delta

473

InAnMod2Ch0RTDEn

3-Wire

215

InterlockDelay

100

353

PTPrimary

480

474

InAMod2C0TripDly

1.0

Hrs

Second
s
216

EmergencyStartEn

Disable

354

PTSecondary

480

221

ControlModuleTyp

Ignore

355

UVInhibitTime

10

475

InAMod2C0TripLvl

476

InAMod2C0WarnLvl

Second
s

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

295

Chapter 7

Commands

Number Parameter Name

222

SensingModuleTyp

Default Units
Value
Ignore

223

CommsModuleType

Ignore

Number Parameter Name

Number Parameter Name

UVTripLevel

Default Units
Value
1.0
Second
s
100.0
Volt

356

UVTripDelay

357

224

OperStationType

Ignore

358

UVWarningLevel

400.0

225

DigitalMod1Type

Ignore

359

OVInhibitTime

10

Volt

477

InAnMod2Ch01Type

Default
Value
Disable

478

InAMod2Ch1Format

Eng Units

479

InAMod2C1TmpUnit

Degrees C

480

InAMod2C1FiltFrq

17 Hz

Units

Second
s
226

DigitalMod2Type

Ignore

360

OVTripDelay

1.0

227

DigitalMod3Type

Ignore

361

OVTripLevel

500.0

Second
s
Volt

228

DigitalMod4Type

Ignore

362

OVWarningLevel

490.0

Volt

481

InAMod2C1OpCktSt

Upscale

482

InAnMod2Ch1RTDEn

3-Wire

483

InAMod2C1TripDly

1.0
Second
s

229

AnalogMod1Type

Ignore

363

PhRotInhibitTime

10

484

InAMod2C1TripLvl

485

InAMod2C1WarnLvl

486

InAnMod2Ch02Type

Disable

Second
s
230

AnalogMod2Type

Ignore

364

PhaseRotTripType

ABC

231

AnalogMod3Type

Ignore

365

VIBInhibitTime

10
Second
s

232

AnalogMod4Type

Ignore

233

MismatchAction

0x0000

239

PLInhibitTime

366

VIBTripDelay

1.0

367

VIBTripLevel

15

Second
s
%

368

VIBWarningLevel

10

369

UFInhibitTime

10

487

InAMod2Ch2Format

Eng Units

488

InAMod2C2TmpUnit

Degrees C

489

InAMod2C2FiltFrq

17 Hz

490

InAMod2C2OpCktSt

Upscale

491

InAnMod2Ch2RTDEn

3-Wire

492

InAMod2C2TripDly

1.0

Second
s
240

PLTripDelay

1
Second
s

241

242

GroundFaultType

GFInhibitTime

Internal

Second
s
370

10

371

UFTripDelay

UFTripLevel

1.0

57

Second
s
Hz

Second
s
243

244

GFTripDelay

GFTripLevel

0.5

2.50

Second
s
Amps

Second
s
372

UFWarningLevel

58

373

OFInhibitTime

10

Hz

493

InAMod2C2TripLvl

494

InAMod2C2WarnLvl

495

OutAnMod2Type

Disable

Second
s
245

GFWarningDelay

374

OFTripDelay

1.0

246

GFWarningLevel

2.00

375

OFTripLevel

63

Second
s
Hz

247

GFFilter

Disable

376

OFWarningLevel

62

Hz

248

GFMaxInhibit

Disable

377

PowerScale

kW

249

StallEnabledTime

10

378

UWInhibitTime

10

250

StallTripLevel

600

Second
s
Amps

Second
s
%FLA

496

OutAnMod2Select

Ave %FLA

497

OutAnMod2FltActn

Zero

498

OutAnMod2dlActn

Zero

499

InAnMod3Ch00Type

Disable

500

InAMod3Ch0Format

Eng Units

Second
s
379

UWTripDelay

1.0
Second
s

296

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Commands

Number Parameter Name

251

JamInhibitTime

252

JamTripDelay

253

JamTripLevel

Default Units
Value
10
Second
s
5.0
Second
s
250
%FLA

Number Parameter Name

380

UWTripLevel

Default Units
Value
0.000
kW

381

UWWarningLevel

0.000

382

OWInhibitTime

10

kW

Chapter 7

Number Parameter Name

501

InAMod3C0TmpUnit

Default Units
Value
Degrees C

502

InAMod3C0FiltFrq

17 Hz

503

InAMod3C0OpCktSt

Upscale

504

InAnMod3Ch0RTDEn

3-Wire

505

InAMod3C0TripDly

1.0

Second
s
254

255

JamWarningLevel

ULInhibitTime

150

%FLA

10

383

384

OWTripDelay

OWTripLevel

1.0

0.000

Second
s
kW

Second
s
256

257

ULTripDelay

ULTripLevel

5.0

50

Second
s
%FLA

Second
s
385

OWWarningLevel

0.000

386

UVARCInhibitTime

10

kW

506

InAMod3C0TripLvl

507

InAMod3C0WarnLvl

Second
s
258

259

ULWarningLevel

CIInhibitTime

70

%FLA

10

387

UVARCTripDelay

1.0

388

UVARCTripLevel

0.000

Second
s
kVAR

389

UVARCWarnLevel

0.000

kVAR

390

OVARCInhibitTime

10

508

InAnMod3Ch01Type

Disable

509

InAMod3Ch1Format

Eng Units

510

InAMod3C1TmpUnit

Degrees C

511

InAMod3C1FiltFrq

17 Hz

Second
s
260

261

CITripDelay

CITripLevel

5.0

35

Second
s
%

Second
s
262

CIWarningLevel

20

391

OVARCTripDelay

1.0

263

CTPrimary

392

OVARCTripLevel

0.000

Second
s
kVAR

264

CTSecondary

393

OVARCWarnLevel

0.000

kVAR

512

InAMod3C1OpCktSt

Upscale

513

InAnMod3Ch1RTDEn

3-Wire

514

InAMod3C1TripDly

1.0
Second
s

265

UCInhibitTime

10

394

UVARGInhibitTime

10

Second
s
266

L1UCTripDelay

1.0

395

267

L1UCTripLevel

35

Second
s
%

268

L1UCWarningLevel

40

269

L2UCTripDelay

1.0

270

L2UCTripLevel

35

271

L2UCWarningLevel

40

272

L3UCTripDelay

1.0

Second
s
%

515

InAMod3C1TripLvl

Second
s
UVARGTripDelay

516

InAMod3C1WarnLvl

0.000

Second
s
kVAR

517

InAnMod3Ch02Type

Disable

UVARGWarnLevel

0.000

kVAR

518

InAMod3Ch2Format

Eng Units

OVARGInhibitTime

10

519

InAMod3C2TmpUnit

Degrees C

396

UVARGTripLevel

397
398

1.0

Second
s
399

OVARGTripDelay

1.0

400

OVARGTripLevel

0.000

Second
s
kVAR

401

OVARGWarnLevel

0.000

kVAR

520

InAMod3C2FiltFrq

17 Hz

521

InAMod3C2OpCktSt

Upscale

522

InAnMod3Ch2RTDEn

3-Wire

Second
s

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

297

Chapter 7

Commands

Number Parameter Name

273

L3UCTripLevel

Default Units
Value
35
%

274

L3UCWarningLevel

40

275

OCInhibitTime

10

Number Parameter Name

403

UVATripDelay

404

UVATripLevel

Default Units
Value
10
Second
s
1.0
Second
s
0.000
kVA

405

UVAWarningLevel

0.000

406

OVAInhibitTime

10

402

UVAInhibitTime

Number Parameter Name

523

InAMod3C2TripDly

Default
Value
1.0

Units

Second
s
524

InAMod3C2TripLvl

525

InAMod3C2WarnLvl

526

OutAnMod3Type

Disable

527

OutAnMod3Select

Ave %FLA

Second
s
276

277

L1OCTripDelay

L1OCTripLevel

1.0

100

Second
s
%

kVA

Second
s
278

279

L1OCWarningLevel

L2OCTripDelay

90

1.0

280

L2OCTripLevel

100

Second
s
%

281

L2OCWarningLevel

90

407

OVATripDelay

1.0

408

OVATripLevel

0.000

Second
s
kVA

409

OVAWarningLevel

0.000

kVA

410

UPFLagInhibTime

10

528

OutAnMod3FltActn

Zero

529

OutAnMod3dlActn

Zero

530

InAnMod4Ch00Type

Disable

531

InAMod4Ch0Format

Eng Units

Second
s
282

283

L3OCTripDelay

L3OCTripLevel

1.0

411

UPFLagTripDelay

532

InAMod3C0TmpUnit

Degrees C

-90

Second
s
%

533

InAMod4C0FiltFrq

17 Hz

UPFLagWarnLevel

-95

534

InAMod4C0OpCktSt

Upscale

OPFLagInhibTime

10

535

InAnMod4Ch0RTDEn

3-Wire

536

InAMod4C0TripDly

1.0

100

Second
s
%

412

UPFLagTripLevel

413
414

284

L3OCWarningLevel

90

285

LineLossInhTime

10

1.0

Second
s
286

L1LossTripDelay

1.0

Second
s
415

OPFLagTripDelay

1.0

Second
s
287

L2LossTripDelay

1.0

416

OPFLagTripLevel

-95

Second
s
%

417

OPFLagWarnLevel

-90

418

UPFLeadInhibTime

10

Second
s
537

InAMod4C0TripLvl

538

InAMod4C0WarnLvl

539

InAnMod4Ch01Type

Disable

Second
s
288

L3LossTripDelay

1.0
Second
s

291

Datalink0

Second
s
292

Datalink1

419

UPFLeadTripDelay

1.0

293

Datalink2

420

UPFLeadTripLevel

90

Second
s
%

294

Datalink3

421

UPFLeadWarnLevel

95

295

Datalink4

422

OPFLeadInhibTime

10

540

InAMod4Ch1Format

Eng Units

541

InAMod4C1TmpUnit

Degrees C

542

InAMod4C1FiltFrq

17 Hz

543

InAMod4C1OpCktSt

Upscale

544

InAnMod4Ch1RTDEn

3-Wire

545

InAMod4C1TripDly

1.0

Second
s
296

297

Datalink5

Datalink6

423

424

OPFLeadTripDelay

OPFLeadTripLevel

1.0

95

Second
s
%

Second
s

298

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Commands

Number Parameter Name

298

Datalink7

Default Units
Value
0

Number Parameter Name

425

OPFLeadWarnLevel

Default Units
Value
90
%

426

DemandPeriod

15

427

NumberOfPeriods

Min

Number Parameter Name

546

InAMod4C1TripLvl

Default
Value
0

547

InAMod4C1WarnLvl

548

InAnMod4Ch02Type

Disable

549

InAMod4Ch2Format

Eng Units

550

InAMod4C2TmpUnit

Degrees C

551

InAMod4C2FiltFrq

17 Hz

552

InAMod4C2OpCktSt

Upscale

553

InAnMod4Ch2RTDEn

3-Wire

554

InAMod4C2TripDly

1.0

Chapter 7

Units

Second
s

Clear Command

555

InAMod4C2TripLvl

556

InAMod4C2WarnLvl

557

OutAnMod4Type

Disable

558

OutAnMod4Select

Ave %FLA

559

OutAnMod4FltActn

Zero

560

OutAnMod4dlActn

Zero

Clear Command (Parameter 165) allows you to clear historical logs, operating
statistics, and energy data within the nonvolatile memory of the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay.
Table 354 - Clear Command (Parameter 165)
Default Value

0 = Ready

Range

0 = Ready
1 = Clear Operating Statistics
2 = Clear History Logs
3 = Clear %TCU
4 = Clear kWh
5 = Clear kVARh
6 = Clear kVAh
7 = Clear Max kW Demand
8 = Clear Max kVAR Demand
9 = Clear Max kVA Demand
10 = Clear All

Parameter Type

USINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

299

Chapter 7

Commands

Clear Operating Statistics

When the Clear Operating Statistics command is issued, the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay sets the following parameters to a value of zero (0):
Operating Time (Parameter 28)
Starts Counter (Parameter 29)

Clear History Logs

When the Clear History Logs command is issued, the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay sets the following parameters to a value of zero (0):
Trip History 0 (Parameter 127)
Trip History 1 (Parameter 128)
Trip History 2 (Parameter 129)
Trip History 3 (Parameter 130)
Trip History 4 (Parameter 131)
Warning History 0 (Parameter 132)
Warning History 1 (Parameter 133)
Warning History 2 (Parameter 134)
Warning History 3 (Parameter 135)
Warning History 4 (Parameter 136)

Clear %TCU
When the Clear %TCU command is issued, the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
sets % Thermal Capacity Utilized (Parameter 1) to a value of zero (0).

Clear kWh
When the Clear kWh command is issued, the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
sets the following parameters to a value of zero (0):
kWh x 109 (Parameter 80)
kWh x 106 (Parameter 81)
kWh x 103 (Parameter 82)
kWh x 100 (Parameter 83)
kWh x 10-3 (Parameter 84)

300

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Commands

Chapter 7

Clear kVARh
When the Clear kVARh command is issued, the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
sets the following parameters to a value of zero (0):
kVARh Consumed x 109 (Parameter 85)
kVARh Consumed x 106 (Parameter 86)
kVARh Consumed x 103 (Parameter 87)
kVARh Consumed x 100 (Parameter 88)
kVARh Consumed x 10-3 (Parameter 89)
kVARh Generated x 109 (Parameter 90)
kVARh Generated x 106 (Parameter 91)
kVARh Generated x 103 (Parameter 92)
kVARh Generated x 100 (Parameter 93)
kVARh Generated x 10-3 (Parameter 94)
kVARh Net x 109 (Parameter 95)
kVARh Net x 106 (Parameter 96)
kVARh Net x 103 (Parameter 97)
kVARh Net x 100 (Parameter 98)
kVARh Net x 10-3 (Parameter 99)

Clear kVAh
When the Clear kVAh command is issued, the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
sets the following parameters to a value of zero (0):
kVAh x 109 (Parameter 100)
kVAh x 106 (Parameter 101)
kVAh x 103 (Parameter 102)
kVAh x 100 (Parameter 103)
kVAh x 10-3 (Parameter 104)

Clear Max kW Demand

When the Clear %TCU command is issued, the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
sets Max kW Demand (Parameter 106) to a value of zero (0).

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

301

Chapter 7

Commands

Clear Max kVAR Demand

When the Clear %TCU command is issued, the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
sets Max kVAR Demand (Parameter 108) to a value of zero (0).

Clear Max kVA Demand

When the Clear %TCU command is issued, the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
sets Max kVA Demand (Parameter 110) to a value of zero (0).

Clear All
When the Clear All command is issued, the E300 Electronic Overload Relay sets
the following parameters to a value of zero (0):
% Thermal Capacity Utilized (Parameter 1)
Operating Time (Parameter 28)
Starts Counter (Parameter 29)
kWh x 109 (Parameter 80)
kWh x 106 (Parameter 81)
kWh x 103 (Parameter 82)
kWh x 100 (Parameter 83)
kWh x 10-3 (Parameter 84)
kVARh Consumed x 109 (Parameter 85)
kVARh Consumed x 106 (Parameter 86)
kVARh Consumed x 103 (Parameter 87)
kVARh Consumed x 100 (Parameter 88)
kVARh Consumed x 10-3 (Parameter 89)
kVARh Generated x 109 (Parameter 90)
kVARh Generated x 106 (Parameter 91)
kVARh Generated x 103 (Parameter 92)
kVARh Generated x 100 (Parameter 93)
kVARh Generated x 10-3 (Parameter 94)
kVARh Net x 109 (Parameter 95)
kVARh Net x 106 (Parameter 96)
kVARh Net x 103 (Parameter 97)
kVARh Net x 100 (Parameter 98)
kVARh Net x 10-3 (Parameter 99)

302

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Commands

Chapter 7

kVAh x 109 (Parameter 100)

kVAh x 106 (Parameter 101)
kVAh x 103 (Parameter 102)
kVAh x 100 (Parameter 103)

kVAh x 10-3 (Parameter 104)

Max kW Demand (Parameter 106)
Max kVAR Demand (Parameter 108)
Max kVA Demand (Parameter 110)
Trip History 0 (Parameter 127)
Trip History 1 (Parameter 128)
Trip History 2 (Parameter 129)
Trip History 3 (Parameter 130)
Trip History 4 (Parameter 131)
Warning History 0 (Parameter 132)
Warning History 1 (Parameter 133)
Warning History 2 (Parameter 134)
Warning History 3 (Parameter 135)
Warning History 4 (Parameter 136)

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

303

Chapter 7

Commands

Notes:

304

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Chapter

Metering and Diagnostics

Introduction

This chapter provides detailed information aboutthe metering and diagnostic

information that the E300 Electronic Overload Relay generates. The metering
and diagnostic functions are organized into seven sections:
Device Monitor
Current Monitor
Voltage Monitor
Power Monitor
Energy Monitor
Trip/Warning History
Trip Snapshot

Device Monitor

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay's device monitor diagnostics provides

information on the status of the device, which includes:
Thermal overload protection
Trip and warning protection functions
Digital inputs and relay outputs
Operator station
Hardware options
Time and date

Percent Thermal Capacity Utilized

Percent Thermal Capacity Utilized (Parameter 1) reports the calculated percent
thermal capacity utilization of the motor being monitored. When the percent
thermal capacity utilization equals 100%, the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
issues an overload trip.
Table 355 - Percent Thermal Capacity Utilization (Parameter 1)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
0
100
USINT
1
1
%

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

305

Chapter 8

Metering and Diagnostics

Time to Trip
When the measured motor current exceeds the trip rating of the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay, Overload Time to Trip (Parameter 2) indicates the estimated
time remaining before an overload trip occurs. When the measured current is
below the trip rating, the Overload Time to Trip value is reported as 9,999
seconds.
Table 356 - Overload Time to Trip (Parameter 2)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

9999
0
9999
UINT
2
1
Seconds

Time To Reset
After an overload trip, the E300 Electronic Overload Relay reports the time
remaining until the device can be reset through Overload Time to Reset
(Parameter 3). When the % Thermal Capacity Utilized value falls to or below the
Overload Reset Level (Parameter 174), the Overload Time to Reset value
indicates zero until the overload trip is reset. After an overload trip is reset, the
Overload Time to Reset value is reported as 0 seconds.
Table 357 - Overload Time to Reset (Parameter 3)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type

306

0
0
9999
UINT

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Metering and Diagnostics

Chapter 8

Current Trip Status

Current Trip Status (Parameter 4) reports the status of the current-based
protective trip functions.
Table 358 - Current Trip Status (Parameter 4)
Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

1
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

0
Function
X Overload Trip
Phase Loss Trip
Ground Fault Current Trip
Stall Trip
Jam Trip
Underload Trip
Current Imbalance Trip
L1 Under Current Trip
L2 Under Current Trip
L3 Under Current Trip
L1 Over Current Trip
L2 Over Current Trip
L3 Over Current Trip
L1 Line Loss Trip
L2 Line Loss Trip
L3 Line Loss Trip

307

Chapter 8

Metering and Diagnostics

Voltage Trip Status

Voltage Trip Status (Parameter 5) reports the status of the voltage-based
protective trip functions.
Table 359 - Voltage Trip Status (Parameter 5)
Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

1
X

X
X
X
X

308

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

0
Function
X Under Voltage Trip
Over Voltage Trip
Voltage Imbalance Trip
Phase Rotation Mismatch Trip
Under Frequency Trip
Over Frequency Trip
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Metering and Diagnostics

Chapter 8

Power Trip Status

Power Trip Status (Parameter 6) reports the status of the voltage-based protective
trip functions.
Table 360 - Power Trip Status (Parameter 6)
Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

1
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

0
Function
X Under kW Trip
Over kW Trip
Under kVAR Consumed Trip
Over kVAR Consumed Trip
Under kVAR Generated Trip
Over kVAR Generated Trip
Under kVA Trip
Over kVA Trip
Under PF Lagging Trip
Over PF Lagging Trip
Under PF Leading Trip
Over PF Leading Trip
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Control Trip Status

Control Trip Status (Parameter 7) reports the status of the control-based
protective trip functions.
Table 361 - Control Trip Status (Parameter 7)
Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

1
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

X
X

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

0
Function
X Test Trip
PTC Trip
DeviceLogix Trip
Operator Station Trip
Remote Trip
Blocked Start Trip
Hardware Fault Trip
Configuration Trip
Option Match Trip
Feedback Timeout Trip
Expansion Bus Trip
Reserved
Reserved
Nonvolatile Memory Trip
Test Mode Trip Enable
Reserved

309

Chapter 8

Metering and Diagnostics

Current Warning Status

Current Warning Status (Parameter 10) reports the status of the current-based
protective warning functions.
Table 362 - Current Warning Status (Parameter 10)
Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

0
Function
X Overload Warning
Reserved
Ground Fault Warning
Reserved
Jam Warning
Underload Warning
Current Imbalance Warning
L1 Under Current Warning
L2 Under Current Warning
L3 Under Current Warning
L1 Over Current Warning
L2 Over Current Warning
L3 Over Current Warning
L1 Line Loss Warning
L2 Line Loss Warning
L3 Line Loss Warning

Voltage Warning Status

Voltage Warning Status (Parameter 11) reports the status of the control-based
protective warning functions.
Table 363 - Voltage Warning Status (Parameter 11)
Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

1
X

X
X
X
X

310

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

0
Function
X Under Voltage Warning
Over Voltage Warning
Voltage Imbalance Warning
Phase Rotation Mismatch Warning
Under Frequency Warning
Over Frequency Warning
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Metering and Diagnostics

Chapter 8

Power Warning Status

Power Warning Status (Parameter 12) reports the status of the control-based
protective warning functions.
Table 364 - Power Warning Status (Parameter 12)
Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

1
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

0
Function
X Under kW Warning
Over kW Warning
Under kVAR Consumed Warning
Over kVAR Consumed Warning
Under kVAR Generated Warning
Over kVAR Generated Warning
Under kVA Warning
Over kVA Warning
Under PF Lagging Warning
Over PF Lagging Warning
Under PF Leading Warning
Over PF Leading Warning
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Control Warning Status

Control Warning Status (Parameter 13) reports the status of the control-based
protective warning functions.
Table 365 - Control Warning Status (Parameter 13)
Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

1
X

X
X

X
X
X
X
X

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Function
Reserved
PTC Warning
DeviceLogix Warning
Operator Station Warning
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Option Match Warning
Feedback Timeout Warning
Expansion Bus Warning
Number Of Starts Warning
Operating Hours Warning
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

311

Chapter 8

Metering and Diagnostics

Input Status 0
Input Status 0 (Parameter 16) reports the state of the digital inputs on the E300
Electronic Overload Relay Control Module.
Table 366 - Input Status 0 (Parameter 16)
Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

1
X

X
X
X
X

0
X Input Pt00
Input Pt01
Input Pt02
Input Pt03
Input Pt04
Input Pt05
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Function

Input Status 1
Input Status 1 (Parameter 17) reports the state of the digital inputs on the E300
Electronic Overload Relay Digital Expansion Modules.
Table 367 - Input Status 1 (Parameter 17)
Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

1
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

312

0
Function
X Digital Module 1 Input Pt00
Digital Module 1 Input Pt01
Digital Module 1 Input Pt02
Digital Module 1 Input Pt03
Digital Module 2 Input Pt00
Digital Module 2 Input Pt01
Digital Module 2 Input Pt02
Digital Module 2 Input Pt03
Digital Module 3 Input Pt00
Digital Module 3 Input Pt01
Digital Module 3 Input Pt02
Digital Module 3 Input Pt03
Digital Module 4 Input Pt00
Digital Module 4 Input Pt01
Digital Module 4 Input Pt02
Digital Module 4 Input Pt03

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Metering and Diagnostics

Chapter 8

Output Status
Output Status (Parameter 18) reports the state of the relay outputs on the E300
Electronic Overload Relay Control Module and Digital Expansion Modules.
Table 368 - Output Status (Parameter 18)
Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

1
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

0
Function
X Output Pt00
Output Pt01
Output Pt02
Digital Module 1 Output Pt00
Digital Module 1 Output Pt01
Digital Module 2 Output Pt00
Digital Module 2 Output Pt01
Digital Module 3 Output Pt00
Digital Module 3 Output Pt01
Digital Module 4 Output Pt00
Digital Module 4 Output Pt01
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

313

Chapter 8

Metering and Diagnostics

Operator Station Status

Operator Station Status (Parameter 19) reports the state of the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay Operator Station input buttons and output LEDs.
Table 369 - Operator Station Status (Parameter 19)
Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

1
X

X
X
X

X
X
X
X
X

314

0
Function
X Operation Station I
Operation Station II
Operation Station Local Remote
Operation Station O
Operation Station Reset
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Operation Station I LED
Operation Station II LED
Operation Station Local LED
Operation Station Remote LED
Operation Station O LED
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Metering and Diagnostics

Chapter 8

Device Status 0
Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) reports the general status of the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay and the sensing capabilities that are present.
Table 370 - Device Status 0 (Parameter 20)
Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

1
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

0
Function
X Trip Present
Warning Present
Invalid Configuration
Current Present
Ground Fault Current Present
Voltage Present
Emergency Start Enabled
DeviceLogix Enabled
Feedback Timeout Enabled
Operator Station Present
Voltage Sensing Present
Internal Ground Fault Sensing Present
External Ground Fault Sensing Present
PTC Sensing Present
Ready
Reserved

Device Status 0 bit 14, "Ready", is cleared under the following circumstances:
Device Status 0 bit 0, "Trip Present", is set
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay has not completed its power-up
initialization
The processing of data in a configuration assembly is in progress
A CopyCat function is in progress
A Factory Defaults command has been invoked and is in progress.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

315

Chapter 8

Metering and Diagnostics

Device Status 1
Device Status 1 (Parameter 21) reports the specific features of the E300
Electronic Overload Relay Control and Sensing Modules, it reports which
Expansion Digital Modules Analog Modules are present on the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay Expansion Bus.
Table 371 - Device Status 1 (Parameter 21)
Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

1
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

0
Function
X 24V DC Control Module Present
120V AC Control Module Present
240V AC Control Module Present
0.530 A Sensing Module Present
660 A Sensing Module Present
10100 A Sensing Module Present
202000 A Sensing Module Present
Digital Module 1 Present
Digital Module 2 Present
Digital Module 3 Present
Digital Module 4 Present
Analog Module 1 Present
Analog Module 2 Present
Analog Module 3 Present
Analog Module 4 Present
Reserved

Firmware Revision Number

Firmware Revision Number (Parameter 22) reports the firmware revision
number of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay system.
Table 372 - Firmware Revision Number (Parameter 22)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.000
0.000
65.535
UINT
2
1000

Control Module ID
Control Module ID (Parameter 23) identifies which specific Control Module is
present in the E300 Electronic Overload Relay system.

316

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Metering and Diagnostics

Chapter 8

Table 373 - Control Module ID (Parameter 23)

Default Value

Range

Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
0 = Unknown
1 = 193-EIO-63-24D
2 = 193-EIO-43-120
3 = 193-EIO-43-240
4 = 193-EIOGP-42-24D
5 = 193-EIOGP-22-120
6 = 193-EIOGP-22-240
USINT
1
1

Sensing Module ID
Sensing Module ID (Parameter 24) identifies which specific Sensing Module is
present in the E300 Electronic Overload Relay system.
Table 374 - Sensing Module ID (Parameter 24)
Default Value

Range

Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
0 = Unknown
1 = 193/592-EIO-VIG-30A-__
2 = 193/592-EIO-VIG-60A-__
3 = 193/592-EIO-VIG-100A-__
4 = 193/592-EIO-VIG-200A-__
5 = 193/592-EIO-IG-30A-__
6 = 193/592-EIO-IG-60A-__
7 = 193/592-EIO-IG-100A-__
8 = 193/592-EIO-IG-200A-__
9 = 193/592-EIO-I-30A-__
10 = 193/592-EIO-I-60A-__
11 = 193/592-EIO-I-100A-__
12 = 193/592-EIO-I-200A-__
USINT
1
1

Operator Station ID
Operator Station ID (Parameter 25) identifies which specific Operator Station is
present on the Expansion Bus of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay system.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

317

Chapter 8

Metering and Diagnostics

Table 375 - Operator Station ID (Parameter 25)

Default Value

0
0 = Unknown
1 = None
2 = 193-EOS-SCS
3 = 193-EOS-SDS
USINT
1
1

Range
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

Expansion Digital Module ID

Expansion Digital Module ID (Parameter 26) identifies which specific
Expansion Digital Modules are present on the Expansion Bus of the E300
Electronic Overload Relay system.
Table 376 - Expansion Digital Module ID (Parameter 26)
Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1

0
1
1
0

0
1
1
0

0
0
0
1

0
1
1
0

0
0
1
0

2
0
0
0
1

0
0
1
0

0
0
1
0

1
0
1
1
0

0
0
0
1
0

Function
None
193-EXP-DIO-42-24D
Digital Module 1
193-EXP-DIO-42-120
193-EXP-DIO-42-240
None
193-EXP-DIO-42-24D
Digital Module 2
193-EXP-DIO-42-120
193-EXP-DIO-42-240
None
193-EXP-DIO-42-24D
Digital Module 3
193-EXP-DIO-42-120
193-EXP-DIO-42-240
None
193-EXP-DIO-42-24D
Digital Module 4
193-EXP-DIO-42-120
193-EXP-DIO-42-240

Operating Time
Operating Time (Parameter 28) represents the number hours that a motor has
been running. This value can be reset to zero using the Clear Command
(Parameter 165) function Clear Operating Statistics.

318

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Metering and Diagnostics

Chapter 8

Table 377 - Operating Time (Parameter 28)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
0
65535
UINT
2
1
Hours

Starts Counter
Starts Counter (Parameter 29) represents the number of times a motor has been
started. This value can be reset to zero using the Clear Command (Parameter
165) function Clear Operating Statistics.
Table 378 - Starts Counter (Parameter 29)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
0
65535
UINT
2
1

Starts Available
Starts Available (Parameter 30) reports the number of starts currently available
based on the blocked start settings and the actual motor starting events.
Table 379 - Starts Available (Parameter 30)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
0
120
USINT
1
1

Time to Start
Time to Start (Parameter 31) reports the amount of time remaining until a new
start can be issued. If the Time to Start time has elapsed, this parameter reports
zero until the next Blocked Start trip occurs.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

319

Chapter 8

Metering and Diagnostics

Table 380 - Time to Start (Parameter 31)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
0
3600
UINT
2
1
Seconds

Year
Year (Parameter 32) reports the year in the virtual real-time clock of the E300
Electronic Overload Relay.
Table 381 - Year (Parameter 32)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
0
12
UINT
2
1

Month
Month (Parameter 33) reports the month in the virtual real-time clock of the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay.
Table 382 - Month (Parameter 33)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
0
12
UINT
2
1

Day
Day (Parameter 34) reports the day in the virtual real-time clock of the E300
Electronic Overload Relay.

320

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Metering and Diagnostics

Chapter 8

Table 383 - Day (Parameter 34)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
0
31
UINT
2
1

Hour
Hour (Parameter 35) reports the hour in the virtual real-time clock of the E300
Electronic Overload Relay.
Table 384 - Hour (Parameter 35)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
0
24
UINT
2
1

Minute
Minute (Parameter 36) reports the minute in the virtual real-time clock of the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay.
Table 385 - Minute (Parameter 36)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
0
60
UINT
2
1

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

321

Chapter 8

Metering and Diagnostics

Second
Second (Parameter 37) reports the second in the virtual real-time clock of the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay.
Table 386 - Second (Parameter 37)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
0
60
UINT
2
1

Invalid Configuration Parameter

Invalid Configuration Parameter (Parameter 38) reports the parameter number
that is causing a configuration trip in the E300 Electronic Overload Relay. See
Chapter 4 for more information about a configuration fault.
Table 387 - Invalid Configuration Parameter (Parameter 38)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
0
9999
UINT
2
1

Invalid Configuration Cause

Invalid Configuration Cause (Parameter 39) reports the reason for the
configuration trip in the E300 Electronic Overload Relay. See Chapter 4 for
more information about a configuration fault.
Table 388 - Invalid Configuration Cause (Parameter 39)
Default Value

Range

Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

322

0
0 = No Error
1 = Value Over Maximum
2 = Value Under Minimum
3 = Illegal Value
4 = L3 Current Detected
5 = CopyCat Error
USINT
1
1

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Metering and Diagnostics

Chapter 8

Mismatch Status
Mismatch Status (Parameter 40) reports the module that is causing a mismatch
trip or warning in the E300 Electronic Overload Relay. See Chapter 4 for more
information on a mismatch fault.
Table 389 - Mismatch Status (Parameter 40)
Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1

Current Monitor

0
0 Match
1 Mismatch
Match
Mismatch
Match
Mismatch
Match
Mismatch
Match
Mismatch
Match
Mismatch
Match
Mismatch
Match
Mismatch
Match
Mismatch
Match
Mismatch
Match
Mismatch
Match
Mismatch

Function
Control Module
Sensing Module
Communication
Module
Operator Station
Digital Module 1
Digital Module 2
Digital Module 3
Digital Module 4
Analog Module 1
Analog Module 2
Analog Module 3
Analog Module 4

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay current monitor diagnostics provides

information on the current consumed by the load that the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay is monitoring, and it provides diagnostics for a three-phase
current system including imbalance and ground fault current.

L1 Current
L1 Current (Parameter 43) reports the current in Amperes flowing through the
L1 and T1 power terminals of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay Sensing
Module.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

323

Chapter 8

Metering and Diagnostics

Table 390 - L1 Current (Parameter 43)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.00
0.00
20000000.00
DINT
4
100
Amps

L2 Current
L2 Current (Parameter 44) reports the current in Amperes flowing through the
L2 and T2 power terminals of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay Sensing
Module.
Table 391 - L2 Current (Parameter 44)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.00
0.00
20000000.00
DINT
4
100
Amps

L3 Current
L3 Current (Parameter 45) reports the current in Amperes flowing through the
L3 and T3 power terminals of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay Sensing
Module.
Table 392 - L3 Current (Parameter 45)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.00
0.00
20000000.00
DINT
4
100
Amps

Average Current
Average Current (Parameter 46) reports the average current of the monitored
current. When single or three phase (Parameter 176) is set to three phase, average
current is calculated as follows:
Average Current = (L1 Current + L2 Current + L3 Current) / 3

324

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Metering and Diagnostics

Chapter 8

When single or three phase (Parameter 176) is set to single phase, average current
is calculated as follows:
Average Current = (L1 Current + L2 Current) / 2
Table 393 - Average Current (Parameter 46)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.00
0.00
20000000.00
DINT
4
100
Amps

L1 Percent FLA
L1 Percent FLA (Parameter 47) reports the L1 current in comparison to the
active Full Load Amps programmed in FLA (Parameter 171) and FLA2
(Parameter 177).
L1 Percent FLA = L1 Current / Full Load Amps
Table 394 - L1 Percent FLA (Parameter 47)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.0
0.0
1000.00
UINT
2
10
%

L2 Percent FLA
L2 Percent FLA (Parameter 48) reports the L2 current in comparison to the
active Full Load Amps programmed in FLA (Parameter 171) and FLA2
(Parameter 177).
L2 Percent FLA = L2 Current / Full Load Amps
Table 395 - L2 Percent FLA (Parameter 48)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.0
0.0
1000.00
UINT
2
10
%

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

325

Chapter 8

Metering and Diagnostics

L3 Percent FLA
L3 Percent FLA (Parameter 49) reports the L3 current in comparison to the
active Full Load Amps programmed in FLA (Parameter 171) and FLA2
(Parameter 177).
L3 Percent FLA = L3 Current / Full Load Amps
Table 396 - L3 Percent FLA (Parameter 49)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.0
0.0
1000.00
UINT
2
10
%

Average Percent FLA

Average Percent FLA (Parameter 50) reports the average current in comparison
to the active Full Load Amps programmed in FLA (Parameter 171) and FLA2
(Parameter 177).
Average Percent FLA = Average Current / Full Load Amps
Table 397 - Average Percent FLA (Parameter 50)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.0
0.0
1000.00
UINT
2
10
%

Ground Fault Current

Ground Fault Current (Parameter 51) reports the ground fault current measured
by the internal core balanced current transformer of the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay Sensing Module or external core balanced current transformer.
Table 398 - Ground Fault Current (Parameter 51)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

326

0.0
0.0
99.99
UINT
2
100
Amps

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Metering and Diagnostics

Chapter 8

Current Imbalance
Current Imbalance (Parameter 52) reports the percentage of uneven current
consumption in the monitored power system. Current Imbalance is defined by
the following equation:
Current Imbalance = 100% * (Id/Ia)
where
Id = Maximum Line Current Deviation from the Average Current
Ia = Average Current
Table 399 - Current Imbalance (Parameter 52)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

Voltage Monitor

0
0
200
UINT
2
1
%

The E300 Electronic Overload Relays voltage monitor diagnostics provides

information on the voltage being supplied to the load. The voltage diagnostics
include three-phase voltage, phase imbalance, phase rotation, and frequency.

L1-L2 Voltage
L1-L2 Voltage (Parameter 53) reports the voltage in volts in reference to the T1
and T2 power terminals of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay Sensing Module.
Table 400 - L1-L2 Voltage (Parameter 53)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.0
0.0
6553.5
UINT
2
10
Volts

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

327

Chapter 8

Metering and Diagnostics

L2-L3 Voltage
L2-L3 Voltage (Parameter 54) reports the voltage in volts in reference to the T2
and T3 power terminals of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay Sensing Module.
Table 401 - L2-L3 Voltage (Parameter 54)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.0
0.0
6553.5
UINT
2
10
Volts

Table 402 - L3-L1 Voltage

L3-L1 Voltage (Parameter 55) reports the voltage in volts in reference to the T3
and T1 power terminals of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay Sensing Module.
Table 403 - L3-L1 Voltage (Parameter 55)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.0
0.0
6553.5
UINT
2
10
Volts

Average L-L Voltage

Average L-L Voltage (Parameter 56) reports the average voltage of the monitored
L-L voltages. When Single or Three Phase (Parameter 176) is set to Three Phase,
Average L-L Voltage is calculated as follows:
Average L-L Voltage = (L1-L2 Voltage + L2-L3 Voltage + L3-L1 Voltage) / 3
When Single or Three Phase (Parameter 176) is set to Single Phase, Average L-L
Voltage is calculated as follows:
Average L-L Voltage = (L1-L2 Voltage + L2-L3 Voltage) / 2
Table 404 - Average L-L Voltage (Parameter 56)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

328

0.0
0.0
6553.5
UINT
2
10
Volts

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Metering and Diagnostics

Chapter 8

L1-N Voltage
L1-N Voltage (Parameter 57) reports the voltage in volts in reference to the T1
power terminal of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay Sensing Module.
Table 405 - L1-N Voltage (Parameter 57)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.0
0.0
6553.5
UINT
2
10
Volts

L2-N Voltage
L2-N Voltage (Parameter 58) reports the voltage in volts in reference to the T2
power terminal of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay Sensing Module.
Table 406 - L2-N Voltage (Parameter 58)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.0
0.0
6553.5
UINT
2
10
Volts

L3-N Voltage
L3-N Voltage (Parameter 59) reports the voltage in volts in reference to the T3
power terminal of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay Sensing Module.
Table 407 - L3-N Voltage (Parameter 59)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.0
0.0
6553.5
UINT
2
10
Volts

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

329

Chapter 8

Metering and Diagnostics

Average L-N Voltage

Average L-N Voltage (Parameter 60) reports the average voltage of the monitored
L-N voltages. When Single or Three Phase (Parameter 176) is set to Three Phase,
Average L-N Voltage is calculated as follows:
Average L-N Voltage = (L1-N Voltage + L2-N Voltage + L3-N Voltage) / 3
When Single or Three Phase (Parameter 176) is set to Single Phase, Average L-N
Voltage is calculated as follows:
Average L-N Voltage = (L1-N Voltage + L2-N Voltage) / 2
Table 408 - Average L-N Voltage (Parameter 60)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.0
0.0
6553.5
UINT
2
10
Volts

Voltage Imbalance
Voltage Imbalance (Parameter 61) reports the percentage of uneven voltage being
supplied by the monitored power system. Voltage Imbalance is defined by the
following equation:
Voltage Imbalance = 100% * (Vd/Va)
where
Vd = Maximum L-L Voltage Deviation from the Average L-L Voltage
Va = Average L-L Voltage
Table 409 - Voltage Imbalance (Parameter 61)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

330

0
0
200
UINT
2
1
%

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Metering and Diagnostics

Chapter 8

Frequency
Frequency (Parameter 62) reports the voltage frequency in Hertz of the
monitored power system from the E300 Electronic Overload Relay Sensing
Module.
Table 410 - Frequency (Parameter 62)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.0
0.0
74.0
UINT
2
10
Hz

Phase Rotation
Phase Rotation (Parameter 63) reports the voltage phase rotation as ABC or
ACB of the monitored power system from the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
Sensing Module.
Table 411 - Phase Rotation Trip Type (Parameter 63)
Default Value
Range
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

Power Monitor

0 = No Rotation
0 = No Rotation
1 = ABC
2 = ACB
USINT
1
1

The E300 Electronic Overload Relays power monitor diagnostics provides

information on the power being supplied to the load. The power diagnostics
include real power (kW), reactive power (kVAR), apparent power (kVA), and
power factor.

Power Scale
For large medium voltage-based power systems, it may be more convenient for
you to view the real-time power information (Parameters 64-75) in terms of
Megawatts instead of Kilowatts. Power Scale (Parameter 377) allows the E300
Electronic Overload Relay to display the values of Parameters 6475as Kilowatts
or Megawatts.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

331

Chapter 8

Metering and Diagnostics

Table 412 - Power Scale (Parameter 377)

Default Value
Range
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0 = Kilowatts
0 = Kilowatts
1 = Megawatts
USINT
1
1

L1 Real Power
L1 Real Power (Parameter 64) reports the real power for line 1 in kW or MW
depending on the configuration value for Power Scale (Parameter 377). When
Voltage Mode (Parameter 352) is set to any Delta base setting, L1 Real Power is
set to 0.
Table 413 - L1 Real Power (Parameter 64)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.000
-2000000.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kW or MW

L2 Real Power
L2 Real Power (Parameter 65) reports the real power for line 2 in kW or MW
depending on the configuration value for Power Scale (Parameter 377). When
Voltage Mode (Parameter 352) is set to any Delta base setting, L2 Real Power is
set to 0.
Table 414 - L2 Real Power (Parameter 65)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.000
-2000000.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kW or MW

L3 Real Power
L3 Real Power (Parameter 66) reports the real power for line 3 in kW or MW
depending on the configuration value for Power Scale (Parameter 377). When
Voltage Mode (Parameter 352) is set to any Delta base setting, L3 Real Power is
332

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Metering and Diagnostics

Chapter 8

set to 0. When Single or Three Phase (Parameter 176) is set to Single Phase, L3
Real Power is set to 0.
Table 415 - L3 Real Power (Parameter 66)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.000
-2000000.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kW or MW

Total Real Power

Total Real Power (Parameter 67) reports the total real power of the monitored
power conductors in kW or MW depending on the configuration value for
Power Scale (Parameter 377). When Single or Three Phase (Parameter 176) is set
to Three Phase, Total Real Power is calculated as follows:
Total Real Power = (L1 Real Power + L2 Real Power + L3 Real Power)
When Single or Three Phase (Parameter 176) is set to Single Phase, Total Real
Power is calculated as follows:
Total Real Power = (L1 Real Power + L2 Real Power)
Table 416 - Total Real Power (Parameter 67)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.000
-2000000.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kW or MW

L1 Reactive Power
L1 Reactive Power (Parameter 68) reports the reactive power for line 1 in kVAR
or MVAR depending on the configuration value for Power Scale (Parameter
377). When Voltage Mode (Parameter 352) is set to any Delta base setting, L1
Reactive Power is set to 0.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

333

Chapter 8

Metering and Diagnostics

Table 417 - L1 Reactive Power (Parameter 68)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.000
-2000000.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVAR or MVAR

L2 Reactive Power
L2 Reactive Power (Parameter 69) reports the reactive power for line 2 in kVAR
or MVAR depending on the configuration value for Power Scale (Parameter
377). When Voltage Mode (Parameter 352) is set to any Delta base setting, L2
Reactive Power is set to 0.
Table 418 - L2 Reactive Power (Parameter 69)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.000
-2000000.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVAR or MVAR

L3 Reactive Power
L3 Reactive Power (Parameter 70) reports the reactive power for line 3 in kVAR
or MVAR depending on the configuration value for Power Scale (Parameter
377). When Voltage Mode (Parameter 352) is set to any Delta base setting, L3
Reactive Power is set to 0. When Single or Three Phase (Parameter 176) is set to
Single Phase, L3 Reactive Power is set to 0.
Table 419 - L3 Reactive Power (Parameter 70)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.000
-2000000.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVAR or MVAR

Total Reactive Power

Total Reactive Power (Parameter 71) reports the total Reactive power of the
monitored power conductors in kVAR or MVAR depending on the
334

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Metering and Diagnostics

Chapter 8

configuration value for Power Scale (Parameter 377). When Single or Three
Phase (Parameter 176) is set to Three Phase, Total Reactive Power is calculated as
follows:
Total Reactive Power = (L1 Reactive Power + L2 Reactive Power + L3 Reactive
Power)
When Single or Three Phase (Parameter 176) is set to Single Phase, Total
Reactive Power is calculated as follows:
Total Reactive Power = (L1 Reactive Power + L2 Reactive Power)
Table 420 - Total Reactive Power (Parameter 71)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.000c
-2000000.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVAR or MVAR

L1 Apparent Power
L1 Apparent Power (Parameter 72) reports the apparent power for line 1 in kVA
or MVA depending on the configuration value for Power Scale (Parameter 377).
When Voltage Mode (Parameter 352) is set to any Delta base setting, L1
Apparent Power is set to 0.
Table 421 - L1 Apparent Power (Parameter 72)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.000
0.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVA or MVA

L2 Apparent Power
L2 Apparent Power (Parameter 73) reports the apparent power for line 2 in kVA
or MVA depending on the configuration value for Power Scale (Parameter 377).
When Voltage Mode (Parameter 352) is set to any Delta base setting, L2
Apparent Power is set to 0.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

335

Chapter 8

Metering and Diagnostics

Table 422 - L2 Apparent Power (Parameter 73)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.000
0.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVA or MVA

L3 Apparent Power
L3 Apparent Power (Parameter 74) reports the apparent power for line 3 in kVA
or MVA depending on the configuration value for Power Scale (Parameter 377).
When Voltage Mode (Parameter 352) is set to any Delta base setting, L3
Apparent Power is set to 0. When Single or Three Phase (Parameter 176) is set to
Single Phase, L3 Apparent Power is set to 0.
Table 423 - L3 Apparent Power (Parameter 74)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.000
0.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVA or MVA

Total Apparent Power

Total Apparent Power (Parameter 75) reports the total apparent power of the
monitored power conductors in kVA or MVA depending on the configuration
value for Power Scale (Parameter 377). When Single or Three Phase (Parameter
176) is set to Three Phase, Total Apparent Power is calculated as follows:
Total Apparent Power = (L1 Apparent Power + L2 Apparent Power + L3 Apparent
Power)
When Single or Three Phase (Parameter 176) is set to Single Phase, Total
Apparent Power is calculated as follows:
Total Apparent Power = (L1 Apparent Power + L2 Apparent Power)

336

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Metering and Diagnostics

Chapter 8

Table 424 - Total Apparent Power (Parameter 75)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.000
0.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVA or MVA

L1 Power Factor
L1 Power Factor (Parameter 76) reports the power factor for line 1 in percentage.
When Voltage Mode (Parameter 352) is set to any Delta base setting, L1 Power
Factor is set to 0.
Table 425 - L1 Power Factor (Parameter 76)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.0
-100.0
100.0
INT
2
10
%

L2 Power Factor Power

L2 Power Factor (Parameter 77) reports the power factor for line 2 in percentage.
When Voltage Mode (Parameter 352) is set to any Delta base setting, L2 Power
Factor is set to 0.
Table 426 - L2 Power Factor (Parameter 77)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.0
-100.0
100.0
INT
2
10
%

L3 Power Factor
L3 Power Factor (Parameter 78) reports the power factor for line 3 in percentage.
When Voltage Mode (Parameter 352) is set to any Delta base setting, L3 Power
Factor is set to 0. When Single or Three Phase (Parameter 176) is set to Single
Phase, L3 power factor is set to 0.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

337

Chapter 8

Metering and Diagnostics

Table 427 - L3 Power Factor (Parameter 78)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.0
-100.0
100.0
INT
2
10
%

Total Power Factor

Total Power Factor (Parameter 79) reports the total power factor of the
monitored power conductors in percentage. When Single or Three Phase
(Parameter 176) is set to Three Phase, Total Power Factor is calculated as follows:
Total Power Factor = (L1 Power Factor + L2 Power Factor + L3 Power Factor) / 3
When Single or Three Phase (Parameter 176) is set to Single Phase, Total Power
Factor is calculated as follows:
Total Power Factor = (L1 Power Factor + L2 Power Factor) / 2
Table 428 - Total Power Factor (Parameter 79)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

Energy Monitor

0.0
-100.0
100.0
INT
2
10
%

The E300 Electronic Overload Relays energy monitor diagnostics provides

information on the electrical energy the load is consuming. The energy
diagnostics include kWh, kVARh, kVAh, kW Demand, kVAR Demand, and kVA
Demand.

kWh 109
kWh 109 (Parameter 80) reports a component of total real energy (kWh).
Multiply this value by 109 and add to the other kWh parameters.
Represents XXX,000,000,000.000 kWh

338

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Metering and Diagnostics

Chapter 8

Table 429 - kWh x 10E9 (Parameter 80)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-999
999
INT
2
1

kWh 106
kWh 106 (Parameter 81) reports a component of total real energy (kWh).
Multiply this value by 106 and add to the other kWh parameters.
Represents000,XXX,000,000.000kWh
Table 430 - kWh x 10E6 (Parameter 81)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-999
999
INT
2
1

kWh 103
kWh 103 (Parameter 82) reports a component of total real energy (kWh).
Multiply this value by 103 and add to the other kWh parameters.
Represents 000,000,XXX,000.000 kWh
Table 431 - kWh x 10E3 (Parameter 82)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

0
-999
999
INT
2
1

339

Chapter 8

Metering and Diagnostics

kWh 100
kWh 100 (Parameter 83) reports a component of total real energy (kWh).
Multiply this value by 100 and add to the other kWh parameters.
Represents 000,000,000,XXX.000 kWh
Table 432 - kWh x 100 (Parameter 83)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-999
999
INT
2
1

kWh 10-3
kWh 10-3 (Parameter 84) reports a component of total real energy (kWh).
Multiply this value by 10-3 and add to the other kWh parameters.
Represents 000,000,000,000. XXX kWh
Table 433 - kWh x 10-3 (Parameter 84)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-999
999
INT
2
1

kVARh Consumed 109

kVARh Consumed 109 (Parameter 85) reports a component of total reactive
energy consumed (kVARh). Multiply this value by 109 and add to the other
kVARh Consumed parameters.
Represents XXX,000,000,000.000 kVARh

340

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Metering and Diagnostics

Chapter 8

Table 434 - kVARh Consumed x 109 (Parameter 85)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-999
999
INT
2
1

kVARh Consumed 106

kVARh Consumed 106 (Parameter 86) reports a component of total reactive
energy consumed (kVARh). Multiply this value by 106 and add to the other
kVARh Consumed parameters.
Represents 000,XXX,000,000.000 kVARh
Table 435 - kVARh Consumed x 106 (Parameter 86)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-999
999
INT
2
1

kVARh Consumed 103

kVARh Consumed 103 (Parameter 87) reports a component of total reactive
energy consumed (kVARh). Multiply this value by 103 and add to the other
kVARh Consumed parameters.
Represents 000,000,XXX,000.000 kVARh
Table 436 - kVARh Consumed x 103 (Parameter 87)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

0
-999
999
INT
2
1

341

Chapter 8

Metering and Diagnostics

kVARh Consumed 100

kVARh Consumed 100 (Parameter 88) reports a component of total reactive
energy consumed (kVARh). Multiply this value by 100 and add to the other
kVARh Consumed parameters.
Represents 000,000,000,XXX.000 kVARh
Table 437 - kVARh Consumed x 100 (Parameter 88)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-999
999
INT
2
1

kVARh Consumed 10-3

kVARh Consumed 10-3 (Parameter 89) reports a component of total reactive
energy consumed (kVARh). Multiply this value by 10-3 and add to the other
kVARh Consumed parameters.
Represents 000,000,000,000. XXX kVARh
Table 438 - kVARh Consumed x 10-3 (Parameter 89)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-999
999
INT
2
1

kVARh Generated 109

kVARh Generated 109 (Parameter 90) reports a component of total reactive
energy generated (kVARh). Multiply this value by 109 and add to the other
kVARh Generated parameters.
Represents XXX,000,000,000.000 kVARh

342

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Metering and Diagnostics

Chapter 8

Table 439 - kVARh Generated x 109 (Parameter 90)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-999
999
INT
2
1

kVARh Generated 106

kVARh Consumed 106 (Parameter 91) reports a component of total reactive
energy generated (kVARh). Multiply this value by 106 and add to the other
kVARh Generated parameters.
Represents 000,XXX,000,000.000 kVARh
Table 440 - kVARh Generated x 106 (Parameter 91)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-999
999
INT
2
1

kVARh Generated 103

kVARh Generated 103 (Parameter 92) reports a component of total reactive
energy generated (kVARh). Multiply this value by 103 and add to the other
kVARh Generated parameters.
Represents 000,000,XXX,000.000 kVARh
Table 441 - kVARh Generated x 103 (Parameter 92)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

0
-999
999
INT
2
1

343

Chapter 8

Metering and Diagnostics

kVARh Generated 100

kVARh Generated 100 (Parameter 93) reports a component of total reactive
energy generated (kVARh). Multiply this value by 100 and add to the other
kVARh Generated parameters.
Represents 000,000,000,XXX.000 kVARh
Table 442 - kVARh Generated x 100 (Parameter 93)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-999
999
INT
2
1

kVARh Generated 10-3

kVARh Generated 10-3 (Parameter 94) reports a component of total reactive
energy generated (kVARh). Multiply this value by 10-3 and add to the other
kVARh Generated parameters.
Represents 000,000,000,000. XXX kVARh
Table 443 - kVARh Generated x 10-3 (Parameter 94)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-999
999
INT
2
1

kVARh Net 109

kVARh Net 109 (Parameter 95) reports a component of total reactive energy net
(kVARh). Multiply this value by 109 and add to the other kVARh Net
parameters.
Represents XXX,000,000,000.000 kVARh

344

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Metering and Diagnostics

Chapter 8

Table 444 - kVARh Net x 109 (Parameter 95)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-999
999
INT
2
1

kVARh Net 106

kVARh Net 106 (Parameter 96) reports a component of total reactive energy net
(kVARh). Multiply this value by 106 and add to the other kVARh Net
parameters.
Represents 000,XXX,000,000.000 kVARh
Table 445 - kVARh Net x 106 (Parameter 96)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-999
999
INT
2
1

kVARh Net 103

kVARh Net 103 (Parameter 97) reports a component of total reactive energy net
(kVARh). Multiply this value by 103 and add to the other kVARh Net
parameters.
Represents 000,000,XXX,000.000 kVARh
Table 446 - kVARh Net x 103 (Parameter 97)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

0
-999
999
INT
2
1

345

Chapter 8

Metering and Diagnostics

kVARh Net 100

kVARh Net 100 (Parameter 98) reports a component of total reactive energy net
(kVARh). Multiply this value by 100 and add to the other kVARh Net
parameters.
Represents 000,000,000,XXX.000 kVARh
Table 447 - kVARh Net x 100 (Parameter 98)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-999
999
INT
2
1

kVARh Net 10-3

kVARh Net 10-3 (Parameter 99) reports a component of total reactive energy net
(kVARh). Multiply this value by 10-3 and add to the other kVARh Net
parameters.
Represents 000,000,000,000. XXX kVARh
Table 448 - kVARh Net x 10-3 (Parameter 99)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-999
999
INT
2
1

kVAh 109
kVAh 109 (Parameter 100) reports a component of total apparent energy
(kVAh). Multiply this value by 109 and add to the other kVAh parameters.
Represents XXX,000,000,000.000 kVAh

346

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Metering and Diagnostics

Chapter 8

Table 449 - kVAh x 109 (Parameter 100)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-999
999
INT
2
1

kVAh 106
kVAh 106 (Parameter 101) reports a component of total apparent energy
(kVAh). Multiply this value by 106 and add to the other kVAh parameters.
Represents 000,XXX,000,000.000 kVAh
Table 450 - kVAh x 106 (Parameter 101)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-999
999
INT
2
1

kVAh 103
kVAh 103 (Parameter 102) reports a component of total apparent energy
(kVAh). Multiply this value by 103 and add to the other kVAh parameters.
Represents 000,000,XXX,000.000 kVAh
Table 451 - kVAh x 103 (Parameter 102)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

0
-999
999
INT
2
1

347

Chapter 8

Metering and Diagnostics

kVAh 100
kVAh 100 (Parameter 103) reports a component of total apparent energy
(kVAh). Multiply this value by 100 and add to the other kVAh parameters.
Represents 000,000,000,XXX.000 kVAh
Table 452 - kVAh x 100 (Parameter 103)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-999
999
INT
2
1

kVAh 10-3
kVAh 10-3 (Parameter 104) reports a component of total apparent energy
(kVAh). Multiply this value by 10-3 and add to the other kVAh parameters.
Represents 000,000,000,000. XXX kVAh
Table 453 - kVAh x 10-3 (Parameter 104)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-999
999
INT
2
1

kW Demand
kW Demand (Parameter 105) reports the average real energy usage in kW over a
defined period.
Table 454 - kW Demand (Parameter 105)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

348

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

0.000
-2000000.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kW

Metering and Diagnostics

Chapter 8

Max kW Demand
Max kW Demand (Parameter 106) reports the maximum kW Demand since the
last Max kW Demand Reset command.
Table 455 - Max kW Demand (Parameter 106)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.000
-2000000.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kW

kVAR Demand
kVAR Demand (Parameter 107) reports the average reactive energy usage in
kVAR over a defined period.
Table 456 - kVAR Demand (Parameter 107)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.000
-2000000.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVAR

Max kVAR Demand

Max kVAR Demand (Parameter 108) reports the maximum kVAR Demand since
the last Max kVAR Demand Reset command.
Table 457 - Max kVAR Demand (Parameter 108)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.000
-2000000.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVAR

kVA Demand
kVA Demand (Parameter 109) reports the average reactive energy usage in kVA
over a defined period.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

349

Chapter 8

Metering and Diagnostics

Table 458 - kVA Demand (Parameter 109)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.000
0.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVA

Max kVA Demand

Max kVA Demand (Parameter 110) reports the maximum kVA Demand since
the last Max kVA Demand Reset command.
Table 459 - Max kVA Demand (Parameter 110)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

Analog Monitor

0.000
0.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVA

The E300 Electronic Overload Relays Analog I/O Expansion Modules scan up
to three analog signals per module. This information can be used to monitor the
following analog applications:
Motor winding and bearing temperatures that are measured by RTD
sensors
Liquid, air, or steam flow
Temperature
Weight
Vessel level
Potentiometer
PTC or NTC thermistor sensors

Analog Module 1
Analog Module 1 Input Channel 00
Analog Module 1 Input Channel 00 (Parameter 111) reports the monitored
value of Analog Module 1 Input Channel 00.

350

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Metering and Diagnostics

Chapter 8

Table 460 - Analog Module 1 Input Channel 00 (Parameter 111)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 01

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 01 (Parameter 112) reports the monitored
value of Analog Module 1 Input Channel 01.
Table 461 - Analog Module 1 Input Channel 01 (Parameter 112)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 02

Analog Module 1 Input Channel 02 (Parameter 113) reports the monitored
value of Analog Module 1 Input Channel 02.
Table 462 - Analog Module 1 Input Channel 02 (Parameter 113)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1

Analog Module 1 Status

Analog Module 1 Status (Parameter 123) reports the status of Analog Module 1.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

351

Chapter 8

Metering and Diagnostics

Table 463 - Analog Module 1 Status (Parameter 123)

Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

0
X

Function
Input Channel 00 Open Circuit
Input Channel 00 Over Range
Input Channel 00 Under Range
Input Channel 01 Open Circuit
Input Channel 01 Over Range
Input Channel 01 Under Range
Input Channel 02 Open Circuit
Input Channel 02 Over Range
Input Channel 02 Under Range
Output Channel 00 Open Circuit
Output Channel 00 Hold Last State
Mode Active
Output Channel 00 Over Range
Output Channel 00 Under Range
Analog Module Configured
Analog Module Warning (Module
Number Dial Changed)
Analog Module Faulted

Analog Module 2
Analog Module 2 Input Channel 00
Analog Module 2 Input Channel 00 (Parameter 114) reports the monitored
value of Analog Module 2 Input Channel 00.
Table 464 - Analog Module 2 Input Channel 00 (Parameter 114)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 01

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 01 (Parameter 115) reports the monitored
value of Analog Module 2 Input Channel 01.

352

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Metering and Diagnostics

Chapter 8

Table 465 - Analog Module 2 Input Channel 01 (Parameter 115)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 02)

Analog Module 2 Input Channel 02 (Parameter 113) reports the monitored
value of Analog Module 2 Input Channel 02.
Table 466 - Analog Module 2 Input Channel 02 (Parameter 116)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1

Analog Module 2 Status

Analog Module 2 Status (Parameter 124) reports the status of Analog Module 2.
Table 467 - Analog Module 2 Status (Parameter 124)
Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

0
X

Function
Input Channel 00 Open Circuit
Input Channel 00 Over Range
Input Channel 00 Under Range
Input Channel 01 Open Circuit
Input Channel 01 Over Range
Input Channel 01 Under Range
Input Channel 02 Open Circuit
Input Channel 02 Over Range
Input Channel 02 Under Range
Output Channel 00 Open Circuit
Output Channel 00 Hold Last State Mode Active
Output Channel 00 Over Range
Output Channel 00 Under Range
Analog Module Configured
Analog Module Warning (Module Number Dial Changed)
Analog Module Faulted

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

353

Chapter 8

Metering and Diagnostics

Analog Module 3
Analog Module 3 Input Channel 00
Analog Module 3 Input Channel 00 (Parameter 117) reports the monitored
value of Analog Module 3 Input Channel 00.
Table 468 - Analog Module 3 Input Channel 00 (Parameter 117)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 01

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 01 (Parameter 118) reports the monitored
value of Analog Module 3 Input Channel 01.
Table 469 - Analog Module 3 Input Channel 01 (Parameter 118)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 02

Analog Module 3 Input Channel 02 (Parameter 119) reports the monitored
value of Analog Module 3 Input Channel 02.
Table 470 - Analog Module 3 Input Channel 02 (Parameter 119)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1

Analog Module 3 Status

Analog Module 3 Status (Parameter 125) reports the status of Analog Module 3.

354

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Metering and Diagnostics

Chapter 8

Table 471 - Analog Module 3 Status (Parameter 125)

Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

0
X

Function
Input Channel 00 Open Circuit
Input Channel 00 Over Range
Input Channel 00 Under Range
Input Channel 01 Open Circuit
Input Channel 01 Over Range
Input Channel 01 Under Range
Input Channel 02 Open Circuit
Input Channel 02 Over Range
Input Channel 02 Under Range
Output Channel 00 Open Circuit
Output Channel 00 Hold Last State Mode Active
Output Channel 00 Over Range
Output Channel 00 Under Range
Analog Module Configured
Analog Module Warning (Module Number Dial Changed)
Analog Module Faulted

Analog Module 4
Analog Module 4 Input Channel 00
Analog Module 4 Input Channel 00 (Parameter 120) reports the monitored
value of Analog Module 4 Input Channel 00.
Table 472 - Analog Module 4 Input Channel 00 (Parameter 120)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 01

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 01 (Parameter 121) reports the monitored
value of Analog Module 4 Input Channel 01.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

355

Chapter 8

Metering and Diagnostics

Table 473 - Analog Module 4 Input Channel 01 (Parameter 121)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 02

Analog Module 4 Input Channel 02 (Parameter 122) reports the monitored
value of Analog Module 4 Input Channel 02.
Table 474 - Analog Module 4 Input Channel 02 (Parameter 122)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1

Analog Module 4 Status

Analog Module 4 Status (Parameter 126) reports the status of Analog Module 4.
Table 475 - Analog Module 4 Status (Parameter 126)

356

Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

0
X

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Function
Input Channel 00 Open Circuit
Input Channel 00 Over Range
Input Channel 00 Under Range
Input Channel 01 Open Circuit
Input Channel 01 Over Range
Input Channel 01 Under Range
Input Channel 02 Open Circuit
Input Channel 02 Over Range
Input Channel 02 Under Range
Output Channel 00 Open Circuit
Output Channel 00 Hold Last State Mode Active
Output Channel 00 Over Range
Output Channel 00 Under Range
Analog Module Configured
Analog Module Warning (Module Number Dial
Changed)
Analog Module Faulted

Metering and Diagnostics

Trip / Warning History

Chapter 8

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay provides a trip and warning history in
which the last five trips and last five warnings are recorded into nonvolatile
storage. A mask is available to limit which trip and warning events are logged to
the history's memory.

Trip History
When the E300 Electronic Overload Relay issue a trip, the reason for the trip is
recorded into the Trip History. Table 476 lists the codes that are available for the
trip history records.
Table 476 - Trip History Codes
Trip History Code
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37

Description
No Fault Conditions Detected
Motor current overload condition
Phase current Loss is detected in one of the motor phases
Power conductor or motor winding is shorting to ground
Motor has not reached full speed by the end of Stall Enable Time
Motor current has exceeded the programmed jam trip level
Motor current has fallen below normal operating levels
Phase to phase current imbalance detected
L1Current was below L1 Undercurrent Level longer than Trip Delay
L2Current was below L2 Undercurrent Level longer than Trip Delay
L3Current was below L3 Undercurrent Level longer than Trip Delay
L1 Current was over L1 Overcurrent Level longer than Trip Delay
L2 Current was over L2 Overcurrent Level longer than Trip Delay
L3 Current was over L3 Overcurrent Level longer than Trip Delay
L1 Current Lost for longer than the L1 Loss Trip Delay
L2 Current Lost for longer than the L2 Loss Trip Delay
L3 Current Lost for longer than the L3 Loss Trip Delay
Line to Line Under-Voltage condition detected
Line to Line Over-Voltage condition detected
Phase to phase voltage imbalance detected
The unit detects the supply voltage phases are rotated
Line voltage frequency is below trip level
Line voltage frequency has exceeded trip level
Sensing Module boot loader failed to load firmware
Sensing Module output enable open
Sensing Module missing interrupts
Sensing Module not calibrated
Sensing Module frame type failure
Sensing Module flash configuration failure
Sensing Module detected an overrun error
Sensing Module is not responding
Total Real Power (kW) is below trip level
Total Real Power (kW) has exceeded trip level
Under Total Reactive Power Consumed (+kVAR) condition detected
Over Total Reactive Power Consumed (+kVAR) condition detected
Under Total Reactive Power Generated (-kVAR) condition detected

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

357

Chapter 8

Metering and Diagnostics

Trip History Code

38
39
40
41
42
43
44
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
90
91
92
93
94

358

Description
Over Total Reactive Power Generated (-kVAR) condition detected
Total Apparent Power (VA or kVA or MVA) is below trip level
Total Apparent Power (VA or kVA or MVA) exceeded trip level
Under Total Power Factor Lagging (-PF) condition detected
Over Total Power Factor Lagging (-PF) condition detected
Under Total Power Factor Leading (+PF) condition detected
Over Total Power Factor Leading (+PF) condition detected
Test trip caused by holding the Test/Reset button for 2 seconds
PTC input indicates that the motor stator windings overheated
DeviceLogix defined trip was generated
The Stop button the Operator Station was pressed
Remote trip command detected
Maximum starts per hour exceeded
Hardware configuration fault. Check for shorts on input terminal
Invalid parameter config. See parameters 38-39 for details
DeviceLogix Feedback Timeout Trip was detected
Control Module CAN0 initialization failure
Control Module CAN0 bus failure
Control Module CAN1 initialization failure
Control Module CAN1 bus failure
Control Module ADC0 failure
Control Module detected too many CRC errors
Input Channel 00 on Analog Module 1 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 01 on Analog Module 1 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 02 on Analog Module 1 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 00 on Analog Module 2 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 01 on Analog Module 2 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 02 on Analog Module 2 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 00 on Analog Module 3 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 01 on Analog Module 3 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 02 on Analog Module 3 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 00 on Analog Module 4 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 01 on Analog Module 4 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 02 on Analog Module 4 exceeded its Trip Level
External NVS Chip has detected communication timeout error
External NVS Chip has detected a CRC error
External NVS Chip has detected data out of range
Digital Expansion Module 1 is not operating properly
Digital Expansion Module 2 is not operating properly
Digital Expansion Module 3 is not operating properly
Digital Expansion Module 4 is not operating properly
Analog Expansion Module 1 is not operating properly
Analog Expansion Module 2 is not operating properly
Analog Expansion Module 3 is not operating properly
Analog Expansion Module 4 is not operating properly
Control Module installed does not match the expected type
Sensing Module installed does not match the expected type
Comms Module installed does not match the expected type
Operator Station installed does not match expected type
Digital Module installed does not match the expected type

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Metering and Diagnostics

Trip History Code

95
96
97
98

Chapter 8

Description
Analog Module installed does not match the expected type
Test Mode is engaged and current/voltage was detected
Heap memory could not be allocated
Vendor ID hardware fault

Trip History 0
Trip History 0 (Parameter 127) reports the most recent trip event.
Trip History 0 (Parameter 127)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
0
99
UINT
2
1

Trip History 1
Trip History 1 (Parameter 128) reports the second most recent trip event.
Trip History 1 (Parameter 128)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
0
99
UINT
2
1

Trip History 2
Trip History 2 (Parameter 129) reports the third most recent trip event.
Trip History 2 (Parameter 129)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
0
99
UINT
2
1

Trip History 3
Trip History 3 (Parameter 130) reports the fourth most recent trip event.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

359

Chapter 8

Metering and Diagnostics

Trip History 3 (Parameter 130)

Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
0
99
UINT
2
1

Trip History 4
Trip History 4 (Parameter 131) reports the fifth most recent trip event.
Trip History 4 (Parameter 131)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
0
99
UINT
2
1

Trip History Mask

You can decide which trip events are recorded into the E300 Electronic Overload
Relays trip history by using the Trip History Masks.

Current Trip History Mask

Current Trip History Mask (Parameter 139) allows you to select which currentbased trip events are recorded in the trip history.

360

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Metering and Diagnostics

Chapter 8

Table 477 - Current Trip History Mask (Parameter 139)

Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

1
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

0
Function
X Overload Trip
Phase Loss Trip
Ground Fault Trip
Stall Trip
Jam Trip
Underload Trip
Current Imbalance Trip
L1 Under Current Trip
L2 Under Current Trip
L3 Under Current Trip
L1 Over Current Trip
L2 Over Current Trip
L3 Over Current Trip
L1 Line Loss Trip
L2 Line Loss Trip
L3 Line Loss Trip

Voltage Trip History Mask

Voltage Trip History Mask (Parameter 140) allows you to select which voltagebased trip events are recorded in the trip history.
Table 478 - Voltage Trip History Mask (Parameter 140)
Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

1
X

X
X
X
X

0
Function
X Under Voltage Trip
Over Voltage Trip
Voltage Imbalance Trip
Phase Rotation Trip
Under Frequency Trip
Over Frequency Trip
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Power Trip History Mask

Power Trip History Mask (Parameter 141) allows you to select which powerbased trip events are recorded in the trip history.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

361

Chapter 8

Metering and Diagnostics

Table 479 - Power Trip History Mask (Parameter 141)

Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

1
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

0
Function
X Under kW Trip
Over kW Trip
Under kVAR Consumed Trip
Over kVAR Consumed Trip
Under kVAR Generated Trip
Over kVAR Generated Trip
Under kVA Trip
Over kVA Trip
Under Power Factor Lagging Trip
Over Power Factor Lagging Trip
Under Power Factor Leading Trip
Over Power Factor Leading Trip
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Control Trip History Mask

Control Trip History Mask (Parameter 142) allows you to select which controlbased trip events are recorded in the trip history.
Table 480 - Control Trip History Mask (Parameter 142)
Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

1
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

X
X

0
Function
X Test Trip
PTC Trip
DeviceLogix Trip
Operator Station Trip
Remote Trip
Blocked Start Trip
Hardware Fault Trip
Configuration Trip
Option Match Trip
Feedback Timeout Trip
Expansion Bus Trip
Reserved
Reserved
Nonvolatile Memory Trip
Test Mode Trip
Reserved

Analog Trip History Mask

Analog Trip History Mask (Parameter 143) allows you to select which analogbased trip events are recorded in the trip history.

362

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Metering and Diagnostics

Chapter 8

Table 481 - Analog Trip History Mask (Parameter 143)

Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

0
X

Function
Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 00 Trip
Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 01 Trip
Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 02 Trip
Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 00 Trip
Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 01 Trip
Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 02 Trip
Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 00 Trip
Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 01 Trip
Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 02 Trip
Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 00 Trip
Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 01 Trip
Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 02 Trip

Warning History
When the E300 Electronic Overload Relay issue a warning, the reason for the
warning is recorded into the Warning History. Table 482 lists the codes that are
available for the warning history records.
Table 482 - Warning History Codes
Warning History Code
0
1
3
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
33
34
35
36

Description
No Warning Conditions Detected
Approaching a motor current overload condition
Power conductor or motor winding is shorting to ground
Motor current has exceed the programmed jam warning level
Motor current has fallen below normal operating levels
Phase to phase current imbalance detected
L1 Current was below L1 Undercurrent Warning Level
L2 Current was below L2 Undercurrent Warning Level
L3 Current was below L3 Undercurrent Warning Level
L1 Current was over L1 Overcurrent Warning Level
L2 Current was over L2 Overcurrent Warning Level
L3 Current was over L3 Overcurrent Warning Level
L1 Current Lost for longer than the L1 Loss Trip Delay
L2 Current Lost for longer than the L2 Loss Trip Delay
L3 Current Lost for longer than the L3 Loss Trip Delay
Line to Line Under-Voltage condition detected
Line to Line Over-Voltage condition detected
Phase to phase voltage imbalance detected
The unit detects the supply voltage phases are rotated
Line voltage frequency is below the warning level
Line voltage frequency has exceeded warning level
Total Real Power (kW) is below warning level
Total Real Power (kW) has exceeded warning level
Under Reactive Power Consumed (+kVAR) condition detected
Over Reactive Power Consumed (+kVAR) condition detected

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

363

Chapter 8

Metering and Diagnostics

Warning History Code

37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
50
51
56
58
60
61
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
90
91
92
93
94
95
98

364

Description
Under Reactive Power Generated (-kVAR) condition detected
Over Reactive Power Generated (-kVAR) condition detected
Total Apparent Power (kVA) is below warning level
Total Apparent Power (kVA) exceeded warning level
Under Total Power Factor Lagging (-PF) condition detected
Over Total Power Factor Lagging (-PF) condition detected
Under Total Power Factor Leading (+PF) condition detected
Over Total Power Factor Leading (+PF) condition detected
PTC input indicates that the motor stator windings overheated
DeviceLogix defined warning was generated
Invalid parameter config. See parameters 38-39 for details
DeviceLogix Feedback Timeout Trip was detected
Number of Starts Warning Level Exceeded
Operating Hours Warning Level Exceeded
Input Channel 00 on Analog Module 1 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 01 on Analog Module 1 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 02 on Analog Module 1 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 00 on Analog Module 2 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 01 on Analog Module 2 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 02 on Analog Module 2 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 00 on Analog Module 3 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 01 on Analog Module 3 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 02 on Analog Module 3 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 00 on Analog Module 4 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 01 on Analog Module 4 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 02 on Analog Module 4 exceeded its Warning Level
Digital Expansion Module 1 is not operating properly
Digital Expansion Module 2 is not operating properly
Digital Expansion Module 3 is not operating properly
Digital Expansion Module 4 is not operating properly
Analog Expansion Module 1 is not operating properly
Analog Expansion Module 2 is not operating properly
Analog Expansion Module 3 is not operating properly
Analog Expansion Module 4 is not operating properly
Control Module installed does not match the expected type
Sensing Module installed does not match the expected type
Comms Module installed does not match the expected type
Operator Station installed does not match expected type
Digital Module installed does not match the expected type
Analog Module installed does not match the expected type
A hardware fault condition was detected

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Metering and Diagnostics

Chapter 8

Warning History 0
Warning History 0 (Parameter 133) reports the most recent warning event.
Warning History 0 (Parameter 133)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
0
99
UINT
2
1

Warning History 1
Warning History 1 (Parameter 134) reports the second most recent warning
event.
Warning History 1 (Parameter 134)
Default Value

Minimum Value

Maximum Value

99

Parameter Type

UINT

Size (Bytes)

Scaling Factor

Units

Warning History 2
Warning History 2 (Parameter 135) reports the third most recent warning event.
Trip History 2 (Parameter 135)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
0
99
UINT
2
1

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

365

Chapter 8

Metering and Diagnostics

Warning History 3
Warning History 3 (Parameter 136) reports the fourth most recent warning
event.
Warning History 3 (Parameter 136)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
0
99
UINT
2
1

Warning History 4
Warning History 4 (Parameter 137) reports the fifth most recent warning event.
Warning History 4 (Parameter 137)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0
0
99
UINT
2
1

Warning History Mask

You can decide which warning events are recorded into the E300 Electronic
Overload Relays warning history by using the Warning History Masks.

Current Warning History Mask

Current Warning History Mask (Parameter 145) allows you to select which
current-based warning events are recorded in the warning history.

366

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Metering and Diagnostics

Chapter 8

Table 483 - Current Warning History Mask (Parameter 145)

Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

0
Function
X Overload Warning
Reserved
Ground Fault Warning
Reserved
Jam Warning
Underload Warning
Current Imbalance Warning
L1 Under Current Trip
L2 Under Current Trip
L3 Under Current Trip
L1 Over Current Trip
L2 Over Current Trip
L3 Over Current Trip
L1 Line Loss Trip
L2 Line Loss Trip
L3 Line Loss Trip

Voltage Warning History Mask

Voltage Warning History Mask (Parameter 146) allows you to select which
voltage-based warning events are recorded in the warning history.
Table 484 - Voltage Warning History Mask (Parameter 146)
Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

X
X
X
X
X

0
X

Function
Under Voltage Warning
Over Voltage Warning
Voltage Imbalance Warning
Phase Rotation Warning
Under Frequency Warning
Over Frequency Warning
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Power Warning History Mask

Power Warning History Mask (Parameter 147) allows you to select which powerbased warning events are recorded in the warning history.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

367

Chapter 8

Metering and Diagnostics

Table 485 - Power Warning History Mask (Parameter 147)

Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

1
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

0
Function
X Under kW Warning
Over kW Warning
Under kVAR Consumed Warning
Over kVAR Consumed Warning
Under kVAR Generated Warning
Over kVAR Generated Warning
Under kVA Warning
Over kVA Warning
Under Power Factor Lagging Warning
Over Power Factor Lagging Warning
Under Power Factor Leading Warning
Over Power Factor Leading Warning
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Control Warning History Mask

Control Warning History Mask (Parameter 148) allows you to select which
control-based warning events are recorded in the warning history.
Table 486 - Control Warning History Mask (Parameter 148)
Bit
15

14

13

12

11

10

1
X

X
X
X
X
X

Function
Reserved
PTC Warning
DeviceLogix Warning
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Option Match Warning
Feedback Timeout Warning
Expansion Bus Warning
Number Of Starts Warning
Operating Hours Warning
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Analog Warning History Mask

Analog Warning History Mask (Parameter 149) allows you to select which
control-based warning events are recorded in the warning history.

368

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Metering and Diagnostics

Chapter 8

Table 487 - Analog Warning History Mask (Parameter 149)

Bit
15

Trip Snapshot

14

13

12

11

10

0
X

Function
Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 00 Warning
Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 01 Warning
Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 02 Warning
Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 00 Warning
Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 01 Warning
Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 02 Warning
Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 00 Warning
Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 01 Warning
Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 02 Warning
Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 00 Warning
Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 01 Warning
Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 02 Warning

Trip Snapshot L1-L2 Voltage

Trip Snapshot L1-L2 Voltage (Parameter 156) reports the voltage in volts in
reference to the T1 and T2 power terminals of the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay Sensing Module at the time of the most recent trip event.
Table 488 - Trip Snapshot L1-L2 Voltage (Parameter 156)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.0
0.0
6553.5
UINT
2
10
Volts

Trip Snapshot L2-L3 Voltage

Trip Snapshot L2-L3 Voltage (Parameter 157) reports the voltage in volts in
reference to the T2 and T3 power terminals of the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay Sensing Module at the time of the most recent trip event.
Table 489 - Trip Snapshot L2-L3 Voltage (Parameter 157)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

0.0
0.0
6553.5
UINT
2
10
Volts

369

Chapter 8

Metering and Diagnostics

Trip Snapshot L3-L1 Voltage

Trip Snapshot L3-L1 Voltage (Parameter 158) reports the voltage in volts in
reference to the T3 and T1 power terminals of the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay Sensing Module at the time of the most recent trip event.
Table 490 - Trip Snapshot L3-L1 Voltage (Parameter 158)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.0
0.0
6553.5
UINT
2
10
Volts

Trip Snapshot Total Real Power

Trip Snapshot Total Real Power (Parameter 159) reports the total real power of
the monitored power conductors in kW at the time of the most recent trip event.
Table 491 - Trip Snapshot Total Real Power (Parameter 159)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.000
-2000000.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kW

Trip Snapshot Total Reactive Power

Trip Snapshot Total Reactive Power (Parameter 160) reports the total Reactive
power of the monitored power conductors in kVAR at the time of the most
recent trip event.
Table 492 - Trip Snapshot Total Reactive Power (Parameter 160)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

370

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

0.000
-2000000.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVAR or MVAR

Metering and Diagnostics

Chapter 8

Trip Snapshot Total Apparent Power

Trip Snapshot Total Apparent Power (Parameter 161) reports the total apparent
power of the monitored power conductors in kVA at the time of the most recent
trip event.
Table 493 - Trip Snapshot Total Apparent Power (Parameter 161)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

0.000
0.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVA

Trip Snapshot Total Power Factor

Trip Snapshot Total Power Factor (Parameter 162) reports the total power factor
of the monitored power conductors in percentage at the time of the most recent
trip event.
Table 494 - Trip Snapshot Total Power Factor (Parameter 162)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

0.0
-100.0
100.0
INT
2
10
%

371

Chapter 8

372

Metering and Diagnostics

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Chapter

EtherNet/IP Communications

Introduction

This chapter provides the necessary instructions to successfully connect the E300
Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module (Catalog
Number 193-ECM-ETR) to an Ethernet network and configure it to
communicate to an EtherNet/IP scanner such as an Allen-Bradley Logix
controller.

Network Design

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module has

dual Ethernet ports that function as an Ethernet switch with RJ45 ports to
connect Ethernet cable CAT5 type or better to. Rockwell Automation offers a
wide variety of Allen-Bradley Ethernet patch cables with its Bulletin 1585 line of
Ethernet cables (http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Connection-Devices/
RJ45-Network-Media).
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module
supports a Star, Linear, and Ring Ethernet topology. Figure 49 shows an example
of a Star Ethernet Topology, in which all Ethernet nodes wire back to a central
Ethernet switch, hub, or router.
Figure 49 - Star Ethernet Topology

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

373

Chapter 9

EtherNet/IP Communications

Rockwell Automation also offers a line of managed and unmanaged

Allen-Bradley Ethernet Switches with its Stratix family of Ethernet switches. See
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Networks-and-Communications/EthernetIP-Infrastructure for more information.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module also
supports an ethernet Ring topology in which all ethernet nodes are wired in series
with one another until a complete network ring is made as shown in Figure 50.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module
supports Rockwell Automation's Device Level Ring (DLR) topology as a slave
device in which the EtherNet/IP network continues to communicate if one of
the network chains is disrupted
Figure 50 - Ring Ethernet Topology

374

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

EtherNet/IP Communications

Determining Network
Parameters

Chapter 9

To operate an EtherNet/IP network, you must define these parameters.

Table 495 - EtherNet/IP Network Parameters
Network Parameter

Description

IP Address

The IP address uniquely identifies the module. The IP address

is in the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx where each xxx is a number from
0...255. Do not use the following IP addresses, as these are
reserved values:
0.0.0.1...0.255.255.255
127.0.0.0...127.255.255.255
224.255.255.255...255.255.255.255

Subnet Mask

Subnet addressing is an extension of the IP address scheme

that allows a site to use a single network ID for multiple
physical networks. Routing outside of the site continues by
dividing the IP address into a net ID and a host ID via the
class. Inside a site, the subnet mask is used to redivide the IP
address into a custom network ID portion and host ID portion.
NOTE: If you change the subnet mask of an alreadyconfigured module, you must cycle power to the module for
the change to take effect.

Gateway

A gateway connects individual physical networks into a

system of networks. When a node needs to communicate
with a node on another network, a gateway transfers the data
between the two networks.

If DNS addressing is used or if the module is referenced via a host name in an

MSG instruction, the following parameters must be defined.
IMPORTANT

Consult with your Ethernet network administrator to determine if these

parameters need to be specified.

Table 496 - EtherNet/IP Network Parameters for DNS Addressing

Network Parameter

Description

Host Name

A host name is part of a text address that identifies the

module. The full text address of a module is:
host_name.domain_name.

Domain Name

A domain name is part of a text address that identifies the

domain in which the module resides. The full text address of a
module is: host_name.domain_name. The domain name has a
48-character limit.

Primary DNS Server Address

This identifies any DNS servers that are used in the network.
You must have a DNS server configured if you specify an
SMTP server with a name. The DNS server converts the
domain name or host name to an IP address that can be used
by the network.
For more information on DNS addressing, see page 384.

Secondary DNS Server Address

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

375

Chapter 9

EtherNet/IP Communications

Setting the IP Network

Address

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module

ships with DHCP enabled. You can set the network Internet Protocol (IP)
address by using:
The EtherNet/IP node address selection switches
A Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP)/Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
(DHCP) server (for example, the Rockwell Automation BOOTP-DHCP
Server Utility, which is included with Rockwell Software's RSLinx Classic
software)
A web browser and MAC scanner software

EtherNet/IP Node Address Selection Switches

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module
comes with three node address selection switches that allow you to select the last
octet for the IP address 192.168.1.xxx.
Network Information
- MAC Id
- Serial Number
- Firmware Revision

Node Address

x100

Node Address
001 - 254
255 - 887
889 - 999
888
000

EXAMPLE

x10

x1

Function
Set IP Address to 192.168.1.xxx
Set IP Address via DHCP or use static IP Address
Reset to factory defaults
Administration mode

When the left dial is set to 1, the middle dial is set to 2, and the right dial is set
to 3, the resulting IP address is: 192.168.1.123.

When the node address selection switches are set to a value greater than 255
(excluding 888), the IP address is set to DHCP Enabled or programmed for a
static IP address.A power cycle is required for any selection changes to take effect.

376

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

EtherNet/IP Communications

Chapter 9

Assign Network Parameters via the BOOTP/ DHCP Utility

By default, the E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication
Module is DHCP Enabled. The BOOTP/DHCP utility is a standalone
program that is located in the BOOTPDHCP Server folder accessed from the
Start menu.
IMPORTANT

Before starting the BOOTP/DHCP utility, make sure you have the hardware MAC
ID of the module, which is printed on the front of the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module. The MAC ID has a format similar to:
00-0b-db-14-55-35.

This utility recognizes DHCP-enabled devices and provides an interface to

configure a static IP address for each device. To assign network parameters via the
BOOTP/DHCP utility, perform this procedure:
1. Execute the BOOTP/DHCP software.
2. Choose Tool >Network Settings.
3. If appropriate for the network, type the subnet mask, gateway address,
primary/secondary server addresses, and domain name in their respective
fields.

4. Click OK.
The Request History panel displays the hardware addresses of modules
issuing BOOTP or DHCP requests.
5. Double-click the MAC address of the module to be configured.
NOTE: The MAC address is printed underneath the sliding front cover of the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module. The
format of the hardware address resembles: 00-0b-db-14-55-35

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

377

Chapter 9

EtherNet/IP Communications

The New Entry window appears with the module's Ethernet Address (MAC).

6. Type the IP address, host name, and a module description.

7. Click OK.
8. Cycle power to the E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP
Communication Module.
9. To permanently assign this configuration to the module: Select the
module in the Relation List panel and click Disable BOOTP/DHCP.
When module power is cycled, it uses the assigned configuration and does not
issue a DHCP request.
If you do not click Disable BOOTP/DHCP, on a power cycle, the module clears
the current IP configuration and again begins sending DHCP requests.

378

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

EtherNet/IP Communications

Chapter 9

Assign Network Parameters Via a Web Browser and MAC Scanner

Software
If you do not have access to a DHCP software utility, you can assign network
parameters via a web browser (for example, Microsoft Internet Explorer) and
Media Access Control (MAC) scanner software (for example, MAC Scanner
from Colasoft - http://www.colasoft.com/). Follow these steps to configure the
module using this method.
1. Locate and identify the MAC ID printed on the label of the E300
Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module. This
address has a format that is similar to: 00-0b-db-14-55-35
2. Connect the E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP
Communication Module to the same wide area network (WAN) as your
personal computer.
3. Initiate the MAC scanner software.
4. Select the appropriate subnet to scan for available MAC addresses.

5. Scan the Subnet for all available MAC addresses

.

6. Identify the IP address assigned to the MAC ID of the E300 Electronic

Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module. The IP address
will have a format that is similar to 192.168.0.100.

Other Factors to Consider When Assigning Network Parameters

There are other factors to consider when assigning network parameters, which
include:
Network isolation from or integration into the plant/enterprise network.
Network size. For large networks, even isolated networks, it might be more
convenient and safer to use a BOOTP/DHCP server rather than RSLinx
software. The BOOTP/DHCP server also limits the possibility of
assigning duplicate IP addresses.
Company policies and procedures that are associated with plant floor
network installation and maintenance.
Level of involvement by information technology personnel in plant floor
network installation and maintenance.
Type of training that is offered to control engineers and maintenance
personnel.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

379

Chapter 9

EtherNet/IP Communications

If the Rockwell Automation DHCP server is used in an uplinked subnet where

an enterprise DHCP server exists, a module may get an address from the
enterprise server before the Rockwell Automation utility even sees the module. In
this case, disconnect the uplink to set the address and configure the module to
retain its static address before reconnecting to the uplink. This is not a problem if
you have node names configured in the module and leave DHCP enabled.

Web Server

As a security precaution the embedded web server of the E300 Electronic

Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module is disabled by default. To
temporarily enable the web server to make it permanently available, you must
enter into Administration Mode. To do this, set the rotary dials that are located
underneath the front cover of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP
Communication Module to 000 and cycle power. The device will then go online
with the IP Address used at the time of the previous start-up.

Web Server Security and System Password

The E300 EtherNet/IP Communication Modules web server allows you to view
any diagnostic and parameter information. Security measures are built into the
web server to deter a malicious user from making any unwanted EtherNet/IP
system changes and E300 configuration parameter edits. When you attempt to
make an EtherNet/IP system change or E300 configuration parameter edit, you
will be prompted to enter a user name and password.

System User Name

The user name Administrator (case sensitive) is the only user name that allows
you to make EtherNet/IP system changes or E300 configuration parameter edits.

System Password
For EtherNet/IP Communication Modules with firmware v1.003, the default
password is <blank>.

380

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

EtherNet/IP Communications

Chapter 9

For EtherNet/IP Communication Modules with firmware v1.004 and higher, the
default password is the serial number of the E300 EtherNet/IP Communication
Module which can be found on the home page of the E300 web server.

It is recommended that you change the password for user name Administrator to
deter any malicious activity through the E300 EtherNet/IP Communication
Modules web server. The password can be change on the password
configuration web page.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

381

Chapter 9

EtherNet/IP Communications

Resetting the System Password

If the password for user name Administrator is misplaced or forgotten, you can
restore the password to the factory default value by turning the rotary dials on the
E300 EtherNet/IP Communication Module to 8-8-8 and cycling power. This
resets all EtherNet/IP communication settings and E300 configuration
parameters back to the factory default values.

Permanently Enabling the Web Server

In Administrative Mode, you can change any configuration parameter of the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay including permanently enabling the embedded
web server by following these steps:
1. Enter Administrative Mode by turning the rotary dials to 000 and cycle
power on the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
2. Access the web page
3. Navigate to Administrative Settings->Network Configuration
4. You will be prompted for user name and password. Enter "Administrator"
for the user name, and enter the appropriate password.

382

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

EtherNet/IP Communications

Chapter 9

5. Enable the Web Server Control and press Apply Changes

Duplicate IP Address
Detection

When you change the IP address or connect the module to an EtherNet/IP

network, the module checks to make sure that the IP address assigned to this
module does not match the address of any other network device. If the module
determines that another device on the network with a matching IP address, the
EtherNet/IP port of the module goes into conflict mode where the Network
Status LED indicator is solid red.
To resolve this conflict, use the following instructions to change the IP address of
the module. Then, cycle power to the module or reset the modules by
disconnecting and then reconnecting the Ethernet cable.
Two modules could possibly detect a conflict simultaneously. If this occurs,
perform this procedure.
1. Remove the module with the incorrect IP address and correct its conflict.
2. Cycle power or disconnect the Ethernet cable from the second module and
reconnect it.

Behavior of Modules With Duplicate IP Addresses

Devices in conflict over an IP address behave differently depending on whether
connections have been established to either of the modules and whether both
modules support duplicate IP address detection.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

383

Chapter 9

EtherNet/IP Communications

Table 497 - Device Conflict over Duplicate IP Addresses

DNS Addressing

If

then

both modules support duplicate IP

address detection,

the first started module uses and retains its IP address.

The other module will detect a conflict, give up the IP
address and enter conflict mode.

both modules support duplicate IP

address detection and are started at
roughly the same time,

one of the modules surrenders the IP address and enters

conflict mode.

one module supports duplicate IP address

detection and a second module does not,

the second module generally keeps its IP address,

regardless of which module first obtains the IP address.
The module that supports duplicate IP address detection
will detect the conflict and give up the IP address.

To further qualify a modules address, use DNS addressing to specify a host name
for a module, which also includes specifying a domain name and DNS servers.
DNS addressing makes it possible to configure similar network structures and IP
address sequences under different domains.
DNS addressing is only necessary if you see the module by host name, such as in
path descriptions in MSG instructions.
To use DNS addressing, perform this procedure.
1. Assign a host name to the module.
NOTE: Contact the network administrator to have a host name assigned. Valid host
names should be compliant with IEC-1131-3.

2. Configure the module's parameters.

In addition to the IP address, subnet mask, and gateway address, configure a host
name for the module, domain name, and primary/secondary DNS server
addresses.

Electronic Data Sheet (EDS)

File Installation

384

Before the E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication

Module is configured to communicate on an EtherNet/IP network, it must be
registered to the software that configures the network (for example,
RockwellAutomation RSLinx Classic and RSNetWorx for EtherNet/IP
software). Register the module by installing an EDS file. The EDS file for the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module can be
obtained from one of two locations:
Embedded in the module
The Allen-Bradley EDS file download website.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

EtherNet/IP Communications

Chapter 9

Download the EDS File

Embedded in the Module
The EDS file for the E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP
Communication Module is embedded within the module. Using RSLinx Classic,
you can install the E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP
Communication Module's EDS file from the RSLinx Classic RSWho screen
using these steps:
1. Open RSLinx Classic and browse the EtherNet/IP network that has the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay. It will be identified with a yellow
question mark. Right click on the unrecognized device and select "Upload
EDS File from Device".

2. Using the EDS Wizard, install the embedded E300 Electronic Overload
Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module EDS file.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

385

Chapter 9

EtherNet/IP Communications

3. When finished, RSLinx Classic will recognize the newly registered E300
Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module.

From the EDS File Download Site

The EDS file for the E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP
Communication Module can also be downloaded from the Allen-Bradley EDS
File download site. Using a web browser on the personal computer that is
connected to the internet, you can download the EDS file by following these
steps:
1. Type http://www.rockwellautomation.com/rockwellautomation/
support/networks/eds.page? on the address line of the web browser.
2. Select EtherNet/IP as the network type, enter 193 for the Bulletin
Number, and click Search.

386

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

EtherNet/IP Communications

Chapter 9

3. Locate the EDS file for the E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP
Communication Module and download it to the personal computer.
4. Start the EDS Hardware Installation Tool located at
Start>Programs>Rockwell Software>RSLinx Tools and Add a new device

5. Using the EDS Wizard, install the downloaded E300 Electronic Overload
Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module EDS file.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

387

Chapter 9

EtherNet/IP Communications

6. When finished, RSLinx Classic will recognize the newly registered E300
Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module.

View and Configure

Parameters

The web server in the E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP

Communication Module when enabled is able to view and configure parameters
for the E300 Electronic Overload Relay. You can use the web interface to edit
parameters for E300 Electronic Overload Relay if it is not being scanned by an
EtherNet/IP scanner.

Viewing Parameters
Follow the steps below to view parameters using the web interface of the E300
Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module.
1. Using a web browser, open the web page of the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module by typing its IP address for
the URL.

388

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

EtherNet/IP Communications

Chapter 9

2. Navigate to the Parameters folder and select a parameter group. The

example below shows the information from the Current Monitoring
parameters.

3. To increase the update rate of the data being viewed, enter a faster update
time in the refresh rate box shown below:

4. E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module

web page displays up to 17 parameters per web page. If more than 17
parameters exist for a parameter group, use the navigation arrows to display
the other parameters.

Editing Parameters
Follow the steps below to edit configuration parameters using the web interface
of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

389

Chapter 9

EtherNet/IP Communications

1. Select a parameter group that contains programmable parameters, then

click the Edit button. The value options appears.

2. Click the down arrow on the pull-down boxes to adjust fixed values and/or
enter numerical values in the fields without an arrow to adjust the values.

3. Click Apply once all parameter edits have been completed. The E300
Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module will
download the new parameter values to the device.

390

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

EtherNet/IP Communications

Chapter 9

4. A confirmation window appears. Press OK.

NOTE: If you attempt to edit a configuration parameter when a Class 1

EtherNet/IP connection exists between an EtherNet/IP scanner and the E300
Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module, a message
similar to the one shown below appears when the Apply button is pressed.

Automation Controller
Communications

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module

supports two types of EtherNet/IP messaging.
I/O Messaging - Used for deterministic EtherNet/IP communications
with ControlLogix, CompactLogix, SoftLogix, and EtherNet/IP scanners.
Its primary use is to read and write I/O data for control purposes. It can
also be used for Automatic Device Configuration, in which an automation
controller manages device configuration parameters.
Explicit Messaging - Used for non-deterministic communications in which
the data is not critical for control. Logic explicit messages have a lower
priority compared to I/O messages and are used to read and write noncritical data.

I/O Messaging

RSLogix 5000 or Studio 5000 software is used to configure I/O messaging

between a Logix controller and an E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP
Communication Module on an EtherNet/IP network. An Add-on Profile is
available for the E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/ IP Communication
Module and can be used with RSLogix 5000 version 16 and higher and Studio
5000 version 21 and higher. The E300 Add-on Profile provides a graphical user
interface to modify configuration parameters, it provides intuitive input and

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

391

Chapter 9

EtherNet/IP Communications

output tag names, and it enables Automation Device Configuration. You can
download the E300 Add-on Profile from: http://
compatibility.rockwellautomation.com/Pages/
MultiProductFindDownloads.aspx?crumb=112&refSoft=0&toggleState=&ver
sions=50428.
Automatic Device Configuration enables the Logix controller to manage device
configuration data. Every time a Logix controller establishes a connection with a
device, the Logix controller will download that devices configuration data. This
allows users to save commissioning time by preprogramming a device offline
using RSLogix 5000 or Studio 5000. It also removes the need for maintenance
personnel to have a computer and special programming software when replacing
a device.
Shown in the following pages are three examples and the steps necessary to
configure a Logix controller for I/O messaging.
Pre-configured E300 Electronic Overload Relay Logix Integration with
Add-on Profile
Offline E300 Electronic Overload Relay Logix Integration with Add-on
Profile
Offline E300 Electronic Overload Relay Integration with a Generic Profile
ATTENTION: If an Upload command is not performed while discovering
modules or manually adding a E300 Electronic Overload Relay online to a
ControlLogix project, any preconfigured E300 Electronic Overload Relay
configuration data will not be retained.
See Preconfigured E300 Electronic Overload Relay Logix Integration with an
Add-On Profile on page 392 for information on how to upload configuration
data when adding an E300 Electronic Overload Relay to a ControlLogix project
online.

ATTENTION: If an Upload command is not performed while manually adding

an E300 Electronic Overload Relay offline in an RSLogix 5000 or Studio 5000
project, any preconfigured E300 Electronic Overload Relay configuration data
will not be retained when downloading the project to the Logix controller.
See Preconfigured E300 Electronic Overload Relay Logix Integration with an
Add-On Profile on page 392 for information on how to upload configuration
data when adding an E300 Electronic Overload Relay to an RSLogix 5000 or
Studio 5000 project offline.

Preconfigured E300 Electronic Overload Relay Logix Integration with

an Add-On Profile
The E300 Add-on Profile for RSLogix 5000 and Studio 5000 software
automatically enables Automatic Device Configuration. The Logix controller
will overwrite any existing E300 Electronic Overload Relay configuration data
392

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

EtherNet/IP Communications

Chapter 9

when the Logix controller establishes a connection to the E300 Electronic

Overload Relay.
For E300 Electronic Overload Relays that come preconfigured in an
Allen-Bradley Low Voltage Motor Control Center, in an Allen-Bradley Medium
Voltage Motor Control Center, or in an electrical enclosure from a panel builder
or system integrator, you can add the E300 Electronic Overload Relay to a new or
existing RSLogix 5000 or Studio 5000 project and retain the configuration
information that is stored in the E300 Electronic Overload Relay using Module
Discovery or Manually Adding a New Module.

Module Discovery
You can add a preconfigured E300 Electronic Overload Relay online to a
ControlLogix processor using module discovery and retain all of the E300
Electronic Overload Relays configuration settings. Module discovery is only
available for ControlLogix processors. CompactLogix users must manually add
an E300 Electronic Overload Relay to an RSLogix 5000 or Studio 5000 project
and then manually upload the E300 Electronic Overload Relay configuration.
See Manually Adding a New Module on page 399 for information on how to
manually add an E300 Electronic Overload Relay and manually upload the
configuration.
Module discovery will identify all of the available devices on an EtherNet/IP
network that an EtherNet/IP scanner is connected to. You can select a specific
preconfigured E300 Electronic Overload Relay that is on the EtherNet/IP
network and upload the E300 Electronic Overload Relays configuration data by
following these steps:
1. Go Online with the ControlLogix controller using RSLogix 5000 or
Studio 5000 software. The ControlLogix controller can be in Run or
Program mode.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

393

Chapter 9

EtherNet/IP Communications

2. Right click on the Ethernet tree of the EtherNet/IP scanner that is in the
ControlLogix chassis and select Discover Modules.

3. Choose the E300 Electronic Overload Relay to be added to the EtherNet/

IP scanners scan list and press Create.

4. You will be prompted whether you would like to upload the configuration
settings from the E300 Electronic Overload Relay. Press Upload to read the
configuration settings from the E300 Electronic Overload Relay.
ATTENTION: If an Upload command is not performed during Module
Discovery, any preconfigured E300 Electronic Overload Relay configuration data
will not be retained when adding an E300 Electronic Overload Relay online to a
ControlLogix project.

394

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

EtherNet/IP Communications

Chapter 9

5. If the upload is successful, a display will appear indicating the success of

this command. Press OK to continue.

If the upload is not successful due to communication errors, a display will appear
indicating that the profile will use default settings. Press OK to continue, and
press Cancel to abort the Module Discovery process. Repeat steps 1-5.
ATTENTION: If an Upload command is not successful during Module Discovery,
failure to Cancel the Module Discovery process will result in the loss of any
preconfigured E300 Electronic Overload Relay configuration data. This
configuration data will not be retained and default values will be used when
adding an E300 Electronic Overload Relay online to a ControlLogix project.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

395

Chapter 9

EtherNet/IP Communications

If the upload is not successful due to an E300 configuration trip, a display will
appear indicating that the profile will use default settings. Press OK to continue,
and press Cancel to abort the Module Discovery process. Read parameters 38 and
39 from the E300 Electronic Overload Relay to determine the reason for the
configuration trip. Fix the issue and repeat steps 1-5.
ATTENTION: If an Upload command is not successful during Module Discovery,
failure to cancel the Module Discovery process will result in the loss of any
preconfigured E300 Electronic Overload Relay configuration data. This
configuration data will not be retained and default values will be used when
adding an E300 Electronic Overload Relay online to a ControlLogix project.

396

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

EtherNet/IP Communications

Chapter 9

6. Enter a name for the E300 Electronic Overload Relay.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

397

Chapter 9

EtherNet/IP Communications

7. Navigate through the E300 Overload Relay device profile tree to make
additional configuration edits. When finished, press OK.

8. A display will appear verifying to create the module online. Press Yes to add
the preconfigured E300 Electronic Overload Relay to the Ethernet tree
and communications between the E300 Electronic Overload Relay and
the ControlLogix controller will begin. The E300 Electronic Overload
Relays configuration data will be retained and stored in the ControlLogix
controller and in the RSLogix 5000 or Studio 5000 project. Press No to
return to the new module profile and make additional edits.

398

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

EtherNet/IP Communications

Chapter 9

9. To access the data provided by the E300 Electronic Overload Relay

EtherNet/IP Communication Module, navigate to the input tags created
by the Add-on Profile.

10. To control the output relays or issue a remote reset command to the E300
Electronic Overload Relay navigate to the output tags created by the Addon Profile.

Manually Adding a New Module

You can manually add a preconfigured E300 Electronic Overload Relay offline to
any Logix processor, or you can manually add a preconfigured E300 Electronic
Overload Relay online to a ControlLogix processor. You can perform an upload
command to retain all of the E300 Electronic Overload Relays configuration
settings. Follow the steps provided to manually add an E300 Electronic Overload
Relay and retain its configuration settings with a new or existing RSLogix 5000
or Studio 5000 project. If you are running IntelliCENTER Integration Assistant
for Logix 5000, you can skip to step 4 and repeat these steps for each E300
Electronic Overload Relay that was added to the project while the project is
offline.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

399

Chapter 9

EtherNet/IP Communications

1. Create a new or open an existing RSLogix 5000 or Studio 5000 project

and verify that the Logix controller is offline.

For ControlLogix users who want to manually add an E300 Electronic Overload
Relay online, go online with the ControlLogix controller using RSLogix 5000 or
Studio 5000 software. The ControlLogix controller can be in Run or Program
mode.

2. Right click on the Ethernet tree of the EtherNet/IP scanner and select New
Module.

400

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

EtherNet/IP Communications

Chapter 9

3. Search for an E300 Electronic Overload Relay by typing E300 in the

search field, select the 193-ECM-ETR E300 Electronic Overload Relay, 2Port device profile, and press Create.

4. Type a name for the E300 Electronic Overload Relay, and press Change to
update the module definition.

5. Press Upload to read the configuration settings from the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay.
ATTENTION: If an Upload command is not performed, any preconfigured E300
Electronic Overload Relay configuration data will not be retained when
downloading an RSLogix 5000 or Studio 5000 project to a Logix controller or
when adding a new E300 Electronic Overload Relay online to a ControlLogix
project.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

401

Chapter 9

EtherNet/IP Communications

6. Select the appropriate E300 Electronic Overload Relay that is on the

EtherNet/IP network, and press OK.

7. If the upload is successful, a display will appear indicating the success of

this command. Press OK to continue.

402

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

EtherNet/IP Communications

Chapter 9

If the upload is not successful due to communication errors, a display will appear
indicating that there was an upload error, and the device profile will use its
existing settings. Press OK to continue. Identify and fix the reason for the
communication error and press Upload again, or press Cancel to remove any
module definition changes.
ATTENTION: If an Upload command is not successful when manually adding an
E300 Electronic Overload Relay, failure to cancel the new module addition
process will result in the loss of any preconfigured E300 Electronic Overload
Relay configuration data. Default values will be used when the RSLogix 5000 or
Studio 5000 project is downloaded to the Logix controller or when adding an
E300 Electronic Overload Relay online to a ControlLogix project.

If the upload is not successful due to an E300 configuration trip, a display will
appear indicating that the profile will use its existing settings. Press OK to
continue. Read parameters 38 and 39 from the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
to determine the reason for the configuration trip. Fix the issue and press Upload
again, or press Cancel to remove any module definition changes.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

403

Chapter 9

EtherNet/IP Communications

ATTENTION: If an Upload command is not successful when manually adding

an E300 Electronic Overload Relay, failure to cancel the new module addition
process will result in the loss of any preconfigured E300 Electronic Overload
Relay configuration data. Default values will be used when the RSLogix 5000 or
Studio 5000 project is downloaded to the Logix controller or when adding an
E300 Electronic Overload Relay online to a ControlLogix project.

404

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

EtherNet/IP Communications

Chapter 9

8. Additional module definition changes to E300 Electronic Overload Relay

can be made. Press OK when finished making all module definition
changes.

9. Press Yes to apply these changes to the module definition and to update the
configuration parameters with the data from the upload command.
Pressing No will ignore all changes and return the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay device profile back to its default settings.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

405

Chapter 9

EtherNet/IP Communications

10. Navigate through the E300 Overload Relay device profile tree to make
additional configuration edits. When finished, press OK.

11. For users who are adding a preconfigured E300 Electronic Overload Relay
offline in an RSLogix 5000 or Studio 5000 project, download the updated
project to the Logix controller to establish communications between the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay and the Logix controller and to apply
these changes to the Logix controller and E300 Electronic Overload Relay.

For users who are adding a preconfigured E300 Electronic Overload Relay online
to a ControlLogix controller, a display will appear verifying the intent to create a
module online.

406

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

EtherNet/IP Communications

Chapter 9

Press Yes to add the preconfigured E300 Electronic Overload Relay to the
Ethernet tree and establish communications between the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay and the ControlLogix controller will begin. The E300
Electronic Overload Relays configuration data will be retained and stored in the
ControlLogix controller and in the RSLogix 5000 or Studio 5000 project.
Press No to return to the new module profile and make additional edits.

12. To access the data provided by the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
EtherNet/IP Communication Module, navigate to the input tags created
by the Add-on Profile.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

407

Chapter 9

EtherNet/IP Communications

13. To control the output relays or issue a remote reset command to the E300
Electronic Overload Relay navigate to the output tags created by the Addon Profile.

Offline E300 Electronic Overload Relay Logix Integration with Add-on

Profile
The E300 Add-on Profile for RSLogix 5000 and Studio 5000 provides an
efficient means to allow you to configure an E300 Electronic Overload Relay
offline in a new or existing project. You can take advantage of copying and pasting
an offline configured E300 Electronic Overload Relay to quickly configure
multiple E300 Electronic Overload Relays.
The E300 Add-on Profile automatically enables Automatic Device
Configuration in which the Logix controller will download the configuration
setting changes to the E300 Electronic Overload Relay when the Logix controller
establishes a connection to it.
ATTENTION: Any preconfigured E300 Electronic Overload Relay configuration
data will not be retained when downloading an RSLogix 5000 or Studio 5000
project to a Logix controller.

408

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

EtherNet/IP Communications

Chapter 9

Follow the steps provided to integrate an E300 Electronic Overload Relay using
the E300 Add-on Profile to a Logix controller offline:
1. Create a new or open an existing RSLogix 5000 or Studio 5000 project
and verify that the Logix controller is offline.

2. Right-click on the EtherNet/IP scanner within the I/O Configuration

folder, then select New Module to open the Select Module Type window.

3. Select the E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication

Module (193-ECM-ETR), then click Create.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

409

Chapter 9

EtherNet/IP Communications

4. Enter a name and the IP address for the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
EtherNet/IP Communication Module. The name creates tags in RSLogix
5000 or Studio 5000 that can be used to read and write data from the E300
Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module.

5. Select Change to select the modules and accessories of the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay system.

6. Select the specific E300 Electronic Overload Relay Sensing and Control
Modules and their respective Option Match actions.

7. Right click on the Expansion Bus to add the specific Expansion Bus
accessories for the E300 Electronic Overload Relay system and select their
specific Option Match action. When finished, press OK.
410

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

EtherNet/IP Communications

Chapter 9

8. Configure the E300 Electronic Overload Relay system's Operating Mode

and associated relay output assignments. See Chapter 5 for more
information about Operating Modes.

9. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay allows you to configure up to

eightDatalinks. Select the parameters for the additional data to be
included with the input tags. Press OK to complete the module definition.

10. Next, set the overload protection configuration parameters for your
specific motor application by selecting Protection.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

411

Chapter 9

EtherNet/IP Communications

11. To configure the other parameters for a Control Module with firmware
v3.000 or higher, navigate to the proper display and make the appropriate
adjustments.

To configure the other configuration parameters for Control Modules with

firmware v1.000 and v2.000, navigate to the configuration tags of the newly
added E300 Electronic Overload Relay. Modify the configuration tags directly to

412

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

EtherNet/IP Communications

Chapter 9

enable and adjust the other current-, voltage-, power-, and control-based
protection functions of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay.

12. When finished, press OK to complete the addition of the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay to the Logix system.
13. Download the project to the Logix controller, and place the controller into
Run Mode. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay is actively
communicating with the Logix controller.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

413

Chapter 9

EtherNet/IP Communications

14. To access the data provided by the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
EtherNet/IP Communication Module, navigate to input tags created by
the Add-on Profile.

15. To control the output relays or remote reset the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay navigate to the output tags created by the Add-on Profile.

Offline E300 Electronic Overload Relay Integration with a Generic

Profile
For users who would like to establish communications between an E300
Electronic Overload Relay and a Logix Controller with Automatic Device
Configuration disabled or between a non-Logix based automation control
system, a Generic Profile can be used.
Follow the steps provided to integrate an E300 Electronic Overload Relay using a
Generic device profile to a Logix controller offline:

414

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

EtherNet/IP Communications

Chapter 9

1. Create a new or open an existing RSLogix 5000 or Studio 5000 project

and verify that the Logix controller is offline.

2. Right-click on the EtherNet/IP scanner within the I/O Configuration

folder, then select New Module to open the Select Module Type window.

3. Select the Generic Ethernet Module, then click Create.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

415

Chapter 9

EtherNet/IP Communications

4. Enter a name and the IP address for the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
EtherNet/IP Communication Module. The name creates tags in RSLogix
5000 or Studio 5000 that can be used to read and write data from the E300
Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module.

5. Select Data-DINT for the Comm Format. The Data-DINT format

represents the data from the EtherNet/IP Communications Auxiliary
E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module as
a collection of 32-bit values. Set the I/O Assemblies to the following
values:
Input Assembly Instance 199 (Size 39)
Output Assembly Instance 144 (Size 2)
Configuration Assembly Instance 120 (Size 0)

6. Download the project to the controller and go online.

416

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

EtherNet/IP Communications

Chapter 9

7. To access the data provided by the E300 Electronic Overload Relay

EtherNet/IP Communication Module, navigate to input tags created by
the Generic Profile. Table 498 represents the Input Assembly data.
Table 498 - Instance 199 - Input (Produced) Assembly
Bit
INT

DINT

15

14

13

12

11

10

0
1

Reserved for Logix

2
3

DeviceStaus0

DeviceStaus1

4
5

InputStatus0

InputStatus1

6
7

OutputStatus

OpStationStatus

8
9

TripStsCurrent

WarnStsCurrent

10
11

TripStsVoltage

WarnStsVoltage

12
13

TripStsPower

WarnStsPower

14
15

TripStsControl

WarnStsControl

16
17

TripStsAnalog

WarnStsAnalog

18
19
20

Reserved
ThermUtilizedPct

10

21

CurrentImbalance
AvgPercentFLA

22
23

11

AverageCurrent

12

L1Current

13

L2Current

14

L3Current

24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33

GFCurrent

15
16

Reserved
AvgVoltageLtoL

34
35

17

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

L1toL2Voltage
L2toL3Voltage
L3toL1Voltage

417

Chapter 9

EtherNet/IP Communications

Bit
INT

DINT

15

14

13

12

11

10

36
37

18

TotalRealPower

19

TotalReactivePwr

20

TotalApparentPwr

21

TotalPowerFactor

22

Datalink0

23

Datalink1

24

Datalink2

25

Datalink3

26

Datalink4

27

Datalink5

28

Datalink6

29

Datalink7

38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63

31

64
65

32

66
67

33

68
69

34

70
71

35

72
73

36

74
75

37

76
77

418

PtDeviceOuts

30

38

AnDeviceOuts
InAnMod1Ch00
InAnMod1Ch01
InAnMod1Ch02
Reserved
InAnMod2Ch00
InAnMod2Ch01
InAnMod2Ch02
Reserved
InAnMod3Ch00
InAnMod3Ch01
InAnMod3Ch02
Reserved
InAnMod4Ch00
InAnMod4Ch01
InAnMod4Ch02

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Reserved

EtherNet/IP Communications

Chapter 9

For example, E300_Overload:I.Data[12] represents L1 Current as shown below.

8. To control the output relays or remotely reset the E300 Electronic

Overload Relay, navigate to the output tags created by the Generic Profile.
Table 499 represents the Input Assembly data.
Table 499 - Instance 144 - Output (Consumed) Assembly
Bit
INT

DINT

15

14

13

12

11

10

OutputStatus0
NetworkStart1

NetworkStart2

TripReset

EmergencyStart

RemoteTrip
1

Reserved

X
X
X
X

HMILED1Green

HMILED3Red
HMILED4Red

Reserved

2
1

HMILED3Green

X
X

HMILED2Green

DLXPtDeviceIn
DLXAnDeviceIn

For example, E300_Overload:O.Data[0].0 represents Relay Output Pt00 as

shown below.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

419

Chapter 9

EtherNet/IP Communications

E-mail/Text

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module is

capable of sending e-mail messages and text notifications for different trip and
warning events using a Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) server.
The subject and body contents in the e-mail message is created from the:
Type of trip or warning that is detected
Device name
Device description
Device location
Contact information
EXAMPLE

E-mail Subject:
E300 Overload Relay has detected a fault
E-mail Body:
Fault Status:
Device Name: E300 Overload Relay
Device Description: Motor Starters
Device Location: Bay 6-U29
Contact Info: Contact Person contactperson@thecontact.com

The first word in the e-mail subject is the device name. If a device name is not
configured, then the product name attribute from the identity object is used.

420

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

EtherNet/IP Communications

Chapter 9

E-mail Configuration
To be able to send an e-mail, the IP address of the host name of a Simple Mail
Transfer Protocol (SMTP) server must be configured and notifications must be
selected. Follow these steps to configure an e-mail notification.
1. In the web browser, enter the IP address of the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module URL of the web browser.

2. Select Administrative Settings>Device Identity

3. Type the Device Identity information into the fields as described below
and press Apply.

Device Name
Device Description
Device Location
Contact Information

The name of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay.

The description of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay.
The location of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay.
The contact information for the E300 Electronic Overload Relay.

4. Select Administrative Settings>E-Mail Configuration

5. Type the information into the e-mail notification fields as stated below.
Multiple e-mail addresses can be entered into the E-mail Recipient field by
separating each e-mail address with a semicolon (;). The E-mail Recipient
field is limited to 255 characters.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

421

Chapter 9

EtherNet/IP Communications

E-mail Recipient
E-Mail Sender
SMTP Server
SMTP Username
SMTP Password
SMTP Port

The e-mail address of the person who will receive the notifications.
The e-mail address from which the notification will be sent.
Consult with the network administrator for the SMTP server address.
Consult with the network administrator for the SMTP username.
Consult with the network administrator for the SMTP password.
Consult with the network administrator which SMTP port number to
use. Port 25 is the most common SMTP port.

6. Check the desired notification time, fault conditions, and local conditions
to be included in notification e-mails to the recipient. You can change
these after the initial configurations.

7. Click Apply to accept the configuration

8. When an E300 Electronic Overload Relay event occurs, the e-mail

message will look like the following:

422

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

EtherNet/IP Communications

Chapter 9

Text Notifications
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module can
send a text message to a wireless phone by e-mailing the wireless phone's service
provider. The format for the text message is provided by the service provider and
looks similar to the example formats below.
AT&T: 10-digit wireless phone number@txt.att.net
Sprint: 10-digit wireless phone number@messaging.sprint.pcs.com

Limitations
Based on the functionality of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP
Communication Module, there are some limitations on when the e-mails can be
triggered.
If two events occur at the same time, an e-mail is only sent for the most
significant error.
If the device has been configured to send an e-mail for a lower prioritized
event and this event occurs at the same time as a higher prioritized event
for which the device has not been programmed to send an e-mail, an e-mail
is not sent for either event.
The Clear e-mail is only sent when all events have been cleared and an
event e-mail has previously been sent.

The following table identifies possible causes and corrective actions when
troubleshooting the E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP
Communication Module.

Troubleshooting
Status LED

Network Status (NS)

Color

State

None

Green, Red,
Not Illuminated

Flashing (once)

Green

Flashing

Green

Solid

Red

Flashing

Red

Solid

Possible Cause
The E300 EtherNet/IP Communication Module is not
receiving power.
Normal

Corrective Action
Verify that the proper control voltage exists between
terminals A1 and A2 on the E300 Control Module.
This is a normal power-up sequence.

The E300 EtherNet/IP Communication Module is online,

but with no connections established.
Normal operating state and the E300 EtherNet/IP
Communication Module is allocated to a master.
One or more EtherNet/IP connections timed out.
Diagnostics test failed on power-up/reset. An internal
fault exists.
Duplicate EtherNet/IP module address exists. Two
modules cannot have the same address.
A fatal communication error occurred.

Check the EtherNet/IP master and its scan list for correct
scanner configuration.
No action is required.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Reset the EtherNet/IP master device.

Cycle power to the unit. If the fault still exists, replace
the unit.
Change the IP address to a valid setting and reset the
device.
Check Ethernet media for proper installation.

423

Chapter 9

EtherNet/IP Communications

Status LED

Module Status

Link1 or Link2

424

Color

State

None

Green, Red, Not

Illuminated

Flashing (once)

Green

Flashing

Green

Solid

Red

Flashing

Red

Solid

None

Green
Green

Flashing
Solid

Possible Cause
The E300 EtherNet/IP Communication Module is not
receiving power.

Corrective Action
Check the control power connection on the A1 and A2
terminals of the E300 EtherNet/IP Control Module.

Normal

This is a normal power-up sequence.

The E300 EtherNet/IP Communication Module is not

being scanned by the EtherNet/IP master.
Normal operating state, the E300 EtherNet/IP
Communication Module is allocated to its master.
One or more EtherNet/IP connections timed out.

Check the Ethernet scan list for the correct scanner

configuration.
No action is required.

Reset the E300 EtherNet/IP Communication Module.

Reset the E300 EtherNet/IP Communication Module or
The E300 Overload Relay is in a fault state.
verify the validity of the data in the configuration
assembly.
Cycle power to the device. If the fault still exists, replace
Diagnostics test failed on power-up/reset.
the device.
The E300 EtherNet/IP Communication Module is not
Check the Ethernet cabling to make sure it is properly
properly connected to an Ethernet network.
installed.
The Ethernet network is properly connected.
No action is required.
Communications are occurring on the Ethernet network. No action is required.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Chapter

10

Firmware Updates

Introduction

This chapter provides detailed information about firmware compatibility among

the various E300 Electronic Overload Relay modules and provides instructions
on how to update firmware for an E300 Electronic Overload Relay module.

Firmware Compatibility

The sensing, control, and communication modules of an E300 Electronic

Overload Relay have their own firmware for the functionality of the module and
its subsystems. Each module and its associated subsystems can be updated using
the ControlFLASH utility, which is the same utility that is used to download
firmware into a Logix-based controller. Table 500 shows the specific firmware
revisions for all E300 Electronic Overload Relay modules and subsystems for the
three system releases.
Table 500 - E300 System Revision Table

E300 Control Module

E300 Communication Module

E300 Sensing Module

E300 System Revision

1.034

1.035

2.034

2.035

3.033

3.049

193-EIO Application

1.002

1.003

2.002

2.003

3.001

3.001

193-EIO Boot Code

1.005

1.005

1.006

1.006

1.007

1.007

193-EIO EDS Files

3.001

3.001

193-ECM-ETR Application

1.003

1.003

1.003

1.003

1.003

1.004

193-ECM-ETR Boot Code

2.001

2.001

2.001

2.001

2.001

2.001

193-ECM-ETR FPGA

1.008

1.008

1.008

1.008

1.008

1.008

193-ECM-ETR File System

1.001

1.001

1.001

1.001

1.001

1.002

193-ESM Sensing Module

1.001

1.001

2.002

2.002

2.002

2.002

Table 501 shows which firmware revisions are compatible with the other E300
Electronic Overload Relay modules and their associated subsystems.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

425

Chapter 10

Firmware Updates

Table 501 - E300 Firmware Compatibility Table

E300 Control Module

E300 Communication Module

193-ECM-ETR Application
193-ECM-ETR File System
193-ECM-ETR File System
193-ECM-ETR File System
193-ECM-ETR Boot Code
193-ECM-ETR FPGA

E300 Sensing Module

193-ESM Sensing Module

193-EXP-DIO-42-24D
E300 Digital I/O Expansion Modules 193-EXP-DIO-42-120
193-EXP-DIO-42-240
E300 Analog I/O Expansion Module 193-EXP-AIO-31
193-EOS-SCS
E300 Operator Stations
193-EOS-SDS

Updating Firmware

426

193-EIO Application
193-EIO Boot Code
193-EIO EDS Files
1.003
1.001
1.004
1.002
2.001
1.008
1.001
2.002

1.002
1.005

1.003
1.005

2.002
1.006

2.003
1.006

3.001
1.007
3.001

Firmware for the E300 Electronic Overload Relay modules and their associated
subsystems can be downloaded from the Product Compatibility and Download
Center located at http://www.rockwellautomation.com/rockwellautomation/
support/pcdc.page?.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Firmware Updates

Chapter 10

After the firmware has been downloaded and installed, run the ControlFLASH
application by selecting ControlFLASH from the Start menu located at Start ->
FLASH Programming Tools -> ControlFlash as shown below.

Select the Local directory to locate the ControlFLASH update file and press
Next to continue.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

427

Chapter 10

Firmware Updates

Select the module update file and press Next.

428

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Firmware Updates

Chapter 10

Select the specific device to update and press OK.

Select the specific module subsystem to update and press OK.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

429

Chapter 10

Firmware Updates

Select the specific firmware revision for the firmware update and press Next.

Verify that you want to update the firmware for that specific module subsystem
by pressing Yes.

430

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Firmware Updates

Chapter 10

The ControlFLASH utility will begin to download the new firmware files. At
the end of the download, the device will automatically reset.

When the device finishes its power cycle sequence, a successful firmware update
message is displayed. Press OK to finish the firmware update process.

IMPORTANT

Do not interrupt power or communications to the device during the firmware

update process. Failure of control power or communications could permanently
damage the device.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

431

Chapter 10

Firmware Updates

E300 Firmware Update

Example

Updating the firmware for an E300 Electronic Overload Relay involves updating
multiple internal firmware subsystems. The Communication Module, Control
Module, and Sensing Module have their own firmware. This example explains the
process to update an E300 Electronic Overload Relay from v2.034 to v3.033
firmware. Download the firmware update files from
http://compatibility.rockwellautomation.com/Pages/
MultiProductDownload.aspx?crumb=112.

Table 502 contains the firmware files that are associated with v3.033.
Table 502 - E300 Firmware v3.033 Files

E300 Communication Module

E300 Sensing Module

E300 Control Module

E300 System Revision

3.033

193-ECM-ETR Application

1.003

193-ECM-ETR Boot Code

2.001

193-ECM-ETR FPGA

1.008

193-ECM-ETR File System

1.001

193-ESM Sensing Module

2.002

193-EIO Application

3.001

193-EIO Boot Code

1.007

193-EIO EDS Files

3.001

The firmware for the EtherNet/IP communication and sensing module did not
change in the update for an E300 Electronic Overload Relay with firmware
v2.034 to v3.033. No firmware update is needed for the E300 EtherNet/IP
Communication Module and Sensing Module. However, five control module
firmware subsystems changeed. Update the following control module firmware
subsystems:
193-EIO Boot Code
193-EIO Application
193-EIO Uncompressed EtherNet/IP EDS File
193-EIO Compressed EtherNet/IP EDS File

432

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Firmware Updates

Chapter 10

193-EIO Compressed DeviceNet EDS File

Control Module Boot Code Firmware Update

1. To update the firmware for the E300 Control Module Boot Code, start the
ControlFlash Utility, select 193-EIO BootCode, and press Next.

2. Select the device to update and press OK.

3. Select the firmware subsystem type 193-EIO Boot Code to update and
press OK.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

433

Chapter 10

Firmware Updates

4. Select firmware revision 1.007.1 to update to.

434

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Firmware Updates

Chapter 10

5. Verify the firmware revision change and press Finish.

6. Begin the firmware updating process by pressing Yes.

When the firmware update is successful, the following display appears.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

435

Chapter 10

Firmware Updates

Control Module Application Code Firmware Update

1. To update the firmware for the E300 Control Module Application Code,
start the ControlFlash Utility, select 193-EIO Application, and press
Next.

2. Select the device to update and press OK.

3. Select the firmware subsystem type 193-EIO Application to update and

press OK.

436

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Firmware Updates

Chapter 10

4. Select firmware revision 3.001.12 to update to.

5. Verify the firmware revision change and press Finish.

6. Begin the firmware updating process by pressing Yes.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

437

Chapter 10

Firmware Updates

When the firmware update is successful, the following display appears.

Control Module Uncompressed EtherNet/IP EDS File Firmware Update

1. To update the embedded uncompressed EtherNet/IP EDS file, start the
ControlFlash Utility, select 193-EIO Uncompressed EDS, and press Next.

438

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Firmware Updates

Chapter 10

2. Select the device to update and press OK.

3. Select the firmware subsystem type 193-EIO EDS Files to update and
press OK.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

439

Chapter 10

Firmware Updates

4. Select the first firmware revision 3.001.1 to update to.

5. Verify the firmware revision change and press Finish.

6. Begin the firmware updating process by pressing Yes.

440

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Firmware Updates

Chapter 10

When the firmware update is successful, the following display appears.

Control Module Compressed EtherNet/IP EDS File Firmware Update

1. To update the embedded compressed EtherNet/IP EDS file, start the
ControlFlash Utility, select 193-EIO Compressed EDS, and press Next.

2. Select the device to update and press OK.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

441

Chapter 10

Firmware Updates

3. Select the firmware subsystem type 193-EIO EDS Files to update and
press OK.

4. Select the second firmware revision 3.001.1 to update to.

5. Verify the firmware revision change and press Finish.

442

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Firmware Updates

Chapter 10

6. Begin the firmware updating process by pressing Yes.

When the firmware update is successful, the following display appears.

Control Module Compressed DeviceNet EDS File Firmware Update

1. To update the embedded compressed DeviceNet EDS file, start the
ControlFlash Utility, select 193-EIO Compressed DNET EDS, and press
Next.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

443

Chapter 10

Firmware Updates

2. Select the device to update and press OK.

3. Select the firmware subsystem type 193-EIO EDS Files to update and
press OK.

444

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Firmware Updates

Chapter 10

4. Select the third firmware revision 3.001.1 to update to.

5. Verify the firmware revision change and press Finish.

6. Begin the firmware updating process by pressing Yes.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

445

Chapter 10

Firmware Updates

When the firmware update is successful, the following display appears.

Completed Firmware Update

When the E300 Electronic Overload Relay firmware is successfully updated from
v2.034 to v3.033, the system information displays the information below.

446

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Chapter

11

Troubleshooting

Introduction

This chapter helps troubleshoot the E300 Electronic Overload Relay using its
advisory LEDs and diagnostic parameters.
ATTENTION: Servicing energized industrial control equipment can be
hazardous. Electrical shock, burns, or unintentional actuation of controlled
industrial equipment may cause death or serious injury. For safety of
maintenance personnel and others who may be exposed to electrical hazards
associated with the maintenance activities, follow the local safety-related work
practices (for example, the NFPA 70E, Part II, Electrical Safety for Employee
Workplaces, in the United States) when working on or near energized
equipment. Maintenance personnel must be trained in the safety practices,
procedures, and requirements that pertain to their respective job assignments.
Do not work alone on energized equipment.

ATTENTION: Do not attempt to defeat or override fault circuits. The cause of a

fault indication must be determined and corrected before attempting
operation. Failure to correct a control system or mechanical malfunction may
result in personal injury and/or equipment damage due to uncontrolled
machine system operation.

Advisory LEDs

All E300 Electronic Overload Relay Communication Modules and Operator

Station have two diagnostic status indicators: Power LED and Trip/Warn LED.
You can use these diagnostic status indicators to help identify the state of the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay and the reason for the trip or warning event.

Power LED
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay Power LED identifies the state of the E300
Electronic Overload Relay system.
Table 503 - Power LED
Blinking Green
Solid Green

Device Ready / Operation Mode

Device Active (Current Detected) /
Run Mode
Solid Red
Device Error
Blinking Red
Communications Error
Blinking Green/Red Copy Cat in Progress
Available on Operator Station
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

447

Chapter 11

Troubleshooting

Trip/Warn LED
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay Power LED identifies the reason for the
trip or warning event. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay will display a long
and short blinking pattern to identify the reason for the trip or warning event.
Table 504 - Trip / Warn LED
Blinking Red
Blinking Yellow

Trip Event
Warning Event

Listed below are the blink patterns for the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trip
and warning events.

Voltage

Current

Table 505 - Blink Patterns for Trip/Warn Events

448

Code

Long Blink Pattern

Short Blink Pattern

Overload

Phase Loss

Ground Fault Current

Stall

Jam

Underload

Current Imbalance

L1 Under Current

L2 Under Current

L3 Under Current

10

L1 Over Current

11

L2 Over Current

12

L3 Over Current

13

L1 Line Loss

14

L2 Line Loss

15

L3 Line Loss

16

Under Voltage

Over Voltage

Voltage Imbalance

Phase Rotation Mismatch

Under Frequency

Over Frequency

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Troubleshooting

Analog

Control

Power

Code

Long Blink Pattern

Chapter 11

Short Blink Pattern

Under kW

Over kW

Under kVAR Consumed

Over kVAR Consumed

Under kVAR Generated

Over kVAR Generated

Under kVA

Over kVA

Under PF Lagging

Over PF Lagging

10

Under PF Leading

11

Over PF Leading

12

Test

PTC

DeviceLogix

Operator Station

Remote Trip

Blocked Start

Hardware Fault

Configuration

Option Match

Feedback Timeout

10

Expansion Bus

11

Number Of Starts

12

Operating Hours

13

Nonvolatile Memory

14

Test Mode

15

Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 00

Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 01

Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 02

Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 00

Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 01

Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 02

Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 00

Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 01

Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 02

Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 00

10

Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 01

11

Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 02

12

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

449

Chapter 11

Troubleshooting

Resetting a Trip
ATTENTION: Resetting a trip does not correct the cause for the trip. Take
corrective action before resetting the trip.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trip condition can be reset by taking one of
the following actions:
Actuating the Blue Trip/Reset button on the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay Communication Module
Actuating the Reset button on the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
Operator Station
Setting the Trip Reset bit in the E300 Electronic Overload Relays Output
Assembly via the communications network
Actuating a reset signal to one of the assigned digital inputs
Setting Overload Reset Mode (Parameter 173) to Automatic to allow the
unit to automatically reset after an overload trip
Setting Trip Reset (Parameter 163) to a value of 1, Trip Reset
IMPORTANT

Trip/Warn LED
Troubleshooting Procedures

An overload trip cannot be reset until the value of Percent Thermal Capacity
Utilized (Parameter 1) is below the value set in Overload Reset Level
(Parameter 174).

Trip Description
Possible Cause
Test Trip
1. Operation of the Test/Reset
1. Motor overloaded
Overload
2. Improper parameter settings
1. Missing supply phase
2. Poor electrical connection
Phase Loss
3. Contactor operation
4. Improper parameter setting
1. Power conductor or motor winding is
shorting to ground
2. Motor winding insulation is decayed
Ground Fault

450

Corrective Action
1. Operate the Test/Reset button to clear
1. Check and correct source of overload (load,
mechanical transmission components, motor
bearings).
2. Set parameter values to match the motor and
application requirements.
1. Check for open line (for example, blown fuse).
2. Check all power terminations from the branch
circuit-protecting device down to the motor for
proper tightness. Make sure that the overload
connection to the contactor is secure.
3. Inspect contactor for proper operation.
4. Single-phase applications require that Single/
Three Phase (Parameter 176) is set to single phase.
1. Check power conductors and motor windings for
low resistance to ground.
2. Check motor winding insulation for low
resistance to ground.
3. Check for foreign objects.

3. Foreign Object short

4. External ground fault sensor (core balance
current transformer) has improper
4. Check cable connections.
connection

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Troubleshooting

Trip Description

Stall

Possible Cause
1. Motor has not reached full speed by the
end of the Stall Enabld Time (Parameter
249)
2. Improper parameter settings
1. Motor current has exceeded the
programmed jam level

Jam
2. Improper parameter settings

PTC

1. Motor stator windings overheated

2. Thermistor leads short-circuited or broken
1. Imbalance in incoming power
2. Motor winding imbalance

Current Imbalance
3. Motor idling
4. Contactor or circuit breaker operation
1. Firmware Downgrade corrupted:
Nonvolatile Storage Nonvolatile memory
Fault
2. Internal product failure
1. Firmware of sensing module is not
compatible with control module firmware
Hardware Fault
2. Hardware configuration failure

1. Single/Three Phase (Parameter 176) is set

to "Single Phase" and current is being
sensed in phase L3 during motor operation.
Operating Mode "Overload (Network)"
Configuration Fault 2.
does not have an assigned Trip Relay

3. Illegal configuration value

Remote Trip

1. Contact closure of remote sensor (for

example, vibration switch).

1. Starts Counter (Parameter 29) is equal to

Total Starts Warning or greater than the value set in Total Starts
(Parameter 207)
Operating Time (Parameter 28) is equal to
Total Operating 1.
greater than the value set in Total
Hours Warning or
Operating Hours (Parameter 208)

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Chapter 11

Corrective Action
1. Check for source of stall (for example, excessive
load, or mechanical transmission component
failure).
2. Stall Enabled Time (Parameter 249) is set too low
for the application. Check to make sure that FLA
Setting (Parameter 171) is set correctly.
1. Check for the source of the jam (i.e., excessive
load or mechanical transmission component
failure).
2. Jam Trip Level (Parameter 253) is set too low for
the application. Check to make sure that FLA Setting
(Parameter 171) is set correctly.
1. Check for source of motor overtemperature (for
example, overload, obstructed cooling, high
ambient temperature, excessive starts/hour).
2. Inspect thermistor leads for short-circuit or open
1. Check power system (for example, blown fuse).
2. Repair motor, or if acceptable, raise value of
Current Imbalance Trip Level (Parameter 261), CI
Trip Level
3. Raise value of Current Imbalance Trip Level
(Parameter 261) to an acceptable level.
4. Inspect contactor and circuit breaker for proper
operation.
1.Execute the Clear Command to the operating
Statistics, History Logs, and % TCU
2. Consult the factory.
1. Verify firmware revisions of control module and
sensing module
2. Update firmware of control module to v2.0 or
higher
3. Consult the factory.
4. Verify that the Sensing, Control, and
Communication Module are connected properly.
5. Verify that connection pins between sensing
module and control module are not bent.
1. For three-phase applications, Single/Three Phase
(Parameter 176) should be set to Three-Phase; for
single-phase applications, verify that current is
flowing through L1 and L2 only.
2. Verify that one of the Output Assignments
(Parameters 202204) is configured as a "Trip
Relay"
3. Review Invalid Configuration Parameter
(Parameter 38) and Invalid Configuration Cause
(Parameter 39) to identify which configuration
parameter is illegal and the reason why.
1. Take corrective action to address the issue that
caused the sensor to actuate.
2. Check sensor for proper operation.
3. Check wiring.
1. Set Clear Command (Parameter 165) to "Clear
Operating Statistics" to reset Starts Counter
(Parameter 29)
1. Clear Command (Parameter 165) to "Clear
Operating Statistics" to reset Operating Time
(Parameter 28)

451

Chapter 11

Troubleshooting

Trip Description

Blocked Start

452

Possible Cause
1. The number of starts count within the
past hour period equals the value set in the
Starts Per Hour (Parameter 205)
2. The time expired since the most recent
start is less than the value set in the Starts
Interval (Parameter 206)

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Corrective Action
1. Check Time to Start (Parameter 31) and wait that
amount of time, or change the configuration to
allow more starts/hour.
2. Check Time to Start (Parameter 31) and wait that
amount of time, or change the configuration to
shorten the interval between starts.

Appendix

Specifications

Electrical Specifications
Table 506 - Motor/Load Ratings
Terminals
Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui)
Rated Operating Voltage (Ue)
IEC:
UL:
Rated Impulse Voltage (Uimp)
Rated Operating Current (Ie)
Rated Frequency
Short Circuit Ratings
Number of Poles
Application

1/L1, 3/L2, 5/L3, 2/T1, 4/T2, 6/T3

690V AC
690V AC
600V AC
6 kV
See Catalog Number Explanation
45...65 Hz
See Short-Circuit Ratings on page 44
3
Single-phase or Three-phase

Table 507 - Power Supply Ratings

Rated Supply Voltage (Us)
Operating Range
Maximum Inrush Current
Maximum Power Consumption
E300:
E300 with expansion:
Maximum Power Interruption Time
Vmin:
Vmax:

24V DC
1130V DC
3 A for 30 ms

120V AC
85132V AC
10 A for 1 ms

240V AC
159265V AC
8 A for 3 ms

6W
8W
5 ms
5 ms

10 ms
10 ms

10 ms
10 ms

Table 508 - Output Relay Ratings (Control Module and Expansion Digital Module)
Terminals
Relay 0:
Relay 1:
Relay 2:
Type of Contacts
Rated Thermal Current (Ithe)
Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui)
Rated Operating Voltage (Ue)
Rated Operating Current (Ie)
Minimum Operating Current
Rating Designation
Utilization Category
Resistive Load Rating

(p.f. = 1.0)

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

R03/R04
R13/R14
R23/R24
Form A
SPST - NO
5A
300V AC
250V AC
3 A (@120V AC), 1.5 A (@240V AC)
0.25 A (@110V DC), 0.1 A (@220V DC)
10 mA @ 5V DC
B300
AC-15
5 A, 250V AC
5 A, 30V DC
453

Appendix A

Specifications

Table 508 - Output Relay Ratings (Control Module and Expansion Digital Module)
Inductive Load Rating
(L/R = 7 ms)
Short Circuit Current Rating

(p.f. = 0.4)

2 A, 250V AC
2 A, 30V DC
1,000 A
KTK-R-6
(6 A, 600 V)

Recommended Control Circuit Fuse

Rated Number of Operations
Relay 0, Relay 1, and Relay 2:
W/100-C09100-C43
W/100-C60100-C85
W/NEMA Size 02
W/NEMA Size 3

5,000,000
2,500,000
1,000,000
300,000

Table 509 - Input Ratings (Control Module and Expansion Digital Module)
Terminals
Input 0:
Input 1:
Input 2:
Input 3:
Input 4:
Input 5:
Supply Voltage
Type of Inputs
On-State Voltage
On-State Current (turn-on)
Off-State Voltage
Off-State Current
Transition Voltage
Transition Current

24V DC
11V DC
2 mA
5V DC
1.5 mA
5...11V DC
1.5...2.0 mA

IN0
IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
IN5
120V AC
Current Sinking
74V AC
5 mA
20V AC
2.5 mA
2074V AC
2.55 mA

240V AC
159V AC
5 mA
40V AC
2.5 mA
40159V AC
2.55 mA

Table 510 - Analog I/O Ratings (Expansion Analog Module)

Bus to In/Out isolation
Group Isolation (In/Out)
Channel to channel isolation
Max. current draw
Max. Surge Current at Power-Up

Input ranges

Input Impedance Tolerances

Input resolution

454

Module
1000V AC = 1415V DC (1 min.)
1000V AC = 1415V DC (1 min.)
None
85 mA at 24V
0.5 A @ 24V DC for 1 ms
Input Channels
Current: 020 mA, 420 mA
Voltage: 010V, 15V, 05V
RTD: 100 , 200 , 500 and 1000 PT385 and Pt3916, 100 Ni618 and Ni672, 10
Cu 426, 604 NiFe 518
Resistance: 0-150 , 0-750 , 0-3000 , 0-6000
Current Impedance: 249 1.0%
Voltage Impedance:
10M at 10Vin
4M at 5Vin
680k at 1Vin
12 bits

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Specifications

Appendix A

Table 510 - Analog I/O Ratings (Expansion Analog Module)

Output ranges
Output Resolution
Voltage Output Load
Current Output Load
Output Impedance
Output Open Circuit detect

Output Channels
Current: 020 mA, 420 mA
Voltage: 010V, 05V, 15V
12 bits
2k min. at 10V output (5 mA max.), including wire resistance
50 minimum to 750 max
Current: >1M, Voltage: <1
Current outputs: O.C. detect supported
Voltage outputs: O.C. detect not supported

Max Inductive Load

(current outputs)
Max Capacitive Load
(voltage outputs)

0.1 mH
1F

Table 511 - Thermistor/PTC Input Ratings (PTC only)

Terminals
Type of Control Unit
Maximum Number of Sensors
Maximum Cold Resistance of PTC Sensor Chain
Trip Resistance
Reset Resistance
Short-circuit Trip Resistance
Maximum Voltage @ PTC Terminals (RPTC = 4 k)
Maximum Voltage @ PTC Terminals (RPTC =open)
Response Time

Low Voltage Directive

IT1, IT2
Mark A
6
1500
3400 150
1600 100
25 10
7.5V DC
30V DC
800 ms

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay expansion digital modules are tested to
comply with EN60947-5-1 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear Part 5-1:
Control circuit devices and switching elements.
Table 512 - Expansion Digital I/O Modules
Expansion Digital I/O Modules
193-EXP-DIO-42-24D 193-EXP-DIO-42-120 193-EXP-DIO-42-240
250V AC
250V AC
250V AC
Digital Output Rated Operational Voltage (Ue):
2000Vrms for 1s
2000Vrms for 1s
2000Vrms for 1s
Digital Output Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui):
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage (Uimp):
N/A
N/A
N/A
Conditional Short Circuit Current:
1000 A
1000 A
1000 A
Recommended Control Circuit Fuse:
KTK-R (6 A, 600V)
KTK-R (6 A, 600V)
KTK-R (6 A, 600V)
Utilization Category:
AC15, DC13
AC15, DC13
AC15, DC13
Pollution Degree:
3
3
3

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

455

Appendix A

Specifications

Table 513 - Expansion Power Supply Modules

Expansion Power Supply Modules
Rated Operational Voltage (Ue):
Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui):
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage (Uimp):
Conditional Short Circuit Current:
Protection Against Short Circuits:
Utilization Category:
Pollution Degree:

193-EXP-PS-AC
100250V AC
2640Vrms for 1s
4 kV
N/A
N/A
N/A
3

Environmental Specifications
Table 514 - Environmental Specifications
Ambient Temperature
Storage
Operating
(Open)
(Enclosed)

40+85 C (40+185 F)
20+55 C (4+131 F)
20+40 C (4+104 F)

Humidity
Operating
Damp Heat Steady State (per IEC 68-2-3)
Damp Heat Cyclic (per IEC 68-2-30)

595% Non-condensing
92% r.h., 40 C (104 F), 56 days
93% r.h., 25 C/40 C (77 F/104 F), 21 Cycles
Natural Convection
2.5G operating, 5 G non-operating
30 G
2000 m
Pollution Degree 3
EN 50012
IP20

Cooling Method
Vibration (per IEC 68-2-6)
Shock (per IEC 68-2-27)
Maximum Altitude
Pollution Environment
Terminal Marking
Degree of Protection

Current ratings must be derated at altitudes greater than 2000 m

Temperature rating based on 120V AC control module with 1 A going through relays 0, 1, and 2.
Temperature rating based on 24V DC control module with four digital inputs active and 0.2 A going through
relays 0, 1, and 2.
Temperature rating based on 120V AC or 240V AC control module with 5A going through relays 0, 1, and 2.

NOTE: The E300 Electronic Overload Relay expansion power supplies (Cat.
Nos. 193-EXP-PS-AC and 193-EXP-PS-DC) surrounding air temperature must
not exceed 55 C (131 F).
Table 515 - Temperature Derating
Control Module
Voltage
120/240V AC
Open Application
24V DC
120/240V AC
Enclosed
Application

456

24V DC

Relay 0
Current

Relay 1
Current

Relay 2
Current

1.0 A
5.0 A
0.2 A
0.2 A
5.0 A
5.0 A
0.2 A
5.0 A

1.0 A
1.0 A
0.2 A
0.2 A
1.0 A
5.0 A
0.2 A
1.0 A

1.0 A
1.0 A
0.2 A
0.2 A
1.0 A
5.0 A
0.2 A
1.0 A

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Number of
Digital Inputs
Active
4
4
4
6
6
4
4
6

Operating Temperature
Range
-20+55 C (-4+131 F)
-20+50 C (-4+122 F)
-20+55 C (-4+131 F)
-20+50 C (-4+122 F)
-20+30 C (-4+86 F)
-20+40 C (-4+104 F)
-20+40 C (-4+104 F)
-20+30 C (-4+86 F)

Specifications

Appendix A

Electromagnetic
Compatibility Specifications

Table 516 - Electromagnetic Compatibility Specifications

Electrostatic Discharge Immunity
Test Level:
Performance Criteria:
RF Immunity
Test Level:
Performance Criteria:
Electrical Fast Transient/Burst Immunity
Test Level:
Performance Criteria:
Surge Immunity
Test Level:
Performance Criteria:
Radiated Emissions
Conducted Emissions

8kV Air Discharge

6kV Contact Discharge
1
10V/m
1
4kV (Power)
2kV (Control and Comm)
1
2kV (L-E)
1kV (L-L)
1
Class A
Class A

Performance Criteria 1 requires the DUT to experience no degradation or loss of performance.

Environment 2.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

457

Appendix A

Specifications

Protection

Table 517 - Protection

Trip
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Overload
Phase Loss
Ground Fault
Stall
Jam
Underload
Thermistor (PTC)
Current Imbalance
Communication Fault
Communication Idle
Remote Trip
Blocked Start/Start Inhibit
Under Voltage L-L
Over Voltage L-L
Voltage Unbalance
Phase Rotation
Under Frequency
Over Frequency
Under Real Power (kW)
Over Real Power (kW)
Under Reactive Power Consumed (+kVAR)
Over Reactive Power Consumed (+kVAR)
Under Reactive Power Generated (-kVAR)
Over Reactive Power Generated (-kVAR)
Under Apparent Power (kVA)
Over Apparent Power (kVA)
Under Power Factor Lagging (-PF)
Over Power Factor Lagging (-PF)
Under Power Factor Leading (+PF)
Over Power Factor Leading (+PF)
Power Value Overflow (kW, kVAR or KVA)
Analog Over Level

Warning
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Table 518 - Overload Protection

458

Type of Relay

Ambient Compensated Time-Delay

Phase Loss Sensitive

Nature of Relay

Solid-State

FLA Setting

See Full Load Amps Setting on page 133

Trip Rating

120% FLA

Trip Class

530

Reset Mode

Automatic or Manual

Overload Reset Level

1100% TCU

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Specifications

Appendix A

Table 519 - Ground Fault Protection (External Ground Fault Module)

Type

Core Balanced

Intended Use

Equipment Protection

Classification (Per UL 1053)

Class I
20100 mA
100500 mA

Protection Range

200 mA1.0 A
1.05.0 A

Accuracy

Trip and Warning Time Delay

0.125.0 s

Protection Inhibit Time

0250 s

Metering
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay metering accuracy is listed below:
Table 520 - Metering Accuracy
Current

2% of Sensing Module Current Range

Voltage

2% of Sensing Module Voltage Range

Power

5%

Protection Timers
All E300 Electronic Overload Relay trip timers shall have a resolution of 0.1 s or
0.1 s/25 s (whichever is greater).

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

459

Appendix A

Specifications

Notes:

460

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Appendix

Parameter List

This appendix lists all accessible parameters of the E300 overload relay in
numerical order.

Overview

The setting range for each parameter is provided to assist especially for
applications where it is desirable to set values from a logic controller via a network
connection.
Information values provided include the following:
Value

Group
Device Monitor

Param
No.

Parameter Name

ThermUtilizedPct

OLTimeToTrip

Function

Setting Range

Indicated as raw numerical values.

Scale Factor

Indicate the decimal precision associated with each parameter. This must be given close attention when writing or
reading values.

Default

Indicate the factory pre-programmed values.

Device Profile Tag Name

I.PercentTCU

OLTimeToReset

Description

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Min

Max

Default Units

% Thermal
Capacity Used

USINT

100

Time until an
overload trip

UINT

9999

Time until OL trip

can be reset

UINT

Second
s
2

9999

0
Second
s

TripStsCurrent

I.Protection.OverloadTrip
I.Protection.PhaseLossTrip
I.Protection.GroundFaultCurrentTrip
I.Protection.StallTrip
I.Protection.JamTrip
I.Protection.UnderloadTrip
I.Protection.CurrentImbalanceTrip
I.Protection.L1UnderCurrentTrip
I.Protection.L2UnderCurrentTrip
I.Protection.L3UnderCurrentTrip
I.Protection.L1OverCurrentTrip
I.Protection.L2OverCurrentTrip
I.Protection.L3OverCurrentTrip
I.Protection.L1LineLossTrip
I.Protection.L2LineLossTrip
I.Protection.L3LineLossTrip

Trip Status bits for UINT

Current

Bit0= OverloadTrip
Bit1= PhaseLossTrip
Bit2= GroundFaultTrip
Bit3= StallTrip
Bit4= JamTrip
Bit5= UnderloadTrip
Bit6= CurrentImbalTrip
Bit7= L1UnderCurrTrip
Bit8= L2UnderCurrTrip
Bit9= L3UnderCurrTrip
Bit10= L1OverCurrenTrip
Bit11= L2OverCurrenTrip
Bit12= L3OverCurrenTrip
Bit13= L1LineLossTrip
Bit14= L2LineLossTrip
Bit15= L3LineLossTrip

TripStsVoltage

I.Protection.UnderVoltageTrip
I.Protection.OverVoltageTrip
I.Protection.VoltageImbalanceTrip
I.Protection.PhaseRotationMismatchTrip
I.Protection.UnderFrequencyTrip
I.Protection.OverFrequencyTrip

Trip Status bits for UINT

Voltage

Bit0= UnderVoltageTrip
Bit1= OvervoltageTrip
Bit2= VoltageUnbalTrip
Bit3= PhaseRotationTrp
Bit4= UnderFreqTrip
Bit5= OverFreqTrip

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

461

Appendix B

Group
Device Monitor
(continued)

Parameter List

Param
No.

Parameter Name

Device Profile Tag Name

Description

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Max

Default Units

TripStsPower

I.Protection.UnderRealPowerTrip
I.Protection.OverRealPowerTrip
I.Protection.UnderReactivePowerConsumedTrip
I.Protection.OverReactivePowerConsumedTrip
I.Protection.UnderReactivePowerGeneratedTrip
I.Protection.OverReactivePowerGeneratedTrip
I.Protection.UnderApparentPowerTrip
I.Protection.OverApparentPowerTrip
I.Protection.UnderPowerFactorLaggingTrip
I.Protection.OverPowerFactorLaggingTrip
I.Protection.UnderPowerFactorLeadingTrip
I.Protection.OverPowerFactorLeadingTrip

Trip Status bits for UINT

Power

Bit0= UnderKWTrip
Bit1= OverKWTrip
Bit2= UnderKVARConTrip
Bit3= OverKVARConTrip
Bit4= UnderKVARGenTrip
Bit5= OverKVARGenTrip
Bit6= UnderKVATrip
Bit7= OverKVATrip
Bit8= UnderPFLagTrip
Bit9= OverPFLagTrip
Bit10= UnderPFLeadTrip
Bit11= OverPFLeadTrip

TripStsControl

I.Protection.TestTrip
I.Protection.PTCTrip

Trip Status bits for UINT

Control

Bit0= TestTrip
Bit1= PTCTrip
Bit2= DLXTrip
Bit3= OperStationTrip
Bit4= RemoteTrip
Bit5= BlockedStartTrip
Bit6= HardwareFltTrip
Bit7= ConfigTrip
Bit8= OptionMatchTrip
Bit9= DLXFBTimeoutTrip
Bit10= ExpansionBusTrip
Bit11= Reserved
Bit12 =Reserved
Bit13= NVSTrip
Bit 14=TestMode Trip

I.Protection.Analog1Ch00Trip
I.Protection.Analog1Ch01Trip
I.Protection.Analog1Ch02Trip
I.Protection.Analog2Ch00Trip
I.Protection.Analog2Ch01Trip
I.Protection.Analog2Ch02Trip
I.Protection.Analog3Ch00Trip
I.Protection.Analog3Ch01Trip
I.Protection.Analog3Ch02Trip
I.Protection.Analog4Ch00Trip
I.Protection.Analog4Ch01Trip
I.Protection.Analog4Ch02Trip

Trip Status bits for UINT

Analog

Bit0= InAnMod1Ch00Trip
Bit1= InAnMod1Ch01Trip
Bit2= InAnMod1Ch02Trip
Bit3= InAnMod2Ch00Trip
Bit4= InAnMod2Ch01Trip
Bit5= InAnMod2Ch01Trip
Bit6= InAnMod3Ch00Trip
Bit7= InAnMod3Ch01Trip
Bit8= InAnMod3Ch02Trip
Bit9= InAnMod4Ch00Trip
Bit10= InAnMod4Ch01Trip
Bit11= InAnMod4Ch02Trip

I.Protection.OverloadWarning

Warning Status
bits for Current

UINT

Bit0= OverloadWarning
Bit1= Reserved
Bit2= GroundFltWarning
Bit3= Reserved
Bit4= JamWarning
Bit5= UnderloadWarning
Bit6= CurrentImbalWarn
Bit7= L1UnderCurrWarn
Bit8= L2UnderCurrWarn
Bit9= L3UnderCurrWarn
Bit10= L1OverCurrenWarn
Bit11= L2OverCurrenWarn
Bit12= L3OverCurrenWarn
Bit13= L1LineLossWarn
Bit14= L2LineLossWarn
Bit15= L3LineLossWarn

I.Protection.OperatorStationTrip
I.Protection.RemoteTrip
I.Protection.BlockedStartTrip
I.Protection.HardwareFaultTrip
I.Protection.ConfigurationTrip
I.Protection.ModuleMismatchTrip
I.Protection.ExpansionBusTrip
I.Protection.NVMErrorTrip
I.Protection.MCCTestPositionTrip
8

TripStsAnalog

Reserved

10

WarnStsCurrent

I.Protection.GroundFaultCurrentWarning
I.Protection.JamWarning
I.Protection.UnderloadWarning
I.Protection.CurrentImbalanceWarning
I.Protection.L1UnderCurrentWarning
I.Protection.L2UnderCurrentWarning
I.Protection.L3UnderCurrentWarning
I.Protection.L1OverCurrentWarning
I.Protection.L2OverCurrentWarning
I.Protection.L3OverCurrentWarning
I.Protection.L1LineLossWarning
I.Protection.L2LineLossWarning
I.Protection.L3LineLossWarning

462

Min

11

WarnStsVoltage

I.Protection.UnderVoltageWarning
I.Protection.OverVoltageWarning
I.Protection.VoltageImbalanceWarning
I.Protection.PhaseRotationMismatchWarning
I.Protection.UnderFrequencyWarning
I.Protection.OverFrequencyWarning

Warning Status
bits for Voltage

UINT

Bit0= UnderVoltageWarn
Bit1= OvervoltageWarn
Bit2= VoltageUnbalWarn
Bit3= PhaseRotationWrn
Bit4= UnderFreqWarning
Bit5= OverFreqWarning

12

WarnStsPower

I.Protection.UnderRealPowerWarning
I.Protection.OverRealPowerWarning
I.Protection.UnderReactivePowerConsumedWarning
I.Protection.OverReactivePowerConsumedWarning
I.Protection.UnderReactivePowerGeneratedWarning
I.Protection.OverReactivePowerGeneratedWarning
I.Protection.UnderApparentPowerWarning
I.Protection.OverApparentPowerWarning
I.Protection.UnderPowerFactorLaggingWarning
I.Protection.OverPowerFactorLaggingWarning
I.Protection.UnderPowerFactorLeadingWarning
I.Protection.OverPowerFactorLeadingWarning

Warning Status
bits for Power

UINT

Bit0= UnderKWWarning
Bit1= OverKWWarning
Bit2= UnderKVARConWarn
Bit3= OverKVARConWarn
Bit4= UnderKVARGenWarn
Bit5= OverKVARGenWarn
Bit6= UnderKVAWarning
Bit7= OverKVAWarning
Bit8= UnderPFLagWarn
Bit9= OverPFLagWarn
Bit10= UnderPFLeadWarn
Bit11= OverPFLeadWarn

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - November 2013

Parameter List

Group
Device Monitor
(continued)

Param
No.
13

Parameter Name

Device Profile Tag Name

WarnStsControl

Description

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Min

Max

Appendix B

Default Units

Warning Status
bits for Control

UINT

BBit0= Reserved
Bit1= PTCWarning
Bit2= DLXWarning
Bit3= Reserved
Bit4= Reserved
Bit5= Reserved
Bit6= Reserved
Bit7= Reserved
Bit8= OptionMatchWarn
Bit9= DLXFBTimeoutWarn
Bit10= ExpansionBusWarn
Bit11= PMNumberOfStarts
Bit12= PMOperatingHours

I.Protection.Analog1Ch00Warning
I.Protection.Analog1Ch01Warning
I.Protection.Analog1Ch02Warning
I.Protection.Analog2Ch00Warning
I.Protection.Analog2Ch01Warning
I.Protection.Analog2Ch02Warning
I.Protection.Analog3Ch00Warning
I.Protection.Analog3Ch01Warning
I.Protection.Analog3Ch02Warning
I.Protection.Analog4Ch00Warning
I.Protection.Analog4Ch01Warning
I.Protection.Analog4Ch02Warning

Warning Status
bits for Analog

UINT

Bit0= InAnMod1Ch00Warn 0
Bit1= InAnMod1Ch01Warn
Bit2= InAnMod1Ch02Warn
Bit3= InAnMod2Ch00Warn
Bit4= InAnMod2Ch01Warn
Bit5= InAnMod2Ch02Warn
Bit6= InAnMod3Ch00Warn
Bit7= InAnMod3Ch01Warn
Bit8= InAnMod3Ch02Warn
Bit9= InAnMod4Ch00Warn
Bit10= InAnMod4Ch01Warn
Bit11= InAnMod4Ch02Warn

I.Protection.PTCWarning

I.Protection.ModuleMismatchWarning
I.Protection.ExpansionBusWarning
I.Protection.NumberOfStartsWarning
I.Protection.OperatingHoursWarning

14

WarnStsAnalog

15

Reserved

16

InputStatus0

I.Pt00Data
I.Pt01Data
I.Pt02Data
I.Pt03Data
I.Pt04Data
I.Pt05Data

Status of Digital
Inputs

UINT

Bit0= InputPt00
Bit1= InputPt01
Bit2= InputPt02
Bit3= InputPt03
Bit4= InputPt04
Bit5= InputPt05

17

InputStatus1

I.Digital1Pt00Data
I.Digital1Pt01Data
I.Digital1Pt02Data
I.Digital1Pt03Data
I.Digital2Pt00Data
I.Digital2Pt01Data
I.Digital2Pt02Data
I.Digital2Pt03Data
I.Digital3Pt00Data
I.Digital3Pt01Data
I.Digital3Pt02Data
I.Digital3Pt03Data
I.Digital4Pt00Data
I.Digital4Pt01Data
I.Digital4Pt02Data
I.Digital4Pt03Data

Status of Digital
UINT
Expansion Module
Inputs

Bit0= InputDigMod1Pt00
Bit1= InputDigMod1Pt01
Bit2= InputDigMod1Pt02
Bit3= InputDigMod1Pt03
Bit4= InputDigMod2Pt00
Bit5= InputDigMod2Pt01
Bit6= InputDigMod2Pt02
Bit7=1nputDigMod2Pt03
Bit8= InputDigMod3Pt00
Bit9= InputDigMod3Pt01
Bit10= InputDigMod3Pt02
Bit11= InputDigMod3Pt03
Bit12= InputDigMod4Pt00
Bit13= InputDigMod4Pt01
Bit14= InputDigMod4Pt02
Bit15= InputDigMod4Pt03

18

OutputStatus

I.Pt00Readback
I.Pt01Readback
I.Pt02Readback
I.Digital1Pt00Readback
I.Digital1Pt01Readback
I.Digital2Pt00Readback
I.Digital2Pt01Readback
I.Digital3Pt00Readback
I.Digital3Pt01Readback
I.Digital4Pt00Readback
I.Digital4Pt01Readback

Status of Digital
Outputs

UINT

Bit0= OutputPt00
Bit1= OutputPt01
Bit2= OutputPt02
Bit3= OutDigMod1Pt00
Bit4= OutDigMod1Pt01
Bit5= OutDigMod2Pt00
Bit6= OutDigMod2Pt01
Bit7= OutDigMod3Pt00
Bit8= OutDigMod3Pt01
Bit9= OutDigMod4Pt00
Bit10= OutDigMod4Pt01

19

OpStationStatus

I.OperatorStationI
I.OperatorStationII
I.OperatorStationLocalRemote
I.OperatorStationO
I.OperatorStationReset

Status of Operator UINT

Station Buttons
and LEDs

Bit0= OpStationStart1
Bit1= OpStationStart2
Bit2= OSLocalRemote
Bit3= OpStationStop
Bit4= OpStationReset
Bit5= Reserved
Bit6= Reserved
Bit7= Reserved
Bit8= OSLED1Green
Bit9= OSLED2Green
Bit10= OSLED3Amber
Bit11= OSLED3Red
Bit12= OSLED4Red

I.OperatorStationILEDReadback
I.OperatorStationIILEDReadback
I.OperatorStationLocalLEDReadback
I.OperatorStationRemoteLEDReadback
I.OperatorStationOLEDReadback

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

463

Appendix B

Group
Device Monitor
(continued)

464

Parameter List

Param
No.

Parameter Name

Device Profile Tag Name

Description

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Min

Max

Default Units

20

DeviceStatus0

I.TripPresent
I.WarningPresent
I.InvalidConfiguration
I.MotorCurrentPresent
I.GroundFaultCurrentPresent
I.MotorVoltagePresent
I.EmergencyStartEnabled
I.DeviceLogixEnabled
I.FeedbackTimeoutEnabled
I.OperatorStationPresent
I.VoltageSensingPresent
I.InternalGroundFaultSensingPresent
I.ExternalGroundFaultSensingPresent
I.PTCSensingPresent
I.Ready

Device Status bits

UINT

Bit0= TripPresent
Bit1= WarningPresent
Bit2= InvalidConfig
Bit3= CurrentPresent
Bit4= GFCurrentPresent
Bit5= VoltagePresent
Bit6= EmergencyStartEn
Bit7= DeviceLogixEn
Bit8= FeebckTimeoutEn
Bit9= OperatorStation
Bit10= VoltageSensing
Bit11= InternGFSensing
Bit12= ExternGFSensing
Bit13= PTCSensing
Bit14= Ready
Bit 15=Admin Mode Active

21

DeviceStatus1

I.ContolModule24VDCPresent
I.ControlModule120VACPresent
I.ControlModule240VACPresent
I.SensingModule30APresent
I.SensingModule60APresent
I.SensingModule100APresent
I.SensingModule200APresent
I.DigitalModule1Present
I.DigitalModule2Present
I.DigitalModule3Present
I.DigitalModule4Present
I.AnalogModule1Present
I.AnalogModule2Present
I.AnalogModule3Present
I.AnalogModule4Present

Device Status bits

UINT

Bit0= 24VoltControl
Bit1= 120VoltControl
Bit2= 240VoltControl
Bit3= CurrentSense30A
Bit4= CurrentSense60A
Bit5= CurrentSense100A
Bit6= CurrentSense200A
Bit7= DigitalModule1
Bit8= DigitalModule2
Bit9= DigitalModule3
Bit10= DigitalModule4
Bit11= AnalogModule1
Bit12= AnalogModule2
Bit13= AnalogModule3
Bit14= AnalogModule4

22

Firmware

Firmware Revision UINT

Number

1000

1001

23

ControlModuleID

Control Module
Type Detected

USINT

0= Unknown
1= 6In3Out24VDC
2= 4In3Out120VAC
3= 4In3Out240VAC
4= 4In2OutGFPTC24V
5= 2In2OutGFPTC120V
6= 2In2OutGFPTC240V

24

SensingModuleID

Sensing Module
Types Detected

USINT

0= Unknown
1= VIGPt5to30Amp
2= VIG6to60Amp
3= VIG10to100Amp
4= VIG20to200Amp
5= IGPt5to30Amp
6= IG6to60Amp
7= IG10to100Amp
8= IG20to200Amp
9= IPt5to30Amp
10= I6to60Amp
11= I10to100Amp
12= I20to200Amp

25

OperStationID

Operator Station
Types Detected

USINT

0= Unknown
1= NoStation
2= ControlStation
3= DiagStation

26

DigitalModuleID

Expansion Digital
Module Types
Detected

UINT

Bit0= DigitalMod1[0]
Bit1= DigitalMod1[1]
Bit2= DigitalMod1[2]
Bit3= DigitalMod2[0]
Bit4= DigitalMod2[1]
Bit5= DigitalMod2[2]
Bit6= DigitalMod3[0]
Bit7= DigitalMod3[1]
Bit8= DigitalMod3[2]
Bit9= DigitalMod4[0]
Bit10= DigitalMod4[1]
Bit11= DigitalMod4[2]

27

AnalogModuleID

Expansion Bus
Analog Module
Types

UINT

Bit0= AnalogMod1[0]
Bit1= AnalogMod1[1]
Bit2= AnalogMod2[0]
Bit3= AnalogMod2[1]
Bit4= AnalogMod3[0]
Bit5= AnalogMod3[1]
Bit6= AnalogMod4[0]
Bit7= AnalogMod4[1]

28

OperatingTime

Time unit has been UINT

powered on

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - November 2013

65535

65535

Hrs

Parameter List

Group
Device Monitor
(continued)

Param
No.

Parameter Name

Device Profile Tag Name

Description

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Min

Max

Appendix B

Default Units

29

StartsCounter

Number of starts

UINT

65535

30

Starts Available

Number of Starts
Available

USINT

120

31

TimeToStart

The Time to Start

UINT

3600

0
Second
s

Current Monitor

Voltage Monitor

32

Year

Virtual RTC Year

UINT

9999

33

Month

Virtual RTC Month UINT

12

34

Day

Virtual RTC Day

UINT

31

35

Hour

Virtual RTC Hour

UINT

23

36

Minute

Virtual RTC Minute UINT

59

37

Second

Virtual RTC Second UINT

59

38

InvaldCfgParam

Number of
incorrectly
configured
parameter

9999

39

InvaldCfgCause

Description of error USINT

0=NoError
1=ValueOverMax
2=Value UnderMin
3=IllegalValue
4=L3CurrentDetected
5=CopyCat Error
6-50 = Reserved

40

Reserved

41

Reserved

UINT

42

Reserved

43

L1Current

I.L1Current

The actual L1
Phase Current.

DINT

100

2000000000 0

Amps

44

L2Current

I.L2Current

The actual L2
Phase Current.

DINT

100

2000000000 0

Amps

45

L3Current

I.L3Current

The actual L3
Phase Current.

DINT

100

2000000000 0

Amps

46

AverageCurrent

I.AvgCurrent

Average of Phase
Currents.

DINT

100

2000000000 0

Amps
%

47

L1PercentFLA

L1 Current in %FLA UINT

10

10000

48

L2PercentFLA

L2 Current in %FLA UINT

10

10000

49

L3PercentFLA

L3 Current in %FLA UINT

10

10000

50

AvgPercentFLA

I.AvgPercentFLA

Average Current in UINT

%FLA

10

10000

51

GFCurrent

I.GroundFaultCurrent

The Ground Fault

Current.

UINT

100

9999

Amps

52

CurrentImbal

I.CurrentImbalance

Percent Current
Imbalance

USINT

200

53

L1toL2Voltage

I.L1L2Voltage

3 Phase RMS
Voltage Line-Line

UINT

10

65535

Volt

54

L2toL3Voltage

I.L2L3Voltage

3 Phase RMS
Voltage Line-Line

UINT

10

65535

Volt

55

L3toL1Voltage

I.L3L1Voltage

3 Phase RMS
Voltage Line-Line

UINT

10

65535

Volt

56

AvgVoltageLtoL

I.AvgLLVoltage

Average RMS
Voltage Line-Line

UINT

10

65535

Volt

57

L1toNVoltage

3 Phase RMS
Voltage LineNeutral

UINT

10

65535

Volt

58

L2toNVoltage

3 Phase RMS
Voltage LineNeutral

UINT

10

65535

Volt

59

L3toNVoltage

3 Phase RMS
Voltage LineNeutral

UINT

10

65535

Volt

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

465

Appendix B

Group
Voltage Monitor
(Continued)

Power Monitor

Energy Monitoring

466

Parameter List

Param
No.
60

Parameter Name

Device Profile Tag Name

Description

AvgVoltageLtoN

Average RMS
Voltage LineNeutral

61

VoltageUnbalance

62

VoltageFrequency

63

Type

Scale
Factor

Min

Max

Default Units

10

65535

Volt

Voltage Unbalance USINT

255

Voltage Frequency UINT

10

2500

Hz

VPhaseRotation

Voltage Phase
Rotation
(ABC or ACB)

UINT

0= NoRotation
1= ABC
2= ACB

64

L1RealPower

Phase L1 Real
Power.

DINT

1000

-2000000000 2000000000 0

kW

65

L2RealPower

Phase L2 Real
Power.

DINT

1000

-2000000000 2000000000 0

kW

66

L3RealPower

Phase L3 Real
Power.

DINT

1000

-2000000000 2000000000 0

kW

Total Real Power

I.TotalRealPower

UINT

Data Size
(bytes)

67

TotalRealPower

DINT

1000

-2000000000 2000000000 0

kW

68

L1ReactivePower

Phase L1 Reactive DINT

Power

1000

-2000000000 2000000000 0

kVAR

69

L2ReactivePower

Phase L2 Reactive DINT

Power

1000

-2000000000 2000000000 0

kVAR

70

L3ReactivePower

Phase L3 Reactive DINT

Power

1000

-2000000000 2000000000 0

kVAR

71

TotalReactivePwr

Total Reactive
Power

DINT

1000

-2000000000 2000000000 0

kVAR

72

L1ApparentPower

Phase L1 Apparent DINT

Power

1000

2000000000 0

kVA

73

L2ApparentPower

Phase L2 Apparent DINT

Power

1000

2000000000 0

kVA

74

L3ApparentPower

Phase L3 Apparent DINT

Power

1000

2000000000 0

kVA

75

TotalApparentPwr

Total Apparent
Power

DINT

1000

2000000000 0

kVA

76

L1PowerFactor

Phase L1 True
Power Factor (PF)

INT

10

-1000

1000

77

L2PowerFactor

Phase L2 True
Power Factor (PF)

INT

10

-1000

1000

78

L3PowerFactor

Phase L3 True
Power Factor (PF)

INT

10

-1000

1000

79

TotalPowerFactor

Total True Power

Factor (PF)

INT

10

-1000

1000

80

kWhTimes10E9

Total Real Energy INT

(kWh) Word 10^9

-999

999

81

kWhTimes10E6

Total Real Energy INT

(kWh) Word 10^6

-999

999

82

kWhTimes10E3

Total Real Energy INT

(kWh) Word 10^3

-999

999

83

kWhTimes10E0

Total Real Energy INT

(kWh) Word 10^0

-999

999

84

kWhTimes10E-3

Total Real Energy INT

(kWh) Word 10^-3

-999

999

85

kVARhCon10E9

Total Reactive
INT
Energy Consumed
(kVARh) Word
10^9

-999

999

86

kVARhCon10E6

Total Reactive
INT
Energy Consumed
(kVARh) Word
10^6

-999

999

87

kVARhCon10E3

Total Reactive
INT
Energy Consumed
(kVARh) Word
10^3

-999

999

88

kVARhCon10E0

Total Reactive
INT
Energy Consumed
(kVARh) Word
10^0

-999

999

I.TotalReactivePower

I.TotalApparentPower

I.PowerFactor

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - November 2013

Parameter List

Group

Param
No.

Parameter Name

Device Profile Tag Name

Description

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Min

Max

Appendix B

Default Units

Energy Monitoring 89
(Continued)

kVARhCon10E-3

Total Reactive
INT
Energy Consumed
(kVARh) Word
10^-3

-999

999

90

kVARhGen10E9

Total Reactive
INT
Energy Generated
(kVARh) Word
10^9

-999

999

91

kVARhGen10E6

Total Reactive
INT
Energy Generated
(kVARh) Word
10^6

-999

999

92

kVARhGen10E3

Total Reactive
INT
Energy Generated
(kVARh) Word
10^3

-999

999

93

kVARhGen10E0

Total Reactive
INT
Energy Generated
(kVARh) Word
10^0

-999

999

94

kVARhGen10E-3

Total Reactive
INT
Energy Generated
(kVARh) Word
10^-3

-999

999

95

kVARhNet10E9

Total Reactive
Energy Net
(kVARh) Word
10^9

INT

-999

999

96

kVARhNet10E6

Total Reactive
Energy Net
(kVARh) Word
10^6

INT

-999

999

97

kVARhNet10E3

Total Reactive
Energy Net
(kVARh) Word
10^3

INT

-999

999

98

kVARh Net 10E0

Total Reactive
Energy Net
(kVARh) Word
10^0

INT

-999

999

99

kVARhNet10E-3

Total Reactive
Energy Net
(kVARh) Word
10^-3

INT

-999

999

100

kVAhTimes10E9

Total Apparent
Energy (kVAh)
Word 10^9

INT

-999

999

101

kVAhTimes10E6

Total Apparent
Energy (kVAh)
Word 10^6

INT

-999

999

102

kVAhTimes10E3

Total Apparent
Energy (kVAh)
Word 10^3

INT

-999

999

103

kVAhTimes10E0

Total Apparent
Energy (kVAh)
Word 10^0

INT

-999

999

104

kVAhTimes10E-3

Total Apparent
Energy (kVAh)
Word 10^-3

INT

-999

999

105

kWDemand

Real Power
Demand

DINT

1000

-2000000000 2000000000 0

kW

106

MaxkWDemand

Maximum Real
Power Demand

DINT

1000

-2000000000 2000000000 0

kW

107

VARDemand

Reactive Power
Demand

DINT

1000

-2000000000 2000000000 0

kVAR

108

MaxVARDemand

Maximum Reactive DINT

Demand

1000

-2000000000 2000000000 0

kVAR

109

VADemand

Apparent Power
Demand

DINT

1000

2000000000 0

kVA

110

MaxVADemand

Maximum
Apparent Power
Demand

DINT

1000

2000000000 0

kVA

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

467

Appendix B

Group
Analog Monitoring

Parameter List

Param
No.

Parameter Name

Device Profile Tag Name

Description

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Max

Default Units

111

InAnMod1Ch00

I.Analog1.Ch00Data

Value measured at UINT

Analog Expansion
Module 1 Input 00

-32768

32767

112

InAnMod1Ch01

I.Analog1.Ch01Data

Value measured at UINT

Analog Expansion
Module 1 Input 01

-32768

32767

113

InAnMod1Ch02

I.Analog1.Ch02Data

Value measured at UINT

Analog Expansion
Module 1 Input 02

-32768

32767

114

InAnMod2Ch00

I.Analog2.Ch00Data

Value measured at UINT

Analog Expansion
Module 2 Input 00

-32768

32767

115

InAnMod2Ch01

I.Analog2.Ch01Data

Value measured at UINT

Analog Expansion
Module 2 Input 01

-32768

32767

116

InAnMod2Ch02

I.Analog2.Ch02Data

Value measured at UINT

Analog Expansion
Module 2 Input 02

-32768

32767

117

InAnMod3Ch00

I.Analog3.Ch00Data

Value measured at UINT

Analog Expansion
Module 3 Input 00

-32768

32767

118

InAnMod3Ch01

I.Analog3.Ch01Data

Value measured at UINT

Analog Expansion
Module 3 Input 01

-32768

32767

119

InAnMod3Ch02

I.Analog3.Ch02Data

Value measured at UINT

Analog Expansion
Module 3 Input 02

-32768

32767

120

InAnMod4Ch00

I.Analog4.Ch00Data

Value measured at UINT

Analog Expansion
Module 4 Input 00

-32768

32767

121

InAnMod4Ch01

I.Analog4.Ch01Data

Value measured at UINT

Analog Expansion
Module 4 Input 01

-32768

32767

122

InAnMod4Ch02

I.Analog4.Ch02Data

Value measured at UINT

Analog Expansion
Module 4 Input 02

-32768

32767

123

AnalogMod1Status

I.Analog1.Ch00InputOpenWire
I.Analog1.Ch00InputOverrange
I.Analog1.Ch00InputUnderrange
I.Analog1.Ch01InputOpenWire
I.Analog1.Ch01InputOverrange
I.Analog1.Ch01InputUnderrange
I.Analog1.Ch02InputOpenWire
I.Analog1.Ch02InputOverrange
I.Analog1.Ch02InputUnderrange
I.Analog1.Ch00OutputOpenWire
I.Analog1.Ch00OutputInHold
I.Analog1.Ch00OutputOverrange
I.Analog1.Ch00OutputUnderrange
I.Analog1.AddressChanged

Analog Expansion UINT

Module 1 Status

Bit0= InCh00OpenCrcuit
Bit1= InCh00OverRange
Bit2= InCh00UnderRange
Bit3= InCh01OpenCrcuit
Bit4= InCh01OverRange
Bit5= InCh01UnderRange
Bit6= InCh02OpenCrcuit
Bit7= InCh02OverRange
Bit8= InCh02UnderRange
Bit9= OutOpenCircuit
Bit10= OutHoldLastSt
Bit11= OutOverRange
Bit12= OutUnderRange
Bit 13=Module Configured
Bit 14=Module Warning
Bit 15=Module Faulted

124

AnalogMod2Status

I.Analog3.Ch00InputOpenWire
I.Analog3.Ch00InputOverrange
I.Analog3.Ch00InputUnderrange
I.Analog3.Ch01InputOpenWire
I.Analog3.Ch01InputOverrange
I.Analog3.Ch01InputUnderrange
I.Analog3.Ch02InputOpenWire
I.Analog3.Ch02InputOverrange
I.Analog3.Ch02InputUnderrange
I.Analog3.Ch00OutputOpenWire
I.Analog3.Ch00OutputInHold
I.Analog3.Ch00OutputOverrange
I.Analog3.Ch00OutputUnderrange
I.Analog3.AddressChanged

Analog Expansion UINT

Module 2 Status

Bit0= InCh00OpenCrcuit
Bit1= InCh00OverRange
Bit2= InCh00UnderRange
Bit3= InCh01OpenCrcuit
Bit4= InCh01OverRange
Bit5= InCh01UnderRange
Bit6= InCh02OpenCrcuit
Bit7= InCh02OverRange
Bit8= InCh02UnderRange
Bit9= OutOpenCircuit
Bit10= OutHoldLastSt
Bit11= OutOverRange
Bit12= OutUnderRange
Bit 13=Module Configured
Bit 14=Module Warning
Bit 15=Module Faulted

I.Analog1.SelftestFailed

I.Analog3.SelftestFailed

468

Min

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - November 2013

Parameter List

Group

Param
No.

Parameter Name

Device Profile Tag Name

I.Analog3.Ch00InputOpenWire
I.Analog3.Ch00InputOverrange
I.Analog3.Ch00InputUnderrange
I.Analog3.Ch01InputOpenWire
I.Analog3.Ch01InputOverrange
I.Analog3.Ch01InputUnderrange
I.Analog3.Ch02InputOpenWire
I.Analog3.Ch02InputOverrange
I.Analog3.Ch02InputUnderrange
I.Analog3.Ch00OutputOpenWire
I.Analog3.Ch00OutputInHold
I.Analog3.Ch00OutputOverrange
I.Analog3.Ch00OutputUnderrange
I.Analog3.AddressChanged

Description

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Min

Max

Appendix B

Default Units

Analog Monitoring 125

(Continued)

AnalogMod3Status

Analog Expansion UINT

Module 3 Status

Bit0= InCh00OpenCrcuit
Bit1= InCh00OverRange
Bit2= InCh00UnderRange
Bit3= InCh01OpenCrcuit
Bit4= InCh01OverRange
Bit5= InCh01UnderRange
Bit6= InCh02OpenCrcuit
Bit7= InCh02OverRange
Bit8= InCh02UnderRange
Bit9= OutOpenCircuit
Bit10= OutHoldLastSt
Bit11= OutOverRange
Bit12= OutUnderRange
Bit 13=Module Configured
Bit 14=Module Warning
Bit 15=Module Faulted

126

AnalogMod4Status

Analog Expansion UINT

Module 4 Status

Bit0= InCh00OpenCrcuit
Bit1= InCh00OverRange
Bit2= InCh00UnderRange
Bit3= InCh01OpenCrcuit
Bit4= InCh01OverRange
Bit5= InCh01UnderRange
Bit6= InCh02OpenCrcuit
Bit7= InCh02OverRange
Bit8= InCh02UnderRange
Bit9= OutOpenCircuit
Bit10= OutHoldLastSt
Bit11= OutOverRange
Bit12= OutUnderRange
Bit 13=Module Configured
Bit 14=Module Warning
Bit 15=Module Faulted

127

TripHistory0

Last trip to occur

UINT

See Trip History Codes

128

TripHistory1

Second last trip to UINT

occur

See Trip History Codes

129

TripHistory2

Third last trip to

occur

UINT

See Trip History Codes

130

TripHistory3

Fourth last trip to

occur

UINT

See Trip History Codes

131

TripHistory4

Fifth last trip to

occur

UINT

See Trip History Codes

132

Reserved

133

WarningHistory0

Last warning to
occur.

UINT

See Warning History Codes

134

WarningHistory1

Second last
warning to occur.

UINT

See Warning History Codes

135

WarningHistory2

Third last warning UINT

to occur.

See Warning History Codes

136

WarningHistory3

Fourth last
warning to occur.

UINT

See Warning History Codes

137

WarningHistory4

Fifth last warning

to occur.

UINT

See Warning History Codes

138

Reserved

139

TripHistoryMaskI

C.History.OverloadTripEnEn
C.History.PhaseLossTripEn
C.History.GroundFaultCurrentTripEn
C.History.StallTripEn
C.History.JamTripEn
C.History.UnderloadTripEn
C.History.CurrentImbalanceTripEn
C.History.L1UnderCurrentTripEn
C.History.L2UnderCurrentTripEn
C.History.L3UnderCurrentTripEn
C.History.L1OverCurrentTripEn
C.History.L2OverCurrentTripEn
C.History.L3OverCurrentTripEn
C.History.L1LineLossTripEn
C.History.L2LineLossTripEn
C.History.L3LineLossTripEn

Trip History Mask

for Current-based
Trips

UINT

Bit0= OverloadTrip
Bit1= PhaseLossTrip
Bit2= GroundFaultTrip
Bit3= StallTrip
Bit4= JamTrip
Bit5= UnderloadTrip
Bit6= CurrentImbalTrip
Bit7= L1UnderCurrTrip
Bit8= L2UnderCurrTrip
Bit9= L3UnderCurrTrip
Bit10= L1OverCurrenTrip
Bit11= L2OverCurrenTrip
Bit12= L3OverCurrenTrip
Bit13= L1LineLossTrip
Bit14= L2LineLossTrip
Bit15= L3LineLossTrip

0xFFFF

140

TripHistoryMaskV

C.History.UnderVoltageTripEn
C.History.OverVoltageTripEn
C.History.VoltageImbalanceTripEn
C.History.PhaseRotationMismatchTripEn
C.History.UnderFrequencyTripEn
C.History.OverFrequencyTripEn

Trip History Mask UINT

for Voltage-based
Trips

Bit0= UnderVoltageTrip
Bit1= OvervoltageTrip
Bit2= VoltageUnbalTrip
Bit3= PhaseRotationTrp
Bit4= UnderFreqTrip
Bit5= OverFreqTrip

0x3F

I.Analog3.SelftestFailed
I.Analog4.Ch00InputOpenWire
I.Analog4.Ch00InputOverrange
I.Analog4.Ch00InputUnderrange
I.Analog4.Ch01InputOpenWire
I.Analog4.Ch01InputOverrange
I.Analog4.Ch01InputUnderrange
I.Analog4.Ch02InputOpenWire
I.Analog4.Ch02InputOverrange
I.Analog4.Ch02InputUnderrange
I.Analog4.Ch00OutputOpenWire
I.Analog4.Ch00OutputInHold
I.Analog4.Ch00OutputOverrange
I.Analog4.Ch00OutputUnderrange
I.Analog4.AddressChanged
I.Analog4.SelftestFailed
Trip/Warn History

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

469

Appendix B

Group
Trip/Warn History
(continued)

Parameter List

Param
No.

Parameter Name

Device Profile Tag Name

Description

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Max

Default Units

141

TripHistoryMaskP

C.History.UnderRealPowerTripEn
C.History.OverRealPowerTripEn
C.History.UnderReactivePowerConsumedTripEn
C.History.OverReactivePowerConsumedTripEn
C.History.UnderReactivePowerGeneratedTripEn
C.History.OverReactivePowerGeneratedTripEn
C.History.UnderApparentPowerTripEn
C.History.OverApparentPowerTripEn
C.History.UnderPowerFactorLaggingTripEn
C.History.OverPowerFactorLaggingTripEn
C.History.UnderPowerFactorLeadingTripEn
C.History.OverPowerFactorLeadingTripEn

Trip History Mask

for Power-based
Trips

UINT

Bit0= UnderKWTrip
Bit1= OverKWTrip
Bit2= UnderKVARConTrip
Bit3= OverKVARConTrip
Bit4= UnderKVARGenTrip
Bit5= OverKVARGenTrip
Bit6= UnderKVATrip
Bit7= OverKVATrip
Bit8= UnderPFLagTrip
Bit9= OverPFLagTrip
Bit10= UnderPFLeadTrip
Bit11= OverPFLeadTrip

0xFFF

142

TripHistoryMaskC

C.History.TestTripEn
C.History.PTCTripEn

Trip History Mask

for Control-based
Trips

UINT

Bit0= TestTrip
Bit1= PTCTrip
Bit2= DLXTrip
Bit3= OperStationTrip
Bit4= RemoteTrip
Bit5= BlockedStartTrip
Bit6= HardwareFltTrip
Bit7= ConfigTrip
Bit8= OptionMatchTrip
Bit9= DLXFBTimeoutTrip
Bit10= ExpansionBusTrip
Bit11= Reserved
Bit12= Reserved
Bit13= NVSTrip
Bit14=TestModeTrip

0x27FF

C.History.Analog1Ch00TripEn
C.History.Analog1Ch01TripEn
C.History.Analog1Ch02TripEn
C.History.Analog2Ch00TripEn
C.History.Analog2Ch01TripEn
C.History.Analog2Ch02TripEn
C.History.Analog3Ch00TripEn
C.History.Analog3Ch01TripEn
C.History.Analog3Ch02TripEn
C.History.Analog4Ch00TripEn
C.History.Analog4Ch01TripEn
C.History.Analog4Ch02TripEn

Trip History Mask

for Analog Input
Based Trips

UINT

Bit0= InAnMod1Ch00Trip
Bit1= InAnMod1Ch01Trip
Bit2= InAnMod1Ch02Trip
Bit3= InAnMod2Ch00Trip
Bit4= InAnMod2Ch01Trip
Bit5= InAnMod2Ch02Trip
Bit6= InAnMod3Ch00Trip
Bit7= InAnMod3Ch01Trip
Bit8= InAnMod3Ch02Trip
Bit9= InAnMod4Ch00Trip
Bit10= InAnMod4Ch01Trip
Bit11= InAnMod4Ch02Trip

0xFFF

C.History.OverloadWarningEn

Warning History
Mask for Currentbased Warnings

UINT

Bit0= OverloadWarning
Bit1= Reserved
Bit2= GroundFltWarning
Bit3= Reserved
Bit4= JamWarning
Bit5= UnderloadWarning
Bit6= CurrentImbalWarn
Bit7= L1UnderCurrWarn
Bit8= L2UnderCurrWarn
Bit9= L3UnderCurrWarn
Bit10= L1OverCurrenWarn
Bit11= L2OverCurrenWarn
Bit12= L3OverCurrenWarn
Bit13= L1LineLossWarn
Bit14= L2LineLossWarn
Bit15= L3LineLossWarn

0xFFFF

C.History.OperatorStationTripEn
C.History.RemoteTripEn
C.History.BlockedStartTripEn
C.History.HardwareFaultTripEn
C.History.ConfigurationTripEn
C.History.ModuleMismatchTripEn
C.History.ExpansionBusTripEn
C.History.NVMErrorTripEn
C.History.MCCTestPositionTripEn
143

TripHistoryMaskA

144

Reserved

145

WarnHistoryMaskI

C.History.GroundFaultCurrentWarningEn
C.History.JamWarningEn
C.History.UnderloadWarningEn
C.History.CurrentImbalanceWarningEn
C.History.L1UnderCurrentWarningEn
C.History.L2UnderCurrentWarningEn
C.History.L3UnderCurrentWarningEn
C.History.L1OverCurrentWarningEn
C.History.L2OverCurrentWarningEn
C.History.L3OverCurrentWarningEn
C.History.L1LineLossWarningEn
C.History.L2LineLossWarningEn
C.History.L3LineLossWarningEn

470

Min

146

WarnHistoryMaskV

C.History.UnderVoltageWarningEn
C.History.OverVoltageWarningEn
C.History.VoltageImbalanceWarningEn
C.History.PhaseRotationMismatchWarningEn
C.History.UnderFrequencyWarningEn
C.History.OverFrequencyWarningEn

Warning History UINT

Mask for Voltagebased Warnings

Bit0= UnderVoltageWarn
Bit1= OvervoltageWarn
Bit2= VoltageUnbalWarn
Bit3= PhaseRotationWrn
Bit4= UnderFreqWarning
Bit5= OverFreqWarning

0x3F

147

WarnHistoryMaskP

C.History.UnderRealPowerWarningEn
C.History.OverRealPowerWarningEn
C.History.UnderReactivePowerConsumedWarningEn
C.History.OverReactivePowerConsumedWarningEn
C.History.UnderReactivePowerGeneratedWarningEn
C.History.OverReactivePowerGeneratedWarningEn
C.History.UnderApparentPowerWarningEn
C.History.OverApparentPowerWarningEn
C.History.UnderPowerFactorLaggingWarningEn
C.History.OverPowerFactorLaggingWarningEn
C.History.UnderPowerFactorLeadingWarningEn
C.History.OverPowerFactorLeadingWarningEn

Warning History
Mask for Powerbased Warnings

Bit0= UnderKWWarning
Bit1= OverKWWarning
Bit2= UnderKVARConWarn
Bit3= OverKVARConWarn
Bit4= UnderKVARGenWarn
Bit5= OverKVARGenWarn
Bit6= UnderKVAWarning
Bit7= OverKVAWarning
Bit8= UnderPFLagWarn
Bit9= OverPFLagWarn
Bit10= UnderPFLeadWarn
Bit11= OverPFLeadWarn

0xFFF

UINT

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - November 2013

Parameter List

Group
Trip/Warn History
(continued)

Param
No.
148

Parameter Name

Device Profile Tag Name

WarnHistoryMaskC
C.History.PTCWarningEn

Description

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Default Units

UINT

Bit0= Reserved
Bit1= PTCWarning
Bit2= DLXWarning
Bit3= Reserved
Bit4= Reserved
Bit5= Reserved
Bit6= Reserved
Bit7= ConfigWarning
Bit8= OptionMatchWarn
Bit9= DLXFBTimeoutWarn
Bit10= ExpansionBusWarn
Bit11= PMNumberOfStarts
Bit12= PMOperatingHours

Warning History
Mask for Analog
Input Based
Warnings

UINT

Bit0= InAnMod1Ch00Warn 0xFFF

Bit1= InAnMod1Ch01Warn
Bit2= InAnMod1Ch02Warn
Bit3= InAnMod2Ch00Warn
Bit4= InAnMod2Ch01Warn
Bit5= InAnMod2Ch02Warn
Bit6= InAnMod3Ch00Warn
Bit7= InAnMod3Ch01Warn
Bit8= InAnMod3Ch02Warn
Bit9= InAnMod4Ch00Warn
Bit10= InAnMod4Ch01Warn
Bit11= InAnMod4Ch02Warn

C.History.ExpansionBusWarningEn
C.History.NumberOfStartsWarningEn
C.History.OperatingHoursWarningEn

Trip Snapshot

Max

Warning History
Mask for Controlbased Warnings

C.History.ModuleMismatchWarningEn

C.History.Analog1Ch00WarningEn
C.History.Analog1Ch01WarningEn
C.History.Analog1Ch02WarningEn
C.History.Analog2Ch00WarningEn
C.History.Analog2Ch01WarningEn
C.History.Analog2Ch02WarningEn
C.History.Analog3Ch00WarningEn
C.History.Analog3Ch01WarningEn
C.History.Analog3Ch02WarningEn
C.History.Analog4Ch00WarningEn
C.History.Analog4Ch01WarningEn
C.History.Analog4Ch02WarningEn

Min

Appendix B

0x1FFF

149

WarnHistoryMaskA

150

Reserved

151

TSL1Current

Snapshot of the
actual L1 Phase
Current at trip

DINT

100

2000000000 0

Amps

152

TSL2Current

Snapshot of the
actual L2 Phase
Current at trip

DINT

100

2000000000 0

Amps

153

TSL3Current

Snapshot of the
actual L3 Phase
Current at trip

DINT

100

2000000000 0

Amps

154

TSThermUtilized

Snapshot of %
Thermal Capacity
Used at trip

UINT

100

155

TSGFCurrent

Snapshot of the
Ground Fault
Current at trip

INT

100

2540

Amps

156

TSL1toL2Voltage

Snapshot of 3
UINT
Phase RMS Voltage
Line-Line at trip

10

65535

Volt

157

TSL2toL3Voltage

Snapshot of 3
UINT
Phase RMS Voltage
Line-Line at trip

10

65535

Volt

158

TSL3toL1Voltage

Snapshot of 3
UINT
Phase RMS Voltage
Line-Line at trip

10

65535

Volt

159

TSTotalRealPwr

Snapshot of Total
Real Power at trip

DINT

1000

-2000000000 2000000000 0

kW

160

TSTotalkVAR

Snapshot of Total DINT

Reactive Power at
trip

1000

-2000000000 2000000000 0

kVAR

161

TSTotalkVA

Snapshot of Total DINT

Apparent Power at
trip

1000

2000000000 0

kVA

162

TSTotalPF

Snapshot of Total
True Power Factor
(PF) at trip

10

-1000

1000

INT

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

471

Appendix B

Group
Command

Overload Setup

Device Setup

472

Parameter List

Param
No.

Parameter Name

163

TripReset

164

165

Device Profile Tag Name

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Min

Max

Default Units

Attempt to reset a BOOL

trip

0=Ready
1=TripReset

ConfigPreset

IO Configuration
based on Logic
Personality

USINT

0=Ready
1=Factory Defaults

54

ClearCommand

Reset
Accumulator(s)

USINT

0= Ready
1= ClrOperStats
2= ClrHistoryLogs
3= ClrPercentTCU
4= ClrKWh
5= ClrKVARh
6= ClrKVAh
7= ClrMaxKWDemad
8= ClrMaxKVARDemand
9= ClrMaxKVADemand
10= ClearAll

166

Reserved

167

Reserved

O.TripReset

Description

168

Reserved

169

Reserved

170

Reserved

171

FLASetting

C.FLA1

Overload Full Load UDINT

Current Setting

100

50

6553500

50

172

TripClass

C.TripClass

Trip Class Setting

USINT

30

10

173

OLPTCResetMode

C.OverloadResetMode

Overload and PTC

Trip Reset Mode

BOOL

0=Manual
1=Automatic

174

OLResetLevel

C.OverloadResetLevel

Overload Trip Reset USINT

Level

100

75

%TCU

175

OLWarningLevel

C.OverloadWarningLimit

Overload Warning USINT

Reset Level

100

85

%TCU

176

SingleOrThree Ph

C.ThreePhase

Single Phase = L1 BOOL

and L2

0=SinglePhase
1=ThreePhase

177

FLA2Setting

C.FLA2

Overload Full Load UDINT

Current Setting 2

100

50

178

Reserved

179

Reserved

180

Reserved

181

Reserved

1
6553500

50

182

Reserved

183

TripEnableI

C.Protection.OverloadTripEnEn
C.Protection.PhaseLossTripEn
C.Protection.GroundFaultCurrentTripEn
C.Protection.StallTripEn
C.Protection.JamTripEn
C.Protection.UnderloadTripEn
C.Protection.CurrentImbalanceTripEn
C.Protection.L1UnderCurrentTripEn
C.Protection.L2UnderCurrentTripEn
C.Protection.L3UnderCurrentTripEn
C.Protection.L1OverCurrentTripEn
C.Protection.L2OverCurrentTripEn
C.Protection.L3OverCurrentTripEn
C.Protection.L1LineLossTripEn
C.Protection.L2LineLossTripEn
C.Protection.L3LineLossTripEn

Bitmask used to
UINT
enable/disable
current-based trips

Bit0= OverloadTrip
Bit1= PhaseLossTrip
Bit2= GroundFaultTrip
Bit3= StallTrip
Bit4= JamTrip
Bit5= UnderloadTrip
Bit6= CurrentImbalTrip
Bit7= L1UnderCurrTrip
Bit8= L2UnderCurrTrip
Bit9= L3UnderCurrTrip
Bit10= L1OverCurrenTrip
Bit11= L2OverCurrenTrip
Bit12= L3OverCurrenTrip
Bit13= L1LineLossTrip
Bit14= L2LineLossTrip
Bit15= L3LineLossTrip

184

TripEnableV

C.Protection.UnderVoltageTripEn
C.Protection.OverVoltageTripEn
C.Protection.VoltageImbalanceTripEn
C.Protection.PhaseRotationMismatchTripEn
C.Protection.UnderFrequencyTripEn
C.Protection.OverFrequencyTripEn

Bitmask used to
enable/disable
voltage-based
trips

Bit0= UnderVoltageTrip
Bit1= OvervoltageTrip
Bit2= VoltageUnbalTrip
Bit3= PhaseRotationTrp
Bit4= UnderFreqTrip
Bit5= OverFreqTrip

UINT

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - November 2013

Amps

Amps

Parameter List

Group
Device Setup
(continued)

Param
No.

Parameter Name

Device Profile Tag Name

Description

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Min

Max

Appendix B

Default Units

185

TripEnableP

C.Protection.UnderRealPowerTripEn
C.Protection.OverRealPowerTripEn
C.Protection.UnderReactivePowerConsumedTripEn
C.Protection.OverReactivePowerConsumedTripEn
C.Protection.UnderReactivePowerGeneratedTripEn
C.Protection.OverReactivePowerGeneratedTripEn
C.Protection.UnderApparentPowerTripEn
C.Protection.OverApparentPowerTripEn
C.Protection.UnderPowerFactorLaggingTripEn
C.Protection.OverPowerFactorLaggingTripEn
C.Protection.UnderPowerFactorLeadingTripEn
C.Protection.OverPowerFactorLeadingTripEn

Bitmask used to
UINT
enable/disable
power-based trips

Bit0= UnderKWTrip
Bit1= OverKWTrip
Bit2= UnderKVARConTrip
Bit3= OverKVARConTrip
Bit4= UnderKVARGenTrip
Bit5= OverKVARGenTrip
Bit6= UnderKVATrip
Bit7= OverKVATrip
Bit8= UnderPFLagTrip
Bit9= OverPFLagTrip
Bit10= UnderPFLeadTrip
Bit11= OverPFLeadTrip

186

TripEnableC

C.Protection.TestTripEn
C.Protection.PTCTripEn

Bitmask used to
UINT
enable/disable
control-based trips

Bit0= TestTrip
Bit1= PTCTrip
Bit2= DLXTrip
Bit3= OperStationTrip
Bit4= RemoteTrip
Bit5= BlockedStartTrip
Bit6= HardwareFltTrip
Bit7= ConfigTrip
Bit8= OptionMatchTrip
Bit9= DLXFBTimeoutTrip
Bit10= ExpansionBusTrip
Bit11= Reserved
Bit12= Reserved
Bit13= NVSTrip
Bit14=TestModeTrip

C.Protection.Analog1Ch00TripEn
C.Protection.Analog1Ch01TripEn
C.Protection.Analog1Ch02TripEn
C.Protection.Analog2Ch00TripEn
C.Protection.Analog2Ch01TripEn
C.Protection.Analog2Ch02TripEn
C.Protection.Analog3Ch00TripEn
C.Protection.Analog3Ch01TripEn
C.Protection.Analog3Ch02TripEn
C.Protection.Analog4Ch00TripEn
C.Protection.Analog4Ch01TripEn
C.Protection.Analog4Ch02TripEn

Bitmask used to
UINT
enable/disable
analog-based trips

Bit0= InAnMod1Ch00Trip
Bit1= InAnMod1Ch01Trip
Bit2= InAnMod1Ch02Trip
Bit3= InAnMod2Ch00Trip
Bit4= InAnMod2Ch01Trip
Bit5= InAnMod2Ch02Trip
Bit6= InAnMod3Ch00Trip
Bit7= InAnMod3Ch01Trip
Bit8= InAnMod3Ch02Trip
Bit9= InAnMod4Ch00Trip
Bit10= InAnMod4Ch01Trip
Bit11= InAnMod4Ch02Trip

C.Protection.OverloadWarningEn

Bitmask used to
enable/disable
current-based
warnings

UINT

Bit0= OverloadWarning
Bit1= Reserved
Bit2= GroundFltWarning
Bit3= Reserved
Bit4= JamWarning
Bit5= UnderloadWarning
Bit6= CurrentImbalWarn
Bit7= L1UnderCurrWarn
Bit8= L2UnderCurrWarn
Bit9= L3UnderCurrWarn
Bit10= L1OverCurrenWarn
Bit11= L2OverCurrenWarn
Bit12= L3OverCurrenWarn
Bit13= L1LineLossWarn
Bit14= L2LineLossWarn
Bit15= L3LineLossWarn

C.Protection.OperatorStationTripEn
C.Protection.RemoteTripEn
C.Protection.BlockedStartTripEn
C.Protection.HardwareFaultTripEn
C.Protection.ConfigurationTripEn
C.Protection.ModuleMismatchTripEn
C.Protection.ExpansionBusTripEn
C.Protection.NVMErrorTripEn
C.Protection.MCCTestPositionTripEn
187

TripEnableA

188

Reserved

189

WarningEnableI

C.Protection.GroundFaultCurrentWarningEn
C.Protection.JamWarningEn
C.Protection.UnderloadWarningEn
C.Protection.CurrentImbalanceWarningEn
C.Protection.L1UnderCurrentWarningEn
C.Protection.L2UnderCurrentWarningEn
C.Protection.L3UnderCurrentWarningEn
C.Protection.L1OverCurrentWarningEn
C.Protection.L2OverCurrentWarningEn
C.Protection.L3OverCurrentWarningEn
C.Protection.L1LineLossWarningEn
C.Protection.L2LineLossWarningEn
C.Protection.L3LineLossWarningEn
190

WarningEnableV

C.Protection.UnderVoltageWarningEn
C.Protection.OverVoltageWarningEn
C.Protection.VoltageImbalanceWarningEn
C.Protection.PhaseRotationMismatchWarningEn
C.Protection.UnderFrequencyWarningEn
C.Protection.OverFrequencyWarningEn

Bitmask used to
enable/disable
voltage-based
warnings

UINT

Bit0= UnderVoltageWarn
Bit1= OvervoltageWarn
Bit2= VoltageUnbalWarn
Bit3= PhaseRotationWrn
Bit4= UnderFreqWarning
Bit5= OverFreqWarning

191

WarningEnableP

C.Protection.UnderRealPowerWarningEn
C.Protection.OverRealPowerWarningEn
C.Protection.UnderReactivePowerConsumedWarningEn
C.Protection.OverReactivePowerConsumedWarningEn
C.Protection.UnderReactivePowerGeneratedWarningEn
C.Protection.OverReactivePowerGeneratedWarningEn
C.Protection.UnderApparentPowerWarningEn
C.Protection.OverApparentPowerWarningEn
C.Protection.UnderPowerFactorLaggingWarningEn
C.Protection.OverPowerFactorLaggingWarningEn
C.Protection.UnderPowerFactorLeadingWarningEn
C.Protection.OverPowerFactorLeadingWarningEn

Bitmask used to
enable/disable
power-based
warnings

UINT

Bit0= UnderKWWarning
Bit1= OverKWWarning
Bit2= UnderKVARConWarn
Bit3= OverKVARConWarn
Bit4= UnderKVARGenWarn
Bit5= OverKVARGenWarn
Bit6= UnderKVAWarning
Bit7= OverKVAWarning
Bit8= UnderPFLagWarn
Bit9= OverPFLagWarn
Bit10= UnderPFLeadWarn
Bit11= OverPFLeadWarn

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

473

Appendix B

Group
Device Setup
(continued)

Parameter List

Param
No.
192

Parameter Name

Device Profile Tag Name

WarningEnableC
C.Protection.PTCWarningEn

Description

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Default Units

UINT

Bit0= Reserved
Bit1= PTCWarning
Bit2= DLXWarning
Bit3= Reserved
Bit4= Reserved
Bit5= Reserved
Bit6= Reserved
Bit7= ConfigWarning
Bit8= OptionMatchWarn
Bit9= DLXFBTimeoutWarn
Bit10= ExpansionBusWarn
Bit11= PMNumberOfStarts
Bit12= PMOperatingHour

Bitmask used to
enable/disable
analog-based
warnings

UINT

Bit0= InAnMod1Ch00Warn 0
Bit1= InAnMod1Ch01Warn
Bit2= InAnMod1Ch02Warn
Bit3= InAnMod2Ch00Warn
Bit4= InAnMod2Ch01Warn
Bit5= InAnMod2Ch02Warn
Bit6= InAnMod3Ch00Warn
Bit7= InAnMod3Ch01Warn
Bit8= InAnMod3Ch02Warn
Bit9= InAnMod4Ch00Warn
Bit10= InAnMod4Ch01Warn
Bit11= InAnMod4Ch02Warn

Logic personality
Selection

USINT

C.Protection.ExpansionBusWarningEn
C.Protection.NumberOfStartsWarningEn
C.Protection.OperatingHoursWarningEn

474

Max

Bitmask used to
enable/disable
control-based
warnings

C.Protection.ModuleMismatchWarningEn

C.Protection.Analog1Ch00WarningEn
C.Protection.Analog1Ch01WarningEn
C.Protection.Analog1Ch02WarningEn
C.Protection.Analog2Ch00WarningEn
C.Protection.Analog2Ch01WarningEn
C.Protection.Analog2Ch02WarningEn
C.Protection.Analog3Ch00WarningEn
C.Protection.Analog3Ch01WarningEn
C.Protection.Analog3Ch02WarningEn
C.Protection.Analog4Ch00WarningEn
C.Protection.Analog4Ch01WarningEn
C.Protection.Analog4Ch02WarningEn

Min

193

WarningEnableA

194

Reserved

195

SetOperatingMode

196

InPt00Assignment

C.Pt00InputFunction_0
C.Pt00InputFunction_1
C.Pt00InputFunction_2
C.Pt00InputFunction_3

Assignment for
Input Point 00
function

USINT

0=Normal
1=TripReset
2=RemoteTrip
3=ActivateFLA2
4=ForceSnapshot
5=EmergencyStart
6=TestMode
7=L1LossArm
8=L2LossArm
9=L3LossArm
10=L1L2LossArm
11=L2L3LossArm
12=L1L3LossArm
13=L1L2L3LossArm

197

InPt01Assignment

C.Pt01InputFunction_0
C.Pt01InputFunction_1
C.Pt01InputFunction_2
C.Pt01InputFunction_3

Assignment for
Input Point 01
function

USINT

0=Normal
1=TripReset
2=RemoteTrip
3=ActivateFLA2
4=ForceSnapshot
5=EmergencyStart
6=TestMode
7=L1LossArm
8=L2LossArm
9=L3LossArm
10=L1L2LossArm
11=L2L3LossArm
12=L1L3LossArm
13=L1L2L3LossArm

198

InPt02Assignment

C.Pt02InputFunction_0
C.Pt02InputFunction_1
C.Pt02InputFunction_2
C.Pt02InputFunction_3

Assignment for
Input Point 02
function

USINT

0=Normal
1=TripReset
2=RemoteTrip
3=ActivateFLA2
4=ForceSnapshot
5=EmergencyStart
6=TestMode
7=L1LossArm
8=L2LossArm
9=L3LossArm
10=L1L2LossArm
11=L2L3LossArm
12=L1L3LossArm
13=L1L2L3LossArm

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - November 2013

54

Parameter List

Group
Device Setup
(continued

Param
No.

Parameter Name

Device Profile Tag Name

Description

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Min

Max

Appendix B

Default Units

199

InPt03Assignment

C.Pt03InputFunction_0
C.Pt03InputFunction_1
C.Pt03InputFunction_2
C.Pt03InputFunction_3

Assignment for
Input Point 03
function

USINT

0=Normal
1=TripReset
2=RemoteTrip
3=ActivateFLA2
4=ForceSnapshot
5=EmergencyStart
6=TestMode
7=L1LossArm
8=L2LossArm
9=L3LossArm
10=L1L2LossArm
11=L2L3LossArm
12=L1L3LossArm
13=L1L2L3LossArm

200

InPt04Assignment

C.Pt03InputFunction_0
C.Pt03InputFunction_1
C.Pt03InputFunction_2
C.Pt03InputFunction_3

Assignment for
Input Point 04
function

USINT

0=Normal
1=TripReset
2=RemoteTrip
3=ActivateFLA2
4=ForceSnapshot
5=EmergencyStart
6=TestMode
7=L1LossArm
8=L2LossArm
9=L3LossArm
10=L1L2LossArm
11=L2L3LossArm
12=L1L3LossArm
13=L1L2L3LossArm

201

InPt05Assignment

C.Pt05InputFunction_0
C.Pt05InputFunction_1
C.Pt05InputFunction_2
C.Pt05InputFunction_3

Assignment for
Input Point 05
function

USINT

0=Normal
1=TripReset
2=RemoteTrip
3=ActivateFLA2
4=ForceSnapshot
5=EmergencyStart
6=TestMode
7=L1LossArm
8=L2LossArm
9=L3LossArm
10=L1L2LossArm
11=L2L3LossArm
12=L1L3LossArm
13=L1L2L3LossArm

202

OutPt0Assignment

Assignment for
OutputPt00
function

USINT

0=Normal
1=TripRelay
2=ControlRelay
3=TripAlarm
4=WarningAlarm
5=MonL1TripRelay
6= MonL2TripRelay
7= MonL3TripRelay

203

OutPt1Assignment

Assignment for
OutputPt01
function

USINT

0=Normal
1=TripRelay
2=ControlRelay
3=TripAlarm
4=WarningAlarm
5=MonL1TripRelay
6= MonL2TripRelay
7= MonL3TripRelay

204

OutPt2Assignment

Assignment for
OutputPt02
function

USINT

0=Normal
1=TripRelay
2=ControlRelay
3=TripAlarm
4=WarningAlarm
5=MonL1TripRelay
6= MonL2TripRelay
7= MonL3TripRelay

205

StartsPerHour

C.StartsPerHourLimit

Allowable Starts
per Hour

USINT

120

206

StartsInterval

C.StartsIntervalLimit

The minimum
UINT
allowable interval
between starts

3600

600

Total number of
starts for
preventative
maintenance

207

PMTotalStarts

C.TotalStartsLimit

UINT

Second
s

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

65535

475

Appendix B

Group
Device Setup
(continued

Options Setup

476

Parameter List

Param
No.

Parameter Name

Device Profile Tag Name

Description

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Min

Max

208

PMOperatingHours

C.OperatingHoursLimit

Total operating
hours for
preventative
maintenance

UINT

209

ActFLA2wOutput

C.FLA2Select_0
C.FLA2Select_1
C.FLA2Select_2
C.FLA2Select_3

Select FLA2
activate source

USINT

0=Disable
1=OutputPt00
2=OutputPt01
3=OutputPt02

210

Reserved

211

SecurityPolicy

Select network
security feature
locks

UINT

Bit0= DeviceConfigEna
Bit1= DeviceResetEna
Bit2= FWUpdateEnable
Bit3= NetworkCfgEna
Bit4= PortCfgEna
Bit5= Reserved
Bit6= Reserved
Bit7= Reserved
Bit8= Reserved
Bit9= Reserved
Bit10= Reserved
Bit11= Reserved
Bit12= Reserved
Bit13= Reserved
Bit14= Reserved
Bit15= PolicyConfigEna

0x8007

212

Language

Select the
language

USINT

213

FeedbackTimeout

DeviceLogix
Feedback Timer
Timeout

UINT

65535

500

214

TransitionDelay

Motor Contactor
Transition Delay

UINT

65535

10000

215

InterlockDelay

Motor Contactor
Interlock Delay

UINT

65535

100

216

EmergencyStartEn

Enables the ability UINT

to command an
Emergency Start of
the motor

0=Disable
1=Enable

217

Reserved

218

Reserved

219

Reserved

C.EmergencyStartEn

65535

Default Units
0

220

Reserved

221

ControlModuleTyp

Select Control
Module Type

USINT

0= IgnoreType
1= 6In3Out24VDC
2= 4In3Out120VAC
3= 4In3Out240VAC
4= 4In2OutGFPTC24V
5= 2In2OutGFPTC120V
6= 2In2OutGFPTC240V

222

SensingModuleTyp

Select Sensing
Module Type

USINT

0= IgnoreType
1= VIGPt5to30Amp
2= VIG6to60Amp
3= VIG10to100Amp
4= VIG20to200Amp
5= IGPt5to30Amp
6= IG6to60Amp
7= IG10to100Amp
8= IG20to200Amp
9= IPt5to30Amp
10= I6to60Amp
11= I10to100Amp
12= I20to200Amp

223

CommsModuleType

Select
Communications
Module Type

USINT

0=IgnoreType
1=EtherNetIP
2=DeviceNet
3=Profibus

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - November 2013

Hrs

Parameter List

Group
Options Setup
(Continued)

Current Setup

Param
No.

Parameter Name

Device Profile Tag Name

Description

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Min

Max

Appendix B

Default Units

224

OperStationType

Select Operator
Station Type

USINT

0= IgnoreType
1= NoStation
2= ControlStation
3= DiagStation

225

DigitalMod1Type

Select Digital I/O USINT

Expansion Module
1 Type

0= IgnoreType
1=NoModule
2=4In2Out24VDC
3=4In2Out120VAC
4=4In2Out240VAC

226

DigitalMod2Type

Select Digital I/O USINT

Expansion Module
2 Type

0= IgnoreType
1=NoModule
2=4In2Out24VDC
3=4In2Out120VAC
4=4In2Out240VAC

227

DigitalMod3Type

Select Digital I/O USINT

Expansion Module
3 Type

0= IgnoreType
1=NoModule
2=4In2Out24VDC
3=4In2Out120VAC
4=4In2Out240VAC

228

DigitalMod4Type

Select Digital I/O USINT

Expansion Module
4 Type

0= IgnoreType
1=NoModule
2=4In2Out24VDC
3=4In2Out120VAC
4=4In2Out240VAC

229

AnalogMod1Type

Select Analog I/O USINT

Expansion Module
1 Type

0=IgnoreType
1=NoModule
2=3In1OutAnalog

230

AnalogMod2Type

Select Analog I/O USINT

Expansion Module
2 Type

0=IgnoreType
1=NoModule
2=3In1OutAnalog

231

AnalogMod3Type

Select Analog I/O USINT

Expansion Module
3 Type

0=IgnoreType
1=NoModule
2=3In1OutAnalog

232

AnalogMod4Type

Select Analog I/O USINT

Expansion Module
4 Type

0=IgnoreType
1=NoModule
2=3In1OutAnalog

233

MismatchAction

Select Mismatched UINT

Module Actions
0=warning 1=
fault

Bit0= ControlModule
Bit1= SensingModule
Bit2= CommsModule
Bit3= OperatorStation
Bit4= DigitalModule1
Bit5= DigitalModule2
Bit6= DigitalModule3
Bit7= DigitalModule4
Bit8= AnalogModule1
Bit9= AnalogModule1
Bit10= AnalogModule1
Bit11= AnalogModule1

Phase Loss Inhibit USINT

Time

Phase Loss Trip

Delay

USINT

234

Reserved

235

Reserved

236

Reserved

237

Reserved

238

Reserved

239

PLInhibitTime

240

PLTripDelay

C.PhaseLossInhibitTime

C.PhaseLossTripDelay

250

Second
s
10

250

10
Second
s

241

GroundFaultType

C.GroundFaultType

Select Ground
Fault Type

USINT

0= Disabled
1= Internal1to5Amps
2= ExtPt02toPt1Amps
3= ExtPt1toPt5Amps
4= ExtPt5to1Amps
5= External1to5Amps

242

GFInhibitTime

C.GroundFaultInhibitTime

Ground Fault
Inhibit Time

USINT

10

Ground Fault Trip

Delay

USINT

243

GFTripDelay

C.GroundFaultTripDelay

250

Second
s
1

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

10

250

5
Second
s

477

Appendix B

Group

478

Parameter List

Param
No.

Parameter Name

Device Profile Tag Name

Description

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Min

Max

Default Units

244

GFTripLevel

C.GroundFaultTripLimit

Ground Fault Trip

Level

UINT

100

500

200

245

GFWarningDelay

C.GroundFaultWarnDelay

Ground Fault
Warning Delay

USINT

10

250

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - November 2013

Amps

Second
s

Parameter List

Group
Current Setup
continued

Param
No.

Parameter Name

Device Profile Tag Name

Description

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Min

Max
500

Appendix B

Default Units

246

GFWarningLevel

C.GroundFaultWarnLimit

Ground Fault
Warning Level

UINT

100

247

GFFilter

C.GroundFaultFilterEn

Filter GF current
from %TCU
calculation

BOOL

0=Disable
1=Enable

248

GFMaxInhibit

C.GroundFaultMaxInhibitEn

Trip is inhibited
when GF exceeds
max value

BOOL

0=Disable
1=Enable

249

StallEnabledTime

C.StallEnabledTime

Stall Monitor and

Trip Delay

USINT

UINT

250

200

10
Second
s

250

StallTripLevel

C.StallTripLimit

Stall Trip Level

10

100

600

600

251

JamInhibitTime

C.JamInhibitTime

Jam Detect Inhibit USINT

Time

250

10

Jam Detect Trip

Delay

USINT

252

JamTripDelay

C.JamTripDelay

Amps

%FLA
Second
s

10

250

50
Second
s

253

JamTripLevel

C.JamTripLimit

Jam Detect Trip

Level

UINT

50

600

250

%FLA

254

JamWarningLevel

C.JamWarnLimit

Jam Detect
Warning Level

UINT

50

600

150

%FLA

255

ULInhibitTime

C.UnderloadInhibitTime

Underload Inhibit
Time

USINT

250

10

Underload Trip
Delay

USINT

256

ULTripDelay

C.UnderloadTripDelay

Second
s
1

10

250

50
Second
s

257

ULTripLevel

C.UnderloadTripLimit

Underload Trip
Level

USINT

10

100

50

%FLA

258

ULWarningLevel

C.UnderloadWarnLimit

Underload
Warning Level

USINT

10

100

70

%FLA

259

CIInhibitTime

C.CurrentImbalanceInhibitTime

Current Imbalance USINT

Inhibit Time

250

10

Current Imbalance USINT

Trip Delay

260

CITripDelay

C.CurrentImbalanceTripDelay

Second
s
10

250

50
Second
s

261

CITripLevel

C.CurrentImbalanceTripLimit

Current Imbalance USINT

Trip Level

10

100

35

262

CIWarningLevel

C.CurrentImbalanceWarnLimit

Current Imbalance USINT

Warning Level

10

100

20

263

CTPrimary

C.CTPrimary

Current
Transformer
Primary Ratio

UINT

65535

264

CTSecondary

C.CTSecondary

Current
Transformer
Secondary Ratio

UINT

65535

265

UCInhibit Time

C.UnderCurrentInhibitTime

Under Current
Inhibit Time

USINT

250

10

L1 Under Current
Trip Delay

USINT

266

L1UCTripDelay

C.L1UnderCurrentTripDelay

Second
s
1

10

250

10
Second
s

267

L1UCTripLevel

C.L1UnderCurrentTripLimit

L1 Under Current
Trip Level

USINT

10

100

35

268

L1UCWarningLevel

C.L1UnderCurrentWarnLimit

L1 Under Current
Warning Level

USINT

10

100

40

269

L2UCTripDelay

C.L2UnderCurrentTripDelay

L2 Under Current
Trip Delay

USINT

10

250

10
Second
s

270

L2UCTripLevel

C.L2UnderCurrentTripLimit

L2 Under Current
Trip Level

USINT

10

100

35

271

L2UCWarningLevel

C.L2UnderCurrentWarnLimit

L2 Under Current
Warning Level

USINT

10

100

40

272

L3UCTripDelay

C.L3UnderCurrentTripDelay

L3 Under Current
Trip Delay

USINT

10

250

10

L3 Under Current
Trip Level

USINT

273

L3UCTripLevel

C.L3UnderCurrentTripLimit

Second
s
1

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

10

100

35

479

Appendix B

Group
Current Setup
continued

Parameter List

Param
No.

Device Profile Tag Name

Description

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Min

Max

Default Units

277

L1OCTripLevel

C.L1OverCurrentTripLimit

L1 Over Current
Trip Level

USINT

10

200

100

278

L1OCWarningLevel

C.L1OverCurrentWarnLimit

L1 Over Current
Warning Level

USINT

10

200

90

279

L2OCTripDelay

L2 Over Current
Trip Delay

USINT

10

250

10
Second
s

280

L2OCTripLevel

C.L2OverCurrentTripDelay

L2 Over Current
Trip Level

USINT

10

200

100

281

L2OCWarningLevel

C.L2OverCurrentTripLimit

L2 Over Current
Warning Level

USINT

10

200

90

282

L3OCTripDelay

C.L2OverCurrentWarnLimit

L3 Over Current
Trip Delay

USINT

10

250

10
Second
s

283

L3OCTripLevel

C.L3OverCurrentTripDelay

L3 Over Current
Trip Level

USINT

10

200

100

284

L3OCWarningLevel

C.L3OverCurrentTripLimit

L3 Over Current
Warning Level

USINT

10

200

90

285

LineLossInhTime

C.L3OverCurrentWarnLimit

Line Loss Inhibit

Time

USINT

250

10

L1 Line Loss Trip

Delay

USINT

L2 Line Loss Trip

Delay

USINT

L3 Line Loss Trip

Delay

USINT

286

287

288

480

Parameter Name

L1LossTripDelay

L2LossTripDelay

L3LossTripDelay

C.LineLossInhibitTime

C.L1LineLossTripDelay

C.L2LineLossTripDelay

Second
s
1

10

250

10
Second
s

10

250

10
Second
s

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - November 2013

10

250

10
Second
s

Parameter List

Group
Communications
Setup

Param
No.

Parameter Name

289

OutputAssembly

290

Device Profile Tag Name

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Min

Max

Default Units

Output Assembly UINT

Instance used by IO
Connections

180

144

InputAssembly

Input Assembly
UINT
Instance used by IO
Connections

300

300

291

Datalink0

Produced I/O
UINT
Assembly
Datalink0
Parameter Number

560

292

Datalink1

Produced I/O
UINT
Assembly
Datalink1
Parameter Number

560

293

Datalink2

Produced I/O
UINT
Assembly
Datalink2
Parameter Number

560

294

Datalink3

Produced I/O
UINT
Assembly
Datalink3
Parameter Number

560

295

Datalink4

Produced I/O
UINT
Assembly
Datalink4
Parameter Number

560

296

Datalink5

Produced I/O
UINT
Assembly
Datalink5
Parameter Number

560

297

Datalink6

Produced I/O
UINT
Assembly
Datalink6
Parameter Number

560

298

Datalink7

Produced I/O
UINT
Assembly
Datalink7
Parameter Number

560

299

Reserved

300

Reserved

301

Reserved

302

Reserved

303

Reserved

C.L3LineLossTripDelay

Description

Appendix B

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

481

Appendix B

Group
Output Setup

482

Parameter List

Param
No.

Parameter Name

Device Profile Tag Name

Description

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Min

Max

Default Units

304

OutPt00PrFltAct

C.Pt00OutputProtectionFaultMode

Output Pt00 action BOOL

on protection fault

0= GoToPrFltValue
1= IgnoreIfPossible

305

OutPt00PrFltVal

C.Pt00OutputProtectionFaultValue

Output Pt00 value BOOL

on protection fault

0=Open
1=Closed

306

OutPt00ComFltAct

C.Pt00OutputFaultMode

Output Pt00 action BOOL

on comms fault

0= GoToCommFltValue
1= HoldLastState

307

OutPt00ComFltVal

C.Pt00OutputFaultValue

Out Pt00 value on BOOL

comms fault

0=Open
1=Closed

308

OutPt00ComIdlAct

C.Pt00OutputProgMode

Output Pt00 action BOOL

on comms idle

0= GoToCommIdlValue
1= HoldLastState

309

OutPt00ComIdlVal

C.Pt00OutputProgValue

Output Pt00 value BOOL

on comms idle

0=Open
1=Closed

310

OutPt01PrFltAct

C.Pt01OutputProtectionFaultMode

Output Pt01 action BOOL

on protection fault

0= GoToPrFltValue
1= IgnoreIfPossible

311

OutPt01PrFltVal

C.Pt01OutputProtectionFaultValue

Output Pt01 value BOOL

on protection fault

0=Open
1=Closed

312

OutPt01ComFltAct

C.Pt01OutputFaultMode

Output Pt01 action BOOL

on comms fault

0= GoToCommFltValue
1= HoldLastState

313

OutPt01ComFltVal

C.Pt01OutputFaultValue

Output Pt01 value BOOL

on comms fault

0=Open
1=Closed

314

OutPt01ComIdlAct

C.Pt01OutputProgMode

Output Pt01 action BOOL

on comms idle

0= GoToCommIdlValue
1= HoldLastState

315

OutPt01ComIdlVal

C.Pt01OutputProgValue

Output Pt01 value BOOL

on comms idle

0=Open
1=Closed

316

OutPt02PrFltAct

C.Pt02OutputProtectionFaultMode

Output Pt02 action BOOL

on protection fault

0= GoToPrFltValue
1= IgnoreIfPossible

317

OutPt02PrFltVal

C.Pt02OutputProtectionFaultValue

Output Pt02 value BOOL

on protection fault

0=Open
1=Closed

318

OutPt02ComFltAct

C.Pt02OutputFaultMode

Output Pt02 action BOOL

on comms fault

0= GoToCommFltValue
1= HoldLastState

319

OutPt02ComFltVal

C.Pt02OutputFaultValue

Output Pt02 value BOOL

on comms fault

0=Open
1=Closed

320

OutPt02ComIdlAct

C.Pt02OutputProgMode

Output Pt02 action BOOL

on comms idle

0= GoToCommIdlValue
1= HoldLastState

321

OutPt02ComIdlVal

C.Pt02OutputProgValue

Output Pt02 value BOOL

on comms idle

0=Open
1=Closed

322

OutDig1PrFltAct

C.Digital1ProtectionFaultMode

Digital Expansion BOOL

Module 1 Outputs
action on
protection fault

0= GoToPrFltValue
1= Ignore

323

OutDig1PrFltVal

C.Digital1ProtectionFaultValue

Digital Expansion BOOL

Module 1 Outputs
value on
protection fault

0=Open
1=Closed

324

OutDig1ComFltAct

C.Digital1FaultMode

Digital Expansion BOOL

Module 1 Outputs
action on comms
fault

0= GoToCommFltValue
1= HoldLastState

325

OutDig1ComFltVal

C.Digital1FaultValue

Digital Expansion BOOL

Module 1 Outputs
value on comms
fault

0=Open
1=Closed

326

OutDig1ComIdlAct

C.Digital1ProgMode

Digital Expansion BOOL

Module 1 Outputs
action on comms
idle

0= GoToCommIdlValue
1= HoldLastState

327

OutDig1ComIdlVal

C.Digital1ProgValue

Digital Expansion BOOL

Module 1 Outputs
value on comms
idle

0=Open
1=Closed

328

OutDig2PrFltAct

C.Digital2ProtectionFaultMode

Digital Expansion BOOL

Module 2 Outputs
action on
protection fault

0= GoToPrFltValue
1= Ignore

329

OutDig2PrFltVal

C.Digital2ProtectionFaultValue

Digital Expansion BOOL

Module 2 Outputs
value on
protection fault

0=Open
1=Closed

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - November 2013

Parameter List

Group
Output Setup
Continued

DeviceLogix Setup

Param
No.

Parameter Name

Device Profile Tag Name

Description

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Min

Max

Appendix B

Default Units

330

OutDig2ComFltAct

C.Digital2FaultMode

Digital Expansion BOOL

Module 2 Outputs
action on comms
fault

0= GoToCommFltValue
1= HoldLastState

331

OutDig2ComFltVal

C.Digital2FaultValue

Digital Expansion BOOL

Module 2 Outputs
value on comms
fault

0=Open
1=Closed

332

OutDig2ComIdlAct

C.Digital2ProgMode

Digital Expansion BOOL

Module 2 Outputs
action on comms
idle

0= GoToCommIdlValue
1= HoldLastState

333

OutDig2ComIdlVal

C.Digital2ProgValue

Digital Expansion BOOL

Module 2 Outputs
value on comms
idle

0=Open
1=Closed

334

OutDig3PrFltAct

C.Digital3ProtectionFaultMode

Digital Expansion BOOL

Module 3 Outputs
action on
protection fault

0= GoToPrFltValue
1= Ignore

335

OutDig3PrFltVal

C.Digital3ProtectionFaultValue

Digital Expansion BOOL

Module 3 Outputs
value on
protection fault

0=Open
1=Closed

336

OutDig3ComFltAct

C.Digital3FaultMode

Digital Expansion BOOL

Module 3 Outputs
action on comms
fault

0= GoToCommFltValue
1= HoldLastState

337

OutDig3ComFltVal

C.Digital3FaultValue

Digital Expansion BOOL

Module 3 Outputs
value on comms
fault

0=Open
1=Closed

338

OuDig3ComIdlAct

C.Digital3ProgMode

Digital Expansion BOOL

Module 3 Outputs
action on comms
idle

0= GoToCommIdlValue
1= HoldLastState

339

OutDig3ComIdlVal

C.Digital3ProgValue

Digital Expansion BOOL

Module 3 Outputs
value on comms
idle

0=Open
1=Closed

340

OutDig4PrFltAct

C.Digital4ProtectionFaultMode

Digital Expansion BOOL

Module 4 Outputs
action on
protection fault

0= GoToPrFltValue
1= Ignore

341

OutDig4PrFltVal

C.Digital4ProtectionFaultValue

Digital Expansion BOOL

Module 4 Outputs
value on
protection fault

0=Open
1=Closed

342

OutDig4ComFltAct

C.Digital4FaultMode

Digital Expansion BOOL

Module 4 Outputs
action on comms
fault

0= GoToCommFltValue
1= HoldLastState

343

OutDig4ComFltVal

C.Digital4FaultValue

Digital Expansion BOOL

Module 4 Outputs
value on comms
fault

0=Open
1=Closed

344

OutDig4ComIdlAct

C.Digital4ProgMode

Digital Expansion BOOL

Module 4 Outputs
action on comms
idle

0= GoToCommIdlValue
1= HoldLastState

345

OutDig4ComIdlVal

C.Digital4ProgValue

Digital Expansion BOOL

Module 4 Outputs
value on comms
idle

0=Open
1=Closed

346

CommOverride

Enabling allows
BOOL
local logic to
override a loss of
an I/O Connection.

0=Disable
1=Enable

347

NetworkOverride

Enabling allows
BOOL
local logic to
override a Network
Fault.

0=Disable
1=Enable

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

483

Appendix B

Parameter List

Group
DeviceLogix Setup
(Continued)

484

Param
No.

Parameter Name

348

PtDeviceOuts

349

Reserved

350

351

Device Profile Tag Name

Description

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Min

Max

Default Units

Status of
UINT
DeviceLogix
Network Outputs.

Bit0= Pt00DeviceOut
Bit1= Pt01DeviceOut
Bit2= Pt02DeviceOut
Bit3= Pt03DeviceOut
Bit4= Pt04DeviceOut
Bit5= Pt05DeviceOut
Bit6= Pt06DeviceOut
Bit7= Pt07DeviceOut
Bit8= Pt08DeviceOut
Bit9= Pt09DeviceOut
Bit10= Pt10DeviceOut
Bit11= Pt11DeviceOut
Bit12= Pt12DeviceOut
Bit13= Pt13DeviceOut
Bit14= Pt14DeviceOut
Bit15= Pt15DeviceOut

PtDevOutCOSMask

When bit is set the UINT

network output
will trigger a COS
message.

Bit0= Pt00DeviceOut
Bit1= Pt01DeviceOut
Bit2= Pt02DeviceOut
Bit3= Pt03DeviceOut
Bit4= Pt04DeviceOut
Bit5= Pt05DeviceOut
Bit6= Pt06DeviceOut
Bit7= Pt07DeviceOut
Bit8= Pt08DeviceOut
Bit9= Pt09DeviceOut
Bit10= Pt10DeviceOut
Bit11= Pt11DeviceOut
Bit12= Pt12DeviceOut
Bit13= Pt13DeviceOut
Bit14= Pt14DeviceOut
Bit15= Pt15DeviceOut

DLXUserDefData

General Purpose UDINT

Data Value for Use
in DeviceLogix
Programs

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - November 2013

0xFFFFFFFF

Parameter List

Group
Voltage Setup

Param
No.

Parameter Name

Device Profile Tag Name

Description

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Min

Default Units

352

VoltageMode

C.VoltageMode

Voltage Wiring
Mode

USINT

0= Delta
1= Wye
2= DeltaPTDelta2Wye
3= WyePTDelta2Wye
4= DeltaPTWye2Delta
5= WyePTWye2Delta

353

PTPrimary

C.PTPrimary

Potential
Transformer
Primary Rating

UINT

65535

480

354

PTSecondary

C.PTSecondary

Potential
Transformer
Secondary Rating

UINT

540

480

355

UVInhibitTime

C.UnderVoltageInhibitTime

Under Voltage
Inhibit Time

USINT

250

10

356

UVTripDelay

C.UnderVoltageTripDelay

Second
s

Under Voltage Trip USINT

Delay

10

250

10
Second
s

357

UVTripLevel

C.UnderVoltageTripLimit

Under Voltage Trip UINT

Level

10

65535

1000

Volt

358

UVWarningLevel

C.UnderVoltageWarnLimit

Under Voltage
Warning Level

UINT

10

65535

4000

Volt

359

OVInhibitTime

C.OverVoltageInhibitTime

Over Voltage
Inhibit Time

USINT

250

10

Over Voltage Trip

Delay

USINT

360

OVTripDelay

C.OverVoltageTripDelay

Second
s
1

10

250

10
Second
s

361

OVTripLevel

C.OverVoltageTripLimit

Over Voltage Trip

Level

UINT

10

65535

5000

Volt

362

OVWarningLevel

C.OverVoltageWarnLimit

Over Voltage
Warning Level

UINT

10

65535

4900

Volt

363

PhRotInhibitTime

C.PhaseRotationInhibitTime

Phase Rotation
Inhibit Time

USINT

250

10

364

PhaseRotTripType

C.PhaseRotationTripType_0

Second
s

Voltage Phase
USINT
Rotation Trip Type

0=
NoRotation
1= ABC
2= ACB

Voltage Imbalance USINT

Inhibit Time

250

10

Voltage Imbalance USINT

Trip Delay

C.PhaseRotationTripType_1
365

Voltage Setup
(continued)

Max

Appendix B

366

VIBInhibitTime

VIBTripDelay

C.VoltageImbalanceInhibitTime

C.VoltageImbalanceTripDelay

Second
s
10

250

10
Second
s

367

VIBTripLevel

C.VoltageImbalanceTripLimit

Voltage Imbalance USINT

Trip Level

100

85

368

VIBWarningLevel

C.VoltageImbalanceWarnLimit

Voltage Imbalance USINT

Warning Level

100

75

369

UFInhibitTime

C.UnderFrequencyInhibitTime

Under Frequency
Inhibit Time

USINT

250

10

Under Frequency
Trip Delay

USINT

370

UFTripDelay

C.UnderFrequencyTripDelay

Second
s
1

10

250

10
Second
s

371

UFTripLevel

C.UnderFrequencyTripLimit

Under Frequency
Trip Level

USINT

46

65

57

Hz

372

UFWarningLevel

C.UnderFrequencyWarnLimit

Under Frequency
Warning Level

USINT

46

65

58

Hz

373

OFInhibitTime

C.OverFrequencyInhibitTime

Over Frequency
Inhibit Time

USINT

250

10

Over Frequency
Trip Delay

USINT

374

OFTripDelay

C.OverFrequencyTripDelay

Second
s
1

10

250

10
Second
s

375

OFTripLevel

C.OverFrequencyTripLimit

Over Frequency
Trip Level

USINT

46

65

63

Hz

376

OFWarningLevel

C.OverFrequencyWarnLimit

Over Frequency
Warning Level

USINT

46

65

62

Hz

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

485

Appendix B

Group
Power Setup

Parameter List

Param
No.

Device Profile Tag Name

Description

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Min

377

PowerScale

C.PowerScale

Power value scale

factor (kW MW)

USINT

0=kW
1=MW

378

UWInhibitTime

C.UnderRealPowerInhibitTime

Under Total Real USINT

Power Inhibit Time

Under Total Real

Power Trip Delay

USINT

379

UWTripDelay

C.UnderRealPowerTripDelay

Max

Default Units
0

250

10
Second
s

10

250

10
Second
s

380

UWTripLevel

C.UnderRealPowerTripLimit

Under Total Real

Power Trip Level

DINT

1000

2000000000 0

kW

381

UWWarningLevel

C.UnderRealPowerWarnLimit

Under Total Real

Power Warning
Level

DINT

1000

2000000000 0

kW

382

OWInhibitTime

C.OverRealPowerInhibitTime

Over Total Real

USINT
Power Inhibit Time

250

Over Total Real

Power Trip Delay

USINT

383

OWTripDelay

C.OverRealPowerTripDelay

10
Second
s

10

250

10
Second
s

384

OWTripLevel

C.OverRealPowerTripLimit

Over Total Real

Power Trip Level

DINT

1000

2000000000 0

kW

385

OWWarningLevel

C.OverRealPowerWarnLimit

Over Total Real

Power Warning
Level

DINT

1000

2000000000 0

kW

386

UVARCInhibitTime

C.UnderReactivePowerConsumedInhibitTime

Under Total
Reactive Power
Consumed
(+kVAR) Inhibit
Time

USINT

250

387

UVARCTripDelay

C.UnderReactivePowerConsumedTripDelay

10
Second
s

Under Total
USINT
Reactive Power
Consumed
(+kVAR) Trip Delay

10

250

10
Second
s

388

UVARCTripLevel

C.UnderReactivePowerConsumedTripLimit

Under Total
DINT
Reactive Power
Consumed
(+kVAR) Trip Level

1000

2000000000 0

kVAR

389

UVARCWarnLevel

C.UnderReactivePowerConsumedWarnLimit

Under Total
DINT
Reactive Power
Consumed
(+kVAR) Warning
Level

1000

2000000000 0

kVAR

390

OVARCInhibitTime

C.OverReactivePowerConsumedInhibitTime

Over Total Reactive USINT

Power Consumed
(+kVAR) Inhibit
Time

250

Over Total Reactive USINT

Power Consumed
(+kVAR) Trip Delay

391

486

Parameter Name

OVARCTripDelay

C.OverReactivePowerConsumedTripDelay

10
Second
s

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - November 2013

10

250

10
Second
s

Parameter List

Group
Power Setup
(Continued)

Param
No.

Parameter Name

Device Profile Tag Name

Description

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Min

Max

Appendix B

Default Units

392

OVARCTripLevel

C.OverReactivePowerConsumedTripLimit

Over Total Reactive DINT

Power Consumed
(+kVAR) Trip Level

1000

2000000000 0

kVAR

393

OVARCWarnLevel

C.OverReactivePowerConsumedWarnLimit

Over Total Reactive DINT

Power Consumed
(+kVAR) Warning
Level

1000

2000000000 0

kVAR

394

UVARGInhibitTime

C.UnderReactivePowerGeneratedInhibitTime

Under Total
USINT
Reactive Power
Generated (-kVAR)
Inhibit Time

250

Under Total
USINT
Reactive Power
Generated (-kVAR)
Trip Delay

395

UVARGTripDelay

C.UnderReactivePowerGeneratedTripDelay

10
Second
s

10

250

10
Second
s

396

UVARGTripLevel

C.UnderReactivePowerGeneratedTripLimit

Under Total
DINT
Reactive Power
Generated (-kVAR)
Trip Level

1000

-2000000000 0

kVAR

397

UVARGWarnLevel

C.UnderReactivePowerGeneratedWarnLimit

Under Total
DINT
Reactive Power
Generated (-kVAR)
Warning Level

1000

-2000000000 0

kVAR

398

OVARGInhibitTime

C.OverReactivePowerGeneratedInhibitTime

Over Total Reactive USINT

Power Generated
(-kVAR) Inhibit
Time

10

Over Total Reactive USINT

Power Generated
(-kVAR) Trip Delay

399

OVARGTripDelay

C.OverReactivePowerGeneratedTripDelay

250

Second
s
10

250

10
Second
s

400

OVARGTripLevel

C.OverReactivePowerGeneratedTripLimit

Over Total Reactive DINT

Power Generated
(-kVAR) Trip Level

1000

-2000000000 0

kVAR

401

OVARGWarnLevel

C.OverReactivePowerGeneratedWarnLimit

Over Total Reactive DINT

Power Generated
(-kVAR) Warning
Level

1000

-2000000000 0

kVAR

402

UVAInhibitTime

C.UnderApparentPowerInhibitTime

Under Total
Apparent Power
Inhibit Time

USINT

10

Under Total
Apparent Power
Trip Delay

USINT

403

UVATripDelay

C.UnderApparentPowerTripDelay

250

Second
s
1

10

250

10
Second
s

404

UVATripLevel

C.UnderApparentPowerTripLimit

Under Total
Apparent Power
Trip Level

DINT

1000

2000000000 0

kVA

405

UVAWarningLevel

C.UnderApparentPowerWarnLimit

Under Total
Apparent Power
Warning Level

DINT

1000

2000000000 0

kVA

406

OVAInhibitTime

C.OverApparentPowerInhibitTime

Over Total
Apparent Power
Inhibit Time

USINT

250

Over Total
Apparent Power
Trip Delay

USINT

407

OVATripDelay

10
Second
s

10

250

10
Second
s

408

OVATripLevel

C.OverApparentPowerTripDelay

Over Total
Apparent Power
Trip Level

DINT

1000

2000000000 0

kVA

409

OVAWarningLevel

C.OverApparentPowerWarnLimit

Over Total
Apparent Power
Warning Level

DINT

1000

2000000000 0

kVA

410

UPFLagInhibTime

C.UnderPowerFactorLaggingInhibitTime

Under Total Power USINT

Factor Lagging (PF) Inhibit Time

250

Under Total Power USINT

Factor Lagging (PF) Trip Delay

Under Total Power SINT

Factor Lagging (PF) Trip Level

411

412

UPFLagTripDelay

UPFLagTripLevel

C.UnderPowerFactorLaggingTripDelay

C.UnderPowerFactorLaggingTripLimit

10
Second
s

10

250

10
Second
s

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

-100

-90

487

Appendix B

Group
Power Setup
(Continued)

Parameter List

Param
No.

Description

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Min

Max

Default Units

UPFLagWarnLevel

C.UnderPowerFactorLaggingWarnLimit

Under Total Power SINT

Factor Lagging (PF) Warning Level

-100

-95

414

OPFLagInhibTime

C.OverPowerFactorLaggingInhibitTime

Over Total Power

Factor Lagging (PF) Inhibit Time

USINT

250

10

Over Total Power

Factor Lagging (PF) Trip Delay

USINT

OPFLagTripDelay

C.OverPowerFactorLaggingTripDelay

Second
s
1

10

250

10
Second
s

416

OPFLagTripLevel

C.OverPowerFactorLaggingTripLimit

Over Total Power

Factor Lagging (PF) Trip Level

SINT

-100

-95

417

OPFLagWarnLevel

C.OverPowerFactorLaggingWarnLimit

Over Total Power SINT

Factor Lagging (PF) Warning Level

-100

-90

418

UPFLeadInhibTime

C.UnderPowerFactorLeadingInhibitTime

Under Total Power USINT

Factor Leading
(+PF) Inhibit Time

250

10

Under Total Power USINT

Factor Leading
(+PF) Trip Delay

419

UPFLeadTripDelay

C.UnderPowerFactorLeadingTripDelay

Second
s
10

250

10
Second
s

420

UPFLeadTripLevel

C.UnderPowerFactorLeadingTripLimit

Under Total Power USINT

Factor Leading
(+PF) Trip Level

100

90

421

UPFLeadWarnLevel

C.UnderPowerFactorLeadingWarnLimit

Under Total Power USINT

Factor Leading
(+PF) Warning
Level

100

95

422

OPFLeadInhibTime

C.OverPowerFactorLeadingInhibitTime

Over Total Power USINT

Factor Leading
(+PF) Inhibit Time

250

10

Over Total Power

Factor Leading
(+PF) Trip Delay

USINT

423

488

Device Profile Tag Name

413

415

Diagnostic Display
Setup

Parameter Name

OPFLeadTripDelay

C.OverPowerFactorLeadingTripDelay

Second
s
10

250

10
Second
s

424

OPFLeadTripLevel

C.OverPowerFactorLeadingTripLimit

Over Total Power

Factor Leading
(+PF) Trip Level

USINT

100

95

425

OPFLeadWarnLevel

C.OverPowerFactorLeadingWarnLimit

Over Total Power

Factor Leading
(+PF) Warning
Level

USINT

100

90

426

DemandPeriod

C.DemandPeriod

The number of
minutes in a
specific demand
period

USINT

255

15

Min

427

NumberOfPeriods

C.NumberOfDemandPeriods

The number of
USINT
periods to average
for the demand
calculation

15

428

Screen1Param1

C.Screen1ParameterSelect1

Parameter to
display on
Operator Station
Startup screen 1
line 1

UINT

560

429

Screen1Param2

C.Screen1ParameterSelect2

Parameter to
display on
Operator Station
Startup screen 1
line 2

UINT

560

50

430

Screen2Param1

C.Screen2ParameterSelect1

Parameter to
display on
Operator Station
Startup screen 2
line 1

UINT

560

431

Screen2Param2

C.Screen2ParameterSelect2

Parameter to
display on
Operator Station
Startup screen 2
line 2

UINT

560

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - November 2013

Parameter List

Group
Diagnostic Display
Setup (Continued)

Analog1 Setup

Param
No.

Parameter Name

Device Profile Tag Name

Description

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Min

Max

Appendix B

Default Units

432

Screen3Param1

C.Screen3ParameterSelect1

Parameter to
display on
Operator Station
Startup screen 3
line 1

UINT

560

51

433

Screen3Param2

C.Screen3ParameterSelect2

Parameter to
display on
Operator Station
Startup screen 3
line 2

UINT

560

52

434

Screen4Param1

C.Screen4ParameterSelect1

Parameter to
display on
Operator Station
Startup screen 4
line 1

UINT

560

38

435

Screen4Param2

C.Screen4ParameterSelect2

Parameter to
display on
Operator Station
Startup screen 4
line 2

UINT

560

39

436

DisplayTimeout

C.OperatorStationDisplayTimeout

Inactivity time for UINT

a Diagnostic
Station

65535

300

437

InAnMod1Ch00Type

C.Analog1.Ch00InputRangeType_0
C.Analog1.Ch00InputRangeType_1
C.Analog1.Ch00InputRangeType_2
C.Analog1.Ch00InputRangeType_3
C.Analog1.Ch00InputRangeType_4

Assignment for
Analog Module 1
Input Channel 00
function

USINT

0= Disabled
1= 4To20mA
2= 0To20mA
3= 0To10Volts
4= 1To5Volts
5= 0To5Volts
6= 100Pt385
7= 200Pt385
8= 500Pt385
9= 1000Pt385
10=100Pt3916
11= 200Pt3916
12= 500Pt3916
13= 1000Pt3916
14= 10Cu426
15= 120Ni618
16= 120Ni672
17= 604NiFe518
18= 150ohm
19= 1000ohm
20 = 3000ohm
21= 6000ohm

438

InAMod1Ch0Format

C.Analog1.Ch00InputFormat_0
C.Analog1.Ch00InputFormat_1
C.Analog1.Ch00InputFormat_2

Assignment for
Analog Module 1
Input Channel 00
Data Format

USINT

0= EngUnits
1= EngUnitsTimes10
2= RawProportional
3= ScaledForPID

439

InAMod1C0TmpUnit

C.Analog1.Ch00InputTempMode

Assignment for
USINT
Analog Module 1
Input Channel 00
Temperature Units

0=DegreesC
1=DegreesF

440

InAMod1C0FiltFrq

C.Analog1.Ch00InputFilter_0
C.Analog1.Ch00InputFilter_1
C.Analog1.Ch00InputFilter_2

Assignment for
Analog Module 1
Input Channel 00
Filter Freq

USINT

0=17Hz
1=4Hz
2=62Hz
3=470Hz

441

InAMod1C0OpCktSt

C.Analog1.Ch00InputOpenWire_0
C.Analog1.Ch00InputOpenWire_1

Indicates Analog
Module 1 Input
Channel 00 Open
Circuit State

USINT

0=Upscale
1=Downscale
2=Zero

442

InAnMod1Ch0RTDEn

C.Analog1.Ch00InputTwoWireRTD

Enable Analog
BOOL
Module 1 Input
Channel 00 to
function with RTD

0=3-wire
1=2-wire

443

InAMod1C0TripDly

C.Analog1.Ch00InputTripDelay

Analog Module 1
Input Channel 00
Trip Delay

USINT

10

Level (in selected

Units) where
Analog Input
generates a trip

UINT

444

InAMod1C0TripLvl

C.Analog1.Ch00InputTripLimit

250

10
Second
s

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

65535

489

Appendix B

Group
Analog1 Setup
(Continued)

490

Parameter List

Param
No.

Parameter Name

Device Profile Tag Name

Description

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Min

Max
65535

Default Units

445

InAMod1C0WarnLvl

C.Analog1.Ch00InputWarnLimit

Level (in selected

Units) where
Analog Input
generates a
warning

UINT

446

InAnMod1Ch01Type

C.Analog1.Ch01InputRangeType_0
C.Analog1.Ch01InputRangeType_1
C.Analog1.Ch01InputRangeType_2
C.Analog1.Ch01InputRangeType_3
C.Analog1.Ch01InputRangeType_4

Assignment for
Analog Module 1
Input Channel 01
function

USINT

0= Disabled
1= 4To20mA
2= 0To20mA
3= 0To10Volts
4= 1To5Volts
5= 0To5Volts
6= 100Pt385
7= 200Pt385
8= 500Pt385
9= 1000Pt385
10=100Pt3916
11= 200Pt3916
12= 500Pt3916
13= 1000Pt3916
14= 10Cu426
15= 120Ni618
16= 120Ni672
17= 604NiFe518
18= 150ohm
19= 1000ohm
20 = 3000ohm
21= 6000ohm

447

InAMod1Ch1Format

C.Analog1.Ch01InputFormat_0
C.Analog1.Ch01InputFormat_1
C.Analog1.Ch01InputFormat_2

Assignment for
Analog Module 1
Input Channel 01
Data Format

USINT

0= EngUnits
1= EngUnitsTimes10
2= RawProportional
3= ScaledForPID
4= PercentRange

448

InAMod1C1TmpUnit

C.Analog1.Ch01InputTempMode

Assignment for
USINT
Analog Module 1
Input Channel 01
Temperature Units

0=DegreesC
1=DegreesF

449

InAMod1C1FiltFrq

C.Analog1.Ch01InputFilter_0
C.Analog1.Ch01InputFilter_1
C.Analog1.Ch01InputFilter_2

Assignment
Analog Module 1
Input Channel 01
Filter Freq

USINT

0=17Hz
1=4Hz
2=62Hz
3=470Hz

450

InAMod1C1OpCktSt

C.Analog1.Ch01InputOpenWire_0
C.Analog1.Ch01InputOpenWire_1

Indicates Analog
Module 1 Input
Channel 01 Open
Circuit State

USINT

0=Upscale
1=Downscale
2=Zero

451

InAnMod1Ch1RTDEn

C.Analog1.Ch01InputTwoWireRTD

Enable Analog
BOOL
Module 1 Input
Channel 01 to
function with RTD

0=3-wire
1=2-wire

452

InAMod1C1TripDly

C.Analog1.Ch01InputTripDelay

Analog Module 1
Input Channel 01
Trip Delay

USINT

10

250

10
Second
s

453

InAMod1C1TripLvl

C.Analog1.Ch01InputTripLimit

Level (in selected

Units) where
Analog Input
generates a trip

UINT

65535

454

InAMod1C1WarnLvl

C.Analog1.Ch01InputWarnLimit

Level (in selected

Units) where
Analog Input
generate

UINT

65535

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - November 2013

Parameter List

Group
Analog1 Setup
(Continued)

Param
No.

Parameter Name

Device Profile Tag Name

Description

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Min

Max

Appendix B

Default Units

455

InAnMod1Ch02Type

C.Analog1.Ch02InputRangeType_0
C.Analog1.Ch02InputRangeType_1
C.Analog1.Ch02InputRangeType_2
C.Analog1.Ch02InputRangeType_3
C.Analog1.Ch02InputRangeType_4

Assignment for
Analog Module 1
Input Channel 02
function

USINT

0= Disabled
1= 4To20mA
2= 0To20mA
3= 0To10Volts
4= 1To5Volts
5= 0To5Volts
6= 100Pt385
7= 200Pt385
8= 500Pt385
9= 1000Pt385
10=100Pt3916
11= 200Pt3916
12= 500Pt3916
13= 1000Pt3916
14= 10Cu426
15= 120Ni618
16= 120Ni672
17= 604NiFe518
18= 150ohm
19= 1000ohm
20 = 3000ohm
21= 6000ohm

456

InAMod1Ch2Format

C.Analog1.Ch02InputFormat_0
C.Analog1.Ch02InputFormat_1
C.Analog1.Ch02InputFormat_2

Assignment for
Analog Module 1
Input Channel 02
Data Format

USINT

0= EngUnits
1= EngUnitsTimes10
2= RawProportional
3= ScaledForPID

457

InAMod1C2TmpUnit

C.Analog1.Ch02InputTempMode

Assignment for
USINT
Analog Module 1
Input Channel 02
Temperature Units

0=DegreesC
1=DegreesF

458

InAMod1C2FiltFrq

C.Analog1.Ch02InputFilter_0
C.Analog1.Ch02InputFilter_1
C.Analog1.Ch02InputFilter_2

Assignment
Analog Module 1
Input Channel 02
Filter Freq

USINT

0=17Hz
1=4Hz
2=62Hz
3=470Hz

459

InAMod1C2OpCktSt

C.Analog1.Ch02InputOpenWire_0
C.Analog1.Ch02InputOpenWire_1

Indicates Analog
Module 1 Input
Channel 02 Open
Circuit State

USINT

0=Upscale
1=Downscale
2=Zero

460

InAnMod1Ch2RTDEn

C.Analog1.Ch02InputTwoWireRTD

Enable Analog
BOOL
Module 1 Input
Channel 02 to
function with RTD

0=3-wire
1=2-wire

461

InAMod1C2TripDly

C.Analog1.Ch02InputTripDelay

Analog Module 1
Input Channel 02
Trip Delay

USINT

10

250

10
Second
s

462

InAMod1C2TripLvl

C.Analog1.Ch02InputTripLimit

Level (in selected

Units) where
Analog Input
generates a trip

UINT

65535

463

InAMod1C2WarnLvl

C.Analog1.Ch02InputWarnLimit

Level (in selected

Units) where
Analog Input
generates a
warning

UINT

65535

464

OutAnMod1Type

C.Analog1.Ch00OutputRangeType_0
C.Analog1.Ch00OutputRangeType_1
C.Analog1.Ch00OutputRangeType_2
C.Analog1.Ch00OutputRangeType_3

Assignment for
Analog Module 1
Output function

USINT

0= Disabled
1= 4To20mA
2= 0To20mA
3= 0To10Volts
4=1to5 Volts
5= 0to5 Volts

465

OutAnMod1Select

C.Analog1.Ch00OutputMode

Assignment of
parameter data
value to drive
Analog Module 1
Output

USINT

0= AveragePctFLA
1= ScaledAvgPctFLA
2= PercentTCU
3= GFCurrent
4= CurrentUnbalance
5= AvgLLVoltage
6=VoltLLUnbalance
7= TotalkW
8= TotalkVA
9= TotalkVAR
10= TotalPF
11= UserDLXData

466

OutAnMod1FltActn

C.Analog1.Ch00OutputFaultMode_0
C.Analog1.Ch00OutputFaultMode_1

Analog Module 1
Output action on
comms fault

USINT

0= Zero
1= Maximum
2= Minimum
3= Hold Last State

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

491

Appendix B

Group

Parameter List

Param
No.

Parameter Name

Device Profile Tag Name

Description

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Min

Max

Default Units

Analog1 Setup
(continued)

467

OutAnMod1IdlActn

C.Analog1.Ch00OutputProtectionFaultMode_0
C.Analog1.Ch00OutputProtectionFaultMode_1

Analog Module 1
Output action on
comms idle

USINT

0= Zero
1= Maximum
2= Minimum
3= Hold Last State

Analog2 Setup

468

InAnMod2Ch00Type

C.Analog2.Ch00InputRangeType_0
C.Analog2.Ch00InputRangeType_1
C.Analog2.Ch00InputRangeType_2
C.Analog2.Ch00InputRangeType_3
C.Analog2.Ch00InputRangeType_4

Assignment for
Analog Module 2
Input Channel 00
function

USINT

0= Disabled
1= 4To20mA
2= 0To20mA
3= 0To10Volts
4= 1To5Volts
5= 0To5Volts
6= 100Pt385
7= 200Pt385
8= 500Pt385
9= 1000Pt385
10=100Pt3916
11= 200Pt3916
12= 500Pt3916
13= 1000Pt3916
14= 10Cu426
15= 120Ni618
16= 120Ni672
17= 604NiFe518
18= 150ohm
19= 1000ohm
20 = 3000ohm
21= 6000ohm

469

InAMod2Ch0Format

C.Analog2.Ch00InputFormat_0
C.Analog2.Ch00InputFormat_1
C.Analog2.Ch00InputFormat_2

Assignment for
Analog Module 2
Input Channel 00
Data Format

USINT

0= EngUnits
1= EngUnitsTimes10
2= RawProportional
3= ScaledForPID

470

InAMod2C0TmpUnit

C.Analog2.Ch00InputTempMode

Assignment for
USINT
Analog Module 2
Input Channel 00
Temperature Units

0=DegreesC
1=DegreesF

471

InAMod2C0FiltFrq

C.Analog2.Ch00InputFilter_0
C.Analog2.Ch00InputFilter_1
C.Analog2.Ch00InputFilter_2

Assignment for
Analog Module 2
Input Channel 00
Filter Freq

USINT

0=17Hz
1=4Hz
2=62Hz
3=470Hz

472

InAMod2C0OpCktSt

C.Analog2.Ch00InputOpenWire_0
C.Analog2.Ch00InputOpenWire_1

Indicates Analog
Module 2 Input
Channel 00 Open
Circuit State

USINT

0=Upscale
1=Downscale
2=Zero

473

InAnMod2Ch0RTDEn

C.Analog2.Ch00InputTwoWireRTD

Enable Analog
BOOL
Module 2 Input
Channel 00 to
function with RTD

0=3-wire
1=2-wire

474

InAMod2C0TripDly

C.Analog2.Ch00InputTripDelay

Analog Module 2
Input Channel 00
Trip Delay

USINT

10

492

250

10
Second
s

475

InAMod2C0TripLvl

C.Analog2.Ch00InputTripLimit

Level (in selected

Units) where
Analog Input
generates a trip

UINT

-32768

32767

476

InAMod2C0WarnLvl

C.Analog2.Ch00InputWarnLimit

Level (in selected

Units) where
Analog Input
generates a
warning

UINT

-32768

32767

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - November 2013

Parameter List

Group
Analog2 Setup
(Continued)

Param
No.

Parameter Name

Device Profile Tag Name

Description

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Min

Max

Appendix B

Default Units

477

InAnMod2Ch01Type

C.Analog2.Ch01InputRangeType_0
C.Analog2.Ch01InputRangeType_1
C.Analog2.Ch01InputRangeType_2
C.Analog2.Ch01InputRangeType_3
C.Analog2.Ch01InputRangeType_4

Assignment for
Analog Module 2
Input Channel 01
function

USINT

0= Disabled
1= 4To20mA
2= 0To20mA
3= 0To10Volts
4= 1To5Volts
5= 0To5Volts
6= 100Pt385
7= 200Pt385
8= 500Pt385
9= 1000Pt385
10=100Pt3916
11= 200Pt3916
12= 500Pt3916
13= 1000Pt3916
14= 10Cu426
15= 120Ni618
16= 120Ni672
17= 604NiFe518
18= 150ohm
19= 1000ohm
20 = 3000ohm
21= 6000ohm

478

InAMod2Ch1Format

C.Analog2.Ch01InputFormat_0
C.Analog2.Ch01InputFormat_1
C.Analog2.Ch01InputFormat_2

Assignment for
Analog Module 2
Input Channel 01
Data Format

USINT

0= EngUnits
1= EngUnitsTimes10
2= RawProportional
3= ScaledForPID

479

InAMod2C1TmpUnit

C.Analog2.Ch01InputTempMode

Assignment for
USINT
Analog Module 2
Input Channel 01
Temperature Units

0=DegreesC
1=DegreesF

480

InAMod2C1FiltFrq

C.Analog2.Ch01InputFilter_0
C.Analog2.Ch01InputFilter_1
C.Analog2.Ch01InputFilter_2

Assignment
Analog Module 2
Input Channel 01
Filter Freq

USINT

0=17Hz
1=4Hz
2=62Hz
3=470Hz

481

InAMod2C1OpCktSt

C.Analog2.Ch01InputOpenWire_0
C.Analog2.Ch01InputOpenWire_1

Indicates Analog
Module 2 Input
Channel 01 Open
Circuit State

USINT

0=Upscale
1=Downscale
2=Zero

482

InAnMod2Ch1RTDEn

C.Analog2.Ch01InputTwoWireRTD

Enable Analog
BOOL
Module 2 Input
Channel 01 to
function with RTD

0=3-wire
1=2-wire

483

InAMod2C1TripDly

C.Analog2.Ch01InputTripDelay

Analog Module 2
Input Channel 01
Trip Delay

USINT

10

250

10
Second
s

484

InAMod2C1TripLvl

C.Analog2.Ch01InputTripLimit

Level (in selected

Units) where
Analog Input
generates a trip

UINT

65535

485

InAMod2C1WarnLvl

C.Analog2.Ch01InputWarnLimit

Level (in selected

Units) where
Analog Input
generates a
warning

UINT

-32768

32767

486

InAnMod2Ch02Type

C.Analog2.Ch02InputRangeType_0
C.Analog2.Ch02InputRangeType_1
C.Analog2.Ch02InputRangeType_2
C.Analog2.Ch02InputRangeType_3
C.Analog2.Ch02InputRangeType_4

Assignment for
Analog Module 2
Input Channel 02
function

USINT

0= Disabled
1= 4To20mA
2= 0To20mA
3= 0To10Volts
4= 1To5Volts
5= 0To5Volts
6= 100Pt385
7= 200Pt385
8= 500Pt385
9= 1000Pt385
10=100Pt3916
11= 200Pt3916
12= 500Pt3916
13= 1000Pt3916
14= 10Cu426
15= 120Ni618
16= 120Ni672
17= 604NiFe518
18= 150ohm
19= 1000ohm
20 = 3000ohm
21= 6000ohm

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

493

Appendix B

Group
Analog2 Setup
(continued)

494

Parameter List

Param
No.

Parameter Name

Device Profile Tag Name

Description

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Min

Max

Default Units

487

InAMod2Ch2Format

C.Analog2.Ch02InputFormat_0
C.Analog2.Ch02InputFormat_1
C.Analog2.Ch02InputFormat_2

Assignment for
Analog Module 2
Input Channel 02
Data Format

USINT

0= EngUnits
1= EngUnitsTimes10
2= RawProportional
3= ScaledForPID

488

InAMod2C2TmpUnit

C.Analog2.Ch02InputTempMode

Assignment for
USINT
Analog Module 2
Input Channel 02
Temperature Units

0=DegreesC
1=DegreesF

489

InAMod2C2FiltFrq

C.Analog2.Ch02InputFilter_0
C.Analog2.Ch02InputFilter_1
C.Analog2.Ch02InputFilter_2

Assignment
Analog Module 2
Input Channel 02
Filter Freq

USINT

0=17Hz
1=4Hz
2=62Hz
3=470Hz

490

InAMod2C2OpCktSt

C.Analog2.Ch02InputOpenWire_0
C.Analog2.Ch02InputOpenWire_1

Indicates Analog
Module 2 Input
Channel 02 Open
Circuit State

USINT

0=Upscale
1=Downscale
2=Zero

491

InAnMod2Ch2RTDEn

C.Analog2.Ch02InputTwoWireRTD

Enable Analog
BOOL
Module 2 Input
Channel 02 to
function with RTD

0=3-wire
1=2-wire

492

InAMod2C2TripDly

C.Analog2.Ch02InputTripDelay

Analog Module 2
Input Channel 02
Trip Delay

USINT

10

250

10
Second
s

493

InAMod2C2TripLvl

C.Analog2.Ch02InputTripLimit

Level (in selected

Units) where
Analog Input
generates a trip

UINT

-32768

32767

494

InAMod2C2WarnLvl

C.Analog2.Ch02InputWarnLimit

Level (in selected

Units) where
Analog Input
generates a
warning

UINT

-32768

32767

495

OutAnMod2Type

C.Analog2.Ch00OutputRangeType_0
C.Analog2.Ch00OutputRangeType_1
C.Analog2.Ch00OutputRangeType_2
C.Analog2.Ch00OutputRangeType_3

Assignment for
Analog Module 2
Output function.

USINT

0= Disabled
1= 4To20mA
2= 0To20mA
3= 0To10Volts
4=1To5 Volts
5=OTo5 Volts

496

OutAnMod2Select

C.Analog2.Ch00OutputMode

Assignment of
parameter data
value to drive
Analog Module 2
Output

USINT

0= AveragePctFLA
1= ScaledAvgPctFLA
2= PercentTCU
3= GFCurrent
4= CurrentUnbalance
5= AvgLLVoltage
6=VoltLLUnbalance
7= TotalkW
8= TotalkVA
9= TotalkVAR
10= TotalPF
11= UserDLXData

497

OutAnMod2EFltAct

C.Analog2.Ch00OutputFaultMode_0
C.Analog2.Ch00OutputFaultMode_1

Analog Module 2
Output action on
an Expansion Bus
fault

USINT

0= Zero
1= Maximum
2= Minimum
3= HoldLastState

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - November 2013

Parameter List

Group
Analog3 Setup

Param
No.

Parameter Name

Device Profile Tag Name

Description

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Min

Max

Appendix B

Default Units

498

OutAnMod2PFltAct

C.Analog2.Ch00OutputProtectionFaultMode_0
C.Analog2.Ch00OutputProtectionFaultMode_1

Analog Module 2 USINT

Output action on a
protection fault

0= Ignore
1= Maximum
2= Minimum
3= HoldLastState

499

InAnMod3Ch00Type

C.Analog3.Ch00InputRangeType_0
C.Analog3.Ch00InputRangeType_1
C.Analog3.Ch00InputRangeType_2
C.Analog3.Ch00InputRangeType_3
C.Analog3.Ch00InputRangeType_4

Assignment for
Analog Module 3
Input Channel 00
function

USINT

0= Disabled
1= 4To20mA
2= 0To20mA
3= 0To10Volts
4= 1To5Volts
5= 0To5Volts
6= 100Pt385
7= 200Pt385
8= 500Pt385
9= 1000Pt385
10=100Pt3916
11= 200Pt3916
12= 500Pt3916
13= 1000Pt3916
14= 10Cu426
15= 120Ni618
16= 120Ni672
17= 604NiFe518
18= 150ohm
19= 1000ohm
20 = 3000ohm
21= 6000ohm

500

InAMod3Ch0Format

C.Analog3.Ch00InputFormat_0
C.Analog3.Ch00InputFormat_1
C.Analog3.Ch00InputFormat_2

Assignment for
Analog Module 3
Input Channel 00
Data Format

USINT

0= EngUnits
1= EngUnitsTimes10
2= RawProportional
3= ScaledForPID

501

InAMod3C0TmpUnit

C.Analog3.Ch00InputTempMode

Assignment for
USINT
Analog Module 3
Input Channel 00
Temperature Units

0=DegreesC
1=DegreesF

502

InAMod3C0FiltFrq

C.Analog3.Ch00InputFilter_0
C.Analog3.Ch00InputFilter_1
C.Analog3.Ch00InputFilter_2

Assignment for
Analog Module 3
Input Channel 00
Filter Freq

USINT

0=17Hz
1=4Hz
2=62Hz
3=470Hz

503

InAMod3C0OpCktSt

C.Analog3.Ch00InputOpenWire_0
C.Analog3.Ch00InputOpenWire_1

Indicates Analog
Module 3 Input
Channel 00 Open
Circuit State

USINT

0=Upscale
1=Downscale
2=Zero

504

InAnMod3Ch0RTDEn

C.Analog3.Ch00InputTwoWireRTD

Enable Analog
BOOL
Module 3 Input
Channel 00 to
function with RTD

0=3-wire
1=2-wire

505

InAMod3C0TripDly

C.Analog3.Ch00InputTripDelay

Analog Module 3
Input Channel 00
Trip Delay

USINT

10

250

10
Second
s

506

InAMod3C0TripLvl

C.Analog3.Ch00InputTripLimit

Level (in selected

Units) where
Analog Input
generates a trip

UINT

-32768

32767

507

InAMod3C0WarnLvl

C.Analog3.Ch00InputWarnLimit

Level (in selected

Units) where
Analog Input
generates a
warning

UINT

-32768

32767

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

495

Appendix B

Group
Analog3 Setup
(Continued)

496

Parameter List

Param
No.

Parameter Name

Device Profile Tag Name

Description

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Min

Max

Default Units

508

InAnMod3Ch01Type

C.Analog3.Ch01InputRangeType_0
C.Analog3.Ch01InputRangeType_1
C.Analog3.Ch01InputRangeType_2
C.Analog3.Ch01InputRangeType_3
C.Analog3.Ch01InputRangeType_4

Assignment for
Analog Module 3
Input Channel 01
function

USINT

0= Disabled
1= 4To20mA
2= 0To20mA
3= 0To10Volts
4= 1To5Volts
5= 0To5Volts
6= 100Pt385
7= 200Pt385
8= 500Pt385
9= 1000Pt385
10=100Pt3916
11= 200Pt3916
12= 500Pt3916
13= 1000Pt3916
14= 10Cu426
15= 120Ni618
16= 120Ni672
17= 604NiFe518
18= 150ohm
19= 1000ohm
20 = 3000ohm
21= 6000ohm

509

InAMod3Ch1Format

C.Analog3.Ch01InputFormat_0
C.Analog3.Ch01InputFormat_1
C.Analog3.Ch01InputFormat_2

Assignment for
Analog Module 3
Input Channel 01
Data Format

USINT

0= EngUnits
1= EngUnitsTimes10
2= RawProportional
3= ScaledForPID

510

InAMod3C1TmpUnit

C.Analog3.Ch01InputTempMode

Assignment for
USINT
Analog Module 3
Input Channel 01
Temperature Units

0=DegreesC
1=DegreesF

511

InAMod3C1FiltFrq

C.Analog3.Ch01InputFilter_0
C.Analog3.Ch01InputFilter_1
C.Analog3.Ch01InputFilter_2

Assignment
Analog Module 3
Input Channel 01
Filter Freq

USINT

0=17Hz
1=4Hz
2=62Hz
3=470Hz

512

InAMod3C1OpCktSt

C.Analog3.Ch01InputOpenWire_0
C.Analog3.Ch01InputOpenWire_1

Indicates Analog
Module 3 Input
Channel 01 Open
Circuit State

USINT

0=Upscale
1=Downscale
2=Zero

513

InAnMod3Ch1RTDEn

C.Analog3.Ch01InputTwoWireRTD

Enable Analog
BOOL
Module 3 Input
Channel 01 to
function with RTD

0=3-wire
1=2-wire

514

InAMod3C1TripDly

C.Analog3.Ch01InputTripDelay

Analog Module 3
Input Channel 01
Trip Delay

USINT

10

250

10
Second
s

515

InAMod3C1TripLvl

C.Analog3.Ch01InputTripLimit

Level (in selected

Units) where
Analog Input
generates a trip

UINT

-32768

32767

516

InAMod3C1WarnLvl

C.Analog3.Ch01InputWarnLimit

Level (in selected

Units) where
Analog Input
generates a
warning

UINT

-32768

32767

517

InAnMod3Ch02Type

C.Analog3.Ch02InputRangeType_0
C.Analog3.Ch02InputRangeType_1
C.Analog3.Ch02InputRangeType_2
C.Analog3.Ch02InputRangeType_3
C.Analog3.Ch02InputRangeType_4

Assignment for
Analog Module 3
Input Channel 02
function

USINT

0= Disabled
1= 4To20mA
2= 0To20mA
3= 0To10Volts
4= 1To5Volts
5= 0To5Volts
6= 100Pt385
7= 200Pt385
8= 500Pt385
9= 1000Pt385
10=100Pt3916
11= 200Pt3916
12= 500Pt3916
13= 1000Pt3916
14= 10Cu426
15= 120Ni618
16= 120Ni672
17= 604NiFe518
18= 150ohm
19= 1000ohm
20 = 3000ohm
21= 6000ohm

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - November 2013

Parameter List

Group
Analog3 Setup
(continued)

Param
No.

Parameter Name

Device Profile Tag Name

Description

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Min

Max

Appendix B

Default Units

518

InAMod3Ch2Format

C.Analog3.Ch02InputFormat_0
C.Analog3.Ch02InputFormat_1
C.Analog3.Ch02InputFormat_2

Assignment for
Analog Module 3
Input Channel 02
Data Format

USINT

0= EngUnits
1= EngUnitsTimes10
2= RawProportional
3= ScaledForPID

519

InAMod3C2TmpUnit

C.Analog3.Ch02InputTempMode

Assignment for
USINT
Analog Module 3
Input Channel 02
Temperature Units

0=DegreesC
1=DegreesF

520

InAMod3C2FiltFrq

C.Analog3.Ch02InputFilter_0
C.Analog3.Ch02InputFilter_1
C.Analog3.Ch02InputFilter_2

Indicates Analog
Module 3 Input
Channel 02 Filter
Freq

USINT

0=17Hz
1=4Hz
2=62Hz
3=470Hz

521

InAMod3C2OpCktSt

C.Analog3.Ch02InputOpenWire_0
C.Analog3.Ch02InputOpenWire_1

Indicates Analog
Module 3 Input
Channel 02 Open
Circuit State

USINT

0=Upscale
1=Downscale
2=Zero

522

InAnMod3Ch2RTDEn

C.Analog3.Ch02InputTwoWireRTD

Enable Analog
BOOL
Module 3 Input
Channel 02 to
function with RTD

0=3-wire
1=2-wire

523

InAMod3C2TripDly

C.Analog3.Ch02InputTripDelay

Analog Module 3
Input Channel 02
Trip Delay

USINT

10

250

10
Second
s

524

InAMod3C2TripLvl

C.Analog3.Ch02InputTripLimit

Level (in selected

Units) where
Analog Input
generates a trip

UINT

-32768

32767

525

InAMod3C2WarnLvl

C.Analog3.Ch02InputWarnLimit

Level (in selected

Units) where
Analog Input
generates a
warning

UINT

-32768

32767

526

OutAnMod3Type

C.Analog3.Ch00OutputRangeType_0
C.Analog3.Ch00OutputRangeType_1
C.Analog3.Ch00OutputRangeType_2
C.Analog3.Ch00OutputRangeType_3

Assignment for
Analog Module 3
Output function

USINT

0= Disabled
1= 4To20mA
2= 0To20mA
3= 0To10Volts
4=1to5 Volts
5=0to5 Volts

527

OutAnMod3Select

C.Analog3.Ch00OutputMode

Assignment of
parameter data
value to drive
Analog Module 3
Output

USINT

0= AveragePctFLA
1= ScaledAvgPctFLA
2= PercentTCU
3= GFCurrent
4= CurrentUnbalance
5= AvgLLVoltage
6=VoltLLUnbalance
7= TotalkW
8= TotalkVA
9= TotalkVAR
10= TotalPF
11= UserDLXData

528

OutAnMod3EFltAct

C.Analog3.Ch00OutputFaultMode_0
C.Analog3.Ch00OutputFaultMode_1

Analog Module 3
Output action on
an Expansion Bus
fault

USINT

0= Zero
1= Maximum
2= Minimum
3= HoldLastState

529

OutAnMod3PFltAct

C.Analog3.Ch00OutputProtectionFaultMode_0
C.Analog3.Ch00OutputProtectionFaultMode_1

Analog Module 3 USINT

Output action on a
protection fault

0= Ignore
1= Maximum
2= Minimum
3= HoldLastState

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

497

Appendix B

Group
Analog4 Setup

498

Parameter List

Param
No.

Parameter Name

Device Profile Tag Name

Description

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Min

Max

Default Units

530

InAnMod4Ch00Type

C.Analog4.Ch00InputRangeType_0
C.Analog4.Ch00InputRangeType_1
C.Analog4.Ch00InputRangeType_2
C.Analog4.Ch00InputRangeType_3
C.Analog4.Ch00InputRangeType_4

Assignment for
Analog Module 4
Input Channel 00
function

USINT

0= Disabled
1= 4To20mA
2= 0To20mA
3= 0To10Volts
4= 1To5Volts
5= 0To5Volts
6= 100Pt385
7= 200Pt385
8= 500Pt385
9= 1000Pt385
10=100Pt3916
11= 200Pt3916
12= 500Pt3916
13= 1000Pt3916
14= 10Cu426
15= 120Ni618
16= 120Ni672
17= 604NiFe518
18= 150ohm
19= 1000ohm
20 = 3000ohm
21= 6000ohm

531

InAMod4Ch0Format

C.Analog4.Ch00InputFormat_0
C.Analog4.Ch00InputFormat_1
C.Analog4.Ch00InputFormat_2

Assignment for
Analog Module 4
Input Channel 00
Data Format

USINT

0= EngUnits
1= EngUnitsTimes10
2= RawProportional
3= ScaledForPID

532

InAMod4C0TmpUnit

C.Analog4.Ch00InputTempMode

Assignment for
USINT
Analog Module 4
Input Channel 00
Temperature Units

0=DegreesC
1=DegreesF

533

InAMod4C0FiltFrq

C.Analog4.Ch00InputFilter_0
C.Analog4.Ch00InputFilter_1
C.Analog4.Ch00InputFilter_2

Assignment for
Analog Module 4
Input Channel 00
Filter Freq

USINT

0=17Hz
1=4Hz
2=62Hz
3=470Hz

534

InAMod4C0OpCktSt

C.Analog4.Ch00InputOpenWire_0
C.Analog4.Ch00InputOpenWire_1

Indicates Analog
Module 4 Input
Channel 00 Open
Circuit State

USINT

0=Upscale
1=Downscale
2=Zero

535

InAnMod4Ch0RTDEn

C.Analog4.Ch00InputTwoWireRTD

Enable Analog
BOOL
Module 4 Input
Channel 00 to
function with RTD

0=3-wire
1=2-wire

536

InAMod4C0TripDly

C.Analog4.Ch00InputTripDelay

Analog Module 4
Input Channel 00
Trip Delay

USINT

10

250

10
Second
s

537

InAMod4C0TripLvl

C.Analog4.Ch00InputTripLimit

Level (in selected

Units) where
Analog Input
generates a trip

UINT

-32768

32767

538

InAMod4C0WarnLvl

C.Analog4.Ch00InputWarnLimit

Level (in selected

Units) where
Analog Input
generates a
warning

UINT

-32768

32767

539

InAnMod4Ch01Type

C.Analog4.Ch01InputRangeType_0
C.Analog4.Ch01InputRangeType_1
C.Analog4.Ch01InputRangeType_2
C.Analog4.Ch01InputRangeType_3
C.Analog4.Ch01InputRangeType_4

Assignment for
Analog Module 4
Input Channel 01
function

USINT

0= Disabled
1= 4To20mA
2= 0To20mA
3= 0To10Volts
4= 1To5Volts
5= 0To5Volts
6= 100Pt385
7= 200Pt385
8= 500Pt385
9= 1000Pt385
10=100Pt3916
11= 200Pt3916
12= 500Pt3916
13= 1000Pt3916
14= 10Cu426
15= 120Ni618
16= 120Ni672
17= 604NiFe518
18= 150ohm
19= 1000ohm
20 = 3000ohm
21= 6000ohm

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - November 2013

Parameter List

Group
Analog4 Setup
(continued)

Param
No.

Parameter Name

Device Profile Tag Name

Description

Type

Data Size
(bytes)

Scale
Factor

Min

Max

Appendix B

Default Units

540

InAMod4Ch1Format

C.Analog4.Ch01InputFormat_0
C.Analog4.Ch01InputFormat_1
C.Analog4.Ch01InputFormat_2

Assignment for
Analog Module 4
Input Channel 01
Data Format

USINT

0= EngUnits
1= EngUnitsTimes10
2= RawProportional
3= ScaledForPID

541

InAMod4C1TmpUnit

C.Analog4.Ch01InputTempMode

Module 4 Input
USINT
Channel 01
Temperature Units

0=DegreesC
1=DegreesF

542

InAMod4C1FiltFrq

C.Analog4.Ch01InputFilter_0
C.Analog4.Ch01InputFilter_1
C.Analog4.Ch01InputFilter_2

Assignment
Analog Module 4
Input Channel 01
Filter Freq

USINT

0=17Hz
1=4Hz
2=62Hz
3=470Hz

543

InAMod4C1OpCktSt

C.Analog4.Ch01InputOpenWire_0
C.Analog4.Ch01InputOpenWire_1

Indicates Analog
Module 4 Input
Channel 01 Open
Circuit State

USINT

0=Upscale
1=Downscale
2=Zero

544

InAnMod4Ch1RTDEn

C.Analog4.Ch01InputTwoWireRTD

Enable Analog
BOOL
Module 4Input
Channel 01 to
function with RTD

0=3-wire
1=2-wire

545

InAMod4C1TripDly

C.Analog4.Ch01InputTripDelay

Analog Module 4
Input Channel 01
Trip Delay

USINT

10

250

10
Second
s

546

InAMod4C1TripLvl

C.Analog4.Ch01InputTripLimit

Level (in selected

Units) where
Analog Input
generates a trip

UINT

-32768

32767

547

InAMod4C1WarnLvl

C.Analog4.Ch01InputWarnLimit

Level (in selected

Units) where
Analog Input
generates a
warning

UINT

-32768

32767

548

InAnMod4Ch02Type

C.Analog4.Ch02InputRangeType_0
C.Analog4.Ch02InputRangeType_1
C.Analog4.Ch02InputRangeType_2
C.Analog4.Ch02InputRangeType_3
C.Analog4.Ch02InputRangeType_4

Assignment for
Analog Module 4
Input Channel 02
function

USINT

0= Disabled
1= 4To20mA
2= 0To20mA
3= 0To10Volts
4= 1To5Volts
5= 0To5Volts
6= 100Pt385
7= 200Pt385
8= 500Pt385
9= 1000Pt385
10=100Pt3916
11= 200Pt3916
12= 500Pt3916
13= 1000Pt3916
14= 10Cu426
15= 120Ni618
16= 120Ni672
17= 604NiFe518
18= 150ohm
19= 1000ohm
20 = 3000ohm
21= 6000ohm

549

InAMod4Ch2Format

C.Analog4.Ch02InputFormat_0
C.Analog4.Ch02InputFormat_1
C.Analog4.Ch02InputFormat_2

Assignment for
Analog Module 4
Input Channel 02
Data Format

USINT

0= EngUnits
1= EngUnitsTimes10
2= RawProportional
3= ScaledForPID

550

InAMod4C2TmpUnit

C.Analog4.Ch02InputTempMode

Assignment for
USINT
Analog Module 4
Input Channel 02
Temperature Units

0=DegreesC
1=DegreesF

551

InAMod4C2FiltFrq

C.Analog4.Ch02InputFilter_0
C.Analog4.Ch02InputFilter_1
C.Analog4.Ch02InputFilter_2

Indicates Analog
Module 4 Input
Channel 02 Filter
Freq

USINT

0=17Hz
1=4Hz
2=62Hz
3=470Hz

552

InAMod4C2OpCktSt

C.Analog4.Ch02InputOpenWire_0
C.Analog4.Ch02InputOpenWire_1

Indicates Analog
Module 4 Input
Channel 02 Open
Circuit State

USINT

0= Zero
1= Maximum
2= Minimum
3= HoldLastState

553

InAnMod4Ch2RTDEn

C.Analog4.Ch02InputTwoWireRTD

Enable Analog
BOOL
Module 4 Input
Channel 02 to
function with RTD

0=Disable
1=Enable

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

499

Appendix B

Group
Analog4 Setup
(continued)

500

Parameter List

Param
No.
554

Parameter Name
InAMod4C2TripDly

Device Profile Tag Name

C.Analog4.Ch02InputTripDelay

Description

Type

Analog Module 4
Input Channel 02
Trip Delay

USINT

Data Size
(bytes)
1

Scale
Factor
10

Min
0

Max
250

Default Units
10
Second
s

555

InAMod4C2TripLvl

C.Analog4.Ch02InputTripLimit

Level (in selected

Units) where
Analog Input
generates a trip

UINT

-32768

32767

556

InAMod4C2WarnLvl

C.Analog4.Ch02InputWarnLimit

Level (in selected

Units) where
Analog Input
generates a
warning

UINT

-32768

32767

557

OutAnMod4Type

C.Analog4.Ch00OutputRangeType_0
C.Analog4.Ch00OutputRangeType_1
C.Analog4.Ch00OutputRangeType_2
C.Analog4.Ch00OutputRangeType_3

Assignment for
Analog Module 4
Output function

USINT

0= Disabled
1= 4To20mA
2= 0To20mA
3= 0To10Volts
4= 1To5Volts
5= 0To5Volts

558

OutAnMod4Select

C.Analog4.Ch00OutputMode

Assignment of
parameter data
value to drive
Analog Module 4
Output

USINT

0= AveragePctFLA
1= ScaledAvgPctFLA
2= PercentTCU
3= GFCurrent
4= CurrentUnbalance
5= AvgLLVoltage
6=VoltLLUnbalance
7= TotalkW
8= TotalkVA
9= TotalkVAR
10= TotalPF
11= UserDLXData

559

OutAnMod4EFltAct

C.Analog4.Ch00OutputFaultMode_0
C.Analog4.Ch00OutputFaultMode_1

Analog Module 4
Output action on
an Expansion Bus
fault

USINT

0= Zero
1= Maximum
2= Minimum
3= HoldLastState

560

OutAnMod4PFltAct

C.Analog4.Ch00OutputProtectionFaultMode_0
C.Analog4.Ch00OutputProtectionFaultMode_1

Analog Module 4 USINT

Output action on a
protection fault

0= Zero
1= Maximum
2= Minimum
3= HoldLastState

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - November 2013

Parameter List

Appendix B

Notes:

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

501

Appendix B

502

Parameter List

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - November 2013

Appendix

EtherNet/IP Information

Common Industrial Protocol

(CIP) Objects

The E300 Electronic Overload Relays EtherNet/IP Communication Module

supports the following Common Industrial Protocol (CIP).
Table 521 - CIP Object Classes
Class

Object

0x0001

Identity

0x0002

Message Router

0x0003

DeviceNet

0x0004

Assembly

0x0005

Connection

0x0008

Discrete Input Point

0x0009

Discrete Output Point

0x000A

Analog Input Point

0x000F

Parameter Object

0x0010

Parameter Group Object

0x001E

Discrete Output Group

0x0029

Control Supervisor

0x002B

Acknowledge Handler

0x002C

Overload Object

0x004E

Base Energy Object

0x004F

Electrical Energy Object

0x008B

Wall Clock Time Object

0x0097

DPI Fault Object

0x0098

DPI Warning Object

0x00C2

MCC Object

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

503

Appendix C

EtherNet/IP Information

Identity Object CLASS CODE 0x0001

The following three instances of the Identity Object are supported:
Table 522 - Identity Object Instances
Instance
1
2
3

Name
Operating System Flash
Boot code Flash
Sensing Module

Revision Attribute
The firmware rev of the Control firmware stored in flash memory
The firmware rev of the Boot Code stored in flash memory
The firmware rev of the Sensing Module firmware

The following class attributes are supported for the Identity Object:
Table 523 - Identity Object Class Attributes
Attribute ID

Access Rule

Name

Data Type

Value

Get

Revision

UINT

Instance 1 of the Identity Object contains the following attributes:

Table 524 - Identity Object Instance 1 Attributes

504

Attribute ID
1
2
3

Access Rule
Get
Get
Get

Get

Name
Vendor
Device Type
Product Code
Revision
Major Revision
Minor Revision

Data Type
UINT
UINT
UINT
Structure of:
USINT
USINT

Get

Status

WORD

Get

Get

Get

Serial Number
Product Name
String Length
ASCII String
State

UDINT
Structure of:
USINT
STRING
USINT

Get

Configuration
Consistency Value

UINT

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Value
1 = Allen-Bradley
3
651
Firmware revision of the Control firmware
Bit 0 0=not owned; 1=owned by master
Bit 2 0=Factory Defaulted; 1=Configured
Bits 4-7 Extended Status (see Table 525)
Bit 8 Minor Recoverable fault
Bit 9 Minor Unrecoverable fault
Bit 10 Major Recoverable fault
Bit 11 Major Unrecoverable fault
unique number for each device
193-EIO Application
See CIP Common Spec
16 bit CRC or checksum of all data included in the
following data sets:
Parameter included in the configuration assembly
MCC Object configuration data
DeviceLogix program data
Base Energy Object attribute 16

EtherNet/IP Information

Appendix C

Table 525 - Extended Device Status Field (bits 4-7) in Status Instance Attribute 5
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Description
Self-Testing or Unknown
Firmware Update in Progress
At least one faulted I/O connection
No I/O connections established
Nonvolatile Configuration bad
Major Fault either bit 10 or bit 11 is true (1)
At least one I/O connection in run mode
At least one I/O connection established, all in idle mode

Instance 2 of the Identity Object contains the following attributes:

Table 526 - Identity Object Instance 2 Attributes
Attribute ID
1
2
3

Access Rule
Get
Get
Get

Get

Name
Vendor
Device Type
Product Code
Revision
Major Revision
Minor Revision

Data Type
UINT
UINT
UINT
Structure of:
USINT
USINT

Get

Status

WORD

Get

Get

Get

Serial Number
Product Name
String Length
ASCII String
State

UDINT
Structure of:
USINT
STRING
USINT

Get

Configuration
Consistency Value

UINT

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Value
1 = Allen-Bradley
3
651
Firmware revision of the Boot Code
Bit 0 0=not owned; 1=owned by master
Bit 2 0=Factory Defaulted; 1=Configured
Bits 4-7 Extended Status (see Table 525)
Bit 8 Minor Recoverable fault
Bit 9 Minor Unrecoverable fault
Bit 10 Major Recoverable fault
Bit 11 Major Unrecoverable fault
unique number for each device
193-EIO Boot Code
See CIP Common Spec
16 bit CRC or checksum of all data included in the
following data sets:
Parameter included in the configuration assembly
MCC Object configuration data
DeviceLogix program data
Base Energy Object attribute 16

505

Appendix C

EtherNet/IP Information

Instance 3 of the Identity Object contains the following attributes:

Table 527 - Identity Object Instance 3 Attributes
Attribute ID
1
2
3

Access Rule
Get
Get
Get

Get

Name
Vendor
Device Type
Product Code
Revision
Major Revision
Minor Revision

Data Type
UINT
UINT
UINT
Structure of:
USINT
USINT

Get

Status

WORD

Get

Get

Get

Serial Number
Product Name
String Length
ASCII String
State

UDINT
Structure of:
USINT
STRING
USINT

Get

Configuration
Consistency Value

UINT

Value
1 = Allen-Bradley
3
651
Firmware revision of the Sensing Module firmware
Bit 0 0=not owned; 1=owned by master
Bit 2 0=Factory Defaulted; 1=Configured
Bits 4-7 Extended Status (see Table 525)
Bit 8 Minor Recoverable fault
Bit 9 Minor Unrecoverable fault
Bit 10 Major Recoverable fault
Bit 11 Major Unrecoverable fault
unique number for each device
193-EIO Sensing Module
See CIP Common Spec
16 bit CRC or checksum of all data included in the
following data sets:
Parameter included in the configuration assembly
MCC Object configuration data
DeviceLogix program data
Base Energy Object attribute 16

The following common services are implemented for the Identity Object.
Table 528 - Identity Object Common Services

Service Code

Implemented for:

Service Name

Class

Instance

0x0E

No

Yes

Get_Attribute_Single

0x05

No

Yes

Reset

Message Router CLASS CODE 0x0002

No class or instance attributes are supported. The message router object exists
only to rout explicit messages to other objects.

Assembly Object CLASS CODE 0x0004

The following class attributes are supported for the Assembly Object:

506

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

EtherNet/IP Information

Appendix C

Table 529 - Assembly Object Class Attributes

Attribute ID

Access Rule

Name

Data Type

Value

Get

Max. Instance

UINT

199

The following static assembly instance attributes are supported for each assembly
instance.
Table 530 - Assembly Instance Attributes
Attribute ID

Access Rule

Get

Get

3
4
100

Conditional
Get
Get

Name
Number of Members in
Member List
Member List
Member Data
Description
Member Path Size
Member Path
Data
Size
Name String

Data Type

Value

UINT
Array of STRUCT

Array of CIP paths

UINT

Size of Member Data in bits

UINT
Packed EPATH
Array of BYTE
UINT
STRING

Size of Member Path in bytes

Member EPATHs for each assembly instance
Number of bytes in attribute 3

The following services are implemented for the Assembly Object.

Table 531 - Assembly Object Services

Service Code

Implemented for:

Service Name

Class

Instance

0x0E

Yes

Yes

Get_Attribute_Single

0x10

No

Yes

Set_Attribute_Single

The following table summarizes the various instances of the Assembly Object
that are implemented:
Table 532 - Assembly Object Instance Summary
Inst
2
50
120
144
198
199

Type
Consumed
Produced
Config
Consumed
Produced
Produced

Name
Trip Reset Cmd
Trip Status
Configuration
E300 Consumed
Current Diags
All Diags

Description
Required ODVA Consumed Instance
Required ODVA Produced Instance
Configuration Assembly
Default Consumed Assembly
Produced Assembly with Current Diagnostics Only
Default Produced Assembly

Instance 2
The following table summarizes Attribute 3 Format:

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

507

Appendix C

EtherNet/IP Information

Table 533 - Instance 2 Basic Overload Output Assembly from ODVA Profile
Byte
0

Bit 7

Bit 6

Bit 5

Bit 4

Bit 3

Bit 2
Bit 1
Fault Reset

Bit 0

Table 534 - Instance 2 Attributes

Attribute ID Access Rule Member Index Name
1
Get
Number of Members in Member List
Member List
Member Data Description
0
Member Path Size
2
Get
Member Path
Member Data Description
1
Member Path Size
Member Path
3
Set
Data
4
Get
Size
100
Get
Name

Data Type
UINT
Array of STRUCT
UINT
UINT
Packed EPATH
UINT
UINT
Packed EPATH
UINT
UINT
SHORT_STRING

Value
2
2
0
1
12
6BH and Fault Reset
See data format above
1
Trip Reset Cmd

Instance 50
The following table summarizes Attribute 3 Format:
Table 535 - Instance 50 Basic Overload Input Assembly from ODVA Overload Profile
Byte
0

Bit 7

Bit 6

Bit 5

Bit 4

Bit 3

Bit 2

Bit 1

Bit 0
Tripped

Table 536 - Instance 50 Attributes

Attribute ID Access Rule Member Index Name
1
Get
Number of Members in Member List
Member List
Member Data Description
2
Get
0
Member Path Size
Member Path
3
Get
Data
4
Get
Size
100
Get
Name

Data Type
UINT
Array of STRUCT
UINT
UINT
Packed EPATH
UINT
UINT
SHORT_STRING

Value
1
1
8
67H and Tripped
See data format above
1
Trip Status

Instance 120 - Configuration Assembly Revision 2

The following table shows Attribute 3 Format and Attribute 2 Member List for
revision 2 of the assembly.
Table 537 - Instance 120 Configuration Assembly
INT
0
1

508

DINT 15 14 13
ConfigAssyRev = 2
0
Reserved

12

11

10

SetOperatingMode

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Size (bits)
16
8
8

Param
1100
195
1102

EtherNet/IP Information

INT
2
3
4
5

DINT 15

14

13

12

11

10

Size (bits) Param

32

171

FLA2Setting

32

177

8
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
8
8
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
8
8
4
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
8

172
173
176
247
248
364
377
1101
174
175
183
189
184
190
185
191
186
192
187
193
139
145
140
146
141
147
142
148
143
149
233
221
222
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
N/A

X
X
7
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

TripClass
OLPTCResetMode
SingleOrThreePh
GFFilter
GFMaxInghibit
PhaseRotTrip
PowerScale
Reserved
OLResetLevel

OLWarningLevel
TripEnableI
WarningEnableI
TripEnableV
WarningEnableV
TripEnableP
WarningEnableP
TripEnableC
WarningEnableC
TripEnableA
WarningEnableA
TripHistoryMaskI
WarnHistoryMaskI
TripHistoryMaskV
WarnHistoryMaskV
TripHistoryMaskP
WarnHistoryMaskP
TripHistoryMaskC
WarnHistoryMaskC
TripHistoryMaskA
WarnHistoryMaskA
MismatchAction

14

ControlModuleTyp
SensingModuleTyp
X

30

X
X
15

31

FLASetting

29

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28

Appendix C

X
X
X
AnalogMod1Type
AnalogMod2Type
AnalogMod3Type
AnalogMod4Type
Reserved

X
X

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

OperStationType
DigitalMod1Type
DigitalMod2Type
DigitalMod3Type
DigitalMod4Type
X
X
X

509

Appendix C

EtherNet/IP Information

INT

DINT 15

14

13

12

11

10

3
2
Language

OutAAssignment

32

OuBAssignment
16

OutCAssignment
InPt00Assignment
InPt01Assignment

33

InPt02Assignment
InPt03Assignment
InPt04Assignment
InPt05Assignment

34
17
X

18
19
20

21
43
22

23
47

25

26

JamInhibitTime
JamTripDelay
JamTripLevel
JamWarningLevel
ULTripDelay
ULTripLevel
ULWarningLevel
CIInhibitTime

54
27
55
28

CITripDelay
CITripLevel
CIWarningLevel
CTPrimary
CTSecondary
UCInhibitTime

58
29

510

StallEnabledTime

ULInhibitTime

53

59

PLTripDelay

24

52

56
57

GFTripDelay
GFWarningDelay
GFTripLevel
GFWarningLevel

Reserved
StallTripLevel

48

50
51

GFInhibitTime

PLInhibitTime

46

49

Reserved
StartsInterval
PMTotalStarts
PMOperatingHours
FeedbackTimeout
TransitionDelay
InterlockDelay
GroundFaultType

42

44
45

StartsPerHour

35
36
37
38
39
40
41

ActFLA2wOutput
X
EmergencyStartEn
Reserved

L1UCTripDelay
L1UCTripLevel
L1UCWarningLevel

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Size (bits)
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
16
16
16
16
16
16
8
8
8
8
16
16
8
8
8
8
16
8
8
16
16
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
16
16
8
8
8
8

Param
212
202
203
204
196
197
198
199
200
201
209
216
N/A
205
N/A
206
207
208
213
214
215
241
242
243
245
244
246
239
240
249
N/A
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268

EtherNet/IP Information

INT

DINT 15

60
30
61

13

12

11

10

7
6
5
L2UCTripDelay

L2UCTripLevel
L2UCWarningLevel
L3UCTripDelay
L3UCTripLevel

62
31
63

L3UCWarningLevel
OCInhibitTime
L1OCTripDelay
L1OCTripLevel

64
32
65

L1OCWarningLevel
L2OCTripDelay
L2OCTripLevel
L2OCWarningLevel

66
33
67

L3OCTripDelay
L3OCTripLevel
L3OCWarningLevel
LineLossInhTime

68
34
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77

14

35
36
37
38

L1LossTripDelay
L2LossTripDelay
L3LossTripDelay
Datalink0
Datalink1
Datalink2
Datalink3
Datalink4
Datalink5
Datalink6
Datalink7

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Size (bits)
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16

Appendix C

Param
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298

511

Appendix C

EtherNet/IP Information

INT

78

DINT 15 14 13
OutPt00PrFltAct
OutPt00PrFltVal
OutPt00ComFltAct
OutPt00ComFltVal
OutPt00ComIdlAct
OutPt00ComIdlVal
OutPt01PrFltAct
OutPt01PrFltVal

12

11

10

X
X
X
OutPt02ComIdlAct
OutPt02ComIdlVal
OutDig1PrFltAct
OutDig1PrFltVal
OutDig1ComFltAct
OutDig1ComFltVal
OutDig1ComIdlAct
OutDig1ComIdlVal

0
X

X
X
OutPt01ComFltAct
OutPt01ComFltVal
OutPt01ComIdlAct
OutPt01ComIdlVal
OutPt02PrFltAct
OutPt02PrFltVal
OutPt02ComFltAct
OutPt02ComFltVal
X
X
X
X
X
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
OutDig3ComFltAct
OutDig3ComFltVal
OutDig3ComIdlAct
OutDig3ComIdlVal
OutDig4PrFltAct
OutDig4PrFltVal
OutDig4ComFltAct
OutDig4ComFltVal

X
OutDig2PrFltAct
OutDig2PrFltVal
OutDig2ComFltAct
OutDig2ComFltVal
OutDig2ComIdlAct
OutDig2ComIdlVal
OutDig3PrFltAct
OutDig3PrFltVal
X
X
X
X
X
X

X
X
X
X

512

41

81
82
83

40

80

79

39

X
X
OutDig4ComIdlAct
OutDig4ComIdlVal
CommOverride
NetworkOverride

Reserved
PtDevOutCOSMask
PTPrimary
PTSecondary

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Size (bits)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
16
16
16

Param
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
N/A
350
353
354

EtherNet/IP Information

INT

DINT 15

OWTripDelay

Size (bits)
8
8
8
8
16
16
8
8
16
16
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

Param
352
363
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
426
427
378
379
382
383

50

UWTripLevel

32

380

51

UWWarningLevel

32

381

52

OWTripLevel

32

384

53

OWWarningLevel

32

385

OVARCTripDelay

8
8
8
8

386
387
390
391

55

UVARCTripLevel

32

388

56

UVARCWarnLevel

32

389

57

OVARCTripLevel

32

392

58

OVARCWarnLevel

32

393

84
42
85
86
87
88

43

11

10

7
6
5
VoltageMode

UVInhibitTime
UVTripDelay
UVTripLevel
UVWarningLevel
OVTripDelay
OVTripLevel
OVWarningLevel
VUBInhibitTime
VUBTripDelay
VUBTripLevel

46
93

VUBWarningLevel
UFInhibitTime
UFTripDelay
UFTripLevel

94
47
95

UFWarningLevel
OFInhibitTime
OFTripDelay
OFTripLevel

96
48
97

OFWarningLevel
DemandPeriod
NumberOfPeriods
UWInhibitTime

98
49
99

UWTripDelay
OWInhibitTime

UVARCInhibitTime

108
54
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117

12

PhRotInhibitTime

45

92

100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107

13

OVInhibitTime
44

89
90
91

14

UVARCTripDelay
OVARCInhibitTime

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Appendix C

513

Appendix C

EtherNet/IP Information

INT

DINT 15

OVARGTripDelay

Size (bits)
8
8
8
8

Param
394
395
398
399

60

UVARGTripLevel

32

396

61

UVARGWarnLevel

32

397

62

OVARGTripLevel

32

400

63

OVARGWarnLevel

32

401

OVATripDelay

8
8
8
8

402
403
406
407

65

UVATripLevel

32

404

66

UVAWarningLevel

32

405

67

OVATripLevel

32

408

68

OVAWarningLevel

32

409

8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16

410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
428
429
430
1103
1103
1103
1103
1103
1103
1103

118
59
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127

64
129

69
139

11

10

7
6
5
UVARGInhibitTime

UVARGTripDelay
OVARGInhibitTime

UVATripDelay
OVAInhibitTime

UPFLagTripDelay
UPFLagTripLevel
UPFLagWarnLevel
OPFLagInhibTime

140
70
141

OPFLagTripDelay
OPFLagTripLevel
OPFLagWarnLevel
UPFLeadInhibTime

142
71
143

UPFLeadTripDelay
UPFLeadTripLevel
UPFLeadWarnLevel
OPFLeadInhibTime

144
72
145

514

12

UPFLagInhibTime

138

146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155

13

UVAInhibitTime

128

130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137

14

73
74
75
76
77

OPFLeadTripDelay
OPFLeadTripDelay
OPFLeadWarnLevel
Screen1Param1
Screen1Param2
Screen1Param3
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

EtherNet/IP Information

INT

DINT 15

156
78
157
158
159
160
161
162
163

79
80
81

14

13

12

11

10

7
6
5
InAMod1C0TripDly

InAMod1C1TripDly
InAMod1C2TripDly
Reserved
InAMod1C0TripLvl
InAMod1C0WarnLvl
InAMod1C1TripLvl
InAMod1C1WarnLvl
InAMod1C2TripLvl
InAMod1C2WarnLvl
InAnMod1Ch00Type
InAnMod1Ch01Type

164
82

InAnMod1Ch02Type
Reserved
X

165

X
X
X
X
InAMod1Ch1Format
InAMod1C1FiltFrq
InAMod1C1OpCktSt

166

83

167

84
169
170
171
172
173
174
175

85
86
87

X
X
InAMod1C0TmpUnit
InAnMod1Ch0RTDEn
InAMod1C1TmpUnit
InAnMod1Ch1RTDEn
InAMod1C2TmpUnit
InAnMod1Ch2RTDEn
OutAnMod1FltActn

X
X
InAMod1Ch2Format
InAMod1C2FiltFrq
InAMod1C2OpCktSt
X
X
X
X
X
X

OutAnMod1Select
InAMod1Ch0Format
InAMod1C0FiltFrq
InAMod1C0OpCktSt
X

168

X
X

X
X
OutAnMod1IdlActn
OutAnMod1Type
Reserved
InAMod2C0TripDly

InAMod2C1TripDly
InAMod2C2TripDly
Reserved
InAMod2C0TripLvl
InAMod2C0WarnLvl
InAMod2C1TripLvl
InAMod2C1WarnLvl
InAMod2C2TripLvl
InAMod2C2WarnLvl

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Size (bits)
8
8
8
8
16
16
16
16
16
16
5
5
5
1
8
3
3
2
3
3
2
3
3
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
4
2
8
8
8
8
16
16
16
16
16
16

Appendix C

Param
443
452
461
1102
444
445
453
454
462
463
437
446
455
1101
465
438
440
441
447
449
450
456
458
459
439
442
448
451
457
460
466
467
464
1101
474
483
492
1102
475
476
484
485
493
494

515

Appendix C

EtherNet/IP Information

INT

DINT 15

14

13

12

11

10

4
3
2
1
InAnMod2Ch00Type

88

InAnMod2Ch02Type
Reserved
X

177

X
X
X
X
InAMod2Ch1Format
InAMod2C1FiltFrq
InAMod2C1OpCktSt

178

89

179

90
181
91
92
93

X
X
InAMod2C0TmpUnit
InAnMod2Ch0RTDEn
InAMod2C1TmpUnit
InAnMod2Ch1RTDEn
InAMod2C2TmpUnit
InAnMod2Ch2RTDEn
OutAnMod2FltActn
X

OutAnMod2Select
InAMod2Ch0Format
InAMod2C0FiltFrq
InAMod2C0OpCktSt
X

X
X
X
X
X

X
X
OutAnMod2dlActn
OutAnMod2Type
Reserved
InAMod3C0TripDly
InAMod3C2TripDly

Reserved
InAMod3C0TripLvl
InAMod3C0WarnLvl
InAMod3C1TripLvl
InAMod3C1WarnLvl
InAMod3C2TripLvl
InAMod3C2WarnLvl
InAnMod3Ch00Type
InAnMod3Ch01Type

94

InAnMod3Ch02Type
Reserved
X

189

X
X

X
X
InAMod2Ch2Format
InAMod2C2FiltFrq
InAMod2C2OpCktSt

InAMod3C1TripDly

188

180

X
X

516

InAnMod2Ch01Type

176

182
183
184
185
186
187

OutAnMod3Select
InAMod3Ch0Format
InAMod3C0FiltFrq
InAMod3C0OpCktSt

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Size (bits)
5
5
5
1
8
3
3
2
3
3
2
3
3
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
4
2
8
8
8
8
16
16
16
16
16
16
5
5
5
1
8
3
3
2

Param
468
477
486
1101
496
469
471
472
478
480
481
487
489
490
470
473
479
482
488
491
497
498
495
1101
505
514
523
1102
506
507
515
516
524
525
499
508
517
N/A
527
500
502
503

EtherNet/IP Information

INT

190

DINT 15 14 13 12
InAMod3Ch1Format
InAMod3C1FiltFrq
InAMod3C1OpCktSt

11

10

95

191

X
X
X
X
InAMod3C0TmpUnit
InAnMod3Ch0RTDEn
InAMod3C1TmpUnit
InAnMod3Ch1RTDEn
InAMod3C2TmpUnit
InAnMod3Ch2RTDEn
OutAnMod3FltActn

192
96
193
194
195
196
197
198
199

97
98
99

2
X

1
X

0
X

X
X
InAMod3Ch2Format
InAMod3C2FiltFrq
InAMod3C2OpCktSt
X
X
X
X
X

X
X

X
X
X
OutAnMod3dlActn
OutAnMod3Type
Reserved
InAMod4C0TripDly

InAMod4C1TripDly
InAMod4C2TripDly
Reserved
InAMod4C0TripLvl
InAMod4C0WarnLvl
InAMod4C1TripLvl
InAMod4C1WarnLvl
InAMod4C2TripLvl
InAMod4C2WarnLvl
InAnMod4Ch00Type
InAnMod4Ch01Type

200
100

InAnMod4Ch02Type
Reserved
X

201

X
X
X
X
InAMod4Ch1Format
InAMod4C1FiltFrq
InAMod4C1OpCktSt

202

X
X
X
X
InAMod3C0TmpUnit
InAnMod4Ch0RTDEn
InAMod4C1TmpUnit
InAnMod4Ch1RTDEn
InAMod4C2TmpUnit
InAnMod4Ch2RTDEn
OutAnMod4FltActn

X
X

OutAnMod4Select
InAMod4Ch0Format
InAMod4C0FiltFrq
InAMod4C0OpCktSt
X

X
X
X
X
InAMod4Ch2Format
InAMod4C2FiltFrq
InAMod4C2OpCktSt

X
X
X
X
X
X
X

101

203

X
X
OutAnMod4dlActn
OutAnMod4Type
Reserved

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Size (bits)
3
3
2
3
3
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
4
2
8
8
8
8
16
16
16
16
16
16
5
5
5
1
8
3
3
2
3
3
2
3
3
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
4
2

Appendix C

Param
509
511
512
518
520
521
501
504
510
513
519
522
528
529
526
1101
536
545
554
1102
537
538
546
547
555
556
530
539
548
1101
558
531
533
534
540
542
543
549
551
552
532
535
541
544
550
553
559
560
557
1001

517

Appendix C

EtherNet/IP Information

Instance 120 - Configuration Assembly Revision 1

The following table shows Attribute 3 Format and Attribute 2 Member List for
revision 1 of the assembly. This is a stripped down simple version of a config
assembly.
Table 538 - Instance 120 Configuration Assembly
INT
0
1
2
3

DINT 15 14 13
ConfigAssyRev = 1
0
Reserved
1

12

11

10

7
6
Reserved

TripClass
OLPTCResetMode
SingleOrThreePh
Reserved
OLResetLevel

FLASetting

4
3

X
X

OLWarningLevel

Size (bits) Param

16
1002
16
N/A
32

171

8
1
1
6
8
8

172
173
176
N/A
174
175

Instance 144 Default Consumed Assembly

Table 539 - Instance 144 Default Consumed Assembly
INT
0

DINT 15 14 13
OutputStatus0
NetworkStart1
NetworkStart2
TripReset
EmergencyStart
RemoteTrip
0
Reserved

12

11

10

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

2
3

X
X
X
DLXPtDeviceIn
DLXAnDeviceIn

X
X
X
HMILED1Green
HMILED2Green
HMILED3Green
HMILED3Red
HMILED4Red
Reserved

Size (bits) Path

16
Param18
Symbolic
Symbolic
Symbolic
Symbolic
Symbolic
N/A
Symbolic
Symbolic
Symbolic
Symbolic
Symbolic
N/A
16
Symbolic
16
Symbolic

Instance 198 - Current Diagnostics Produced Assembly

Table 540 - Instance 198 Current Diagnostics Produced Assembly
INT
0
1
2
3
518

DINT 15

14

13

12

11

10

Size (bits) Param

Reserved for Logix

32

1104

DeviceStaus0
DeviceStaus1

16
16

20
21

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

EtherNet/IP Information

INT
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51

DINT 15 14 13
InputStatus0
2
InputStatus1
OutputStatus
3
OpStationStatus
TripStsCurrent
4
WarnStsCurrent
TripStsVoltage
5
WarnStsVoltage
TripStsPower
6
WarnStsPower
TripStsControl
7
WarnStsControl
TripStsAnalog
8
WarnStsAnalog
Reserved
9
MismatchStatus

12

11

10

10

CurrentImbal
AvgPercentFLA

Size (bits)
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
8
8
16

11

AverageCurrent

32

46

12

L1Current

32

43

13

L2Current

32

44

14

L3Current

32

45

15

GFCurrent
Reserved

16
16

51
1103

16

Datalink1

32

1291

17

Datalink2

32

1292

18

Datalink3

32

1293

19

Datalink4

32

1294

20

Datalink5

32

1295

21

Datalink6

32

1296

22

Datalink7

32

1297

23

Datalink8

32

1298

PtDeviceOuts
AnDeviceOuts
InAnMod1Ch00
InAnMod1Ch01

16
16
16
16

348
1105
111
112

ThermUtilizedPct

24
25

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Appendix C

Param
16
17
18
19
4
10
5
11
6
12
7
13
8
14
1103
40
1
52
50

519

Appendix C

EtherNet/IP Information

INT
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65

DINT 15 14 13
InAnMod1Ch02
26
Reserved
InAnMod2Ch00
27
InAnMod2Ch01
InAnMod2Ch02
28
Reserved
InAnMod3Ch00
29
InAnMod3Ch01
InAnMod3Ch02
30
Reserved
InAnMod4Ch00
31
InAnMod4Ch01
InAnMod4Ch02
32
Reserved

12

11

10

Size (bits)
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16

Param
113
1103
114
115
116
1103
117
118
119
1103
120
121
122
1103

Instance 199 - All Diagnostics Produced Assembly

Table 541 - Instance 199 - All Diagnostics Produced Assembly
INT
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27

520

DINT 15
0

14

13

12

11

10

Size (bits) Param

Reserved for Logix

32

1104

DeviceStaus0
DeviceStaus1
InputStatus0
InputStatus1
OutputStatus
OpStationStatus
TripStsCurrent
WarnStsCurrent
TripStsVoltage
WarnStsVoltage
TripStsPower
WarnStsPower
TripStsControl
WarnStsControl
TripStsAnalog
WarnStsAnalog
Reserved

20
21
16
17
18
19
4
10
5
11
6
12
7
13
8
14
1104
40
1
52
50

10

CurrentImbalance
AvgPercentFLA

16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
8
8
16

11

AverageCurrent

32

46

12

L1Current

32

43

13

L2Current

32

44

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

ThermUtilizedPct

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

EtherNet/IP Information

INT
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77

DINT 15
14

14

13

12

11

10

Appendix C

Size (bits) Param

L3Current

32

45

GFCurrent
Reserved
AvgVoltageLtoL
L1toL2Voltage
L2toL3Voltage
L3toL1Voltage

16
16
16
16
16
16

51
1103
56
53
54
55

18

TotalRealPower

32

67

19

TotalReactivePwr

32

71

20

TotalApparentPwr

32

75

21

TotalPowerFactor

32

79

22

Datalink0

32

1291

23

Datalink1

32

1292

24

Datalink2

32

1293

25

Datalink3

32

1294

26

Datalink4

32

1295

27

Datalink5

32

1296

28

Datalink6

32

1297

29

Datalink7

32

1298

PtDeviceOuts
AnDeviceOuts
InAnMod1Ch00
InAnMod1Ch01
InAnMod1Ch02
Reserved
InAnMod2Ch00
InAnMod2Ch01
InAnMod2Ch02
Reserved
InAnMod3Ch00
InAnMod3Ch01
InAnMod3Ch02
Reserved
InAnMod4Ch00
InAnMod4Ch01
InAnMod4Ch02
Reserved

16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16

348
1105
111
112
113
1103
114
115
116
1103
117
118
119
1103
120
121
122
1103

15
16
17

30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

521

Appendix C

EtherNet/IP Information

Connection Object CLASS CODE 0x0005

No class attributes are supported for the Connection Object
Multiple instances of the Connection Object are supported, instances 1, 2 and 4
from the group 2 predefined master/slave connection set, and instances 5-7 are
available explicit UCMM connections.
Instance 1 is the Predefined Group 2 Connection Set Explicit Message
Connection. The following instance 1 attributes are supported:
Table 542 - Connection Object CLASS CODE 0x0005 Instance 1 Attributes

522

Attribute ID Access Rule

Name

Data Type

Get

State

USINT

Get

Instance Type

USINT

Get

Transport Class Trigger

USINT

Get

Produced Connection ID

UINT

Get

Consumed Connection ID

UINT

6
7
8
9

Get
Get
Get
Get/Set

Initial Comm Characteristics

Produced Connection Size
Consumed Connection Size
Expected Packet Rate

USINT
UINT
UINT
UINT

12

Get

Watchdog Action

USINT

13
14
15
16

Get
Get
Get
Get

Produced Connection Path Length

Produced Connection Path
Consumed Connection Path Length
Consumed Connection Path

UINT

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

UINT

Value
0=nonexistant
1=configuring
3=established
4=timed out
0=Explicit
Message
0x83 - Server, Transport Class 3
10xxxxxx011
xxxxxx = node address
10xxxxxx100
xxxxxx = node address
0x22
0x61
0x61
in milliseconds
01 = auto delete
03 = deferred delete
0
Empty
0
Empty

EtherNet/IP Information

Appendix C

Instance 2 is the Predefined Group 2 Connection Set Polled IO Message

Connection. The following instance 2 attributes are supported:
Table 543 - Connection Object CLASS CODE 0x0005 Instance 2 Attributes
Attribute ID Access Rule
1

Get

Get

Get

Get

Get

6
7
8
9

Get
Get
Get
Get/Set

12

Get/Set

13
14
15
16

Get
Get/Set
Get
Get/Set

Name

Data Type Value

0=nonexistant
1=configuring
State
USINT
3=established
4=timed out
Instance Type
USINT
1= I/O Connection
0x82 - Server, Transport Class 2
(If alloc_choice != polled and ack
Transport Class Trigger
USINT
suppression is enabled
then value = 0x80)
01111xxxxxx
Produced Connection ID
UINT
xxxxxx= node address
10xxxxxx101
Consumed Connection ID
UINT
xxxxxx= node address
Initial Comm Characteristics
USINT
0x21
Produced Connection Size
UINT
0 to 8
Consumed Connection Size
UINT
0 to 8
Expected Packet Rate
UINT
in milliseconds
0=transition to timed out
Watchdog Action
USINT
1=auto delete
2=auto reset
Produced Connection Path Length UINT
8
Produced Connection Path
21 04 00 25 (assy inst) 00 30 03
Consumed Connection Path Length UINT
8
Consumed Connection Path
21 04 00 25 (assy inst) 00 30 03

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

523

Appendix C

EtherNet/IP Information

Instance 4 is the Predefined Group 2 Connection Set Change of State / Cyclic I/

O Message Connection. The following instance 4 attributes are supported:
Table 544 - Connection Object CLASS CODE 0x0005 Instance 4 Attributes

524

Attribute ID Access Rule Name

Data Type

Get

State

USINT

Get

Instance Type

USINT

Get

Transport Class Trigger

USINT

Get

Produced Connection ID

UINT

Get

Consumed Connection ID

UINT

Get

Initial Comm Characteristics

USINT

7
8
9

Get
Get
Get/Set

Produced Connection Size

Consumed Connection Size
Expected Packet Rate

UINT
UINT
UINT

12

Get

Watchdog Action

USINT

13
14
15
16

Get
Get
Get
Get/Set

Produced Connection Path Length UINT

Produced Connection Path
Consumed Connection Path Length UINT
Consumed Connection Path

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Value
0=nonexistant
1=configuring
3=established
4=timed out
1=I/O Connection
0x00 (Cyclic, unacknowledged)
0x03 (Cyclic, acknowledged)
0x10 (COS, unacknowledged)
0x13 (COS, acknowledged)
01101xxxxxx
xxxxxx= node address
10xxxxxx101
xxxxxx= node address
0x02 (acknowledged)
0x0F (unacknowledged)
0 to 8
0 to 8
in milliseconds
0=transition to timed out
1=auto delete
2=auto reset
8
21 04 00 25 (assy inst) 00 30 03
8
21 04 00 25 (assy inst) 00 30 03

EtherNet/IP Information

Appendix C

Instances 5 - 7 are available group 3 explicit message connections that are

allocated through the UCMM. The following attributes are supported:
Table 545 - Connection Object CLASS CODE 0x0005 Instance 57 Attributes
Attribute ID Access Rule

Name

Data Type

Get

State

USINT

Get

Instance Type

USINT

Get

Transport Class Trigger

USINT

Get

Produced Connection ID

UINT

Get

Consumed Connection ID

UINT

6
7
8
9

Get
Get
Get
Get/Set

Initial Comm Characteristics

Produced Connection Size
Consumed Connection Size
Expected Packet Rate

USINT
UINT
UINT
UINT

12

Get

Watchdog Action

USINT

13
14
15
16

Get
Get
Get
Get

Produced Connection Path Length UINT

Produced Connection Path
Consumed Connection Path Length UINT
Consumed Connection Path

Value
0=nonexistant
1=configuring
3=established
4=timed out
0=Explicit
Message
0x83 - Server, Transport Class 3
Depends on message group and Message
ID
Depends on message group and Message
ID
0x33 (Group 3)
0
in milliseconds
01 = auto delete
03 = deferred delete
0
Empty
0
Empty

The following services are implemented for the Connection Object.

Table 546 - Connection Object Services
Implemented for:
Class
No
No
No

Service Code
0x05
0x0E
0x10

Instance
Yes
Yes
Yes

Service Name
Reset
Get_Attribute_Single
Set_Attribute_Single

Discrete Input Point Object CLASS CODE 0x0008

The following class attributes are supported for the Discrete Input Point Object:
Table 547 - Discrete Input Point Object Class Attributes
Attribute ID

Access Rule

Name

Data Type

Value

Get

Revision

UINT

Get

Max. Instance

UINT

22

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

525

Appendix C

EtherNet/IP Information

22 instances of the Discrete Input Point Object are supported.

Table 548 - Discrete Input Point Object Instances
Instance
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22

Name
InputPt00
InputPt01
InputPt02
InputPt03
InputPt04
InputPt05
InputDigMod1Pt00
InputDigMod1Pt01
InputDigMod1Pt02
InputDigMod1Pt03
InputDigMod2Pt00
InputDigMod2Pt01
InputDigMod2Pt02
InputDigMod2Pt03
InputDigMod3Pt00
InputDigMod3Pt01
InputDigMod3Pt02
InputDigMod3Pt03
InputDigMod4Pt00
InputDigMod4Pt01
InputDigMod4Pt02
InputDigMod4Pt03

Description
Control Module Input 0
Control Module Input 1
Control Module Input 2
Control Module Input 3
Control Module Input 4
Control Module Input 5
Digital Expansion Module 1 Input 0
Digital Expansion Module 1 Input 1
Digital Expansion Module 1 Input 2
Digital Expansion Module 1 Input 3
Digital Expansion Module 2 Input 0
Digital Expansion Module 2 Input 1
Digital Expansion Module 2 Input 2
Digital Expansion Module 2 Input 3
Digital Expansion Module 3 Input 0
Digital Expansion Module 3 Input 1
Digital Expansion Module 3 Input 2
Digital Expansion Module 3 Input 3
Digital Expansion Module 4 Input 0
Digital Expansion Module 4 Input 1
Digital Expansion Module 4 Input 2
Digital Expansion Module 4 Input 3

All instances contain the following attributes.

Table 549 - Discrete Input Point Object Instance Attributes
Attribute ID
3
115
116

Access Rule
Get
Get/Set
Get/Set

Name
Value
Force Enable
Force Value

Data Type
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL

Value
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=Disable, 1=Enable
0=OFF, 1=ON

The following common services are implemented for the Discrete Input Point
Object.
Table 550 - Discrete Input Point Object Common Services
Service Code
0x0E
0x10

Implemented for:
Class
Instance
Yes
Yes
No
Yes

Service Name
Get_Attribute_Single
Set_Attribute_Single

Discrete Output Point Object CLASS CODE 0x0009

The following class attributes are supported for the Discrete Output Point
Object:

526

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

EtherNet/IP Information

Appendix C

Table 551 - Discrete Output Point Object Class Attributes

Attribute ID

Access Rule

Name

Data Type

Value

Get

Revision

UINT

Get

Max. Instance

UINT

11

11 instances of the Discrete Output Point Object are supported.

Table 552 - Discrete Output Point Object Instances
Instance
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

Name
OutputPt00
OutputPt01
OutputPt02
OutDigMod1Pt00
OutDigMod1Pt01
OutDigMod2Pt00
OutDigMod2Pt01
OutDigMod3Pt00
OutDigMod3Pt01
OutDigMod4Pt00
OutDigMod4Pt01

Description
Control Module Output 0
Control Module Output 1
Control Module Output 2
Digital Expansion Module 1 Output 0
Digital Expansion Module 1 Output 1
Digital Expansion Module 2 Output 0
Digital Expansion Module 2 Output 1
Digital Expansion Module 3 Output 0
Digital Expansion Module 3 Output 1
Digital Expansion Module 4 Output 0
Digital Expansion Module 4 Output 1

All instances contains the following attributes.

Table 553 - Discrete Output Point Object Instance Attributes
Attribute ID Access Rule
3
Get

Name
Value

Data Type
BOOL

Get/Set

Fault Action

BOOL

Get/Set

Fault Value

BOOL

Get/Set

Idle Action

BOOL

8
113
114
115
116

Get/Set
Get/Set
Get/Set
Get/Set
Get/Set

Idle Value
Pr Fault Action
Pr Fault Value
Force Enable
Force Value

BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL

Input Binding

STRUCT:
USINT
Array of USINT

117

Get/Set

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Value
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=Fault Value attribute, 1=Hold Last
State
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=Fault Value attribute, 1=Hold Last
State
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=Pr Fault Value attribute, 1=Ignore
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=Disable, 1=Enable
0=OFF, 1=ON
Size of appendix I encoded path
Appendix I encoded path: NULL path
means attribute 3 drives the output.
Otherwise, this is a path to a bit in an
instance of the DeviceLogix Data Table.

527

Appendix C

EtherNet/IP Information

The following common services are implemented for the Discrete Output Point
Object.
Table 554 - Discrete Output Point Object Common Services
Implemented for:
Class
Instance
No
Yes
No
Yes

Service Code
0x0E
0x10

Service Name
Get_Attribute_Single
Set_Attribute_Single

Analog Input Point Object CLASS CODE 0x000A

The following class attributes are supported for the Analog Input Point Object:
Table 555 - Analog Input Point Object Class Attributes
Attribute ID

Access Rule

Name

Data Type

Value

Get

Revision

UINT

Get

Max. Instance

UINT

12 Instances of the Analog Input Point Object are supported. The raw analog
value is scaled appropriately to the analog input configuration parameters and the
scaled value are placed in the Value attribute.
Table 556 - Analog Input Point Object Instances
Instance
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Name
InAnMod1Ch00
InAnMod1Ch01
InAnMod1Ch02
InAnMod2Ch00
InAnMod2Ch01
InAnMod2Ch02
InAnMod3Ch00
InAnMod3Ch01
InAnMod3Ch02
InAnMod4Ch00
InAnMod4Ch01
InAnMod4Ch02

Description
Analog Expansion Module 1 Input Channel 0
Analog Expansion Module 1 Input Channel 1
Analog Expansion Module 1 Input Channel 2
Analog Expansion Module 2 Input Channel 0
Analog Expansion Module 2 Input Channel 1
Analog Expansion Module 2 Input Channel 2
Analog Expansion Module 3 Input Channel 0
Analog Expansion Module 3 Input Channel 1
Analog Expansion Module 3 Input Channel 2
Analog Expansion Module 4 Input Channel 0
Analog Expansion Module 4 Input Channel 1
Analog Expansion Module 4 Input Channel 2

All instances contains the following attributes.

Table 557 - Analog Input Point Object Instance Attributes
Attribute ID
3
8
148
149

528

Access Rule
Get
Get
Get/Set
Get/Set

Name
Value
Value Data Type
Force Enable
Force Value

Data Type
INT
USINT
BOOL
INT

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Value
Default = 0
0=INT
0=Disable, 1=Enable
Default = 0

EtherNet/IP Information

Appendix C

The following common services are implemented for the Analog Input Point
Object.
Table 558 - Analog Input Point Object Common Services
Implemented for:
Class
Instance
Yes
Yes
No
Yes

Service Code
0x0E
0x10

Service Name
Get_Attribute_Single
Set_Attribute_Single

Parameter Object CLASS CODE 0x000F

The following class attributes are supported for the Parameter Object:
Table 559 - Parameter Object Class Attributes
Attribute ID
1
2
8
9
10

Access Rule
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get

Name
Revision
Max Instance
Parameter Class Descriptor
Configuration Assembly Instance
Native Language

Data Type
UINT
UINT
WORD
UINT
UINT

Value
1
560
0x03
0
1 = English

The following instance attributes are implemented for all parameter attributes.
Table 560 - Parameter Object Instance Attributes
Attribute ID Access Rule
1
Get/Set
2
Get
3

Get

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21

Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get

Name
Value
Link Path Size

Data Type
Specified in Descriptor
USINT
Array of:
Link Path
BYTE
EPATH
Descriptor
WORD
Data Type
EPATH
Data Size
USINT
Parameter Name String SHORT_STRING
Units String
SHORT_STRING
Help String
SHORT_STRING
Minimum Value
Specified in Descriptor
Maximum Value
Specified in Descriptor
Default Value
Specified in Descriptor
Scaling Multiplier
UINT
Scaling Divisor
UINT
Scaling Base
UINT
Scaling Offset
INT
Multiplier Link
UINT
Divisor Link
UINT
Base Link
UINT
Offset Link
UINT
Decimal Precision
USINT

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Value
08
Path to specified object attribute.
Parameter Dependent
Parameter Dependent
Parameter Dependent
Parameter Dependent
Parameter Dependent
Parameter Dependent
Parameter Dependent
Parameter Dependent
Parameter Dependent
01
01
01
00
0
0
0
0
Parameter Dependent

529

Appendix C

EtherNet/IP Information

The following common services are implemented for the Parameter Object.
Table 561 - Parameter Object Common Services
Implemented for:
Class
Instance
Yes
Yes
No
Yes

Service Code
0x0E
0x10

Service Name
Get_Attribute_Single
Set_Attribute_Single

Parameter Group Object CLASS CODE 0x0010

The following class attributes are supported for the Parameter Object:
Table 562 - Parameter Object Class Attributes
Attribute ID
1
2
8

Access Rule
Get
Get
Get

Name
Revision
Max Instance
Native Language

Data Type
UINT
UINT
USINT

Value
1
23
1 = English

The following instance attributes are supported for all parameter group
instances:
The following instance attributes are implemented for all parameter attributes.
Table 563 - Parameter Group Object Instance Attributes
Attribute ID
1
2
3
4
n

Access Rule
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get

Name
Group Name String
Number of Members
1st Parameter
2nd Parameter
Nth Parameter

Data Type
SHORT_STRING
UINT
UINT
UINT
UINT

Value

The following common services are implemented for the Parameter Group
Object.
Table 564 - Parameter Group Object Common Services
Service Code
0x0E

Implemented for:
Class
Instance
Yes
Yes

Service Name
Get_Attribute_Single

Discrete Output Group Object CLASS CODE 0x001E

No class attributes are supported for the Discrete Output Group Object.
Five instances of the Discrete Output Group Object are supported.
Instance 1 has the following instances:

530

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

EtherNet/IP Information

Appendix C

Table 565 - Discrete Output Group Object Instance 1 Attributes

Attribute ID
3
4
6

Access Rule
Get
Get
Get/Set

Name
Number of Instances
Binding
Command

Data Type
USINT
Array of UINT
BOOL

104

Get/Set

Network Status
Override

BOOL

105

Get/Set

Comm Status Override BOOL

Value
11
1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11
0=idle; 1=run
0=No Override (go to safe state)
1=Override (run local logic)
0=No override (go to safe state)
1=Override (run local logic)

Instances 2-5 each represent a single expansion module. They have the following
attributes.
Table 566 - Discrete Output Group Object Instance 25 Attributes
Attribute ID Access Rule
3
Get

Name
Number of Instances

Data Type
USINT

Get

Binding

Array of UINT

Get/Set

Command

BOOL

Get/Set

Fault Action

BOOL

Get/Set

Fault Value

BOOL

Get/Set

Idle Action

BOOL

10

Get/Set

Idle Value

BOOL

113

Get/Set

Pr Fault Action

BOOL

114

Get/Set

Pr Fault Value

BOOL

Value
2
Instance 2: 4, 5
Instance 3: 6, 7
Instance 4: 8, 9
Instance 5: 10, 11
0=idle; 1=run
0=Fault Value Attribute, 1=Hold
Last State
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=Idle Value Attribute, 1=Hold Last
State
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=Pr Fault Value Attribute,
1=Ignore
0=OFF, 1=ON

The following common services are implemented for the Discrete Output Group
Object.
Table 567 - Discrete Output Group Object Common Services
Service Code
0x0E
0x10

Implemented for:
Class
Instance
No
Yes
No
Yes

Service Name
Get_Attribute_Single
Set_Attribute_Single

Control Supervisor Object CLASS CODE 0x0029

No class attributes are supported.
A single instance (instance 1) of the Control Supervisor Object is supported.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

531

Appendix C

EtherNet/IP Information

Table 568 - Control Supervisor Object Instance 1 Attributes

Attribute ID Access Rule

Name

Data Type

10

Get

Tripped

BOOL

11

Get

Warning

BOOL

12

Get/Set

Fault Reset

BOOL

Value
0 = No Fault present
1 = Fault Latched
0 = No Warning present
1 = Warning present (not latched)
0->1 = Trip Reset
otherwise no action

The following common services are implemented for the Control Supervisor
Object.
Table 569 - Control Supervisor Object Common Services
Implemented for:
Class
Instance
No
Yes
No
Yes

Service Code
0x0E
0x10

Service Name
Get_Attribute_Single
Set_Attribute_Single

Overload Object CLASS CODE 0x002c

No class attributes are supported for the Overload Object.
A single instance (instance 1) of the Overload Object is supported.
Table 570 - Overload Object Instance 1 Attributes
Attribute ID
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

Access Rule
Get/Set
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get

Name
Trip Class
Average Current
%Phase Imbal
% Thermal Utilized
Current L1
Current L2
Current L3
GF Current

Data Type
USINT
INT
USINT
USINT
INT
INT
INT
INT

Value
530
xxx.x Amps (tenths of amps)
xxx% FLA
xxx% FLA
xxx.x Amps (tenths of amps)
xxx.x Amps (tenths of amps)
xxx.x Amps (tenths of amps)
0.00 12.75 Amps

The following common services are implemented for the Overload Object.
Table 571 - Overload Object Common Services
Service Code
0x0E
0x10

Implemented for:
Class
Instance
No
Yes
No
Yes

Service Name
Get_Attribute_Single
Set_Attribute_Single

Base Energy Object CLASS CODE 0x004E

The following class attributes are supported for the Base Energy Object.

532

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

EtherNet/IP Information

Appendix C

Table 572 - Base Energy Object Class Attributes

Attribute ID
1

Access Rule
Get

Name
Object Revision

Data Type
USINT

Value
2

A single instance of the Base Energy Object is supported

Table 573 - Base Energy Instance Attributes
Attribute ID Access Rule
1
Get
2

Get

Name
Data Type
Energy/Resource Type UINT
Energy Object
WORD
Capabilities

Get

Energy Accuracy

UINT

Get

UINT

Get

Real

x.xxx kW (TBD)

Get

ODOMETER

Returns params 80-84 values.

9
10

Get
Get

Energy Accuracy Basis

Full Scale Power
Reading
Consumed Energy
Odometer
Total Energy Odometer
Total Real Power

500 = 5.00 percent of full scale

reading
1 = Percent of full scale reading

Returns params 80-84 values.

Param 67 value converted to a REAL

12

Get

Energy Type Specific

Object Path

SIGNED ODOMETER
REAL
STRUCT of UINT
Padded EPATH

16

Set

Odometer Reset Enable BOOL

Value
1 = Electrical
0x0001 = Energy Measured

03 00 21 00 4F 00 24 01
0 = Disabled (Default)
1 = Enabled
Enables resetting of Energy
Odometers by Reset service

The following services are implemented for the Base Energy Object.
Table 574 - Base Energy Object Common Services
Service Code
0x01
0x05
0x0E
0x10

Implemented for:
Class
No
No
No
No

Instance
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Service Name
GetAttributes_All
Reset
Get_Attribute_Single
Set_Attribute_Single

The following table describes the Get_Attributes_All response.

Table 575 - Base Energy Object Class Attributes Get_Attributes_All Response
Attribute ID
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

Data Type
UINT
WORD
UINT
UINT
REAL
UINT
ODOMETER
ODOMETER
SIGNED
ODOMETER
REAL

Name
Energy/Resource Type
Energy Object Capabilities
Energy Accuracy
Energy Accuracy Basis
Full Scale Reading
Data Status
Consumed Energy Odometer
Generated Energy Odometer

Value
Attribute 1 value
Attribute 2 value
Attribute 3 value
Attribute 4 value
Attribute 5 value
0
0Attribute 7 value
0,0,0,0,0

Total Energy Odometer

Attribute 9 value

Energy Transfer Rate

Attribute 10 value

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

533

Appendix C

EtherNet/IP Information

Attribute ID
11

Name
Value
Energy Transfer Rate User Setting 0.0

12

Data Type
REAL
STRUCT of UINT,
Padded EPATH 1

13

UINT

Energy Aggregation Path Array

Size

14

Array of STRUCT
of UINT, Padded
EPATH 1

Energy Aggregation Paths

Null

Energy Type Specific Object Path Attribute 12 value

15

STRINGI

Energy Identifier

16
17

BOOL
BOOL

Odometer Reset Enable

Metering State

LanguageChar1 USINT =e
LanguageChar2 USINT)=n
LanguageChar3 USINT) =g
CharStringStruct USINT=0xD0
CharSet UINT = 0 = undefined
InternationalString = null
Attribute 16 value
1

Electrical Energy Object CLASS CODE 0x004F

No class attributes are supported for the Electrical Energy Object.
A single instance of the Electrical Energy Object is supported
Table 576 - Electrical Energy Object Instance Attributes
Attribute ID Access Rule

534

Get

Get

Get

Get

Get

Get

9
10
11
12
13

Get
Get
Get
Get
Get

14

Get

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22

Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get

Name
Real Energy Consumed
Odometer
Real Energy Net
Odometer
Reactive Energy
Consumed Odometer
Reactive Energy
Generated Odometer
Reactive Energy Net
Odometer
Apparent Energy
Odometer
Line Frequency
L1 Current
L2 Current
L3 Current
Average Current
Percent Current
Unbalance
L1 to N Voltage
L2 to N Voltage
L3 to N Voltage
Avg Voltage L to N
L1 to L2 Voltage
L2 to L3 Voltage
L3 to L1 Voltage
Avg Voltage Lto N

Data Type

Value

ODOMETER

Returns params 80-84 values.

SIGNED ODOMEETER

Returns params 80-84 values.

ODOMETER

Returns params 85-89 values.

ODOMETER

Returns params 90-94 values.

SIGNED ODOMETER

Returns params 95-99 values.

ODOMETER

Returns params 100-104 values.

REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL

Param 62 value converted to a REAL

Param 43 value converted to a REAL
Param 44 value converted to a REAL
Param 45 value converted to a REAL
Param 46 value converted to a REAL

REAL

Param 52 value converted to a REAL

REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL

Param 57 value converted to a REAL

Param 58 value converted to a REAL
Param 59 value converted to a REAL
Param 60 value converted to a REAL
Param 53 value converted to a REAL
Param 54 value converted to a REAL
Param 55 value converted to a REAL
Param 56 value converted to a REAL

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

EtherNet/IP Information

Attribute ID Access Rule

23

Get

24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38

Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get

39

Get

40

Get

Name
Percent Voltage
Unbalance
L1 Real Power
L2 Real Power
L3 Real Power
Total Real Power
L1 Reactive Power
L2 Reactive Power
L3 Reactive Power
Total Reactive Power
L1 Apparent Power
L2 Apparent Power
L3 Apparent Power
Total Apparent Power
L1 True Power Factor
L2 True Power Factor
L3 True Power Factor
Three Phase True Power
Factor
Phase Rotation

Get

Associated Energy
Object Path

41

Appendix C

Data Type

Value

REAL

Param 61 value converted to a REAL

REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL

Param 64 value converted to a REAL

Param 65 value converted to a REAL
Param 66 value converted to a REAL
Param 67 value converted to a REAL
Param 68 value converted to a REAL
Param 68 value converted to a REAL
Param 70 value converted to a REAL
Param 71 value converted to a REAL
Param 72 value converted to a REAL
Param 73 value converted to a REAL
Param 74 value converted to a REAL
Param 75 value converted to a REAL
Param 76 value converted to a REAL
Param 77 value converted to a REAL
Param 78 value converted to a REAL

REAL

Param 79 value converted to a REAL

UINT
STRUCT of UINT
Padded EPATH

Param 63 value
03 00 21 00 4E 00 24 01

The following services are implemented for the Electrical Energy Object.
Table 577 - Electrical Energy Object Common Services
Service Code
0x01
0x0E

Implemented for:
Class
Instance
No
Yes
No
Yes

Service Name
GetAttributes_All
Get_Attribute_Single

The following table describes the Get_Attributes_All response.

Table 578 - Electrical Energy Object Class Attributes Get_Attributes_All Response
Attribute ID
1
2
3

Data Type
Array[5] of INT
Array[5] of INT
Array[5] of INT

Array[5] of INT

Array[5] of INT

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

Array[5] of INT
Array[5] of INT
Array[5] of INT
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL

Name
Real Energy Consumed Odometer
Real Energy Generated Odometer
Real Energy Net Odometer
Reactive Energy Consumed
Odometer
Reactive Energy Generated
Odometer
Reactive Energy Net Odometer
Apparent Energy Odometer
Line Frequency
L1 Current
L2 Current
L3 Current
Average Current
Percent Current Unbalance

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Value
Attribute 1 Value
0.0.0.0.0
Attribute 3 Value
Attribute 4 Value
Attribute 5 Value
Attribute 6 Value
Attribute 7 Value
0.0.0.0.0
Attribute 9 Value
Attribute 10 Value
Attribute 11 Value
Attribute 12 Value
Attribute 13 Value
Attribute 14 Value

535

Appendix C

EtherNet/IP Information

Attribute ID
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41

Data Type
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
UINT
STRUCT of UINT
Padded EPATH

Name
L1 to N Voltage
L2 to N Voltage
L3 to N Voltage
Avg Voltage L to N
L1 to L2 Voltage
L2 to L3 Voltage
L3 to L1 Voltage
Avg Voltage Lto N
Percent Voltage Unbalance
L1 Real Power
L2 Real Power
L3 Real Power
Total Real Power
L1 Reactive Power
L2 Reactive Power
L3 Reactive Power
Total Reactive Power
L1 Apparent Power
L2 Apparent Power
L3 Apparent Power
Total Apparent Power
L1 True Power Factor
L2 True Power Factor
L3 True Power Factor
Three Phase True Power Factor
Phase Rotation

Value
Attribute 15 Value
Attribute 16 Value
Attribute 17 Value
Attribute 18 Value
Attribute 19 Value
Attribute 20 Value
Attribute 21 Value
Attribute 22 Value
Attribute 23 Value
Attribute 24 Value
Attribute 25 Value
Attribute 26 Value
Attribute 27 Value
Attribute 28 Value
Attribute 29 Value
Attribute 30 Value
Attribute 31 Value
Attribute 32 Value
Attribute 33 Value
Attribute 34 Value
Attribute 35 Value
Attribute 36 Value
Attribute 37 Value
Attribute 38 Value
Attribute 39 Value
Attribute 40 Value

Associated Energy Object Path

Attribute 41 Value

Wall Clock Time Object CLASS CODE 0x008B

The following class attributes are supported:
Table 579 - Wall Clock Time Object Class Attributes
Attribute ID
1
2

Access Rule
Get
Get

Name
Object Revision
Number of Instances

Data Type
UINT
UINT

Value
3
1

One instance is supported:

Table 580 - Wall Clock Time Object Instance Attributes

536

Attribute ID Access Rule

Name

Data Type

Set

Time Zone

UINT

Set / SSV

Offset from CSV

LINT

Set

Local Time Adjustment WORD

Value
Time zone in which Current value is being used (Never been
used)
64-bit offset value in S that when added to the CST value yields
the Current_UTC_Value
Set of flags for specific local time adjustments (Never been used)

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

EtherNet/IP Information

Attribute ID Access Rule

Name

Data Type

Set / SSV

Date and Time

(Local Time)

DINT[7]
Array of seven DINTs

Set / SSV

Current UT value
(UTC Time)

LINT

Set / SSV

UTC Date and Time

(UTC Time)

DINT[7]
Array of seven DINTs

Set / SSV

Time Zone String

Struct of UDINT
SINT[Length]

Set / SSV

DST Adjustment

INT

10

Set / SSV

Enable DST

USINT

11

Set

Current value
(local time)

LINT

Appendix C

Value
Current adjusted time in human readable format.
DINT[0] year
DINT[1] month
DINT[2] day
DINT[3] hour
DINT[4] minute
DINT[5] second
DINT[6] sec.
Current value of Wall Clock Time. 64-bit S value
referenced from 0000 hrs January 1, 1970
Current time in human readable format.
DINT[0] year
DINT[1] month
DINT[2] day
DINT[3] hour
DINT[4] minute
DINT[5] second
DINT[6] sec.
This string specifies the time zone where the controller is
located, and ultimately the adjustment in hours and minutes
applied to the UTC value to generate the local time value.
TimeZoneString can be specified in the following formats:
o UTC+hh:mm <location>
o UTC-hh:mm <location>
hh:mm portion is used internally to calculate the local time, and
the <location> portion is used to describe the time zone and is
optional.
GMT is also accepted
Length of the Data array can be from 10 to 82.
Examples:
UTC-05:00 Eastern Time
UTC+01:00 Coordinated Universal Time
The number of minutes to be adjusted for daylight saving time
It specifies if we are in daylight saving time or not. Not internally
set. Needs user action.
Adjusted Local value of Wall Clock Time.
64-bit S value referenced from 0000 hrs January 1, 1970

The following services are implemented for the Wall Clock Time Object.
Table 581 - Wall Clock Time Object Common Services
Service Code
0x0E
0x10

Implemented for:
Class
Instance
Yes
Yes
Yes
No

Service Name
GetAttributes_All
Set_Attribute_Single

DPI Fault Object CLASS CODE 0x0097

This object provides access to fault information within the device.
The following class attributes are supported:

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

537

Appendix C

EtherNet/IP Information

Table 582 - DPI Fault Object Class Attributes

Attribute ID
1
2

Access Rule
Get
Get

Get/Set

Get

Get

Get

Name
Class Revision
Number of Instances

Data Type Value

UINT
1
UINT
8
0=NOP; 1=Clear Fault; 2=Clear Flt
Fault Cmd Write
USINT
Queue
The instance of the Fault Queue Entry
Fault Instance Read
UINT
containing information about the
Fault that tripped the Device
Fault Data list
Struct of:
The total number of parameters
Number of Parameter Instances UINT
instances stored when a fault occurs
An array of parameters instance
Parameter Instances
UINT [x ]
numbers
The number of Faults recorded in the
Number of Recorded Faults
UINT
Fault Queue

Five instances of the DPI Fault Object are supported.

Table 583 - DPI Fault Object Instance Attributes
Attribute ID Access Rule

Get

Get

Get

Name
Full / All Info
Fault Code
Fault Source
DPI Port Number
Device Object
Instance
Fault Text
Fault Time Stamp

Data Type
Struct of:
UINT
Struct of:
USINT
USINT
BYTE[16]

Value
See Fault Table below
0
0x2c
See Fault Table below

Struct of:

Timer Value
ULINT
Timer Descriptor
WORD
Help Object
UINT
Instance
Fault Data
Basic Info
Struct of:
Fault Code
UINT
Fault Source
Struct of:
DPI Port Number
USINT
Device Object
USINT
Instance
Fault Time Stamp
Struct of:
Timer Value
ULINT
Timer Descriptor
WORD
Help Text
STRING

See Table 585

0
0x2C

See Table 585

The following common services are implemented for the DPI Fault Object.
Table 584 - DPI Fault Object Common Services
Service Code
0x0E
0x10

538

Implemented for:
Class
Instance
Yes
Yes
Yes
No

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Service Name
Get_Attribute_Single
Set_Attribute_Single

EtherNet/IP Information

Appendix C

The table below lists Fault Codes, Fault Text, and Fault Help Strings.
Table 585 - Fault Codes, Fault Text, and Fault Help Strings
Fault Code
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46

Fault Text
No Fault
OverloadTrip
PhaseLossTrip
GroundFaultTrip
StallTrip
JamTrip
UnderloadTrip
Current Imbal
L1UnderCurrTrip
L2UnderCurrTrip
L3UnderCurrTrip
L1OverCurrenTrip
L2OverCurrenTrip
L3OverCurrenTrip
L1LineLossTrip
L2LineLossTrip
L3LineLossTrip
UnderVoltageTrip
OverVoltageTrip
VoltageUnbalTrip
PhaseRotationTrp
UnderFreqTrip
OverFreqTrip
Fault23
Fault24
Fault25
Fault26
Fault27
Fault28
Fault29
Fault30
Fault31
Fault32
UnderKWTrip
OverKWTrip
UnderKVARConTrip
OverKVARConTrip
UnderKVARGenTrip
OverKVARGenTrip
UnderKVATrip
OverKVATrip
UnderPFLagTrip
OverPFLagTrip
UnderPFLeadTrip
OverPFLeadTrip
Fault45
Fault46

Help Text
No Fault Conditions Detected
Motor current overload condition
Phase current Loss detected in one of the motor phases
Power conductor or motor winding is shorting to ground
Motor has not reached full speed by the end of Stall Enable Time
Motor current has exceed the programmed jam trip level
Motor current has fallen below normal operating levels
Phase to phase current imbalance detected
L1Current was below L1 Undercurrent Level longer than Trip Delay
L2Current was below L2 Undercurrent Level longer than Trip Delay
L3Current was below L3 Undercurrent Level longer than Trip Delay
L1 Current was over L1 Overcurrent Level longer than Trip Delay
L2 Current was over L2 Overcurrent Level longer than Trip Delay
L3 Current was over L3 Overcurrent Level longer than Trip Delay
L1 Current Lost for longer than the L1 Loss Trip Delay
L2 Current Lost for longer than the L2 Loss Trip Delay
L3 Current Lost for longer than the L3 Loss Trip Delay
Line to Line Under-Voltage condition detected
Line to Line Over-Voltage condition detected
Phase to phase voltage imbalance detected
The unit detects the supply voltage phases are rotated
Line voltage frequency is below trip level
Line voltage frequency has exceeded trip level

Total Real Power(kW)is below trip level

Total Real Power(kW)has exceeded trip level
Under Total Reactive Power Consumed (+kVAR) condition detected
Over Total Reactive Power Consumed (+kVAR) condition detected
Under Total Reactive Power Generated (-kVAR) condition detected
Over Total Reactive Power Generated (-kVAR) condition detected
Total Apparent Power (VA or kVA or MVA) is below trip level
Total Apparent Power (VA or kVA or MVA) exceeded trip level
Under Total Power Factor Lagging (-PF) condition detected
Over Total Power Factor Lagging (-PF) condition detected
Under Total Power Factor Leading (+PF) condition detected
Over Total Power Factor Leading (+PF) condition detected

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

539

Appendix C

EtherNet/IP Information

Fault Code
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96

540

Fault Text
Fault47
Fault48
TestTrip
PTCTrip
DLXTrip
OperStationTrip
RemoteTrip
BlockedStartTrip
Trip55
ConfigTrip
Trip57
DLXFBTimeoutTrip
Trip59
Trip60
Trip61
NVSTrip
Trip63
Trip64
InAnMod1Ch00Trip
InAnMod1Ch01Trip
InAnMod1Ch02Trip
InAnMod2Ch00Trip
InAnMod2Ch01Trip
InAnMod2Ch02Trip
InAnMod3Ch00Trip
InAnMod3Ch01Trip
InAnMod3Ch02Trip
InAnMod4Ch00Trip
InAnMod4Ch01Trip
InAnMod4Ch02Trip
Trip77
Trip78
Trip79
Trip80
DigitalMod1Trip
DigitalMod2Trip
DigitalMod3Trip
DigitalMod4Trip
AnalogMod1Trip
AnalogMod2Trip
AnalogMod3Trip
AnalogMod4Trip
Trip89
CtlModMismatch
SenseModMismatch
CommModMismatch
OperStatMismatch
DigModMismatch
AnModMismatch
Trip96

Help Text

Test trip caused by holding the Test/Rest button for 2 seconds

PTC input indicates that the motor stator windings overheated
DeviceLogix defined trip was generated
The Stop button the Operator Station was pressed
Remote trip command detected
Maximum starts per hour exceeded
Hardware configuration fault. Check for shorts on input terminal
Invalid parameter config. See parameters 38-39 for details
DeviceLogix Feedback Timeout Trip was detected

NonVolatile Storage memory problem detected

Input Channel 00 on Analog Module 1 exceeded its Trip Level

Input Channel 01 on Analog Module 1 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 02 on Analog Module 1 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 00 on Analog Module 2 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 01 on Analog Module 2 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 02 on Analog Module 2 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 00 on Analog Module 3 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 01 on Analog Module 3 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 02 on Analog Module 3 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 00 on Analog Module 4 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 01 on Analog Module 4 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 02 on Analog Module 4 exceeded its Trip Level

Digital Expansion Module 1 is not operating properly

Digital Expansion Module 2 is not operating properly
Digital Expansion Module 3 is not operating properly
Digital Expansion Module 4 is not operating properly
Analog Expansion Module 1 is not operating properly
Analog Expansion Module 2 is not operating properly
Analog Expansion Module 3 is not operating properly
Analog Expansion Module 4 is not operating properly
Control Module installed does not match the expected type
Sensing Module installed does not match the expected type
Comms Module installed does not match the expected type
Operator Station installed does not match expected type
Digital Module installed does not match the expected type
Analog Module installed does not match the expected type

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

EtherNet/IP Information

Fault Code
97
98
99

Fault Text
Trip97
HardwareFltTrip
Trip99

Appendix C

Help Text
A hardware fault condition was detected

DPI Warning Object CLASS CODE 0x0098

This object provides access to warning information within the device.
The following class attributes are supported:
Table 586 - DPI Warning Object Class Attributes
Attribute ID
1
2
3

Access Rule
Get
Get
Get/Set

Name
Class Revision
Number of Instances
Warning Cmd Write

Get

Warning Instance Read

Get

Number of Recorded Faults

Data Type Value

UINT
1
UINT
8
USINT
0=NOP 2=Clear Queue
The instance of the Warning Queue
UINT
Entry containing information about
the most recent warning
The number of Warning recorded in
UINT
the Warning Queue

Four instances of the DPI Warning Object are supported.

Table 587 - DPI Warning Object Instance Attributes
Attribute ID Access Rule

Get

Get

Get

Name
Full / All Info
Warning Code
Warning Source
DPI Port Number
Device Object
Instance
Warning Text
Warning Time
Stamp
Timer Value
Timer Descriptor
Help Object
Instance
Fault Data
Basic Info
Warning Code
Warning Source
DPI Port Number
Device Object
Instance
Warning Time
Stamp
Timer Value
Timer Descriptor
Help Text

Data Type
Struct of:
UINT
Struct of:
USINT
USINT
BYTE[16]

Value
See Warning Table below
0
0x2c
See Table 589

Struct of:
ULINT
WORD
UINT
Struct of:
UINT
Struct of:
USINT
USINT

See Table 589

0
0x2C

Struct of:
ULINT
WORD
STRING

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

See Table 589

541

Appendix C

EtherNet/IP Information

The following common services are implemented for the DPI Warning Object.
Table 588 - DPI Warning Object Common Services
Service Code
0x0E
0x10

Implemented for:
Class
Instance
Yes
Yes
Yes
No

Service Name
Get_Attribute_Single
Set_Attribute_Single

The table below lists Warning Codes, Warning Text, and Warning Help Strings.
Table 589 - Warning Codes, Warning Text, and Warning Help Strings
Warning
Code
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37

542

Warning Text

Warning Help Text

No Warning
OverloadWarning
Warning2
Ground Fault
Warning4
JamWarning
UnderloadWarning
Current ImbalWarn
L1UnderCurrWarn
L2UnderCurrWarn
L3UnderCurrWarn
L1OverCurrenWarn
L2OverCurrenWarn
L3OverCurrenWarn
L1LineLossWarn
L2LineLossWarn
L3LineLossWarn
UnderVoltageWarn
OvervoltageWarn
VoltageUnbalWarn
PhaseRotationWrn
UnderFreqWarning
OverFreqWarning
Warning23
Warning24
Warning25
Warning26
Warning27
Warning28
Warning29
Warning30
Warning31
Warning32
UnderKWWarning
OverKWWarning
UnderKVARConWarn
OverKVARConWarn
UnderKVARGenWarn

No Warning Conditions Detected

Approaching a motor current overload condition
Power conductor or motor winding is shorting to ground
Motor current has exceed the programmed jam warning level
Motor current has fallen below normal operating levels
Phase to phase current imbalance detected
L1Current was below L1 Undercurrent Warning Level
L2Current was below L2 Undercurrent Warning Level
L3Current was below L3 Undercurrent Warning Level
L1 Current was over L1 Overcurrent Warning Level
L2 Current was over L2 Overcurrent Warning Level
L3 Current was over L3 Overcurrent Warning Level
L1 Current Lost for longer than the L1 Loss Trip Delay
L2 Current Lost for longer than the L2 Loss Trip Delay
L3 Current Lost for longer than the L3 Loss Trip Delay
Line to Line Under-Voltage condition detected
Line to Line Over-Voltage condition detected
Phase to phase voltage imbalance detected
The unit detects the supply voltage phases are rotated
Line voltage frequency is below the warning level
Line voltage frequency has exceeded warning level

Total Real Power (kW) is below warning level

Total Real Power (kW) has exceeded warning level
Under Reactive Power Consumed (+kVAR) condition detected
Over Reactive Power Consumed (+kVAR) condition detected
Under Reactive Power Generated (-kVAR) condition detected

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

EtherNet/IP Information

Warning
Code
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86

Appendix C

Warning Text

Warning Help Text

OverKVARGenWarn
Under Power kVA
Over Power kVA
Under PF Lagging
Over PF Lagging
Under PF Leading
Over PF Leading
Warning 45
Warning 46
Warning 47
Warning 48
Warning49
PTC
DLXWarning
Warning52
Warning53
Warning54
Warning55
ConfigWarning
Warning57
DLXFBTimeoutWarn
Warning59
PM Starts
PM Oper Hours
Warning62
Warning63
Warning64
InAnMod1Ch00Warn
InAnMod1Ch01Warn
InAnMod1Ch02Warn
InAnMod2Ch00Warn
InAnMod2Ch01Warn
InAnMod2Ch02Warn
InAnMod3Ch00Warn
InAnMod3Ch01Warn
InAnMod3Ch02Warn
InAnMod4Ch00Warn
InAnMod4Ch01Warn
InAnMod4Ch02Warn
Warning77
Warning 78
Warning 79
Warning 80
DigitalMod1Warn
DigitalMod2Warn
DigitalMod3Warn
DigitalMod4Warn
AnalogMod1Warn
AnalogMod2Warn

Over Reactive Power Generated (-kVAR) condition detected

Total Apparent Power (kVA) is below warning level
Total Apparent Power (kVA) exceeded warning level
Under Total Power Factor Lagging (-PF) condition detected
Over Total Power Factor Lagging (-PF) condition detected
Under Total Power Factor Leading (+PF) condition detected
Over Total Power Factor Leading (+PF) condition detected

PTC input indicates that the motor stator windings overheated

DeviceLogix defined warning was generated

Invalid parameter config. See parameters 38-39 for details

DeviceLogix Feedback Timeout Trip was detected
Number of Starts Warning Level Exceeded
Operating Hours Warning Level Exceeded

Input Channel 00 on Analog Module 1 exceeded its Warning Level

Input Channel 01 on Analog Module 1 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 02 on Analog Module 1 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 00 on Analog Module 2 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 01 on Analog Module 2 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 02 on Analog Module 2 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 00 on Analog Module 3 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 01 on Analog Module 3 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 02 on Analog Module 3 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 00 on Analog Module 4 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 01 on Analog Module 4 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 02 on Analog Module 4 exceeded its Warning Level

Digital Expansion Module 1 is not operating properly

Digital Expansion Module 2 is not operating properly
Digital Expansion Module 3 is not operating properly
Digital Expansion Module 4 is not operating properly
Analog Expansion Module 1 is not operating properly
Analog Expansion Module 2 is not operating properly

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

543

Appendix C

EtherNet/IP Information

Warning
Code
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99

Warning Text

Warning Help Text

AnalogMod3Warn
AnalogMod4Warn
Warning89
CtlModMismatch
SenseModMismatch
CommModMismatch
OperStatMismatch
DigModMismatch
AnModMismatch
Warning96
Warning97
HardwareFltWarn
Warning99

Analog Expansion Module 3 is not operating properly

Analog Expansion Module 4 is not operating properly
Control Module installed does not match the expected type
Sensing Module installed does not match the expected type
Comms Module installed does not match the expected type
Operator Station installed does not match expected type
Digital Module installed does not match the expected type
Analog Module installed does not match the expected type

A hardware fault condition was detected

MCC Object CLASS CODE 0x00C2

A single instance (instance 1) of the MCC Object is supported:
Table 590 - MCC Object Instance Attributes
Attribute ID Access Rule
1
Get/Set
2

Get/Set

3
4
5
6

Get/Set
Get/Set
Get/Set
Get/Set

Name
Mcc Number
Vertical Section
Number
Starting Section Letter
Space Factors
Cabinet Width
Mcc Number

Data Type
USINT

Range
0-255

Value
0

USINT

0-255

USINT
USINT
USINT
USINT

0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255

65
0x3F
0
0
EC1=2
EC2=EC3=EC4=4
EC5=6

Get

Number of Device
Inputs

USINT

Get/Set

Array of USINT

00000000000000

Get

USINT

10

Get/Set

Devices Connected at
Inputs
Number of Device
Outputs
Devices Connected at
Outputs

Array of USINT

0000

The following common services are implemented for the MCC Object.
Table 591 - MCC Object Common Services
Service Code
0x0E
0x10
0x18
0x19

544

Implemented for:
Class
No
No
No
No

Instance
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Service Name
Get_Attribute_Single
Set_Attribute_Single
Get_Member
Set_Member

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products.
At http://www.rockwellautomation.com/support you can find technical and application notes, sample code, and links to
software service packs. You can also visit our Support Center at https://rockwellautomation.custhelp.com/ for software
updates, support chats and forums, technical information, FAQs, and to sign up for product notification updates.
In addition, we offer multiple support programs for installation, configuration, and troubleshooting. For more
information, contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative, or visit
http://www.rockwellautomation.com/services/online-phone.

Installation Assistance
If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation, review the information that is contained in this
manual. You can contact Customer Support for initial help in getting your product up and running.
United States or Canada

1.440.646.3434

Outside United States or Canada

Use the Worldwide Locator at http://www.rockwellautomation.com/rockwellautomation/support/overview.page, or contact your local

Rockwell Automation representative.

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to help ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the
manufacturing facility. However, if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned, follow these procedures.
United States

Contact your distributor. You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your
distributor to complete the return process.

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure.

Documentation Feedback
Your comments will help us serve your documentation needs better. If you have any suggestions on how to improve this
document, complete this form, publication RA-DU002, available at http://www.rockwellautomation.com/literature/.

Rockwell Otomasyon Ticaret A.., Kar Plaza Merkezi E Blok Kat:6 34752 erenky, stanbul, Tel: +90 (216) 5698400

Publication 193-UM015D-EN-P - February 2015

Supersedes publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014

Copyright 2015 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All rights reserved. Printed in the U.S.A.